TM 9-1385-51, Ammunition (Conventional) For Explosive Ordnance Disposal

TM 9-1385-51
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL MANUAL
IDENTIFICATION
OF
AMMUNITION (CONVENTIONAL)
FOR
EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE DISPOSAL
This copy is a reprint which includes current
pages*from Changes 1 through 29.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

FEBRUARY 1967
TM 9-1385-51
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL MANUAL
IDENTIFICATION
OF
AMMUNITION (CONVENTIONAL)
FOR
EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE DISPOSAL
This publication supersedes TM 9-1385-51, February 1966; and applicable

portions of TM 9-1980, 7 December 1950; and TM 9-1385-200, 16 May 1962;
and with TM 9-1385-50, February 1967 supersede the following in their entirety;
TB ORD 764,14 July 1954; TB ORD 781, 22 September 1954; TB ORD 783, 22
September 1954; TB ORD 785, 22 September 1954; TB ORD 794, 10 February
1955; TB ORD 802, 1 August 1955; TB ORD 814, 21 December 1955; TB ORD
825, 5 March 1956; TB ORD 827, 5 March 1956; TB ORD 832,14 March 1956;
TB ORD 833, 14 March 1956; TB ORD 835, 1 November 1961; TB ORD 836, 25
March 1956; TB ORD 7069, 9 January 1961; TB ORD 7087, 26 September
1961; TB ORD 7115, 8 May 1962; and TM 9-1385-3, 30 July 1965 (section 2-2);
TB ORD 7022, 26 March 1962.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

FEBRUARY 1967
TM 9-1385-J1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
1 INTRODUCTION
1-1 Purpose ................................................................<.......................... --......................... 1
1-2 Scope ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
1-3 Arrangement of Text........................................ -........................... I
l—l Forms ...................................................................................................................... -......... -................. 1
1-5 Reports ............................ .............................................................. 1
1-6 Errors and Omissions.............................................................................. 1
2 GENERAL EXPLOSIVES
2-1 Explosives in Ammunition ................................................................ 3
2-2 Chemical Fillers.................................................... -...................... -.......... 4
3 GENERAL IDENTIFICATION MEASURES

3-t Standard Nomenclature ... ................................................................................ ......................... 6
3-2 Federal Stock Number ................................................................................................. 5
3-3 Department of Defense Ammunition Code ................................................................-............... 5'
3-4 Identification of Ammunition ............................................................................................ 6
3-5 Bomb Fuzes .............................................................................................................. -........................... 8.1
4 ARTILLERY AMMUNITION
4-1 Point Detonating Fuzes........................................... 9
4-2 Base Detonating Fuzes................... 36
4—3 Point Initiating Fuzes ................................................................................................... •..................... 40
4-4 Point Initialing Base Detonating Fuzes ...................................................... -........... 41
4-4A Mechanical Time (MJuzzle Action) Fuzes...................................................................................... 48
4-4B Mechanical Time Fuzes ...................................................................................................................... 48.2
4-5 Mechanical Time and Superquick Fuzes ........................................................................................ 48.2
4-5A Time (Powder Train Type) Fuzes .............. 52.1
4-6 Time Superquick (Powder Train Time) Fuzes................................................................................ 52.3
4-6A Proximity Fuzes (With Wet Energizers) ................................................... 54.2
4-6B Proximity Fuzes (Short Intrusion) . . . . ........................................................................................ 54.5
4 7 Identification of Projectiles ................................................................................................ -............. 55
6 BOMBS
5-1 Nose Fuzes (Impact and Inertial) .................... ........................................ 56.11
5-2 Tail Fuzes (Impact and Inertial) ................................................................................. -............... 56.31
5-2A Tail Fuzes (Impact (Inertial) Initiated, Delay Fired) ...................................................... 56.40
S-2B Tail Fuzes (Impact, Side-Arming) ................................................................................................. 56.40A
5-2C Tail Fuze M906 (Impact) ..................................................................................................... 56.40B
5-2D Tail Fuze M905 (Impact) . ........................ ‘ .......................... -................... 56.40B.3
5—3 Mechanical Time Fuzes ........... -.............. 56.40B.3
5-4 Chemical Long Delay Antiwithdrawal Booby Trap Tail Fuzes .............................................. 56.45
5-5 Proximity (VT) Fuzes......................... 56-53
5-5A Sensing Device, M20 Series ..............................................................-......................................... 56.51
5-6 Butterfly Bomb Fuzes ....................................................................................................................... 56.58A
5-7 Fire Bomb Fuzes...................................................................... S’-60
5-8 Conical Fin Assemblies . .. ...................................................................... . ....................... 56.66
5-9 Practice- Bombs .................................................................................................................................... 56-66A
5-10 Electric Fuzes .......................................................................................................... 56.66C
6 DEMOLITION MATERIALS
6-1 Projected Charge Demolition Kits........................................................................................................ 56.61
Change 21
I
TM 9-1385-51
SECTION PAGE
7 GRENADES AND GRENADE-TYPE ITEMS

7-1 40-MM Grenade Launcher Cartridges .................................. ......... .................................. .. 67
7-2 Hand Grenades ............................................................................. <............. 64.3
7-3 XMI76 Grenade Launcher .......................................................................................................... B4.4G
7-4 High-Explosive Antitank (HEAT) Rifle Grenade M28 With Point--
Initiating Base-Detonating Fuze ............... -............ ................... 64.4G
8 GUIDED MISSILES
8-1 Antiaircraft Guided Missile M6 With High-Explosive Warhead MI7
(T45) (NIKE-HERCULES) ........................................................................... . 67
8-2 Antiaircraft Guided Missile Ml With High-Explosive Warheads ,
(NIKS-AJAX) ........................ .... 68.13
9 ANTITANK AND ANTIPERSONNEL MINES
9-1 Antitank Mine and Antitank Mine Fuze ...... 69
9-2 Antipersonnel Mine ............................................................ 70.3
9-3 Antipersonnel Mine, Pop-UP. PWP, XM54 With Fuze M605 and/or
Electric Squib M1A1 .................................................................. - - 70.7
9-4 Antitank Mine M24 ..................................................................................................................... 70.11
10 PYROTECHNICS
10-1 Pyrotechnics Items ......................................................................................................... 71
10-2 Flare Set AN/ALA-17 ................................................................................................................. 72.4
10-3 Aircraft Parachute Flare XM182 With Time Fube XM590E2 ................................................. 72.6
10-4 Cartridges. Photoflash, M112, M112A1, M121. M123AI, and M124 ............................... ■ 72.11
11 ROCKETS, ROCKET MOTORS, AND ROCKET FUZES
11-1 762-MM Rocket (Honest John) XM50 With Practice Warhead XM38E1,
and M31 Series With High Explosive Warheads M57 and T2021 ............-.............. - 73
11-2 318-MM Rocket XM51 With Flashsmoke Practice Warhead XM8 .................... 74.14D
11-3 66-MM High Explosive Antitank (HEAT) Rocket M72 With Point-
Initiating Base-Detonating Fuze M412...................... 74.20
11-4 Point Detonating Fuzes M4, M4A1, and M4A2 ....................................................................... 74.26
11—5 Point Initialing Fuzes M406 and Mkl81 .................................................................................. 74.29
11-6 Proximity Fuze, Rocket, XM429 ............................................................-.................................. 76.36
11-7 Proximity Fuze. Rocket, M414 (For ZUNI) ............................................................................. 74.39
11-8 Base Detonating Fuzes M400, M401, M4O4, M404A1, M404A2, and M405................................. 74.41
11-9 Fuzes, Rocket. PD, M<23 and M427 ............................................................................................ 74.45
12 VARIOUS EXPLOSIVE ITEMS
12-1 Aircraft Personnel Catapults M1A1. M3. M4. and M6.................................................... 75
12-2 Aircraft Canopy Removers Mt Al (With Exactor Ml), M2A1, and M3............................ - 78.8
12-3 Catapult or Canopy Remover Initiator M3 and Delay Initiator M4 ......................................... 76.17
12-4 Catapult or Canopy Remover Initiator M6 and Delay Initiator M6 ..................................... 76.22
12-6 Thrusters Ml. M1A1. M2. M2A1, M3. M3A1, M6. and M5A1 ............................................ 76.24
12-6 Martin-Baker Ejection Seat A5 ... 76.28
12-7 35-MM Tactical CS Cartridge E23 ................................................................................................ 76.36
12-8 Launcher E8 ................................................................................................................................... 78.39
12-9 40-MM Riot Control CS Cartridge XM674 (E24) and 40-MM Red Smoke,
RS, Cartridge XM675 (E25) .................................................................................... -......... 76.39
12-10 Fuze. Projectile 20-MM PD, M76 .......................................................................................... 78.43
13 DISPENSED AND CLUSTERED MUNITIONS
13-1 Smoke Bomb BLU-17/B With Fuze M206A2E2 ........................................................ 77
13-2 High-Explosive Bomb BLU-36B With Fuze XM218 ..................... 78-2
13-3 Tactical CS Canister E49 ............................ ............ ............................................................ 78.6
13-4 Bomb, Incendiary. TH3, 4-pound. M126 .................................................................................... 78.9
13-6 XM144 Fragmentation Bomb ............. •_....................................................................................... 78.11
Change 21
n
TM 9-1385-51
SECTION PAGE
14 DISPENSERS, CLUSTERS AND CLUSTER ADAPTERS

14-1 Canister Custers ____________ — ------------------------------------------------------ 79
14-2 Tactical CS Canister Cluster 130 Pound, E159 -------------------------------------------------------- 80.3
14-3 Bomb Clusters .. _ ____________________________ ______________________________ 80.7
14-4 XM18 Dispenser --------- 80.9
15 TOXIC CHEMICAL AGENT MUNITIONS
15-1 15A Land Mines______ .--------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83
16-2 15B Rockets_______________________________________________ 86
APPENDIX PAGE
A REFERENCES ___________________________________________________________________ Al
B CARTRIDGE/PROJECTILE-FUZE COMBINATION CHART (FOR
GUNS) ________________________ Bl
C CARTRIDGE/PROJECTILE-FUZE COMBINATION CHART
(FOR HOWITZERS) ____________________________________________________________ Cl
D CARTRIDGE/PROJECTILE-FUZE COMBINATION CHART
(FOR MORTARS) ______________________________________________________________ DI
E CARTRIDGE/PROJECTILE-FUZE COMBINATION CHART
(FOR RECOILLESS RIFLES) ___________________________________________________ El
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
FIGURE PAGE
4-1 Dimensional Characteristics of the M46 and M47 Fuzes------------------------------------------------------- 10

4-1.1 External Characteristics of Fuze M2, M3, M8 or M9______________________________ ______ 10
4-2 External Characteristics of Fuze M78, M78A1 or M83_______________________________ ... 10
4-3 External Characteristics of Fuzes M48 Series, M51 Series (Other Than
Mod 3), M57 Modified, M81 Series, M507, M508 Series, M557 Series.
M572 and XM720 Series___________________________________________________________ 31
4-4 External Characteristics of Fuze Mk 100 Series, M535 (T177E3) or M521
(T247) __________________________________________________________________________ 12
4-5 Characteristics of Fuze M51 Series Mod 3_______________________ ________________________ 13
4—6 External Characteristics of Fuze M86 ________________________________________________ 13
4-7 External Characteristics of Fuze M505 or M505A1__ ___________________________________ 13
4-8 External Characteristics of Fuze M56 or M85___________________________________________ 14
4-9 External Characteristics of Fuzes M52 Series and M82 Series ___________________________ 15
4-10 External Characteristics of Fuzes M71 and M74 _______________________________________ 16
4—11 External Characteristics of Fuze M524 Series except M524A5__ ___________________________ 17
4-11.1 External Characteristics of Fuze M524A5______________________________________________ 17
4-12 External Characteristics of Fuze M53 Series___ _______________________________________ 18
4-13 External Characteristics of Fuze M503 Series___________________________________________ 18.1
4-14 External Characteristics of Fuze M89_________________________________________________ 18-1
4-15 External Characteristics of Fuzes M525 Series and M527 Series------------------------------------------- 19
4-16 External Characteristics of Fuze M526 Series___________________________________________ 20
4-17 Fuze M8, or M9, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition____________________________ 21
4-17.1 Fuze M47, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition________________________________ 21
4-18 Fuze M8 or M9, Cutaway View Showing Armed Condition _______________________________ 22
4-19 Fuze M78A1, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition ______________________________ 23
4-20 Fuze M51A5, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition _______________________________ 24
4-20.1 Fuze M557, Cutaway View__________________________________________________________ 24.1
4-20.2 Fuzes M57 Modified and M508 Series w/o Booster, Cutaway View_________________________ 24.2
4-21 Fuze M86, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition _________________________________ 25
4-22 Fuze M505 or M505A1, Cutaway View Showing Armed Condition -------------------------------------- 25
4-23 Fuze M85, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition__________________________________ 25
Change 28
III
TM 9-1385-51
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS—Continued
FIGURE PAGE
4-24 Fuze, M56, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition___________________________________ 26

4-25 Fuze M52A2, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition -------------------------------------------------- 27
4-26 Fuze M53A1, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition -------------------------------------------------- 28
4-27 Fuze M74, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition_____________________________________ 28
4-27.1 Fuze, Point Detonating: XM717 _______________________________________________________ 28.1
4-29 Fuzes M524 Series and M593 Series, Typical Cutaway
Showing Armed Condition___________________________________________________________ 30
4-30 Fuze M503A2, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition------------------------------------------------- 31
4-32 Fuze M89, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition __________________________________ 34
4-33 Fuze M626 Series, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition __________________________ 35
4-34 External Characteristics of Fuzes M38A1 and M58------------------------------------------------------------ 36
4-35 External Characteristics of Fuzes M60 and M62A2------------------------------------------------------------ 37
4-36 External Characteristics of Fuzes M66A2 and M68A1------------------------------------------------------ 37
4-37 External Characteristics of Fuzes M72 and M91A1------------------------------------------------------------ 38
4-38 Fuze M58, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition __________________________________ 39
4-39 Fuze M60, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition___________________________________ 39
4-40 Fuze M60, Cutaway View, Rotated 90°, Showing Unarmed Condition ____________________ 39
4-41 Fuze M66A2, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition _______________________________ 40
4-42 Fuze M91, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition _________________________________ 40
4-42.1 Fuze, Base Detonating: M578 — --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40.1
4-43 External Characteristics of Fuze M90A1 ______________________________________________ 41
4-44 Fuze M90 or M90A1, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition__________________________ 42
4-45 External Characteristics of Cartridges M344, M371, M431, and M456 ________________________ 43
4-46 Characteristics of Projectile M469 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44
4-47 Characteristics of Cartridges M344 and M371__________________________________________ 45
4-48 Characteristics of Cartridges M431 and M456 __________________________________________ 46
4-48.1 Characteristics of Fuze XM539E4 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 46.1
4-49 Characteristics of Fuze M530 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47
4-49.1 Mechanical Time Fuze XM563E1--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48
4-49.2 Mechanical Time Fuze XM711 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 48.1
4-49.3 Mechanical Time Fuze M43A4 and Fuze Mechanism____________________________________ 48.3
4-49.4 Mechanical Time Fuze M61A2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48,4
4-49.5 Mechanical Time Fuze M67A3 . '-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48 5
4-50 External Characteristics of Fuze M500A1 ___ 4g
4-50.1 External Characteristics of Fuze M502A1 ______________________________________________ 50
4-51 External Characteristics of Fuze M564 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 60 1
4-52 External Characteristics of Fuze M562 _________________ , _____________________________ 51
4-53 Fuze M500A1, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition_______________________________ 52
4-54 Fuze M564-Explosive Train ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 52
4—55 Fuzes M502, M502A1, M506, M518, M518A1, Cutaway View of Point
Detonator Assembly Showing Unarmed Condition _________________________________ 52.1
4-55.1 Fuze M548 External and Cutaway Views------------------------------------------------------------------- 62\>
4-55.2 Fuze M65A1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52,3
4-55.3 Fuze M84 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 52.4
4-56 External Characteristics of Fuze M54------------------------------------------------------------------------ g2 5
4-56.1 External Characteristics of Fuze M55Series----------------------------------------------------------- 52 5
4-56.2 Fuze M77—External and Cutaway Views ------------------------------------------------------ 5g
4-57 Fuze M54, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition_________________ _______ ZIZZZ-Z 54.1
4-58 Fuze M54, Cutaway View Showing Interrupter------------------------------------- ;____________ ~ E4j
4-58.1 General Appearance of Proximity Fuze —-------------------------------------------------------------------
4-58.2 Components of Typical Fuze (Wet Energizer Type) Cutaway View--------------------------------- ~ 54’4
4-58.3 General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M517---------------------------------- 54 g
Change 21
hr
TM 9-1385-51
FIGURE PAGE
4-58.4 General Appearance and DimensionalCharacteristics of Fuze M532 ................................... 54.7

4-59 152-mm TP-T Round, XM411E3 ...................... . .................................................................... 56.1
4-59.1 152-mm HE-T Round, XM657E2 ............................................................................................ 56.2
4—59.2 152-mm HEAT-T-MP Round XM409E5 .................................................. 56.2A
4-59.3 152-mm Canister Round, XM625 ................................ . ......................... _..... ........................ 56.2B
4-60 Characteristics of Cartridge XM629 with MTSQ Fuze M548
(Projectile XM632) ................ ..................... ... . ............................................ 56.4
4—61 Canister XM8 ______________________ ___ _____________ „____ _______________ 56.5
4-62 Characteristics of Cartridge XM630 with MTSQ Fuze M548
(Projectile XM633) ................... . ......................... ..................... .................... 56.6
4-63 Characteristics of Projectile XM631 . ............................. ....................... ..... ...................... 56.7
4-64 Typical Fuzed, Flechette-Loaded Cartridge ............ ................ ................ ......................... 56.8
4-65 90-mm Canister Cartridge XM590E1 (Projectile XM593E1) ...................... .................... 56.9
4-66 90-mm Canister Cartridge XM590 (Projectile XM593) ........................................................ 56.9
5-1 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes M142, M142A1 and M197 ............................................ 56.12
5-2 Views Showing Fuzes M142 and M150 Assembled in Bombs M74 and M77
Respectively . _........ 56.13
5-3 Dimensional Characteristics and External Appearance of Fuze AN-
M103A1 (Upper Left) and M148 (Lower Right) . 56.14
5-4 Dimensional Characteristics: Pyrotechnic Delay Arming Type Fuze M104
(Left); Mechanical Delay Arming Type Fuze M120 (Right) ... 56.15
5-5 Characteristics and Dimensions of Fuze M105 ..................................................................... 56.16
5-6 General Arrangement and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M108 ................................ 56.17
5-7 External Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes AN—
M110A1, AN-M158 and M193 . . 56.18
5-8 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M149 .................. 56.19
5-9 Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M904E1 ............................. 56.20
5-10 General Arrangement of Fuze M142A1 in the Unarmed Condition __________ 56.20
5-11 General Arrangement of Fuze M197 in the Unarmed Condition ................................... 56.21
5-12 General Arrangement of Fuze AN-M103A1 in the Unarmed Condition
(Bottom). Insets Show Component Arrangement of Other Fuzes After
the Arming Screw Has Been Sheared ................ 56.22
5-13 Appearance of a Fuze With the Arming Screw and Vane Cup Missing........... .......... 56.23
5-14 Parachute Unit Attached to a Typical Fragmentation Bomb for Use
in a Cluster__ ____ _____________________ ________________________ ________ 56.23
5-15 General Arrangement of Pyrotechnic Delay Arming Type Fuze M104
in the Unarmed Condition . ...................................... -......... -....................... 56.24
5-16 General Arrangement of Mechanical Delay Arming Type Fuze M120A1
in the Unarmed Condition (Upper View) and in the Armed Condition
(Lower View) ... ...... 56.25
5-17 Fuze M105; Arrangement of Components Unarmed Condition .............. ...... 56.26
5-18 Cutaway View of Fuze M108 in the Unarmed Condition ............................................ - 56.27
5-19 General Arrangement of Fuzes AN-M110A1 and M193. Inset Shows
Rotor of Fuze M193 in the Armed Condition . 56.28
5-20 Cross Section View Showing Fuze M149 in the Unarmed Condition ............................. 56.29
5-21 Cutaway View of Fuze M904, M904E1 or M904E2 in the Unarmed
Condition. Inset Shows Arrangement of Rotor and Rotor Latch ................................ 56.30
5-22 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M150 .......... '............... —...................... 56.31
5-23 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes AN-M100 Series, AN-M101 Series,
AN-M102 Series, M160, M161 and M162 ..................................................... 56.32
5-24 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M106 Series ............................. 56.32
5-25 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M169 (T708) .............................. ................ -......... - 56.33
5-26 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes AN-M185, AN-M194 and
AN-M195 .......................... 5654
Chang* SI
TM 9-1385-51
FIGURE PA6E
5-27 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes M190 and M191................................. -................ . 56.35

5-28 General Arrangement of Fuze M150 in the Unarmed Condition ....----- 56.35
5-29 Cutaway View Showing Components of Fuze AN-M100A2 in the
Unarmed Condition __________ ________ _____ ____ ____ _____ _____ 56.36
5-30 General Arrangement of Fuze M106 Series, Unarmed Condition ---------- -------------- 56.36
5-31 Genera] Arrangement of Fuze M169 in the Unarmed Condition ..... .............. . ........... 56.37
5-32 Cutaway View of Fuzes AN-M185, AN-M194 and AN-M195. The Fuze
Components are Shown in the Unarmed Position.......... .............. .. ........... 56.38
5-33 Cutaway View of Fuzes M190 and M191 in the Unarmed Condition............................... 56.39
5-33.1 Tail Fuze M115—Cross Section ......................................................................................... 56.40A
5-38.2 Tail Fuzes, M115, M116 and M117 .................................................................................... - 56.40B
5-33.2A External Characteristics of the M906 Fuze ....................... ......................... ...................... 56.40B.1
5-33.2B Cutaway View of the M906 Fuze in the Unarmed Condition.......... ................................. 56.40B.2
5-33.2C External Characteristics and Cutaway View of the M905 Fuze ............ .......... ........... 56.40B.4
5-33.3 External Characteristics of Fuzes M151 and M151E2 ___ ___________ _________ _ 56.40C
5-38.4 Sectional View of Fuze M151E2 in Unarmed Condition .......... ........................ .................. 56.40D
5-33.5 Exploded View Showing Components of Typical Anti-Ricochet Device...................... 56.40E
5-34 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M107.............................................................. 56.40E
5-35 Dimensional Characteristics and External Appearance of Fuze M198 ............................ 56.41
5-36 Dimensional Characteristics and External Appearance of Fuze M907 ____ ____________ 56.42
5-37 General Arrangement of Fuze M107.............................................. ..... ............................... . 56.43
5-38 Fuze M198 in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View.......... . .............. .............. .............. 56.45
5-39 Fuze Head Assembly, Firing Pin Held in the Unarmed Position by
the Arming Pin—Cutaway View .............. .... . .......................................... 56.46
5-40 General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes
M123A1, M124A1, and M125A1 ...................... ..................... .................................. ......... 56.47
5-41 General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes M132,
M138, and M134 ............................................................... ............................... 56.49
5-42 Fuze M123A1—Cross Section .................................. . ...................................... ...................... 56.50
5-43 Fuze M123A1—Operation .................................................................. .................................... 56.50
5-44 Fuze M132—Cross Section .......................................................................................... ........... 56.51
5-45 Fuze M132—Firing Mechanism Operation .................. . ..................... ............ .................. 56.53
5-46 Appearance and Dimensions of Fuze M168 (a Typical Ring Type VT
Bomb Nose Fuze) ..................................................... ................................................ -......... 56.54
5-47 Appearance and Dimensions of Fuze M166E1 (a Typical Bar Type VT
Bomb Nose Fuze) ........................................................................................... 56.55
5-48 Appearance of Fuze M914...................... . ...................................... ........................................ 56.56
5-49 Exploded View of VT Bomb Nose Fuze (Bar and Ring Types) ......... ............................... 56.57
5-49.1 General Characteristics and Exploded View of M20 Sensing Device ............ - 56.58
5-50 Dimensional Characteristics of FuzeM129 ............................................................................ 56.58A
5-51 Dimensional Characteristics of FuzesM180 and M131 ................. 56.58A
5-52 "Butterfly” Fragmentation Bomb M83 ..................................................................... -............ 56.59
5-53 General Arrangement of Fuze M129 . ................................................................................... 56.59
5-54 General Arrangement of Fuze M130 .................................... ........................................... 56.60
5-55 General Arrangement of Fuze M131 ................................................-.................................. 56.61
5-56 Dimensional Characteristics and External Features of Fuzes M154
(Left), M157 (Center), and AN-M173 (Right) ......................................... - 56.62
5-57 General Arrangement of Igniter/Fuze Assembly M14/M154 ................................ -.......... 56.63
5-58 General Arrangement of Igniter/Fuze Assembly AN-M15/M157 . .................................. 56.64
5-59 General Arrangement of Igniter/Fuze Assembly M23/AN-M173 ................ ..................... 56.65
5-60 Fin Assembly: Conical ............................................................................................................. 66.66
5-61 External Characteristics of Practice Bomb, MB—4 ........................ ...................................... 56.66A
5-62 Detailed Views of Component Parts of Practice Bomb MB-4 .....................-.................. 56.66A
5-63 General Characteristics of Practice Bomb M124 .. ................................................................ 56.66B
Change 21
vi
TM 9-1385-51
FIGURE PAGE
5-64 Exploded view of M990C Bomb Fuze ........... .......... .............. .................. ....................... 56.66D
6-65 External Characteristics of M990D1 Fuze with Mk26 Mod 0 Safety
Device Installed ___ ... . .......... . ...----------- 56.66E
6-1 Projected Charge Demolition Kit M173 ............................................................................ 56.67
6-2 Projected Charge Demolition Kit MI73—Main Cover Removed........................ -.............. 56.67
6-3 Launcher Assembly and Rocket Motor M95 in Elevated Position.......................................... 56.68
6—4 Fire Control Switch . ............................................. ......................... .............. ...... ......... . 56.69
7-1 Typical 40-mm Cartridge ............................ .................................. ......... _............. ............... 57
7-2 Cartridge M384—Cutaway View .................... .............. ....................................................... 58
7-3 Cartridge XM583 and XM585—CrossSectional View ________ __________________ _ 59
7-4 Cartridge XM576—Cutaway View ............................................................. ............................ 60
7-4.1 CS Cartridge XM651 ..................................... ................................................................ 61
7-4.2 XM651 Projectile ....................... ....................... ............................................ ......................... 62
7-4.3 Cartridge XM651 and XM651E1, Cross Section____ _____________ ____ ______ ____ 63
7-5 PD Fuze M533, Cross-Sectional View Showing Unarmed Condition ........ —............ . 64
7-6 PD Fuze M551, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition ... ..................- -........ 64
7-7 PD Fuze M552, Cutaway View ShowingUnarmed Condition .......... ................................. 64.1
7-8 Typical 40-mm Cartridge External View ................ .............. . .............. ........................ 64.1
7-9 Typical 40-mm Projectile (Fired) . .......................... . ............................. .............. ....... 64.3
7-9.1 XM54 CS Grenade _____________ _________________________________ ______ ____ 64.4
7-9.2 XM54 CS Grenade (Cross Section)............. .................................-.................. ...................... 64.4B
7-9.3 Grenade Fuze M215—Cross Section . . ......... ..................................... . ................................... 64.4C
7-9.4 Grenade with Fuze M204 Series—Cross Section................................................................. 64.4D
7-9.5 Grenade Fuze M217—Cross Section . ... ....... ................................. ........................ .. 64.4D
7-9.6 Fragmentation Hand Grenade M61 ........... ...................................... —■ 64.4F
7-9.7 Miniature CS Grenade ........................... ............ ...................... ................................. .............. 64.4F
7-10 Major Components and Dimensions of Rifle Grenade M28 ........................... —............. - 64.5
7-11 Grenade Body and Head Assembly with P1BD Fuze (Shipping Cap
in Phantom)—Cutaway View .. ...... ..... - .... 64.6
7-12 Point-Initiating Devices—Cutaway Views ........... ................................... ............................. 65
7-13 Flash Barrier Assembly—Partially Armed—Cutaway View _____ _____ _____ -........ 66
8-1 Nike-Hercules-General Appearance and Dimensions . ......... ................ ............ ................. 68
8-2 External Fittings and Access Provisions for Nike-Hercules Missile.................. - ------ 68.1
8-3 Nose of Nike-Hercules Missile -- -------------------------------------------------- -.......... -— 68.2
8-4 Warhead Assembly Nike-Hercules ........-............................................... ..... 68.3
8-5 Engine Section of Missile Body (One Fin Phantomed forClarity) - -------- --------------- 68.5
8-6 Missile Engine Initiator and Igniter . ..................................................................................... 68.6
8-7 Equipment and Power Section of Missile Body . .................. ........... ............................. ....... 68.7
8-8 Control Section of Missile Body ............................... - 68.8
8-9 Booster Cluster Assembly ............. — 68.9
8-10 General Appearance of the Nike-Ajax Missile-Booster Combination ................................. 68.13
8-11 Sections and Compartments of the Missile . . ...................... .................... ......................... 68.14
8-12 Warhead System for the Nike-Ajax ----------------------------------------------------------------- 68.15
8-13 Booster Assembly for Nike-Ajax ............................................................................................. 68.16
8-14 Location of Sustainer Motor Actuating Lanyard ..................... -................ 68.16
9-1 External Configuration and Dimensional Characteristics of Mine M21
with Fuze M607 . .......... . .......................................... ...............................
9-2 Mine M21 (w/o fuze)—Cutaway View.................................... -.................... -................ ^.2
9-3 Fuze M607 in Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View................. -....................... ................
9-4 Antipersonnel Mine, M18—External View ........................................................... - .......... 70.5
9-5 Antipersonnel Mine, M18—Cutaway View............. ..................................... ......................... 70.5
9-6 Antipersonnel Mine M18A1 ... ............................ -............ . 70.6
9-7 XM54 Pop-Up PWP Antipersonnel Mine with M605 Fuze .................... -......................... 70.8
9-8 XM54 Pop-Up PWP Antipersonnel Mine—Cross-Sectional View ..................... -............ 70.9
Change 21
41
FM 9-1385-51
figure page
9-9 M605 Combination Mine Fuze .......................................................... -.................. ---........... 70-10
9-10 M1A1 Squib Assembly ........................ -................................................... -...........-.................. 79-44
9-11 M24 Antitank Mine Less the Elevation andSightingAssembly ...... ....................... 70.12
9-12 M61 Demolition Firing Device . .................................... 70.13
9-18 M28A2 8.5 Inch HEAT Rocket Modified for M24Antitank Mine----------- ---------------- 70.13
10-1 White Aircraft Smoke Signal XM176 -------------------------------------------------------------- 72
10-2 Aircraft Smoke Signal: Red XM177, Green XM178, Yellow XM179, or
Violet XM180 .......... .......................................................... -............ -.................................... 721
10-3 Parachute and Fuze Assembly ................................................................ .............. ................. 72-3
10-4 Flash Tube Assembly ........................ .................................. ............................. ............ ......... 72 4
10-5 Flare Set AN/ALA-17 ............................................................................................................ 72 5
10-6 Aircraft Parachute FlareXM182 ............................................................................................. 72-8
10-7 Time Fuze XM590E2 .. ---------- ------------------------------------------------------------------ 72-9
10-8 Cartridge, Photoflash, M112A1, 1 Sec Delay .......................... — 72.12
10-9 Cartridge, Photoflash, Practice, M121 —-------- - ------------- -------------------------- ------- 72.13
10-10 Cartridge, Photoflash, M123A1, 2 Sec Delay ----------- ------ ------ - ------ - ---------------- 72.14
10-11 Cartridge, Photoflash, Practice, M124 ------- - ------------------------- - ------ - ---------------- 72.15
11-1 General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of the 762-mm
Rocket M50 (Honest John) ............................................................... --------- --------------- 74
11-2 Practice Warhead Section. Inset Shows Exploded View of Spotting Charge
Assembly ............ . ......... - —................ -......................... .............. ...................................... 74-2
11-3 MT Fuze M421 (T2075E1) ............................................... -......... 74 4
11-4 General Arrangement of Pedestal Assembly with Spin-Rockets Installed.
Inset Shows Spin-Rocket Assembly ....... . ......................... —------------------------------- 74 8
11-5 Rocket Motor M31.......................................... . ........................................................................ 74-8
11-6 Flash-Smoke Warhead Fuzing System ........................................... -...........-.................... 74.10
11-7 Fuze M421 (T2075E1): Lower View, Timer Before Acceleration: Upper
View, Arming and Firing Mechanism --------------------- ..--------- -------------------------- 74.12
11-7.1 General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of the 762-mm
Rocket, M31 Series (Honest John) ........................ ........................... ............................... 74.13
11-7.2 M1A2 Warhead Assembly with M57 Warhead and Impact Fuzing In
stalled........ .............. --■............ - - 7414
11-7.8 M1A2 Warhead Assembly with T2021 HE Warhead and Fuzing Com
ponents .......................................... ................................................................... 74.14A
11-7.4 Pedestal for M6 Rocket Motor ................................................................................................ - 74-44B
11-7.5 . General Arrangement of the M6 Rocket Motor_________ ______________ _________- 74.14C
11-8 General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of the 318-mm
Rocket (Little John) .............................................................................. . ..... ............ ......... 74.14E
11-9 Warhead XM8 ............. ............................................................... -.........---............................. 7416
11-10 Rocket Motor; Inset A—Location of Battery and Switch Assembly and
Igniter Assembly. Inset B—Thrust Neutralizer Attached ____________ _____ _____ 74.18
11-11 66-mm HEAT Rocket M7fi—External View......................... - 74.21
11-12 66-mm HEAT Rocket M72—Cross Section ................. . ...................................................... 74.23
11-13 Fuze M412, Sequential Leaf Unlocking Device, Explosive Components and
Graze Firing Pin in Unarmed Condition............ .............. ....................... 74.25
11-14 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M4 Series................................. ................................ 74.27
11-15 Fuze M4A2 in the Unarmed Condition—Cross Section .............................. ........................ 74.28
11-16 Fuze M4A2—Position of Setback Pin, Delay Arming Pin, and Retaining
Ball in the Unarmed Condition—Cross Section ..................................................... -........ 74.29
11-17 Dimensional Characteristics of- Fuze M406 ......................................................................... 74.30
11-18 Fuze M406 or Mkl81 in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View............ ............................. 74.32
11-19 Rotor Mechanism in the Unarmed, Partially Armed, and Armed Conditions ...................... 74.33
11-20 XM429 Proximity Rocket Fuze ............................................................................................... 74.35
11-21 Exploded View of XM429 Fuze____________ „_____ ______________ ____________ 74.36
Change 21
viii
TM 9-1385-51
FIGURE PAGE
11-22 Cutaway View of XM429 Fuse------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 74.36

11-23 Safety and Arming Device—Armed Position ---------------------------------------------------------------- 74.37
11-24 Safety and Arming Device—Unarmed Position ------------------------------------------------------------- 74.37
11-25 M414 Proximity Rocket Fuze and Major Components____________________________________ 74.39
11-26 External Configuration of the ZUNA Rocket Assembled with the Mk32
Mod 0 Rocket Head, and Cutaway Views of the Mk32 and Mk24 Rocket
Heads ________________________________________________________________ 74.40
11-27 Two Views of the Safety and Arming Device for M414 Fuze_______________________________ 74.41
11-28 Cutaway View of M401 Fuze in the Unarmed Condition____________________________________ 74.42
11-29 Cutaway View of M404A2 Fuze in the Unarmed Condition________________________________ 74.42
11-30 Cutaway and Exploded Views of Fuzes M423 and M427 ____________________________________ 74.45
11-31 Safety and Arming Device _________________________________________________________ 74.46
12-1 A Typical Aircraft Emergency Escape System in Operation--------------------------------------------- 76.1
12-2 Catapult with Cartridge, Aircraft Personnel, M1A1 _____________________________________ 76.2
12-3 Approximate Location of a Typical Catapult on an Ejection Seat__________________________ 76.3
12-4 Dimensional Characteristics of Catapults M3, M4, and M5________________________________ 76.4
12-5 Catapult M1A1 in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View________________________________ 76.6
12-6 Catapult M3, in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View_________________________________ 76.7
12-7 A Typical Aircraft Canopy Jettisoned Clear of an Aircraft by a Canopy
Remover ________________________________________________________________________ 76.10
12-8 Dimensional Characteristics of Remover M1A1 Assembled with Exactor Ml-------------------------- 76.11
12-9 Dimensional Characteristics of Remover M2A1 _________________________________________ 76.12
12—10 Dimensional Characteristics of Remover M3 ____________________________________________ 76.12
12-11 Remover M1A1 Assembled with Exactor Ml—Unarmed Condition—
Cutaway View __________________________________________________________________ 76.15
12-12 Remover M2A1 in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View________________________________ 76.16
12-13 Remover M3 in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View__________________________________ 76.18
12-14 Dimensional Characteristics of Initiator and Delay Initiator M4 __________________________ 76.20
12-15 Initiator M3 in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View__________________________________ 76.21
12-16 Dimensional Characteristics of Initiator M5 and Delay Initiator M6_______________________ 76.23
12-17 Initiator M5 in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View__________________________________ 76.25
12-18 Dimensional Characteristics of Thrusters M1A1, M2A1, M3A1 and M5A1_____________________ 76.27
12-19 Thruster M1A1 in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View________________________________ 76.29
12-20 Martin-Baker Ejection Seat A5 ______________________________________________________ 76.31
12-21 Some of the Major Components of Ejection Seat A5_____________________________________ 76.32
12-22 Ejection Gun Assembly and Latch Mechanism—Cutaway View____________________________ 76.33
12-23 Drogue Gun—Cutaway View ________________________________________________________ 76.35
12-24 Cartridge E23—Cutaway View________________________________________________________ 76.37
12-25 Launcher Module—Cutaway View ____________________________________________________ 76.38
12-26 Cartridge XM674 ___________________________________________________________________ 76.40
12-27 Body Assembly ____________________________________________________________________ 76.40
12-28 Cartridge XM675 __________________________________________________________________ 76.40
12-29 Cartridge XM674—Cutaway View ____________________________________________________ 76.41
12-30 Fuze, Projectile, PD, M75 ___________________________________________________________ 76.43
13-1 Bomb BLU-17/B __________________________________________________________________ 77
13-2 Bomb BLU-17/B __________________________________________________________________ 78
13-3 WP Smoke Bomb BLU-17/B—Cross-Sectional View _____________________________________ 78.1
13-4 External Configuration of a Bomb BLU-36/B _________________________________________ 78.3
13-5 Bomb BLU 36/B—Cutaway View______________________________________________________ 78.4
■ 13-6 General Arrangement of Fuze XM218 ________________________________________________ 78.5
13-7 Tactical CS Canister E49 ___________________________________________________________ 78.6
13-8 Cross Section of Tactical CS Canister E49____________________________________________ 78.6
13-9 Bomb, Incendiary, TH3, 4-pound, M126________________________________________________ 78.9
13-10 Bomb, Incendiary, TH3, 4-pound, M126—Cutaway View_________________________________ 78.9
Chang* 21
lx
TM 9-1385-51
FIGURE PAGE
18-10.1 Bomb, Incendiary, THS, 4-Pound, AN-M50A3--------------------------------------------------------------- 78.10

18-10.2 Bomb, Incendiary, PT1, 10-Pound, M74A1 ------------------------------------------------------------------ 78.10A
13-11 XM144 Bomb with Vanes Closed (Unarmed)----------------------------------------------------------------- 78.11
13-12 XM144 Bomb with Vanes Open (Armed) -------------------------------------------------------------------- 78.12
14-1 50-Pound Tactical CS Canister Cluster E158R2__________________________________________ 79
14-2 Initiator E63R2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80
14-3 Cross Section of Two Modules _______________________________________________________ 80
14-4 Fuze Assembly ____________________________________________________________________ 80.1
14-5 Initiator E63R2 ___________________________________________________________________ 80.2
14-6 Fuzing System of CS Canister Cluster E158R2_________________________________________ 80.3
14-7 130-Pound Tactical CS Canister Cluster E159__________________________________________ 80.4
14-8 Cluster Incendiary Bomb, PT1, 750-Pound, M35 ________________________________________ 80.7
14-9 Cluster, Incendiary Bomb, PT1, 750-Pound, M35—Cutaway View___________________________ 80.8
14-9.1 Cluster, Incendiary Bomb: PT1, 500-Pound,M31________________________ 80.8A
14—10 XM18 Aircraft Dispenser ___________________________________________________________ 80.10
15-1 Mine, Chemical Agent, VX, M23_______________________________________________________ 82
15-2 Mine, Chemical Agent, VX, M23—Cross Section_________________________________________ 83
15-3 Fuze, Mine, At M603, Top and Cross .Section___________________________________________ 84
15-4 Firing Device, Demolition: Ml Al, Pressure Type Sectioned_______________________________ 84
15-5 Firing Device, Demolition: M1A1, Pressure Type________________________________________ 85
15-6 Firing Device, Demolition: M3, Pull-Release Type_______________________________________ 86
15-7 Firing Device, Demolition: M5, Pressure Release Type___________________________________ 87
15-8 Mine, Chemical, 1-Gallon ___________________________________________________________ 87
15-9 Mine, Land Chemical, 1-Gallon________________________________________________________ 87
15-10 Rocket, Gas, 115MM: M55, General Appearanceand Dimensions___________________________ 88
15-11 Rocket, Gas, 115MM: M55, Cutaway View _____________________________________________ 88
15-12 Fuze, Rocket: Point Detonating, M417, Cutaway View Unarmed Condition_________________ 89
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE PAGE
I Painting and Marking of Ammunition Colors___________________________________________ 8

II Deleted
IL1 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes__________________________________________________ 56.31
ILIA Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes__ _______________________________________________ 56.40
II .2 Effect of Temperature on Delay ActionofFuses_____________________________________ 56.48
I I.3 Effect of Temperature on Delay ActionofFuzes____________________________________ 56.52
M132, M138, and M134
II I Cartridge Characteristics (40-mm Grenades) _____________________________________ 58
Chang* 28
x
TM 9-1385-51 1-1 io 1-6
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
1-1 PURPOSE. scribed for use throughout the Department of

the Army are listed in DA Pam 310-2. Submit
This manual is for Explosive Ordnance Dis requisitions for these forms in accordance with
posal (EOD) and other personnel who require
AR 310-1.
general and specific technical information on
identification of conventional and chemical am 1-5 REPORTS.
munition.
1-5.1 FIELD REPORT OF ACCIDENT. Re
1-2 SCOPE. fer to AR 385-40 for details on using, complet
ing, and forwarding reports necessary for com
This manual, a companion to TM 9-1385-50,
pliance with requirements of the Army safety
covers the identification, construction, and
program. These reports are required whenever
functioning of conventional and chemical am
accidents involving injury to personnel or
munition, although bulk chemical and biolog
damage to equipment occur.
ical agents are not included. Refer to the TM
1-5.2 OTHER REPORTS. Complete other re
9-1185-series for information on nuclear mu
ports (listed in appendix A), as required.
nitions. TM 9-1385-50 provides render safe
and disposal procedures for the munitions cov 1-6 ERRORS AND OMISSIONS.
ered in this manual.
Direct reporting, by the individual user, of
1-3 ARRANGEMENT OF TEXT. errors, omissions, and recommendations for
improving this manual is authorized and en
Rescinded. couraged. Forward Army reports directly to:
1-4 FORMS.
Commanding Officer, Picatinny Arsenal,
ATTN: SMUPA-DC, Dover, New Jersey,
Refer to TM 38-750 for instructions on the use 07801. Refer to TM 38-750 for reporting pro
of forms listed in appendix A. All forms pre cedures.
AGO 8»MA
TM 9-1385-51
This Page Intentionally Left Blank.
Change 1
AGO B934A
2
TM 9-1385-51 2-1 to 2-1. 3. 4
SECTION 2
GENERAL EXPLOSIVES
2-1 EXPLOSIVES IN AMMUNITION. c. Booster.

d. Main Charge.
2-1. 1 GENERAL. Explosives in ammunition
are chiefly solids or mixtures of solids and 2-1.3. 3 LOW EXPLOSIVES.
liquids formulated to be solid at normal temp
eratures. The characteristic effect of explos a. Artillery ammunition propellants are de
ives is the result of the great pressure and signed to provide energy necessary to propel a
heat produced when a solid or liquid explosive projectile or missile. They may be classified
is suddenly converted to a much larger volume as liquid or solid. Solid propellants as used in
of gas. conventional or special ammunition are class
ified as nitrocellulose or composite based.
2-1.2 CLASSIFICATION AND CHARACTER Nitrocellulose based propellants are further
ISTICS OF MILITARY EXPLOSIVES. Military classified as to the number of explosives they
explosives are divided into two basic groups: contain. Single base propellants contain
low explosives and high explosives. nitrocellulose; double base propellants contain
nitrocellulose and nitroglycerin; and triple
2-1. 2.1 Low explosives are burning explos base propellants contain nitrocellulose, nitro
ives which contain the ingredients necessary glycerin and nitroguanadine. Composite
to support combustion (oxygen and fuel). Black propellants contain an inorganic oxidizer,
powder, pyrotechnic mixtures, and smokeless when mixed with an organic fuel, serves as
powder are examples of low explosives. A the binder of the oxidizer particles.
propellant is a type of low explosive that is
suitable for effecting the controlled propulsion b. Propellants are assigned model numbers
of a solid body such as a projectile or rocket. (e.g. , Ml). Do not confuse these with the M
Propellants will detonate if confined or if the numbers assigned propelling charges. Black
burning rate is accelerated. powder (old-fashioned gunpowder), although
long since superseded as a propellant, is still
2-1.2. 2 High explosives decompose instantane used in such auxiliary items as spotting
ously and detonate when acted upon by sufficient charges, igniters, and delay pellets. The
heat, shock, or friction. High explosives are usual form of artillery-ammunition propellant
grouped as primary, secondary, and main is a cylindrical grain with one or more perfor
charge. ations. Ball propellant is used in small-caliber
ammunition, and sheet propellant, in mortar
2-1.3 EXPLOSIVE TRAIN. Both a high and ammunition. A propelling charge in grains of
low explosive train utilize a sensitive primary different perforations or different size is called
explosive for the primer, finally initiating the a dual-grain charge.
main charge by sympathetic detonation.
c. Cartridges of certain calibers, such as
2-1.3. 1 LOW EXPLOSIVE TRAIN. 76mm, 90mm, and 105mm, are called
flashless-smokeless (FLHLS-SMKLS) because
a. Primer. of the functional characteristics of the propel
b. Igniter, lant. This designation is marked on the car
c. Propellant. tridge case of these cartridges and on their
packing containers.
2-1. 3.2 HIGH EXPLOSIVE TRAIN.
2-1. 3. 4 HIGH EXPLOSIVES (HE). High ex
a. Primer. plosives should be produced from raw ma
b. Detonator. terials that are nonstrategic and available in
3
2-2 TM 9-1385-51
great quantity and manufacturing operations nated by an initiating agent. They are the most
must be simple, safe, and inexpensive. Ex powerful explosive and second in sensitivity.
plosives can withstand the forces of setback This relatively insensitive HE is used as ex
found in artillery rounds, impact of bombs, plosive leads andboosters. Booster explosives,
and the normal shocks of handling. Because such as tetryl and PETN, are easily initiated
of its rapid rate of detonation, HE produces a and detonate at high rates but are not suitable
high pressure wave front known as shattering for loading in large masses.
power or brisance. Concentrating or directing
the wave front, utilizing shaped charges, is c. MAIN CHARGE. This class of HE is
called wave shaping. Factors affecting the used for main charge filler and is the least
sensitivity and velocity of detonation of mili sensitive and the second most powerful ex
tary high explosives are as follows: plosive. Included in this class are bursting
charge explosives, such as TNT and Explosive
Velocity of D that must be initiated, usually by means of
Factors Sensitivity detonation a booster explosive, and which can be loaded
en masse. Included also are explosives that
Increase crystal size Increase Decrease. are too sensitive to be used alone, such as
Increase density Decrease Increase. nitroglycerin, and substances which are too
Crystal coating Decrease Decrease. insensitive to explode when used alone, such
Increase confinement Decrease Increase. as ammonium nitrate. For more comprehen
Increase temperature Increase Increase. sive information on explosives, refer to
Moisture Decrease Decrease. TM 9-1910.
High explosives are grouped according to their

use. .2-2 CHEMICAL FILLERS.
a. PRIMARY. Primary high explosives are Chemical ammunition fillers are either solids,
the most sensitive and are used as initiating liquids or gases. A military chemical agent,
agents in primers and detonators. Detonation through its chemical properties, produces le
occurs through spark, friction, or impact and thal, injurious or irritant effects resulting in
can initiate the detonation of relatively insensi casualties. It can be used as a screening and
tive explosives. Examples are lead azide, signaling smoke or as an incendiary agent.
lead styphnate (basic and normal), mercury Chemical agents are classified by physical
fulminate, and tetracene. state (including degree of volatility), use and
physiological action. Refer to FM 3-5, TM
b. SECONDARY. Secondary high explosives 3-215, and TM 9-1900 for further information
are noninitiating explosives that must be deto on chemical agents.
4
TM 9-1385-51 3-1 to 3-4.2
SECTION 3
GENERAL IDENTIFICATION MEASURES
3-1 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE. operations as worldwide stock status reporting

and requisitioning when specific items are not
Standard nomenclature is established to give an required.
item specific identification. For ammunition,
this nomenclature consists of the complete 3-3. 2 The 11-digit FSN and the second part of
item name, a colon (:), and then enough mod the DODIC (e.g. , 1315-028-4790-C650) is used
ifiers (descriptive information) to identify the for such operations as marking and the requisi
item of supply among other items of the same tioning of specific items. Refer to TB 9-AMM-
name (e.g., CARTRIDGE, 76-MILLIMETER: 5 and pertinent SM's and SC's.
HE, COMP B, M352, steel-case, w/fuze, PD,
M51A5, 0.05-sec delay, for Guns M32 and 3-4 IDENTIFICATION OF AMMUNITION.
M48). Unless the modifiers following the colon
are standardized capital-letter abbreviations, 3-4.1 GENERAL. Ammunition is identified
such as HE, COMP B, and PD, they are listed by information painted or marked (stamped or
in lower case letters, as in "steel-case" and stenciled) on items, containers, and packing
"0. 05-sec delay. " boxes. For record purposes, item nomencla
ture and lot number identify the ammunition
3-2 FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER. completely. Removed from its packing, am
munition may be identified by the painting and
The 11-digit Federal Stock Number (FSN) (e.g., marking on the items. Ammunition data cards
1315-028-4790) has replaced the Ammunition are prepared for each lot of ammunition and
Identification Code (AIC) and Ordnance stock provide a complete listing of the lot. Informa
number. Each item of supply, as packed, has tion given is type and composition of the ammu
a different FSN. The first four digits always nition, handling instructions and identification
represent the Federal Supply Classification of components by lot number and manufacturer.
(FSC). The remaining seven digits represent
the Federal Item Identification Number (FUN), 3-4.1.1 Item marking and standard nomen
and have the hyphen inserted to reduce errors clature both include the type name (or abbre
in transmission. Each item in a Department viation thereof); the caliber, weight, or size;
of the Army supply catalog or manual or U. S. and the model designation.
Air Force stock list has a different FUN.
3-4. 1.2 Included where required, is such
3-3 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE AMMUNI additional information as model and type of
TION CODE. fuze, the model of the weapon in which the item
A Department of Defense Ammunition Code is fired, and the muzzle velocity. Also, the
(DOD Ammunition Code) has been developed to weight of the projectile for which a separate
indicate interchangeability of ammunition and loading propelling charge is suited.
explosive items in FSC Group 13. This 8-
character code is separated by a hyphen into 3-4.1.3 The lot number, not a part of the
two parts (e. g., 1315-C650). The first four nomenclature, is marked on the ammunition
digits represent the FSC; the second part or shipping container. In field reports, how
consists of a capital letter and three numerals ever, when referring to a specific item, cite
(DODIC) assigned to items that are interchange standard nomenclature and lot number.
able in function and use. 3-4. 2 MARK OR MODEL. A model designation
is assigned when the item is adopted. This
3-3.1 The 8-character DOD Ammunition Code designation, which becomes an essential part
(e.g., 1315-C650) is used for such ammunition of the nomenclature and is included in the mark
5
3-4.3 to 3-4.4. 2.2.1 TM 9-1385-51
ing, consists of the letter M followed by an 3-4. 4.2 MARKING. Marking is used as a
Arabic numeral (e.g., Ml). Modifications are ready means of identification, especially
indicated by adding the letter A and the appro among items of the same name, when complete
priate Arabic numeral. Therefore, Ml Al in nomenclature and lot, or FUN, number are re
dicates the first modification of an item for quired. The color of the letter or numerals is
which the original designation was Ml. A B a part of the color-coding system.
suffix to a model designation indicates an item
of alternative design, material, or manufacture. 3-4. 4.2.1 PROJECTILE FUZE. When a
A T or XM model designation shows that the projectile has a deep cavity for receiving a
item is under development; and E and an Arabic proximity fuze and does not contain a supple
numeral suffix indicates modification of the de mentary charge, the marking is: FOR PROX
velopment item. Ammunition made in Japan IMITY FUZE, FOR FUZE M504 (T75E6), or
has the prefix J added to the model number. FOR FUZE M513 (T226), as applicable.
3-4.3 AMMUNITION LOT NUMBER. When 3-4. 4.2.1.1 SPOTTING CHARGE. When a
ammunition is manufactured, an ammunition spotting charge Is present, the marking is W/
lot number is assigned in accordance with per SPOTTING CHARGE. The letter S stenciled
tinent specifications. As an essential part of immediately above the bourrelet on large-
the marking, the lot number is stamped or caliber projectiles indicates that a smoke pro
stenciled on the item, size permitting, and on ducer is mixed with the high explosive, to
all packing containers. The lot number is re enable observation of fire.
quired for all record purposes, including am
munition condition reports, stock status re 3-4. 4. 2.1.2 LOT NUMBER OF LOADED
ports and reports of accidents and malfunctions. PROJECTILE. On fixed and semifixed rounds,
To provide the most uniform functioning, all the the lot number is stenciled below the rotating
components in any one lot are manufactured band, in which position it is covered by the
under as nearly identical conditions as practi neck of the cartridge case.
cable. The best firing accuracy from fixed or
semi-fixed ammunition is attained when suc 3-4. 4.2.1.3 WEIGHT ZONE. The weight
cessive rounds are of the same lot number; zone (squares) or weight to nearest pound of
when firing separate-loading ammunition, loaded projectile is marked on 75mm and
successive rounds should consist of projectiles, larger caliber projectiles, except on armor-
propelling charges, fuzes, and primers, re piercing projectlies that are components of
spectively, of one lot number. Ammunition fixed or semifixed rounds and on base-ejection
made in Japan has the prefix J added to the smoke projectlies.
manufacturer's symbol and to component lot
numbers of metal or plastic parts, explosives, 3-4. 4.2.1.4 ROTATING BAND. Marking
fuzes, boosters, primers, and propelling stamped on or forward of the rotating band
charges. An X appearing after the lot number consists of:
indicates a steel cartridge case.
a. Lot number of empty shell.
3-4.4 PAINTING AND MARKING.
b. Manufacturer's initials or symbol.
3-4.4.1 PAINTING. The primary purpose of
painting ammunition is to prevent rust and c. Caliber and model of projectile or
corrosion. In addition, painting provides cartridge.
identification by color code. TM 9-1900 has
detailed information on color-coding of am d. Year of manufacture.
munition in accordance with the old U. S. Army
system of painting and marking. Paragraph 3-4. 4.2.2 CARTRIDGE CASE.
3-4. 7 of this manual outlines the newly adopted
Department of Defense color-coding standard 3-4. 4.2. 2.1 BASE. The ammunition lot
(MIL-STD-709-Ammunition Color Coding) to number and loader's initials are stenciled on the
identify ammunition. base of each cartridge. (On 37mm and 40mm
6
TM 9-1385-51
3—4.4.2.2.2 to 3-4.6
cartridges, the lot number is stenciled on the der, the word IGNITER, caliber and model
projectile.) of cannon in which fired, and month and year
a. TYPE AND MODEL. Marking on 75-mm of loading.
and 76-mm cartridges includes the word 3-4.4.2.4 FUZE. Stamped on the fuze body
NORMAL below one diametral stripe; or are the type and model, manufacturer’s initials,
REDUCED and two diametral stripes at lot number, year of manufacture, and the fuze
right angles, indicating reduced charge; action (e.g., DELAY and length of delay in
or SUPER, indicating supercharge. seconds), and SQ (superquick), or time in sec
b. FUNCTIONAL MARKING. Marking on onds on a graduated time ring, are also part
76-mm and 90-mm cartridges includes one of the marking.
of three classifications: FLASHLESS (or 3-4.4.2.5 PRIMER. The model designation,
FLHLS), SMOKELESS (or SMKLS), or loader’s initials, lot number, and year of load
FLASHLESS-SMOKELESS (or FLHLS- ing are stamped on the base of each primer.
SMKLS). 3-4.5 WEIGHT OR WEIGHT-ZONE MARK
3-4.4.2.2.2 SIDE. On 75-mm and 76-mm INGS.
cartridge case sides, the word NORMAL is 3-4.5.1 VARIATIONS. Weight variations are
marked below one band, indicating a normal inherent in manufacture of projectiles contain
propelling charge; or REDUCED between two ing explosives or chemical agents. Therefore,
bands, indicating reduced charge; or SUPER, when a high degree of artillery-firing accuracy
indicating supercharge. On HVAP-T rounds, is required, projectiles are marked to indicate
HYPERVELOCITY MV is marked in red. the weight; firing tables list data for making
3-4.4.2.2.3 BASE STAMPING. The caliber ballistic corrections. The weight is stamped on
and model of the cartridge case is stamped in the body of projectiles for 8-inch howitzer can
the metal on the base. Bl, after the model non. Projectiles are grouped within limits and
designation, indicates a steel case. Base metal the corresponding weight-zone marking is sten
stamping also includes the lot number of the ciled on the projectiles. Fixed and semifixed
case, the manufacturer’s initials, and year of rounds are grouped similarly in weight zones.
manufacture. These zones are indicated by one or more
3-4.4.2.3 PROPELLING CHARGE. squares marked on the projectile, in the same
3-4.4.4.2.3.1 CHARGE OR SECTION OF color used for the other marking. Composition
CHARGE. Stenciling on each charge or charge B-loaded ammunition for 105-mm howitzers is
section includes the section designation (e.g., marked with an additional zone, two squares,
1/8 CHG; BASE: INCR or INCREMENT; and a triangle.
CHARGE 2. Other marking consists of: 3-4.5.2 SMALL-CALIBER CARTRIDGES. Ex
a. Model of charge (e.g., CHARGE M1A1). cept for the training cartridge, cartridges of
b. Caliber and models of cannon for which less than 75-mm, high-explosive antitank
adapted. rounds, and armor-piercing rounds of less than
c. Weight of charge or section of charge. 105-mm do not require weight-zone markings.
d. Weight or weights of projectiles with 3-4.6 DUMMY AMMUNITION. This ammuni
which charge may be used. tion is identified by marking, stenciled or
e. Propellant lot (includes propellant type, stamped on the item. Some dummy rounds are
the word LOT, initials of manufacturer, fabricated from metal parts of service ammu
serial number of lot, and year of manu nition. To identify these parts as being posi
facture). tively inert, holes are drilled in any section
f. Charge number of each section, on the top that, as a component of service ammunition,
end. contained an explosive. Holes may be drilled
3-4.4.2.3.2 IGNITER. Igniter stenciling in into the following sections of fixed and semi
cludes weight, grade, and kind of igniter pow fixed dummy rounds: Projectile, fuze, booster,
Change 21
7
TM 9-1385-51
3-4.7 to 3-4.7.3
cartridge case, and base of primer. For further STD-709 will be on hand for many
identification of inert ammunition and ammuni years. EOD personnel should be ex
tion components, refer to AR 385-G5. tremely cautious when relying on color
3-4.7 AMMUNITION COLOR CODE. codes for identification of ammuni
13-4.7.1 GENERAL. MIE-STD-709 establishes tion.
a uniform eoloi- coding system for identifica- 3-4.7.2 COLORS AND SYMBOLS FOR IN
Ition of the various types of ammunition used DICATING TRACER AND COLOR BURST.
by Army, Navy, and Air Force. A tracer and its color are indicated by TTT
CAUTION
in the color of the trace; a color burst, by CCC
in the color of the burst produced.
Ammunition marked in accordance 3-4.7.3 COLORS OF THE CODE. Typical am
with the system used prior to MIL- munition colors are indicated in table 1.
Table 1. Painting and Marking of Ammunition Colors
Color of ammunition Color of ammu nition
Ammunition of cnrltcr mnnufneture of recent manufacture
HE ....... ............. .. ............... Olive drab w/yellow marking . .. Olive drab w/yellow marking.
HEAT..................................................... Olive drab w/yellow marking - Black w/yellow marking.
HEP (over 40 mm) ...... ......... .... Olive drab w/yellow marking .... Olive drab w/black band and yellow
marking.
Smoke (except WP or PWP) ... Gray w/one yellow band and yellow Light green w/black marking.
marking.
Smoke (WP or PWP ... ........... .. . Gray w/one yellow band and yellow Light green w/yellow band and light
marking. red marking.
Illuminating ............. .............. Gray w/one white band and white White w/black marking.
marking.
Separate loading, projectile illumi Gray w/one white band and white Olive drab w/white band and white
nating. marking. marking.
Practice w/o explosive filler................. Blue or black w/white marking . . Blue w/white marking.
Practice w/high explosive ... Blue or black w/white marking ... Blue w/yellow band and white mark
ing.
Practice w/Iow explosive Blue or black w/white marking __ Blue w/brown band and white mark
ing.
Chemical: Gray w/two green bands and green Gray w/two green bands and green
Persistent toxic agent . ....... marking. marking. (One yellow bund w/
explosive burster.)
. Nonpersistent toxic agent ... Gray w/one green hand and green Gray w/one green band and green
marking. marking. (One yellow band w/ex-
plosivc burster.)
Persistent irritant agent............. Gray w/two red bands and red Gray w/two red bands and red
marking. marking. (One yellow band w/
explosive burster.)
Nonpersistent irritant agent .... Gray w/one red band and red Gray w/one red band and red mark
marking. ing. (One yellow band w/explosive
burster.)
“G" and “V" series agents............ Gray w/one green band for “G” Gray w/three green bands and green
series; two green bands for "V" marking. (One yellow band w/ex-
series, and green marking. plosive burster.)
AP&APDS w/o filler ................. . ......... Black w/white marking ___ __ Black w/white marking.
AP w/high explosive filler ................ Black w/yellow marking ............... Black w/yellow marking.
Cartridge, A PERS w/fiechettes........ Black w/white marking....... Olive drab w/yellow band, white
marking and white diamonds.
Canister w/slugs................................. Black w/white marking................. . Olive drab w/white marking,
Canister w/flechcttes........................... . Black w/white marking ................. . Olive drab w/white marking and
white diamonds.
Dummy .. . ................................. . Black or blue w/white marking ... . Bronze w/white marking.
Table II. Deleted.
Change 21
8
3-5 to 3-5.3
TM 9-1385-51
3-5 BOMB FUZES which belong to one fuze series are covered in
one paragraph of the section on bombs.
3-5.1 CLASSIFICATION.
a. Bomb fuzes may be classified by their 3-5.3 MARKING AND PAINTING.
location in the bomb-nose, tail, or trans a. The fuze designation and manufacturing
verse (body), by method of arming-, or date usually are stamped (stenciled or
by type of final action. Principal methods engraved) on the body of the fuze and
of arming are arming vane rotation, pin and may or may not be visible after
ejection (jump-out), clockwork, electric, the fuze is installed in the bomb. The
or a combination of the above. manufacturing data most commonly
b. When classified according to type of stamped on fuzes are the fuze lot num
final action, bomb fuzes arc grouped as ber, manufacturer’s code, inspector’s ini
impact inertia, time (mechanical or py tials, and date of inspection.
rotechnic), hydrostatic, influence (also b. Fuze firing delays, arming delays, or
called proximity or VT), long delay, or other functioning characteristics, such as
antidisturbance. Certain fuzes incorpo time-setting scales, are marked on the
rate a combination of final actions such fuze. In some cases, the fuze or a fuze
as influence, impact or time-impact to component is painted in a conspicuous
insure reliability of functioning. manner to indicate a particular feature
of the fuze or to distinguish it from a
3-5.2 FUZE SERIES. A fuze series, or family, similar fuze or component.
is a group of fuzes having the same basic in c. All markings and painting which are
ternal mechanisms and action, but designed deemed pertinent to identification of a
for bombs of different sizes, with differences fuze are described and illustrated appro
in length of air travel to arm, or with dif priately in the paragraph applicable to
ferences in length of delay between impact the fuze.
and detonation. The fuzes in a fuze series are
usually numbered consecutively. All fuzes
Change 8
AGO 1O668A 8.1
TM 9-1385-51
This Page Intentionally left Blank;
Change 8
8.2
AGO 1066&A
TM 9-1385-51 4—1 to 4-1.2.1.4
SECTION 4
ARTILLERY AMMUNITION
4-1. POINT DETONATING FUZES. spanner wrench hole, safety or bore riding pin,
and a striker protruding from the head. The
Point detonating fuzes M2, M3, M8, M9, M46, M51A4 Mod 3 and M51A5 Mod 3 are installed
M47, M48 Series, M51 ^eries, M52 Series, M53 under a windshield. The remaining fuzes have
Series, M56, M57 Modified, M71, M74, M78A1 no distinguishing features other than those
(or M78), M81A1 (or!M81), M82 Series, M83, shown in figures 4-1 through 4-33.
M85, M86, M89, M503 Series, M505A1 (or
M505), M507, M508 Series, M519, M521, M524 4-1.1.4 WEIGHTS. The weight of these fuzes
Series, M525 Series, M526 Series, M527 Series, varies from a few ounces up to approximately
M535, M557 Series; M572, M593 Series, three pounds, depending on size.
XM-716, XM717, XM719, XM720 Series and 4-1.1.5 MATERIALS. The fuze bodies are
T287E1 are covered in this paragraph. made of aluminum, steel, brass, and metal or
4-1.1 IDENTIFICATION. plastic as indicated below.
4-1.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes require setback 4-1.1.5.1 ALUMINUM. M2, M3, M8, M9, M56,
and/or centrifugal force for arming. They may M71, M85, M86, M89, M503 Series, M505,
be either delay or nondelay. M505A1, M524 Series, M593 and T287E1.
4-1.1.5.2 STEEL. M48 Series, M51 Series, M53
4-1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The Series, M57 Modified, M78, M78A1, M81, M81-
fuzes are unpainted and are stamped with the
Al, M83, M507, M508 Series, M521, M535,
fuze designation and loading information. If
M557 Series, M572, and XM720.
the fuze contains a delay mechanism, the ap
propriate marking to allow setting is stamped 4-1.1.5.3 METAL OR PLASTIC. M52 Series,
on the fuze. Some of the nondelay type have M74, M82 Series, M519, M525 Series, M526 Se
the tip painted solid white. Fuze M47 (0.05 sec. ries, M527, Series, XM716, XM717 and XM719
delay) has the tip painted black. Fuze M56 has may be all plastic or composed of plastic com
the surface above the body flange coated with ponents.
orange-tinted clear lacquer.
4-1.1.5.4 BRASS. M46 and M47.
4-1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
4-1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
general physical characteristics of the fuzes
are shown in figures 4-1 through 4-16. The 4-1.2.1 DETONATORS.
M56, M78, M78A1, M83, M85, Mk 100 Series
4-1.2.1.1 Tetryl, primer mixture, and lead
have a wrench hole in the side. The M48 Se
azide: M2, M3, M8, M9, M46, M47, M48 Series,
ries, M51 Series, M57 Modified, M81 Series,
M51 Series, M56, M57 Modified, M71, M74,
M507, M508 Series, M521, M524 Series, M535,
M85, M86, M89, M503 Series, M508 Series,
M557. Series, M572, M593 Series, XM720 and
M557 Series, M572, XM720 and T287E1.
T287E1 have wrench slots. Fuze M524A5 is
further distinguished by two safety pins (plun 4-1.2.1.2 Fulminate of mercury: M78, M78A1,
ger and setback) connected to the pull wire. and M83.
Fuze M557E1 is distinguished by four equally
4-1.2.1.3 Primer mixture, lead azide and RDX:
spaced holes in the head and a recessed nose.
M505, M505A1, M524 Series, and M593 Series.
The M46, M47, M71 and M74 have wrench
flats. The M52 Series, M53 Series, M82 Series, 4-1.2.1.4 Black powder, delay charge and lead
M519, M525 Series, M526 Series, M527 Series, azide relay: M51 Series, M53 Series, M524 Se
XM716, XM717 and XM719 have a slider plug, ries, M557 Series, M572, and M593 Series.
Change 19
4-1.2.1.5 to 4—1.2.2.2 TM 9-1385-51
4—1.2.1.5 M44: M52 Series, M82 Series, M519,

M525 Series, M526 Series, M527 Series,
XM716, XM717 and XM719.
4-1.2.1.6 Lead azide relay Mil and a stab de

tonator M55 containing NOL primer mixture
and RDX: XM720.
4-1.2.2 BOOSTERS.
4-1.2.2.1 Tetryl: M2, M3, M8, M9, M51 Series,

M52 Series, M53 Series, M56, M71, M78,
M78A1, M82 Series, M83, M85, M86, M89,
M503 Series, M508 Series, M519, M524 Series,
M525 Series, M526 Series, M527 Series, M557
Series, M572, M593 Series, XM716, XM717,
I XM719, XM720 and T287E1.
4-1.2.2.2 RDX: M505 and M505A1.
Figure 4—1.1. External Characteristics of

Fuzes M2, M3, M8 or M9.
Figure 4—1. Dimensional Characteristics of the 2 67 IN.
M48 and M47 Fuzes.
Figure 4-2. External Characteristics

of Fuze M78, M78A1 or M83.
Change 19
10
AGO 6239A
FUZE M507
FUZES M48, M51, M81 SERIES. FUZES M57 MODIFIED,

M557 SERIES, AND M572 M508 SERIES, AND XM720 SERIES
TM 9 -1 3 8 5 -5 1
-—3.20 IN. DIA.----
MU-D4 2151 A|
f Figure 4-3 External Characteristics of Fuzes M48 Series, M51 Series (other than Mod 3), M57 Modified, M81 Series, M507, M508
1 Series, M557 Series, M572 and XM720 Series

TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-4 External Characteristics of Fuze Mk 100 Series, M535(T77E3) or

M521 (T247)
Change 2
12
TM 9-1385-51
080 01 S3A
Figure 4-6 External Characteristics of

Fuze M86
Figure 4-5 Characteristics of Fuze M51 Figure 4-7 External Characteristics of

Series Mod 3 Fuze M5O5 or M505A1
13
TM 9-1385-51
SO IN
DIA.
40 IN DIA
2.61 IN
3 72 IN
ORANGE
I 74 IN
221 IN
1.50 IN. 12NF-1

RIGHT HAND THREAD
1.125 IN. 20NS-I

RIGHT HAND THREAD
1 80 IN. DIA. 1.30 IN. DIA.
FUZE M85 FUZE M56

ORD D1542
Figure 4-8 External Characteristics of Fuzes M56 and M85
14
TM 9-1385-51
1.92 IN. DIA. FUZE M52A2

ORD DI545
Figure 4-9 External Characteristics of Fuzes M52 Series and M82 Series
15
TM 9-1385-51
FUZE M71 FUZE M74

ORD DI547
Figure 4-10 External Characteristics of Fuzes M71 and M74
16
TM 9-1385-51
M A X -------------------- 4-«------------------------------ 3.80 MAX

2.21
ORD DI549
Figure 4-11. External Characteristics of Fuze M524 Figure 4-11-1. External Characteristics of Fuze
Series, except M524A5 M524AS
AGO 8<83A
Change 2
17
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-/2. External Characteristics of Fuze

M53 Series
Change 2
18 AGO 8483A
TM 9-1385-51
•252 IN.'
ORD DI 554
Figure Jt-13. External Characteristics of Fuze Figure 4-/4 • External Characteristics of Fuze M89
M503 Series
Change 2
AGO 8483A
18.1
TM 9-1385-51
This Page Intentionally Left Blank.
Change 2
18.2 AGO S483A
TM 9-1385-51
3.50 IN
FUZE M52S
FUZE M525A1
ORO 01559
Figure 4-15 External Characteristics of Fuzes M525 Series and M527 Series
19
TM 9-1385-51
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE

AND APPLY ALSO TO FUZE M526A1
5.75 IN
------- "..45 IN. D.

ORD DI560
Figure 4-16 External Characteristics of Fuze M526 Series
20
TM 9-1385-51 4-1.3 to 4-1.3.3
4-1.3 FUNCTIONING. impact, the firing pin is driven into the upper
detonator, and the resulting flash initiates the
4-1.3.1 FUZES M2, M3, M8, and M9 (figures
lower detonator of the M46 fuze, or the 0.05-
4-17 and 4-18). Upon setback, the retainer
second delay element of the M47 fuze, which in
shears the shear wire and moves rearward, al
turn initiates the lower detonator.
lowing the balls to be cammed outward by the
spring-loaded striker. Setback also withdraws
the setback pin and unlocks the slider. As the
striker moves forward, it frees the slider, al
lowing it to move to the armed position when
sufficient centrifugal force is obtained. Upon
impact, the striker is driven into the detonator,
initiating the explosive train.
Figure 4—17.1 Fuze M47, Cutaway View

Showing Unarmed Condition
Figure 4-17 Fuze M8 or M9, Cutaway View 4-1.3.2 FUZES M78, M78A1, AND M83 (fig
Showing Unarmed Condition ure 4-19). The fuze operates on an impact-in-
ert’a concept. Initial setback keeps the detents
4-1.3.1A FUZES M46 and M47 (figs. 4-1 and in place and prevents the fuze from arming.
4-17.1). These fuzes are a point detonating,
Once this initial force has decreased and suffi
centrifugal-arming, inpact-firing type, and are
cient centrifugal force is obtained, the detents
identical except the M46 produces superquick
will move outward, lock, and free the plunger.
action and the M47 has a 0.05-second delay ele The plunger is held back by the anticreep
ment. The interrupter remains in the unarmed spring until impact. Upon impact, the plunger
condition until the initial setback force has de
(containing the primer, delay pellet, and de
creased and sufficient centrifugal force is de tonator) moves forward and impinges the sta
veloped to overcome the resistance of the inter tionary firing pin.
rupter spring. The interrupter then moves out
ward until it no longer blocks the flash hole, 4-1.3.3 FUZES, M48 Series, M51 Series, M57
and remains in this position until impact. Upon Modified, M81, M81A1, M507 Series, M508 Se-
Change 17
AGO 20111A 21
TM 9-1385-51
4-1.3.4 to 4-1.3.5
force decreases, centrifugal force increases and

causes the interrupter to overcome the pres
sure exerted by its spring and move outward,
clearing the superquick passage in the body.
Upon impact, the superquick firing pin is
driven into the detonator, thereby initiating it.
Flash from the detonator passes through the
clear flash hole directly to the detonator in the
booster, thereby instantaneously initiating the
explosive train. Setting the fuze for delay ac
tion locks the interrupter so it will not move,
keeping the flash hole closed. The delay train
functions identically with that of the fuzes
covered in paragraph 4-1.3.2. The delay train
will always function, even though the fuze may
be set for superquick. The M51 Series, Mod 3 is
always set for superquick action prior to in
stallation under the windshield.
4-1.3.4 FUZES M86, M505, AND M505A (fig
ures 4-21 and 4-22). Setback forces keep the
components immobile. As initial setback forces
decrease and sufficient centrifugal force builds
up, the safety spring will bow at its center,
Figure 4—18 Fuze M8 or M9, Cutaway View
Showing Armed Condition
moving outward and freeing the rotor. The in
balanced rotor then rotates to the balanced or
ries, M521, M535 (T177E3), M557 Series, armed position. Impact will cause the firing
M572, and XM720 Series, (figures 4-20, pin to be driven into the detonator, thereby in
4-20.1, and 4-20.2). These fuzes may function itiating the explosive train.
on either superquick or delay, except for the 4- ” ° 5 FUZES M56 AND M85 (figures 4-23
M57 Modified, M508 Series, and XM720 Series, and 4-24). Setback force, initially immobilizes
which function on superquick only. If super all components. As this force decreases, centri
quick action is desired, the slot in the setting fugal force acts upon both the firing pin half
sleeve is turned to the “SQ” marking on the block detents and the slider interrupter
ogive. This causes the setting sleeve, which is assembly, overcoming their respective springs.
eccentrically bored, to rotate so that it does not These components will then move outward,
interfere with the movement of the inter freeing the firing pin as it is carried forward,
rupter. When the projectile or rocket is fired, and aligning the flash channel in the slider.
setback force combined with the pressure ex Impact drives the firing pin into the detonator
erted by the various springs holds the fuze assembly, thereby initiating the explosive
parts in the unarmed condition. As setback train.
Change 17
22 AGO 20111A
TM 9-1385-51
PLUNGER
SECTION AA
ORD DI527
Figure 4-19 Fuze M78A1, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition
23
TM 9-1385-51
24
TM 9-1385-51
A—Head
®—Superquick element
C—Firing pin support
D—Firing pin (SQ)
E—Detonator M24
F—Ogive or windshield
G—Flash tube
H—Body
J—Setting sleeve
K—Interrupter
L—Interrupter spring
M— Delay plunger assembly
N—Firing pin (delay)
P—Primer M54
Q—Delay charge
R—Plunger pin lock
S—Plunger pins
T—Relay M7
U—Booster M125A1
Figure 4-20.1 Fuze MS57, Cutaway View
I
AGO 8183A Change 3
24.1
TM 9-1385-51
Figure i-20.2. Fuzes M57 Modified and MtOR <?«•• , „

,ljOS Sones w/o Booster, Cutaway View
Change 2
24.2
AGO 8488A-
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-21 Fuze M86, Cutaway View Figure 4-22 Fuze M505 or M505A1, Cutaway
Showing Unarmed Condition View Showing Armed Condition
Figure 4-23 Fuze M85, Cutaway View Show

ing Unarmed Condition
Change 10
25
TM 9-1385-51
A-DISK
B-NOSE
C-FIRING PIN
O-SPRING
E-HALF-BLOCKS
F-HEAD
G-DETONATOR ASSEMBLY
h-detonator
J-SLIDER
K-SLIDER CHARGE
L-BODY
M-BOOSTER CHARGE
N-INTERRUPTER
RAPD 80858b|
Figure 4-24 Fuze M56, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition
Change 10
26
TM 9-1385-51 4-1.3.6 to 4-1.3.8
4-1.3.6. FUZES M52 SERIES, M53 SERIES, ugal forces cause the imbalanced rotor to turn
M82 SERIES, M519, XM716, XM717 AND to the armed position, aligning the detonator
XM719 (figs. 4-25, 4-26, and 4-27.1). Setback with the firing pin. Impact drives the firing pin
forces cause the setback pin to move rearward, into the detonator, thereby initiating the ex
releasing the safety (bore-rider) pin which is plosive train.
ejected when projectile leaves the tube. This 4-1.3.8. FUZES M524 SERIES AND M593 SE
frees the slider allowing it to be pushed into the RIES (figs. 4-28 and 4-29). Setback forces
armed position thereby aligning the detonator cause release of the lever in the rotor allowing
with the firing pin and booster lead in. In some the spring driven rotor to rotate the plunger
models, a guide pin is employed to assure into the armed position. This aligns the flash
correct alignment of the slide and lock it in
channels in the rotor and plunger with the
place. Impact drives the firing pin into the
booster lead-in. For superquick action, the outer
detonator, thereby initiating the explosive train.
firing pin is aligned with the superquick deto
In fuzes XM716, XM717, and XM719 slider
nator as well as the delay element primer. For
movement is slowed by the restriction of air
delay, the outer firing pin is aligned with the
flow into the space between the slider and the
cavity in the plunger. Impact functions the
cap assembly.
fuze. If the striker is not driven rearward by
4-1.3.7 FUZES M71 AND M74 (fig. 4-27). the impact, the plunger moves forward against
Setback forces cause the setback pin to enter the creep spring and causes the superquick
the rotor recess, unlocking the rotor. As setback detonator and/or delay element primer to im
forces decrease, the associated frictional forces pinge on the firing pins.
also decrease thereby freeing the rotor. Centrif
STRIKER
HEAD
FIRING PIN
BODY SLIDER PLUG
SAFETY PIN FIRING PIN SPRING
SLIDER SPRING
SAFETY PIN SPRING
DETONATOR
SLIDEk
SLIDER
SETBACK PIN SAFETY PIN
BOOSTER LEAD-IN
SETBACK PIN SPRING
GUIDE PIN
SAFETY BOOSTER
WIRE
SECTION AA SECTION BB
ORD DI546
Figure 4-25. Fuze id52A2, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition
Change 2
AGO 81S3A 27
4-1.3.9 TM 9-1385-51
STRIKER FIRING PIN

SHEAR WIRE
SHEAR WIRE
PRIMER
HEAD'
DELAY CHARGE!
SAFETY PIN
BODY RELAY CHARGE
SLIDER PLUG
SLIDER SPRING"*!!
SAFETY PIN SPRING

DETONATOR
SLIDER SLIDER
SAFETY PIN
SETBACK PIN
BOOSTER LEAD-IN
SETBACK PIN SPRING
GUIDE PIN
BOOSTER
SECTION AA
SECTION BB
ORD DI553
Figure i-26. Fuze M53A1, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition
4-1.3.9 FUZE M503 SERIES (figs. 4-30 and

4-31).
a. The M503A1 and M503 fuzes are basically
similar to the M503A2 fuze except that
they do not incorporate a setback sleeve,
setback spring, and half-block retainer.
When the projectile is fired from a
weapon, the setback sleeve is displaced
rearward by the setback force incident to
firing. In this position, the setback sleeve
prevents outward movement of the rotor
detents. As sufficient centrifugal force is
developed due to the projectile’s rotation,
the spring-loaded half-block retainers
move outward. As the setback force di
minishes, the compressed setback spring
moves the setback sleeve forward against
the half-block retainers. Since the half
block retainers are in their outermost
position (see inset of figure 4-30), the
setback sleeve can only move forward just
Figure t-27. Fuze M7Z,, Cutaway View Showing enough for the groove in its wall to align
Unarmed Condition with the rotor detents. The four
AGO 8483A
28
TM 9-1385-51
A - STRIKER
B - SPRING
C • FIRING PIN
£> • HEAD
Z - PIN
F - SLIDER
6 - SAFETY PIN
H • GUIDE PIN
J - DETONATOR
K - BOOSTER LEAD
L - TETRYL BOOSTER PELLET
M • BODY
N - SAFETY WIRE
P - SETBACK PIN
Q - BOOSTER CUP
R - CAP
S - PLUG
T - RESTRICTER
U - "0" RING ORD D)6I6a|
V - SEAL
Figure 4-27.1. Fuze, Point Detonating; XM717.
Change I
KGQ 09S4A
28.1
TM 9-13^5-51
Thl« Page Intentionally Left Blank,
Chang* 1
2»-2 ▲GO 69&4A
TM 9-1385-51
STRIKER
STRIKER
SPRING
BODY
CENTRAL
FIRING PIN
STRIKER
GUIDE PIN
DELAY-ELEMENT
OUTER PRIMER
FIRING PIN
SUPERQUICK
DELAY ELEMENT DETONATOR
PLUNGER LEAD
PLUNGER
FLASH CHANNELS
CREEP PIN
ROTOR DETONATOR
SAFETY PIN
PULL WIRE
ROTOR DRIVE
SPRING
TIMING GEAR
ROTOR
DRIVE-SHAFT GEAR
ARMING
MECHANISM TIMING DEVICE AND
ESCAPEMENT
BOOSTER LEAD-IN
CREEP
SPRING
BOOSTER CHARGE
BOOSTER CUP
ORD D1583
Figure 1,-28. Fuze M528, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition
AGO 6<83A
29
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-29. Fuzes Af524 Series and. M593 Series, Typical Cutaway View
Showing Armed Condition
Change 2
30 AGO 8483A
TM 9-1385-51
ORD DI555
Figure 4-30 Fuze M503A2, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition
31
TM 9-1385-51
STRIKER CLOSING DISK
— STRIKER RETAINER
ROTOR RESTRAINER
________________ FIRING PIN
ROTOR RESTRAINER SPRING

BALL ROTOR
DETENT (41
DETENT SPRING
ROTOR
BOOSTER LEAD • IN
BOOSTER DISK
BODY
BOOSTER CHARGE
BOOSTER CUP
ORD DI556
32
TM 9-1385-51 4-1.3.10 to 4-1.3.11.3
detents move outward into the groove under of it strikes the inner wall of the mortar tube.
the action of centrifugal force thereby releas As the fuze emerges from the mortar tube, the
ing the ball-type rotor. Since the rotor is im bore-riding pin is ejected. The slider is now
balanced in the unarmed position, centrifugal detained only by the tip of the firing pin.
force causes it to rotate into a balanced posi
tion in which the detonator is aligned with the 4-1. 3.11. 2 At the time the round is fired,
firing pin. The fuze is now armed. The rotor setback action also starts the delay arming
restrainer spring acting on the rotor restrainer mechanism in the head of the fuze. At the end
prevents forward movement of the rotor until of the delay arming sequence, the firing pin is
impact. withdrawn from the slider. The functioning of
the two different types of delay arming me
NOTE chanisms is described as follows:
The M503A1 and M5O3 fuzes do not a. For fuzes M525, M526, M527 and M527A1.
utilize the setback forces to delay fuze When the assembled round is fired accelera
arming. Instead, the detents are moved tion produces a setback action in the head of
outward and the motor is released as the fuze. This setback action moves the spring-
soon as sufficient centrifugal force is loaded setback sleeve in the delay arming me
developed. chanism rearward, thereby releasing a spring-
loaded detent pin. Release of the detent pin
b. Upon impact, the firing pin will be driven allows the main spring of the delay arming
rearward while the rotor and rotor restrainer mechanism to oscillate the pallet and drive
move forward overcoming the resistance of the the upper release bushing by means of the gear
rotor restrainer spring, thereby impinging the train. The upper release bushing, after re
detonator and initiating the explosive train. volving through 270°, aligns its keyways with
three keys on the lower release bushing.
4-1.3.10 FUZE M89 (fig. 4-32). After firing When this occurs the withdrawal spring moves
and upon the establishment of sufficient rota the firing pin (held in a fixed position by the
tional force, the rotor lock moves outward spring clip washer) clear of the slider.
against the tension of the lock spring, releasing
the rotor. Only the frictional forces, coincident b. For fuzes M525A1, M526A1, M527B1,
with acceleration, remain to prevent the rotor and M527A1B1. As a result of setback due to
from moving to the armed position at this time. acceleration of the mortar shell, the spring-
Near the end of acceleration these forces de restrained setback in the head of the fuze is
crease in magnitude, and centrifugal forces driven rearward. This action frees the pallet
acting on the imbalanced rotor cause it to ro and at the same time locks the extension on
tate to the armed position, thereby aligning the setback below the lower plate. Upon re
the detonator with the firing pin. Upon impact, lease of the pallet, the torqued firing pin spring
the nose of the fuze is crushed and the firing drives the gear train which, in turn, rotates
pin is driven into the detonator. the firing pin and bushing. When the bushing
aligns its tabs with slots in the lower plate,
the firing pin Spring withdraws the firing pin
4-1.3.11 FUZES M525 SERIES, M526 SERIES, (held in a fixed position by the tubular clip)
ANU M527 SERIES (fig. 4-33). clear of the slider.
4-1. 3.11. 3 As the firing pin clears the slider,

4-1.3.11.1 When the round is fired, the iner the slider spring forces the slider into the
tial force due to acceleration moves the setback armed position, aligning the detonator between
pin in the body of the fuze rearward, overcom the firing pin and booster lead-in. The fuze is
ing resistance of the setback spring. Rearward now armed. Upon impact, the striker is
movement of the setback pin releases the bore forced rearward, compressing the firing pin
riding pin and permits the bore-riding pin spring spring and driving the firing pin into the deto
to push the bore-riding pin outward until the head nator located in the slider.
33
TM 9-1385-51
34
807-166-3
TM 9-1385-51
DELAY ARMING MECHANISM FUZE M525AI
ORD DI 561
Figure 4-33 Fuze M525 Series, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition
4-1.4 to 4-2.1.3 TM 9-1385-51
4-1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. 4-2 BASE DETONATING FUZES.

4-1.4.1 The general safety precautions re Base detonating fuzes M38A1, M58, M60,
garding unexploded ordnance must be ob M62A2. M66A2, M68A1, M72, M91A1 and ear
served. lier models are covered in this paragraph.
4-1.4.2 If a munition is found imbedded in 4-2.1 IDENTIFICATION.
the ground, initial movement should be made
remotely. 4—2.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes may require cen
trifugal force for arming and are either delay
4—1.4.3 For the M52 Series, M82 Series. M525 or non-delay.
Series, M526 Series, or M527 Series, do not at
tempt to remove dirt or otBer material from 4-2.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. These
openings of the front end of the fuze as any fuzes are unpainted and are stamped with the
disturbance may cause detonation. Movement fuze designation.
should be made remotely.
4-1.4.4 The M503 Series and M524 contain a general physical characteristics of the fuzes
graze feature and caution should be observed are shown in figures 4-34 through 4—42.1. El
when movement is necessary.
ord oisn
Figure 4-34 External Characteristics of Fuzes M3BA1 and M58
Change 20
36
TM 9-1385-51
ORO OI5>4
Figure 4-35 Externa) Characteristics of Fuzes M60 and M62A2
ORO 0ISI5
Figure 4-36 External Characteristics of Fuzes M66A2 and M68A1
37
4-2.1,4 to 4—2.3.2 TM 9-1385-51
I 375 IN -I0NS-2
LEFT HAND THREAD
1.5 IN.-I2NS-1
LEFT HAND THREAD
H»1.71 IN DIA '
ORD DI 5 16
Figure 4—37 External Characteristics of Fuzes M72 and M91A1
1-2.1.4 WEIGHTS. The weight of these fu7.es M66A1, M66A2, M68, and M68A1 contain
vary from a few ounces up to approximately black powder delay elements.
two pounds, depending on size. 1-2.3 FUNCTIONING.
4-2.1.5 MATERIALS. All the fuzes are made 4-2.3.1 FUZES M38, M38A1, AND M58 (fig
out of steel with the exception of the M58 ure 4-38). Setback forces cause the ring and
which is either brass or steel, and the M534A1 sleeve to move to the groove in the firing pin,
and M578 which are aluminum. allowing the firing pin and detonator to be sep
4-2.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. arated only by the firing pin spring. Impact
forces the sleeve and firing pin to move as a
4-2.2.1 DETONATORS. The M38 and M58 unit against the spring, causing the firing pin
detonators have fulminate of mercury. The to impinge the detonator and fire the fuze by
M38A1, M62, M62A1, and M62A2 detonators impact inertia.
have lead azide. The M534A1 and M578 fuzes 4-2.S.2 FUZE M60 (figures 4-39 and 4-40).
have lead azide-lead styphnate detonators. Centrifugal forces cause the shutter detents
4-2.2.2 BOOSTERS. The M62, M62A1, and firing pin detents to move outward causing
M62A2, M66, M66A1, M66A2, M68, and the shutter and firing pin to rotate to the
M68A1 contain tetryl boosters. The M534A1 armed position. Upon impact, the force of im
and M578 contain RDX boosters. pact inertia overcomes the firing pin spring
and the firing pin impinges the detonator,
4-2.2.3 DELAY ELEMENT. The M66, thereby initiating the explosive train.
Change 20
38
4—2.3.3 to 4-2.3.5
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4—39 Fuze M60, Cutaway View Showing

Unarmed Condition
ORD DI518
Figure 4—38 Fuze M58, Cutaway View Showing

Unarmed Condition
4-2.3.3 FUZES M66, M66A1, M66A2, M68,

M68A1, ANO M72 (figure 4^11). The propel
lant ignites the tracer. Impact causes the firing
pin to shear the washer, initiating the fuze.
4-2.S.4 FUZES M62, M62A1, M62A2, M91,
AND M91A1 (figure 4-42). The M91 and
M91A1 have tracers which are ignited by the
propellant. Centrifugal force causes the slider
and safety pins to move outward. The firing
pin rotates to the armed position and the fuze
functions by impact inertia.
4-2.3.5 FUZES M534A1 and M578 (figure
4-42.1). Centrifugal force causes the locking
segment and the delay shutter to move into the Figure 4—40 Fuze M60, Cutaway View, Rotated
armed position. Upon either direct or graze im 90 Degrees, Showing Unarmed Con
pact, inertia forces cause the impact ball to dition
Change 20
39
4-2.4 to 4—3.2.1 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-41 Fuze M66A2, Cutaway View Figure 4—42 Fuze M91, Cutaway View Showing
Showing Unarmed Condition Unarmed Condition
move the striker assembly forward until the 4-3.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
I striker needle hits the detonator, initiating the

fuze.
4-2.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. The gen
eral safety precautions regarding unexploded
fuzes are unpainted and are stamped with the
fuze designation and various loading informa
tion.
ordnance must be observed. general physical characteristics of the fuzes
are shown in figure 4-43.
4-3 POINT INITIATING FUZES.
4-3.1.4 WEIGHTS. The fuzes weigh approxi
Point initiating fuzes M90 and M90A1 are cov mately four ounces.
ered in this paragraph. 4-3.1.5 MATERIALS. The fuzes are made of
4-3.1 IDENTIFICATION. aluminum alloy.
4-3.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes require centrifu 4-3.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
gal force for arming and are instantaneous 4-3.2.1 PRIMERS. Both fuzes contain pri
firing. mers composed of primer mixture.
Change 20
40
TM 9-1385-51 4-3.2.2. to 4 3.2.3
Figure 4-42.1 Fuze, base detonating: M578
4-3.2.2 DETONATORS. The M90 contains 4- 3.2.3 BOOSTERS. The M90 contains 50-50
lead azide and tetryl. The M90A1 contains lead pentoiite. The M90A1 contains RDX. Both are
azide and RDX. shaped charges.
Change 20
40.1
TM 9-1385-51
This page intentionally left blank.
CLO
L.OC
34
Chang* 20
40.2
f. •
TM 9-1385-51 4-3.3 to 4-4.1.5
4-3.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. The general

safety precautions regarding unexploded ordnance
must be observed.
4-4 POINT INITIATING BASE DETONATING FUZES.
Point initiating base detonating fuzes M509A1, and
M530 Series are covered in this paragraph. M530 I
Series and XM539E4 are covered in this paragraph. I
4-4.1 IDENTIFICATION.
4—4.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes are setback armed and
instantaneous firing.
4-4.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The fuzes
are wholly contained within the projectiles they are
associated with and cannot be distinguished by paint
ing or marking.
4-4.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
4-4.1.3.1 GENERAL. Since the fuzes are housed in |
the projectile, identification can only be made by
using the features of the cartridge and projectiles.
The external and internal configurations are shown
in figures 4-45 through 4-48.
4-4.1.3.2 CARTRIDGE AND PROJECTILES.
The XM409E5 (152-mm) projectile'contains the
Figure 4—43 External Characteristics of Fuze M90A1.
XM539E4 fuze. The M431 (90-mm) and M456 (105-
mm) projectiles contain the M509A1 fuze only. The
other projectiles can contain either M509A1 or M530
4-3.3 FUNCTIONING. Series fuzes.
4-3.3.1 The M90A1 fuze is basically similar in con 4-4.1.3.3 FUZES. The point initiating element fl
struction and operation to the M90 fuze. The major mounted on an insulated shield in the nose or spike
difference between the two fuzes is the explosives used of the projectile contains a piezoelectric or
in the detonator and booster. “LUCKY” crystal. It is connected to the base deto
4-3.3.2 When the projectile is fired, the fuze parts nating fuze by a conduit shield wire. The base deto
remain in the unarmed position until sufficient cen- nating fuze contains arming devices and detonating
Lri fugal force is developed to cause the rotor lock (fig. elements.
4—41) to move outward. As the rotor lock moves out
ward against the lock spring, it disengages itself from 4-4.1.4 WEIGHTS. The M371 projectile weighs
the rotor. The rotor is now free to rotate. After the
approximately 7 pounds. The XM409E5 projectile I
forces due to setback are over, the imbalanced rotor weighs 42.8 pounds. The others weigh from 18 to 31 I
rotates until the detonator is aligned with the primer pounds. I
flash hole. The fuze is now armed. Upon impact, the 4-4.1.5 MATERIALS. The M344, M431, M456, 1
ogive is crushed and the primer is initiated. The flash M469, and XM409E5 bodies are made of steel. The I
from the primer initiates the detonator. M371 body is aluminum. I
Change 15
41
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-44 Fuze M90 or M90A1, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition
42 GPO 804— S7&-4

TM9-1385-51
CARTRIDGE M431
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE

SHOWN IN INCHES
Figure 4-45 External Characteristics of Cartridges M344, M371, M431 and M456
43
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-46 Characteristics of Projectile M469
44
TM 9-1385-51
CARTRIDGE M344
CARTRIDGE M371
ORD D1503
Figure 4-47 Characteristics of Cartridges M344 and M371
45
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-48 Characteristics of Cartridges M431 and M456
46
TM 9-1385-51
- 2.196 MAX
MU-D4 2034 j
Figure 4-48.1 Choracteristics of Fuze XM539E4.
Change 15
46.1
TM 9-1385-61
This pgge left intentionally blank
Change 1®
♦6.2
TM 9-1385-5]
ORD D1505A
Figure 4-4-’. Characteristics of Fuze M530

AGO 8483A
47
4-4.2 to 4-4A.1.3.1 TM 9-1385-51
4-4.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. gun tube. The latter functioning is called “muz
4-4.2.1 SHAPED CHARGES. The shaped zle action.”
charges contain composition B. 4-4A.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. These
4-4.2.2 FUZES. The fuzes contain electric deto fuzes are painted black with the fuze designa
nator T74, lead charge of tetryl, and a booster- tion, time/range scales and other markings in
pellet of tetryl. The M530 Series contains a pri white.
mer T92 in the graze impact assembly.
4-4A.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
4-4.3 FUNCTIONING. In the unarmed condi
tion, the M509A1, M530, and XM539E4 rotor is 4-4A.1.3.1 General physical characteristics are
out-of-line and its electric detonator is shorted; shown in figures 4-49.1 and 4-49.2.
in addition, the M530 graze firing pin is kept
from moving by the firing pin lock pin. Setback
forces unlock the release mechanism allowing
the rotor to move to the armed position, com
pleting a circuit between the detonator and
“LUCKY" crystal and electrically arming the
fuze. In the M530, the rotor movement also re
leases the graze firing pin lock pin. Upon
impact, the “LUCKY” crystal is stressed, pro
ducing an electric current which fires the elec
tric detonator in the base fuze, initiating the
explosive train. In the M530, if the fuze does
not electrically fire, the graze firing pin im
pinges the primer upon impact. In the
XM-539E4, the power pack in the point initiat
ing element functions the fuze on either point
impact or graze impact.
4-4.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
4-4.4.1. The general safety precautions regard
ing unexploded ordnance must be observed.
4-4.4.2. Piezoelectric or “LUCKY” crystals
should not be subjected to rapid changes in
temperatures as this may produce stressing and
consequently, electric current.
4-4.4.3 Movement of a fired projectile should be
made remotely.
4-4.4.4 Due to the graze impact feature, cau
tion should be observed even though the spike
or ogive is separated from the projectile.
4—4A MECHANICAL TIME (MUZZLE ACTION) FUZES.
XM536 Series, XM571 Series, XM592 Series,
and XM711 fuzes are covered in this para
graph.
4-4A.1 IDENTIFICATION.
4-4A.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes are basically me
chanical time fuzes with an optional capability
of functioning immediately after leaving the Figure 4-49.1 Mechanical Time FuzeXM563El
Change 25
48
TM 9-1385-51 4—4A.1.3.2 to 4—4A.1.3.3
4-4A.1.3.2 Fuzes consist of a head, a movement 4-4A.1.3.3 XM563 series fuzes have a time
assembly, a lower cap assembly, a body, and a functioning capability of 0.5 to 100 seconds,
detonator-holder plug assembly. The movement XM592 series fuzes have a range capability of
assembly consists of time mechanism and a 200 to 3,300 meters. XM571 Series and XM711
muzzle action feature which use a common fuzes can be set to function 200 to 4,000 meters
firing pin. The range/time scale and the muzzle from the weapon. All four series of fuzes are
action setting are inscribed on the lower cap issued set to function immediately after leaving
assembly. the gun tube.
Change 25
48.1
4.4A.1.4 to 4—4A.4.2 TM 9-1385-51
4-4A.3 FUNCTIONING. The fuze starts to

arm immediately on firing, and functions as fol
lows: if set for muzzle action, fuze will func
tion as soon as projectile leaves the weapon; if
set for time/range, fuze will function in accord
ance with the time/range setting.
4-4A.3.1 MUZZLE ACTION. Angular acceler
ation in combination with setback force causes
the alpha weights (or setback pins) to release
the centrifugal weights in the movement assem
bly. The centrifugal weights move outward un
covering a notch in the timing disk. The up
right of the firing arm (directly in line with the
notch) slides inward, turning the firing arm.
This permits a safety plate to swing out, releas
ing the firing pin. The firing pin strikes the
M47 detonator, initiating the explosive train
(the XM87 or M49 detonator, depending on the
fuze, and the M7 relay).
4-4A.3.2 RANGE/TIME ACTION. Upon
firing, setback causes the upraised lug of the
timing (range) disk to flatten and release the
disk from the setting pin. At the same time the
muzzle action mechanism partially functions up
Figure 4—49.2 Mechanical Time Fuze XM711
to point of releasing the firing arm upright,
which is blocked by the timing disk orientation
4-4A.1.4 WEIGHTS, XM563, XM571 Series
created by the fuze setting. When sufficient cen
and XM592 Series fuzes weigh 1.41 pounds trifugal force has developed, detents, holding
each. XM711 fuzes weigh 1.32 pounds each.
the escapement lever in the movement assembly
4-4A.1.5 MATERIALS. Fuze bodies are made move outward, permitting the escapement to
of aluminum. function. As the mainspring drives the move
ment, the rate of rotation of the arbor, and
4-4A.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONE'NTS.
therefore of the timing disk, is governed by
XM571 Series and XM711 fuzes are assembled
escapement through the gear train. When the
with an XM87 detonator, an M47 detonator,
notch in the rotating timing disk reaches the
and an M7 relay. The XM563 and XM592 Se
upright of the firing arm, it allows the upright
ries fuzes contain an M47 detonator an M49
to slide inward, turning the firing arm. This
detonator ano an M7 relay.
permits the safety plate to swing out, releasing
4-4A.2.1 XM87 and M49 detonators are com the firing pin. The firing pin strikes the M47
posed of 1.47 grains of lead azide and 2.79 detonator which initiates the explosive train
grains of black powder. (the XM87 or M49 detonator, depending on the
fuze) and the M7 relay.
4-4A.2.2 The M47 detonator is composed of
1.70 grains of lead azide, 0.525 grain of RDX 4-4A.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
and 0.23 grain of primer mix. 4-4A.4.1. General safety precautions regarding
4-4A.2.3 The M7 relay consists of 1.54 grains unexploded ordnance will be observed.
of lead azide. 4-4A.4.2 These fuzes contain “cocked” firing
Change 25
48.2
TM 9-1385-51 4—4A.4.3 to 4-4B.1.3.6.1
pins; appropriate precautions should be ob with an extended conical nose, and is alike in
served. construction and functioning. Fuze M61 is the
same as fuze M43A3 except for the difference
4-4A.4.3 If munition is found embedded, initial in shape and weight.
movement should be made remotely.
4-4B.1.3.5 Fuze M67 series is used with high-
4—4B. MECHANICAL TIME FUZES. explosive projectiles in calibers from 105-mm
Fuzes M43 series, M61 series, M67 series, and to 280-mm (field weapons only) and with 90-
M565E1 are covered in this paragraph. mm high-explosive cartridge M71. Fuze M67A3
has the same size, shape, and weight as the
4-4B.1 IDENTIFICATION. M43A4. Time setting is provided with 0.5-
4-4B.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes are mechanical second graduations up to 75 seconds and a safe
time fuzes and are without an impact element. (S) line and will not function if set for less
than 1.5 seconds. A safety wire extends
4-4B.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. Fuze through the fuze body, providing positive
designation, time scale, safe setting (S), and safety during handling, and must be removed
other markings are inscribed on the body of the when preparing for firing.
fuze. The M565E1 fuze has a black finish with
all markings in white. 4-4B.1.3.6 Fuze M565E1 main components are
the lower cap, fuze body, head, movement as
4-4B.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. sembly, and a safety adapter assembly. The
4-4B. 1.3.1 General physical characteristics are fuze has a mechanical-time mechanism that can
shown in figures 4—49.3 through 4-49.7 be set from 2 to 100 seconds. The rotatable
lower cap has a scale from 0 to 100 in 1-second
4-4B.1.3.2 Fuzes consist of an upper cap, lower
increments and numbered every 5 seconds, and
cap, body, and movement assembly. The move
contains the movement assembly and ham
ment assembly contains a time setting disk, and
merspring assembly. The fuze body containing
a safety disk or leaf, which provides a safe
detonator M47 and relay M7 is inscribed with a
setting and prevents functioning should the
vernier scale and a zero line to indicate the
fuze be set for dangerously short periods. The
time settings. The vernier scale permits obtain
time scale and safe (S) settings are inscribed
ing a setting accuracy of 0.1 seconds. The
on the body. Setting is accomplished by rotat
safety adapter assembly, which contains a deto
ing the lower cap, and the fuze will not func
nator M49 is positioned at the base of the fuze
tion if set below the minimum setting specified
body. The fuze arms by the centrifugal force of
for the type of fuze.
the projectile spin,
4-4B.1.3.3 All modifications of fuze M43 series
4—4B.1.3.6.1 The fuze M565E1 incorporates the
provide for time setting up to 30 seconds. M43
following safety features:
through M43A3 have a minimum functioning
time of 1.67 seconds, and the M43A4 minimum a. The timing disk is locked by the setting
setting is 0.6 seconds. pin and cannot be turned except with the
appropriate fuze setter. The disk is re
4-4B.1.3.4 Fuze M61A2 is essentially the same
leased from the pin on setback when the
as the M43A4 but has an extended conical nose
hammerspring flattens the setting lug on
(upper cap). Fuze M61A2 is used with high-ex
the timing disk.
plosive 120-mm antiaircraft projectile M73,
and unlike the M43 series, does not have a mag b, A post, projecting from the movement,
azine charge, but has a flash hole which permits prevents the hammerspring from moving
the primer to flash through and initiate relay when the fuze is set on “S” (Safe). Until
M7. Relay M7 initiates the booster which, in the fuze is set for a specific time, the
turn, initiates the projectile supplementary hammerspring is kept from disengaging
charge. Fuze M61A1 is essentially fuze M43A4 the timing disk from the setting pin.
Change 25
48.3
48.4
C hange 25
auppgr cap
B-SETTING PIN
C-LOWER CAP
D-HAMMER
E-SPRING
BELLEVILLE
. .IMING DISK
H-SAFETY LEAF
J-FIRING ARM
K-SETBACK PIN
L-PLATE
M-FIRING PIN
N-GEAR TRAIN
P-SAFETY LOCK
Q-SPRING
R-ESCAPEMENT
S-PRIMER
T-PELLET
U-MAGAZINE CHARGE
V-GEAR SEGMENTS
W-BASE
TM 9-1385-51
FUZE, MECHANICAL TIME, M43A4
FUZE MECHANISM RAPD 80848A
Figure 4-49.3 Mechanical Time Fuze M43A4 and Fuze Mechanism

TM 9-1385-51 4—4B.1.4
c. The escapement lever in the movement

assembly is locked by two spring-loaded
detents that prevent oscillation of the
lever until they slide out of engagement
by the application of the required centrif
ugal force.
d. The arbor stop-lock on the main arbor
keeps the mainspring from unwinding
until it slides out of engagement by the
application of the required centrifugal
force.
e. The safety disk covers the firing notch on
the timing disk when the fuze is set “S”
or for any time less than the prescribed
two-second minimum setting. Under these
conditions, the safety disk prevents the
release of the firing arm and the tripping
of the time firing pin.
f. The M49 detonator (located in the safety
adapter assembly) is in an out-of-line po
sition until a fixed time after the fuze
safety adapter mechanism is actuated by
centrifugal force when the projectile is
fired.
4-4B.1.4 TABULATED DATA.
Fuze M43 Series:
Length:
Overall (in.)_____ 4.51
Visible (in.)_____ 3.70
Weight (lb) _________ 1.41
Thread size ___________1.7-14NS-1
Fuze M61 Series:
Length:
Overall (in.)_____ 7.667
Visible (in.) _____ 6.867
Weight (lb) _________ 1.62
Thread size __________ 1.7-14NS-1
Fuze IVI67 Series:
Length:
Overall (incl.
booster) (in.)_ 5.93
Visible (in.)_____ 3.74
Weight (incl. booster)
(lb) ____________ 2.14
Figure 4—49.4 Mechanical Time Fuze M61A2 Thread size ___________2-12NS-1
Change 25
48.5
4-4B.2 to 4-5.1.2 TM 9-1385-51
Fuze M565E1:
Length:
Overall (in.)______ 5.27
Visible (in.) ______ 3.76
Weight (lb)___________ 2.05
Thread size_____________ 2-12UNS-1A
NOTE
M67 series without the booster has the
same size, weight, and shape as the
M43 series.
Figure 4-49.6 Mechanical Time Fuze M565E1
4-4B.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.

The fuzes M43 series and M67 series are assem
bled with a percussion primer, a black powder
pellet, and a magazine charge of black powder.
Fuze M61A2 has a relay M7 in line with the
magazine charge. Fuze M565E1 has a detonator
M27, detonator M49, and relay M7.
4-5 MECHANICAL TIME AND SUPERQUICK FUZES.
Fuzes M500 Series, M501 Series, M502 Series,
M506 Series, M518 Series, M520 Series, M522
(T309-E2), M548, M562, and M564 are covered
in this paragraph.
4-5.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes are the time delay
and instantaneous firing type with the excep
tion of the M522 and the M562, which have
only the time delay feature.
4-5.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
Figure 4-49.5 Mechanical Time Fuze M67A3 M548, M562 and M564 are painted black; the
Change 27
48.6
TM 9-1385-51
SETTING PIN
HAMMER
SPRING
MAINSPRING
ARBOR post (safety)
MOVEMENT
ASSEMBLY
SETTING
LUG
MAINSPRING
LOWER CAP
FIRING
PIN
DETONATOR ESCAPEMENT
M47
Mil
DETONATOR M49
SAFETY ADAPTER (OUT-OF-LINE POSITION)
MECHANISM
SAFETYI 3
ADAPTER —T
ASSEMBLY I 5
MU-L1617-A |
Figure 4-49.7 Fuze M565E1—Cutaway
Change 25
48.7
4-5.1.3 to 4—5.2.3 TM 9-1385-51
others are unpainted. All are stamped with the 4-5.1.5 MATERIALS. The M548, M562, and
fuze designation and various loading informa M564 bodies are made of brass; the other fuze
tion. bodies are made of aluminum.
4-5.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. 4-5.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
4-5.1.3.1 The general physical characteristics
are shown in figures 4-50 through 4-52. 4-5.2.1 PRIMERS. The mechanical time train
of all the fuzes, with the exception of the M548,
4-5.1.3.2 The time range for the M502, M562, and M564, contain a primer composed of
M502A1, M506, M518, and M518A1 is 0.6 to 30 primer mixture and black powder.
seconds. Fuzes M500, M500A1, M501, M501A1,
M520, and M520A1 range from 1.5 to 75 sec 4-5.2.2 DETONATORS. The M562 and me
onds. The M548, M562, and M564 has a range chanical time train section of the M548 and
of 2 to 100 seconds and the M522 of 9 to 100 M564 have an M47; the point detonating sec
seconds. tion of the M548 and M564 has an M50; the
4-5.1.3.3 The M500, M500A1, M501, M501A1, remainder have detonators composed of lead
M520, M520A1, fuzes incorporate a slider in azide and tetryl.
the superquick train. 4-5.2.3 LEAD CHARGES. The M548 and M562
4-5.1.4 WEIGHTS. The weights vary from one do not contain lead charges. The other fuzes
to three pounds. contain a lead charge of tetryl.
Change 27
48.8
TM 9-1385-51
49
TM 9-1385-51
RAPD 131007B|
Figure 4-50.1 External Characteristics of Fuze M502A1
Change 15
50
TM 9-1385-51
ORD DI510
Figure 4-51 External Characteristics of Fuze M564.
Change 15
50.1
TM 9-1385-51
This page left intentionally blank
Change 15
50.2
TM 9-1385-51 4—5.2.4 Io 4-5.3.2.2
Figure 4—52 External Characteristics of Fuze M562
4-5.2.4 RELAYS. The M548 M554, M562, and 4-5.S.2 SUPERQUICK ACTION (figures 4-53
M564 contain an M7; the remaining- fuzes have through 4-55.1).
tetryl relays. 4-5.3.2.1 CENTRIFUGAL FORCE. Centrifu
gal force causes the slider or detents to move
4-5.2.5 BOOSTERS. The M501, M501A1, M548, cutward arming the fuze. Impact functions the
M554, and M562 do not contain boosters; the fuze. The M562 does not contain a superquick
others have boosters containing a charge of te action train.
tryl.
4-5.3.2.2 DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENTS.
4-5.3 FUNCTIONING. The mechanical time superquick fuze consists
of four main subassemblies: the movement as
4-5.3.1 GENERAL (figures 4-53 and 4-54). sembly, body, lower cap and point detonator
All of the fuzes covered are basically similar in assembly. Figure 4-53 shows the general ar
operation. The major operational differences rangement of the M500A1 fuze (without
between the various fuzes are time setting booster) in the unarmed condition as well as
range, clock mechanism operation (direction of the names of various parts. This figure and the
rotation), point detonator assembly operation following description applies to all the fuzes
(arming), and type of booster. unless otherwise stated.
Change 28
51
4-5.3.2.2.1 to 4-5.3.3.1 TM 9-1385-51
NOSE CLOSING DISK
HEAD i (RING Pin
SLIDER DETONATOR
/■.SLIDER PLUG
LEAD CHARGE
SETTING PIN
FIRING PIN f. HAMMER
TIM>NG DISK
TV | CENTRAL
gzHdrive shact
MOVEMENT
FIRING PIN ASSEMBLY
SAFETY PLATE
LOWER CAP
PRIMER
FLASH HOLE
CLOSING PLUG
FLASH HOLE
RELAY
ORO 01507
figure 4—53 Fuze M500A1, Cutaway View

Showing Unarmed Condition
4-5.3.2.2.1 MOVEMENT ASSEMBLY. The

movement assembly is divided into three main
parts: the timing disk mechanism, the clock
mechanism, and the firing mechanism.
a. Timing disk mechanism. The timing disk adapter or a booster which may be assembled to
mechanism consists of the timing disk, it.
setting pin, spring-hammer assembly, 4-5.S.2.2.3 LOWER CAP. The lower cap is at
safety disk, and central drive shaft. tached to the body by a joint consisting of a
b. Clock mechanism. The clock mechanism steel wire leading through grooves in the lower
of all the fuzes consists of two centrifugal cap and body
gear arcs, a series of reduction gears, and 4-5.3.2.2.4 POINT DETONATOR ASSEM
the escapement mechanism. BLY. The point detonator assembly contains
c. Firing mechanism. The firing mechanism the superquick impact element of the fuze. The
consists of the firing arm, firing arm main components of the point detonator assem
shaft, setback pin and its spring, firing bly are the nose, head, explosive elements,
pin safety plate, and firing pin and its firing pin, and arming device.
spring. The firing pin safety plate is pi 4-5.3.3 OPERATION
voted and fits under a shoulder of the 4-5.3.3.1 MECHANICAL TIME ACTION.
cocked firing pin, thus holding it away a. When the projectile is fired, the force of
from the primer. setback causes the hammer to strike the
4-5.S.2.2.2 BODY. The body provides a housing setting lug, thus depressing it and freeing
for the movement assembly, percussion primer the timing disk from the setting pin. The
M29A1, and relay M7. It is threaded to I:'. hammer is returned to its original posi-
Change 28
52
TM 9-1385-51
ORD DI509
Figure 4-55 Fuzes M5O2, M502A1, M506, M518, M518A1, Cutaway View of
Point Detonator Assembly Showing Unarmed Condition
Change 28
52.1
4—5.3.3.2 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-55.1 Fuze M548—External and Cutaway Views
tion by the hammer spring after setback ment mechanism acting through the se
ceases. At the same time, the setback pin ries of reduction gears. The timing disk
overcomes its spring and drops into the turns until the firing notch on it and the
bottom of the fuze. This action frees the elbow on the firing arm are aligned. At
firing arm shaft for later rotation. this time, the weighted firing arm pivots
b. When sufficient centrifugal force has de and the elbow falls into the firing notch,
veloped, the safety lever plate pivots and thereby causing the firing arm shaft to
releases the escapement lever, thereby un rotate. The revolving firing arm shaft
locking the escapement mechanism. The clears the firing pin safety plate, which
clock mechanism is now free to operate. pivots through the notch in the firing arm
As soon as the escapement mechanism is shaft, thereby releasing the firing pin.
released, the weights on the centrifugal The firing pin is driven into the primer
gear arcs tend to move outward, thus by the firing pin spring, thereby initiat
causing the gear arcs to pivot and rotate ing the explosive train.
the central drive shaft. The central drive 4-5.S.3.2 SUPERQUICK ACTION.
shaft transmits this rotation to the tim a. The point detonator assembly becomes
ing disk. The rate at which the timing armed when sufficient centrifugal force
disk rotates is governed by the escape has been developed to act upon the arm
Change 28
52.2
TM 9-1385-51 4—5.3.3.3 to 4-5A.1.1
ing device. Centrifugal force moves the nism which prevents alignment of the detona
slider or half-blocks outward, thereby tor, regardless of time setting, until the projec
aligning the explosive train or leaving the tile has travelled from 200 to 480 feet. For all
firing pin with unobstructed passage to but the M522 and M562 fuzes, superquick
the detonator. The point detonator assem action will function the fuze should impact oc
bly is now armed. Upon impact, the firing cur prior to the time setting on the fuze.
pin is driven into the detonator, which 4-5.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
sets off the lead charge. The action of the 4-5.4.1 The general safety precautions regard
lead charge is transmitted through the ing unexploded ordnance must be observed.
flash tube to the relay and thence to the 4-5.4.2 These fuzes contain “cocked” strikers;
booster. appropriate precautions should be observed.
b. The superquick impact element of the 4-5A (TIME (POWDER TRAIN TYPE)
fuze will function if impact occurs before FUZES.
completion of the time interval for which Fuzes M65 Series and M84 Series are covered
the fuze was set or if the fuze was set at in this paragraph.
safe (S). 4-5A.1 IDENTIFICATION.
4—5.3.3.3 The M548, M554 and M564 fuzes in 4-5A.1.1 TYPE. The fuzes contain a powder
corporate a delay in the safety adapter mecha time train which is setback armed.
Change 28
52JA
TM 9-1385-51
Change 28
52.2B
TM 9-1385-51 4—5A. 1.2 Io 4-6.3.1.2
to strike primer, thereby initiating the time train,

which subsequently initiates the expelling charge.
4-5A.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. The general
must be observed.
4-6 TIME SUPERQUICK (POWDER TRAIN TYPE)
FUZES,
Fuzes M5, M54. M5." Series and M77 are covered
in this paragraph.
NOTE
Fuze M5 consists of Fuze M54 with an

adapter for use in 4.2-inch mortar.
4 6.1.1 TYPE. The fuzes contain a powder time
tram which is setback armed. The point detonation
or snperqiiick action portion provides for instantane
ous firing upon impact. For Fuses M54 and M55
Scries this superquick action portion is centrifugally
armed: for Fuze M77 this portion is setback armed.
fuzes are tuipainted and are stamped with the fuze
G—TIMS RING
A—SAFETY ICOVERI PIN
B—SHEAR WIRE H —TIME-RING CHARGE
J—OOOV PELLET
designation and various loading information.
C—STRIKER
0—HEAD
E—PRIMER
K—TOBY
L—EXPELLING CHARGE 4-6.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
F—BLACK POWDER PELLET M—RETAINER DISK
ORC m»'il
general physical characteristics tiro shown in figures
1-56 through 4-56.2. The time range is 0 to 25 seconds.
Figure 4—55.2. Fuze M65A1. 1-6.1.1 WEIGHTS. The fuzes weigh approxi
mately two pounds each.
4-5A.1.2 PAINTING AND .MARKING. ’Hm 4—6.1.5 MATERIALS. The bodies are made of
fuzes are unpainted and are stamped with the fuze aluminum.
designation and various loading information. 4-6.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. For Fuzes
4-5A.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The .M5J and M55 Series, the detonator is composed of
general physical characteristics are shorn in ligules primer mixture and lead azide; for Fuze M77 the
4-55.2 and 4-55.3. The time range for fuze 5165 detonator, is composed of primer mixture, lead azide,
Series is fixed at 15 seconds. The rime range tor fuze anil tetryl.
M84A1 is 0 to 50 seconds. The time range for fuze 4-6.3 FUNCTION ING. (figures 4-56.2 through
M84 is 0 to 25 seconds. 4-58).
4-5A. 1.4 WEIGHTS. Fuze M65 Series weighs ap 4-6.3.1 FUZES M54 AND M55 SERIES.
proximately one pound. Fuze MS4 Series weighs I-6.3.1.1 Wien the projectile is prepared for firing,
approximately two pounds. the safety wire is removed and a time is set on the
4-5A.1.5 MATERIALS. Fuze M65 Series has a fuze if time action is desired. When the projectile
zinc die cast body and head. Fuze .M84 Series has is fired, inertia forces due to acceleration (setback
an aluminum body and a brass head. forces) push the time action plunger downward
4-5 A.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The against the primer striker. The primer striker im
fuzes contain a black powder expelling charge. pinges the primer, thereby initiating the time train.
The time train burns until it initiates the m-agazne
4-5A.3 FUNCTIONING, (figures 4-55.2 and charge. The magazine charge initiates the booster.
4r-55.3) when the projectile is prepared for firing, the The fuze will be initiated on impact regardless of the
safety wire is removed. A time is set on fuze M81A1 time setting.
and M84. 4r-6.3.1.2 If the fuze is set for impact Sanctioning,
Wien projectile is fired, inertia forces due to ac the. time train is blocked and (he fuze will be initiated
celeration (setback forces) cause plunger or striker on impact. As centrifugal force builds up, it pushes
Change 15
52.3
TM 9-1385-51
A—HEAD K—UPPER TIME-TRAIN RING

B—PLUNGER GUIDE L—LOCK PIN
C—SAFETY WIRE M—LOWER TIME-TRAIN RING
D—POSITIONING PIN N—ADJUSTMENT RING
E—SHEAR PIN P—VENT HOLE
F—PLUNGER Q—RIB
G—PERCUSSION PRIMER R—LOCK SCREW
H—SETSCREW S—EXPELLING CHARGE
J—WASHER T—BODY ASSEMBLY RAPD 108180A
Figure 4-55.3 Fuze M84.
Change 15
52.4
TM 9-1385-51 4-6.3.2 to 4-6.4
the interrupter outward. Upon impact, the firing

pin is driven into the detonator. The flash from the
detonator passes through the flash hole and initiates
the boaster (Fuze M55 Series) or the projectile
filler (Fuze M54).
4-6.3.2 FUZEM77.
4-6.3.2.1 When the projectile is prepared for firing,
the two cotter pins are removed and a time is set on
the fuze if time action is desired. When the projectile
is fired, inertia forces due to acceleration (setback
forces) push the time action plunger downward,
causing it to strike the primer, thereby initiating the
time train. Setback forces also allow the detonator
to move into alinement with the firing pin. When
the time train has burned the designated time, it ini
tiates t.he detonator, via the relay pellets. The detona
tor initiates the booster, via the booster lead. The fuze
will be initiated on impact regardless of the time
setting.
4r-6.3.2.2 If the fuze is set for impact functioning,
the time train is blocked and the fuze will be initiated
on impact. Setback forces allow the detonator to
move into alinement with the firing nin. Upon im
pact, the firing pin is driven into the detonator. The
detonator initiates the booster, via the booster lead.
4-6.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. The general
must be observed.
Figure 4-56.1 External Characteristics of Fuze M55 Series.
Change 15
52.5
TM 9-1385-51
Change 15
5U
TM 9-1385-51
SECTION Y-Y
SECTION Z-Z
A—FIRING PIN F— PELLET L—SLIDER ASSEMBLY

B—PLUNGER ASSEMBLY G~—RELAY PELLETS M—DETONATOR
C—COTTER PIN H—SAFETY PIN N—GUIDE PIN
D—SHEAR PIN J—SETBACK PIN P—BOOSTER LEAD
E—PRIMER K—COTTER PIN Q— BOOSTER
RAPD 65178A|
Figure 4-56.2 Fuze M77—External and Cutaway Views.
Change 15
53
TM 9-1385-51
This page intentionally left blank
Change 15
54
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4—57 Fuze M54, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition
FLASH HOLE
Figure 4—58 Fuze M54, Cutaway View Showing Interrupter
Change 7
54.1
4-6A to 4—6A. 1.3 TM 9-1385-51
4-6A PROXIMITY FUZES (WITH WET ENERGIZERS) marked "W/SUPPL CHG” or “FOR VT FUZE
_ n
Proximity fuzes M93, M96, M97, M402, M504
Series, M513 Series, M514 Series, M515, M516, 4-6A.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
and M92 are covered in this paragraph. fuze (figures 4—58.1 and 4-58.2) consists of a
plastic nose ogive, a metal base, a metal shank
4-6A.1 IDENTIFICATION. (body), and a booster cup. The fuze base and
4-6A.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes of the setback ogive contain the radio circuits which are held
and centrifugally armed, wet energizer, influ firmly in place by a special casting resin,
ence (proximity) fired type. poured into the base and ogive after the radio
circuit has been assembled. The shank (body)
4-6A.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The of the fuze contains the power supply, rear fit
fuzes are unpainted with a plastic nose ogive; ting safety device, auxiliary detonating fuze,
the fuze designation and loading information and booster, as well as an impact element.
are stamped on the metal fuze base. Projectiles Some fuzes M513 series may be found assem
which can accommodate these fuzes are bled with a desensitizing fuze can XM5.
Change 20
54.2
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-58.1 General Appearance of Proximity Fuze
Change 20
54.3
4—6A.1.4 to 4—6A.3 TM 9-1385-51
4-6A.3 FUNCTIONING.
.1
a. When a proximity fuze is in the unarmed I !
condition, mechanical safety is provided by the ; ■
auxiliary detonating fuze (boresafe element) s
and an interrupter which covers the flash hole i
between the electric primer and the detonator, i
Electrical safety in the unarmed condition is ■
provided by the glass ampoule containing the
electrolyte, the normally closed reed switch
which shunts the firing condenser, and the
safety wire which shunts the electric primer.
The reed switch and te safety wire are con-
tained in the rear fitting safety device which
is plugged into the base of the energizer.
b. When the projectile is fired, the glass am- j
poule containing the electrolyte is shattered as I
a result of setback forces. Tn spin-stabilized | |
rockets, a spin breaker, containing a spring- | B
loaded primer which drives a breaker pin, is 1 j
used for this purpose, and is located below the ;
energizer. The rear fitting safety device is j
plugged into the spin breaker instead of the 9
energizer.
c. After the ampoule is broken, centrifugal |
force distributes the electrolyte to the ceils of I
the energizer, activating the energizer and ini- I
tiating the transmission of radio signals. C'en- I
trifugal force acting on the reed switch causes M
the switch to open, thus removing the shunt I
Figure 4-58.2 Components of Typical Fuze from the firing condenser, which begins to re- I
(Wet Energizer Type) Cutaway View ceive a charge. The clockwork mechanism, I
which was unlocked by the setback forces,
4-6A.1.4 WEIGHT. These fuzes weigh ap frees the interrupter. Centrifugal force moves
proximately 3 pounds. the interrupter out, which opens the (lash hole I
between the electric primer and detonator, and j
4-6A.1.5 MATERIALS. also breaks the safety wire, thus removing the
a. Nose—plastic. shunt from the electric primer.
b. Base—metal (aluminum or steel). d. At the same time, centrifugal force ro
tates the shutters of the auxiliary detonating I
c. Shank (body)—metal (aluminum or
fuze so that the explosive train is alined with I
steel). the electric primer. The fuze is then fully I
d. Booster cup—metal (aluminum or steel). armed. i
e. In flight, the armed fuze receives and ■
4-6A.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
transmits radio signals. As the fuze ap- ■
a. Electric primer. proaches a target, the reflected signals from I |
b. impact detonating element. the target interact with the transmitted sig- I
c. The spin breaker, used in proximity fuzes na's from the fuze. When this interaction of I
for spin-stabilized rockets, contains a spring- transmitted and reflected signals, resulting in I
loaded primer carrier. ripples or beats, reaches a predetermined ■
Change 7
54.4
TM 9-1385-51 4—6A.4 to 4—6B.1.3
intensity, an electronic switch (thyratron) in projectile or rocket head, the fuze well should
the fuze is tripped, discharging the firing con be covered with tape so as to exclude dirt and
denser through the electric primer. The flash other foreign matter.
from the electric primer initiates the explosive
train of the auxiliary detonating fuze (or bore 4-6 B PROXIMITY FUZES (SHORT INTRUSION)
safe element and booster) which, in turn ini Proximity fuzes M517 and M532 are covered in
tiates the detonation of the projectile. this paragraph.
f. Some proximity fuzes, particularly those 4-6B.1 IDENTIFICATION.
used in antiaircraft projectiles, such as the 4-6B.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes are of the short
M515, and M516 have a self-destroying fea intrusion type, and are radio proximity fuzes
ture. incorporating an impact element (the fuze
g. An impact-detonating element is an inte M532 also has a point-detonating feature for
gral part of certain proximity fuzes. If the “PD” function only). The fuzes contain arming
proximity element of the fuze does not func mechanisms (safety and arming devices)
tion upon approach to the target, the impact which are released by setback force. Delay
detonating element will cause instantaneous arming is provided by the mechanism, since its
operation upon impact. operation is not completed until the projectile
has traveled approximately 120 meters (M517)
4-6A.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
or 550 meters (M532) along the trajectory.
WARNING 4-6B.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
Do not operate radios or radars in fuzes are unpainted with a green plastic fluted
the vicinity of proximity fuzes. nose cone (M532) or a black plastic nose cone
(M517). The fuze designation and loading in
a. The general safety precautions regarding formation are stamped on the retainer rign
the approach, attack, and disposal of unex (M517) or locking ring (M532) of the fuze.
ploded ordnance must be observed. 4-6B.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
b. Wait one hour for condenser voltage visible parts of the fuzes (figs. 4-58.3 and
bleed-off. 4-58.4) are the nose cone, a locking ring
(M532) or a retainer ring (M517), a fuze body
c. Identify the type of projectile (or rocket) (M532) or a fuze base (M517), and a rear
and fuze present and determine the condition housing (M532) or a sleeve (M517) that is
of the fuze. closed at the bottom by a booster cup. The nose
d. Be extremely careful when recovering or cone protects the electronic head, the fuze body
disposing of a proximity fuze which contains (M532) or fuze base (M517) contains a ther
an impact-detonating element. If fully armed, mal battery, and the rear housing (M532) or
the impact-detonating element may be func the sleeve (M517) contains the arming mecha
tioned by a slight jar or jolt. nism and the booster. There are two wrench
slots (180° apart) in the fuze body (M532) or
e. When a proximity fuze is removed from a the fuze base (M517).
Change 20
54.5
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-58.3. General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M517
Change 7
54.6
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-58.4 General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M532

Change 7
54.7
4-6B.1.4 Io 4-68.3 TM 9-1385-51
4-6B. 1.4 WEIGHTS. The fuzes weigh ap tor containing an electric detonator, a eJock
proximately 1 pound. delay mechanism (M532 only), and a
falling-leaf setback device, maintains the
4-6B.1.5 MATERIALS. detonator out of alinement with the booster
until the round is fired.
a. Nose cone — plastic
b. Operation.
b. Locking ring (M532) — alum
inum (1) Upon firing, setback force
releases a plunger containing a match
c. Retainer ring (M517) — brass coated with phosphorous. The match strikes
and initiates a pyrotechnic charge which
d. Fuze body (M532) — aluminum produces sufficient heat to melt the solid
electrolyte in the thermal battery. As the
e. Fuze base (M517) — aluminum electrolyte melts, its action on the metal
cells produces a voltage which provides
f. Rear housing (M532) — steel power to the electronic head.
g. Sleeve (M517) — steel
h. Booster cup (M532) — alumi (2) The four (M517) or three

num (M532) setback leaves of the arming mech
anism begin to fall sequentially when sub
i. Booster cup (M517) — steel jected to acceleration, and as one falls
the next is released to fall. When the fourth
j. Arming mechanism — aluminum (M517) or the third (M532) leaf falls, it
and brass releases the rotor (M517) or the clock
mechanism (M532) which, in turn, releases
4-6B.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. the rotor. In fuze M517, the continued high
rate of acceleration causes the shoulder of
a. M517. The booster contains a the rotor to rest against the base plate,
15-grain tetryl pellet; the arming mechanism thereby preventing the rotor from turning.
contains an electric detonator. A spring turns the rotor which carries the de
tonator into the in-line position with the boos
b. M532. The booster contains ap ter and electrically connects the detonator
proximately 8 grams of RDX; the arming between the firing condenser and ground.
mechanism contains an electric detonator. The fuze is then armed.
NOTE
4-6B.3 FUNCTIONING. If deceleration begins before all the setback leaves
have fallen, the setback leaves reset themselves, leaving
a. General. The major functional the detonator in the out-of-line position.
components of the fuze are the electronic
head, the thermal battery, and the arming
mechanism. The electronic head contains (3) Activation of the battery
the oscillator, a combined transmitter and charges the firing condenser. It normally
receiver unit, and the amplifier assembly requires 4 to 6 seconds (M517) or 7 to 9
with its thyratron that acts as the electronic seconds (M532) to reach operating voltage.
switch to trigger the discharge of the con At the same time, the oscillator in the elec
denser through the detonator and a trembler tronic head of the fuze transmits signals,
switch that serves as the impact element. some of which are reflected by the target.
The thermal battery is the power source The reflected signals received by the oscil
for all electronic components. The arming lator vary with the changing distance
mechanism, consisting of a spring-driven ro- between the projectile and the target and
Change 7
54.8
TM 9-1385-51 4-6B.4 to 4-7.1.1.3.1
cause a change in the oscillator out 4-7.1.1.2 TYPE.

put signal which is fed to the ampli 4-7.1.1.2.1 The TP-T projectile XM411E3 is a |
fier. This output signal is intensified by fuzed practice round used for training in
the amplifier, and when the amplifier marksmanship. It contains a TNT supplemen
output reaches the required level, the tary charge as well as explosive components in
thyratron is triggered, discharging the the fuze. (See paragraph 4-1, PD fuze M557.)
firing condenser through the detona TP-T projectile XM411E4 is similar to the
tor. If proximity action fails to pro XM411E3 except that it is unfuzed and has no
duce an air burst, the fuze functions explosive components.
on impact when the trembler switch 4-7.1.1.2.2 Projectiles XM411E3, XM411E4
closes to discharge the firing con and XM411E5 are practice rounds with tracer.
denser. Projectile XM411E3 contains a TNT supple
(4) mission charge and an M557 PD fuze. Projec
For fuze M532, if the firingmentary
requires that the fuze be used as a tiles XM411E4 and XM411E5 do not contain
point-detonating (impact) fuze,, the any explosive components.
nose cone is turned in excess of 120 4-7.1.1.2.3 The canister projectile is a flechette
degrees in either direction, deactivat loaded (beehive) type designed for antiperson
ing the proximity device, and the nel use. It carries a payload of approximately
trembler switch causes the fuze to 10,000 steel flechettes, and has no explosive
function at impact. components or fuze.
4-6B.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. 4-7.1.1.2.4 The high explosive (HE-T) projec- |
a. Observe the general safety precautions tile is employed against light materiel and per
regarding the approach, attack, and dis sonnel. It is fitted with a PD fuze and con
posal of unexploded ordnance. tains a filler of TNT.
b. Positively identify the fuze and round. 4-7.1.1.2.5 The high-explosive antitank multi- |
c. If the round is embedded in the ground, purpose (HEAT-T-MP) projectile is a chemi
make initial withdrawal by remote cal energy, armor-defeating (shaped-charge)
means. type with antipersonnel capability. It contains
d. Wait one hour to allow the charge on the a comp B filler and is fitted with a PIBD fuze.
firing condenser to bleed off before under 4-7.1.1.2.6 All 152-mm projectiles are issued as |
taking any EOD procedures involving the fixed rounds, assembled to XM157 combustible
fuze. cartridge cases. XM157 cases are made of
felted nitrocellulose and contain a bagged pro
4-7. IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECTLES.
pelling charge and an electrically-initiated con
4-7.1 152MM PROJECTILES. sumable primer.
4-7.1.1 IDENTIFICATION.
4-7.1.1.1 NOMENCLATURE. The following 4-7.1.1.3 PAINTING AND MARKING.
152-mm projectiles are identified in this para 4-7.1.1.3.1 Target practice projectiles are
graph : painted blue with the caliber, type of weapon,
TP-T projectile XM411E3, XM411E4, and type or round and model designation are sten
I XM411E5 Canister projectile XM626 (Anti

personnel)
HE-T projectile XM 657E2
HEAT-T-MP projectile XM409E5
ciled in white. The lot number and date of man
ufacture are stenciled in black. The XM411E3
has a yellow band circling the projectile body to
indicate the presence of explosive.
Change 28
55
4-7.1.1.3.2 to 4-7.1.4.2 TM 9-1385-51
4-7.1.1.3.2 The canister (antipersonnel) projec TP-T projectile______________________ 41.8 lb.

tile is painted olive drab with markings in Canister projectile____________________ 41.8 lb.
HE-T projectile______________________ 41.8 lb.
white. The caliber, type of weapon, type of HEAT-T-MP projectile________________ 42.8 lb.
round, and model designation of the complete
round (XM625) are stenciled on the projectile 4-7.1.2.3 MATERIALS.
body. The model designation of the projectile 4-7.1.2.3.1 The body and windshield of the
(XM626), the lot number, and the date of man TP-T projectile are made of steel. The spike
ufacture are based on the base of the projectile and base adapter are aluminum. The rotating
body. A staggered row of white, diamond band is iron.
shaped figures circles the projectile near the 4-7.1.2.3.2 The body of the canister projectile is
base, indicating that the round is flechette- aluminum. The rotating band is iron, and the
loaded for antipersonnel use. flechettes are fin-stabilized fragments of 8-
4-7.1.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. grain steel wire.
4-7.1.2.3.3 The HE-T projectile is made of
4-7.1.2.1 PROJECTILE CHARACTERISTICS. forged steel with a rotating band of gilding
4-7.1.2.1.1 Figure 4-59 shows the external and metal. The tracer adapter is aluminum.
internal arrangement of the TP-T projectile 4-7.1.2.3.4 The HEAT-T-MP projectile has a
XM411E3 assembled with the M557 point-deto forged steel body containing a copper liner. The
nating fuze. A steel windshield is threaded to ring which locks the liner in place, the base
the projectile spike. The spike houses the sup plug and the windshield are steel. The wind
plementary charge and the fuze, and is shield nose cap is aluminum. The rotating band
threaded to the projectile body. A tracer is lo is sintered iron.
cated in an aluminum base adapter. TP-T pro 4-7.1.3 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
jectile XM411E4 is similar in construction 4—7.1.3.1 The TP-T projectile XM411E3 con
except that an inert filler in the form of a metal tains a supplementary charge of TNT which
plug is used in lieu • of the supplementary weighs approximately 0.30 pound.
charge and fuze. TP-T projectile XM411E5 4-7.1.3.2 The flechette-loaded canister projec
may be found in two configurations. In the first tile does not contain explosive components.
configuration the projectile is a one piece con 4-7.1.3.3 The HE-T projectile contains approx
struction with a solid base into which the imately six pounds of TNT, an M13 tracer con
tracer element is threaded. In the second con taining 1.8 grams of igniter composition and
figuration the HEAT XM 409 projectile is inert 5.7 grams of tracer composition and a PD fuze.
loaded. The XM411E5 may be identified from 4-7.1.3.4 The HEAT-T-MP projectile contains
the XM409 by the base plug. The base plug of 6.3 pounds of Comp B, an M13 tracer and a
the XM411E5 has two “X” stamped 180° apart PIBD fuze.
on the raised portion of the plug. 4-7.1.4 FUNCTIONING.
4-7.1.2.1.2 Figure 4-59.1 shows the arrange 4-7.1.4.1 Refer to paragraph 4-1.3.3 for infor
ment of the canister projectile. The flechette- mation on functioning of the M557 PD fuze
loaded canister has four axial grooves, located with which the TP-T projectile is assembled.
90° apart, which extend from the forward end 4-7.1.4.2 Functioning of the unfuzed canister
of the projectile for % its length. A bleedhole round is dependent on the propellant gases, air
in the base of the projectile allows propellant pressure, and centrifugal force created when
gases to build up inside the canister. the round is fired. On firing, these forces com
4-7.1.2.2 WEIGHTS. bine to cause the canister to break at the
Change 28
56
C T G TP-TXM4IIE.-.
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4—59 152-mm TP—T Round, XM411E3.
56.2
C hange 15
24.607 MAX-----------------------------------------
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 4-59.1 152-mm HE-T Round, XM657E2.
26 980 MAX --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *•
TM 9 -1 3 8 5 -5 1
Figure 4-59.2 152-mm HEAT-T-MP Round, XM409E5
’g
$5
4-7,1.5 to 4-7.2.4.1 TM 9-1385-51
ORD DI762 3
Figure 4—59.3 152-mrn Canister Round, XM625
grooves on the body, dispersing the flechettes and chest tightness to affected personnel. The
in a conical pattern. projectile XM631 (figure 4-63) contains five
4-7.1.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. CS canisters, the projectiles XM632 (figure 4-
4-7.1.5.1 General safety precautions regard 60) (figure 4-60) and XM633 (figure 4-62)
ing unexploded ammunition will be observed. contain four canisters each. All projectiles con
4-7.1.5.2 The cartridge case is highly flamma tain a black powder expelling charge.
ble and will ignite when exposed to open flame 4-7.2.3 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
or embers, such as cigarette embers, smolder projectiles are painted gray with a red band
ing residue, etc. around the forward portion of the body to indi
4-7.1.5.3 If the XM411E3 projectile is found cate the presence of a nonpersistent, irritant
imbedded in the ground, initial movement filler. The nomenclature, lot number, and date
should be made remotely. loaded are stenciled in red. The CS pyrotechnic
4-7.2 TACTICAL CS PROJECTILES. mixture canisters are painted gray with no
4-7.2.1 IDENTIFICATION. menclature stenciled in red.
4-7.2.1.1 NOMENCLATURE. The following
family of tactical CS projectiles are covered
4-7.2.4.1 PROJECTILES. Figures 4-60,
herein: 4-62, and 4-63 show the general arrangement
XM631................ . 155-mm projectile and dimensional characteristics of the projec
XM632 .. _____ ____ 105-mm projectile tiles. The base plugs are press fitted and se
XM633 ......................... 4.2-inch projectile cured to the projectiles as follows:
4-7.2.2 TYPE. These projectiles are base Projectile Shear Pins Twill Pint
ejection type used to disperse CS riot control 155-mm XMG31................................ 3
agent, an agent which causes extreme burning 105-mm XM632 ................................. 3 3
4.2-jnch XM633 .............................. 4 4
of the eyes, coughing, difficulty in breathing,
Change 18
56.2B AGO 6850A
TM 9-1385-51 4-7.2.4.2 to 4—7.3.1.1
Figure 4-16 shows the general arrangement is fired, the fuze is armed by setback and rota
and characteristics of the CS canister. tional forces. The fuze functions either at a
4-7.2.4.2 MTSQ FUZE M548. Refer to para predetermined time setting or upon impact and
graph 4-5. ignites the expelling charge. The expelling
4-7.2.5 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. charge simultaneously ignites the CS canister
4-7.2.5.1 PROJECTILE WEIGHTS. starter mixture and exerts a force that shears
the base plate and ejects the canisters. The
Item Weight (lb)
burning starter mixture ignites the CS pyro
155-mm projectile XM631..................... ...........- 97-0
105-mm projectile XM632 ............... 32.0
technic mixture. The CS pyrotechnic mixture
4.2-inch projectile XM633 ... - - - - ........... 21.5 burns from 35 seconds to 2 minutes for the
projectiles XM632 and XM633 and from 50
4-7.2.5.2 CS CANISTER WEIGHTS AND seconds to 2 minutes for the projectile XM631.
DIMENSIONS.
4-7.2.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
Item Length (in.) Width
ll'.ipht <Ib.)
4-7.2.9.1 Wear protective mask or remain up
Canister XM7 5.5 3.0 5.5
3.0
wind when performing EOD operations.
Canister XM8 . 1.2 2.75
Canister XM9 2.0 2.0 3.75 4-7.2.9.2 Wait 30 minutes before approaching
an armed projectile.
4-7.2.6 MATERIALS. The projectile bodies 4-7.2.9.3 Always remain to the side of projec
are made of steel with aluminum baffle plates. tile or canister when performing EOD opera
The canister side, bottom, and center flash tube tions.
are made of steel. The top closure plate is alu 4-7.2.9.4 Never place any portion of the hand
minum. over nose or base end of projectile.
4-7.2.9.5 Projectiles can eject canisters up to
4-7.2.7 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. 1,000 feet.
105-mm 155-mm .',.2-in. 4-7.2.9.6 The canisters constitute a fire haz
Component XM632 XMb'31 XM63J
Expelling charge—black
ard and an explosive hazard.
powder (grains) .................. 780 1,470 1,100 4-7.3 FLECHETTE-LOADED (BEEHIVE)
Canister: AMMUNITION
Sleeve (impregnated cloth 4-7.3.1 IDENTIFICATION.
mixture of potassium 4-7.3.1.1 To facilitate identification in the
nitrate, charcoal, and
gum arabic) (grains) 2.5 3.0 2.0
field, both the complete round nomenclature
Starter mixture (potassium and projectile model numbers are listed below:
nitrate and charcoal)
(grains) ------ ------------- 18.0 21.0 16.0 Projectile model
number (stamped on Complete round nomenclature
CS pyrotechnic mixture projectile) (Stenciled on projectile)
(CS, sugar, potassium M377 .............. 90G CANISTER M377
chlorate and magnesium XM594E1 ... 90G APERS-T CTG XM580E1
carbonate w/nitrocellu- XM593 90R CTG CSTR XM590
lose-acetone binder) . 1.0 2.0 1.0 XM593E1 .. 90R CTG CSTR XM590E1
Fuse Refer to paragraph 4 5. XM380E5 .. 105H APERS-T CTG XM546
XM595 106R APERS-T CTG XM581
4-7.2.8 FUNCTIONING. When the projectile XM603E1 . . 105G APERS-T CTG XM494E3
Change 15
AGO 5859A 56.3
55 4
Change 18
TM 9 -1 3 8 5 -5 1
Figure 4—60 Characteristics of Cartridge XM629 with MTSQ Fuze M548 (Projectile XM632)
A G O 5850A
TM 9-1385-51 4—7.3.1.2 to 4~7.3.4.2
Figure 4-61 Canister XM8
4-7.3.1.2 The term “antipersonnel” is used in shaped figures indicates that the projectile is
the nomenclature of fuzed projectiles only. Un flechette-loaded and intended for antipersonnel
fuzed projectiles are identified by the term use.
"canister.” 4-7.3.4 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
4-7.3.1.3 In the description which follows, 4-7.3.4.1 GENERAL. The payload of these
projectiles will be referred to by projectile projectiles consists of small, fin-stabilized frag
model number only. ments of steel called “flechettes.” _
4—7.3.2 TYPE. All flechette-loaded projec 4-7.3.4.2 XM594E1, XM380E5, XM603E1, |
tiles, both fuzed and unfuzed, are designed for and XM595 PROJECTILES (figure 4-64).
antipersonnel use. The fuzes used with these projectiles are de
4-7.3.3 PAINTING AND MARKING. These scribed in paragraph 4-5. The flechettes are
projectiles are painted olive drab with mark loaded in bay assemblies held in place in the
ing in white. A yellow band, denoting the pres projectile by a fuze adapter at the forward end
ence of explosive, circles fuzed projectiles for and a hollow steel base at the rear. A steel ■
ward of the nomenclature. Below the nomen flash tube extends through the center of the ■
clature, a staggered row of white diamond projectile from the base to the fuze adapter. ■
Change 15
AGO 6859A 56.5
56.6
Change 18
-------- 25 69R MAX-----------
TM 9 -1 3 8 5 -5 1
Figure 4-62 Characteristics of Cartridge XM630 with MTSQ Fuze M548 (Projectile XM633)
o
TM 9-1385-51
Change 2
Figure 4—63 Characteristics of Projectile XM631.

56.7
4—Z.3.4.3 to 4-7.3.8.1 TM 9-1385-51
The projectile also contains a dye marker, tracer, 4-7.3.7 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
and base charge. 4-7.3.7.1 All fuzed, flechette-loaded projectilescon
4-7.3.4.3 M377, XM593 and XM593E1 PROJEC tain four detonators (composed of tetryl, lead azide,
TILES. The M377 canister consists of a thin steel and ignition mixture) and a lead azide relay. In addi
body welded to a heavy steel cup-shaped base. The tion, XM380E5 projectiles contain one detonator
XM593 series canisters are lightweight aluminum cyl composed of lead azide and ignition mixture, and
inders assembled to a heavy aluminum base per XM594E1, XM603E1, and XM595 projectiles con- |
forated with three bleedholes. A primer tube as tain one additional detonator composed of lead azide
sembled to the opposite side of the base remains and black powder.
attached after firing. A closing cup is crimped to the
4-7.3.7.2 These components are located in the fuze
forward end of the M377 and XM593E1 canisters adapter in the forward end of the projectile, just
(figure 4-65) and the canister bodies are scored with below the fuze.
four equally spaced axial grooves extending from the
forward end of the canister for approximately half 4-7.3.7.3 These fuzed projectiles also contain a base
its length. The XM593 canister (figure 4-66) is closed charge of flake propellant.
at the forward end by a wedge-shaped plastic nose 4-7.3.7.4 Unfuzed canister projectiles contain no
block, and the canister body is not scored. hazardous components.
4-7.3.5 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. 4-7.S.8 FUNCTIONING.
Projectile Weight (lb.) Length (in.)
4-7.3.8.1 FUZED PROJECTILES. When the fuze
M377.......... -______________________ 23. 75 11. 32
XM380E5... ........................................... 28. 3 23. 06
functions, initiating the detonators in the projectile,
XM593....................... .................... .......... 4. 41 20. 83 the explosive force of the detonators rips open the
XM593E1..................................... ............ 3. 97 19. 12 forward skin of the projectile ogive, and disperses the
I XM594EI......................................... ........
XM595................. -_________________
| XM603E1............ -...................... ............
22.
21.
31.
75
78
0
17.
19.
14.
73
81
65
flechettes in the forward bays by centrifugal force.
At the same time, pressure built up by the burning
base charge forces the flechettes and sporting charge,
4-7.3.6 MATERIALS. The M377 canister is steel; in the rear bays forward and out. The flechettes, com
other flechette-loaded canisters/projectiles are alu pletely dispersed within several milliseconds of fuze
minum or a combination of aluminum and steel. functioning, are projected for
Figure 4—64 Typical Fuzed, Flechette-Loaded Cartridge.
Change 15
56.8
TM 9-1385-51
19.12 MAX
90 MM
CARTRIDGE CASE
ORD DI 588
Figure 4—65 90-mm Canister Cartridge XM590E1 (Projectile XM593E1).
20 83 MAX
Figure 4-66 90-mm Canister Cartridge XM590 (Projectile XM593.
Change 2
56.9
4—7.3.8.2 to 4—7.3.9.2 TM 9-1385-51
ward in a conical pattern by the rotational force and by pressure from the propellant gases which feed into
I velocity of the projectile. The dye mixture is ex

pelled with the flechettes, marking the point of fuze
| ■ functioning. The tracer burns during the early stages
of flight.
the canister .through bleedholes in the base. Flechettes
are dispersed in a conical pattern.
4-7.3.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
4—7.3.8.2 UNFUZED PROJECTILES (CANIS 4-7.3.9.1 General safety precautions regarding un
TER). Immediately after the canister leaves the exploded ordnance will be observed.
muzzle of the gun, air pressure on the closing cup/
nose block and centrifugal force acting on the body 4r-7.3.9.2 If the projectile is fuzed and the body has
and the flechettes causes the canister to break up. not ruptured, the projectile will contain live deto
Break-up is facilitated in the XM593 series canisters nators and should be handled with appropriate care.
Change 15
56.10
TM 9-1385-51 4-7.4 to 4—7.4.8.2
4-7.4 16-INCH PROJECTILE. 0.80 inch from the base end. The base end is
fitted with a base plug which is expelled during
4-7.4.1 NOMENCLATURE. Projectile, 16- functioning.
inch: high-explosive, MK 19 MOD 0.
4-7.4.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.
4-7.4.1.2 TYPE. The MK 19 MOD 0 projectile
is a submissile (grenades M43A1), airburst, Projectile with fuze:
antipersonnel munition, fuzed with the mechan Weight (approx)____________ 1,900 lb
ical time fuze M565E1. Length (approx)____________ 64.0*in.
4-7.4.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. Diameter (max) ____________ 16.0in.
4-7.4.2.1 The projectiles are painted olive drab 4-7.4.5 MATERIALS.
with markings stenciled in yellow (fig. 4-67). 4-7.4.5.1 The body of the MK 19 MOD 0 projec
The forward portion (18.56-inches) is painted tile is made of steel. The rotating band is
yellow, with a row of thirteen yellow diamonds copper.
(3x2 inches) equally spaced around the pro
jectile. In addition, the rotating band and base 4-7.4.6 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
plug are stamped with MK and MOD numbers. 4-7.4.6.1 The MK 19 MOD 0 projectile consists
of 400 grenades M43A1 containing 21 pounds
4-7.4.3 FITTING AND FEATURES. of RDX total explosive weight, an M9 propel
4-7.4.3.1 PROJECTILE CHARACTERISTICS. lant of 400 grams, and an MT fuze container
approximately 8.32 grains of primer mix, lead
4—7.4.3.2 Figure 4-68 shows the external and azide, RDX, tetryl, and black powder.
internal arrangement of the high-explosive pro
jectile MK 19 MOD 0 assembled with the me 4-7.4.7 FUNCTIONING.
chanical time fuze M565E1. The MK 19 MOD 0 4-7.4.7.1 After the projectile is fired, the fuze
projectile is comprised of a steel shell body (ap M565E1 (having been set to function at a pre
proximately 3 inches thick), a nose section, an determined time) initiates the expulsion charge
expulsion charge, fuze adapter, and mechanical while the projectile is in flight. The pressure
time fuze. The inner body of shell houses a created by the expulsion charge acts upon the
pusher plate and 400 grenades M43A1. The pusher plate forcing it aft. This action shears
grenades are arranged in 20 layers with 20 gre the shear pins in the base plug expelling the
nades in each layer. The grenades are wedged- grenades from the base of the projectile. The
shaped and are held in place by a plastic spin of the projectile disperses the grenades.
spacer, and each layer is separated by a metal
disc. The payload is retained by a base plug, 4-7.4.8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
which is retained by 6 shear pins. 4-7.4.8.1 General safety precautions regarding
unexploded ordnance must be observed.
4-7.4.3.3 Distinguishing features of the MK 19
MOD 0 projectile are six 3/16-inch diameter 4-7.4.8.2 Do not jar, strike, or move an armed
holes, equally spaced around the circumference projectile.
Change 25
36.1OA
56.1 OB
TM 9-1385-51
MU-L2042-A
Figure 4—67 High-Explosive 16-lnch Projectile MK 19 MOD 0

TM 9-1385-51
Q
£« Figure 4-68 High-Explosive 16-lnch Projectile MK 19
SB MOD 0—Cross Section

TM 9-1385-51
Change 25
56.10D
5-1 to 5-1.2.2.1
TM 9-1385-51
SECTION 5
BOMBS
5-1 NOSE FUZES (IMPACT AND INERTIAL) 5-1.1.4.1 ALUMINUM. M904 (T709E4), M90-
Nose fuzes M3, M142, M142A1, M197, M103, 4E1, M904E2, M104, AN-M104, M109, M120,
AN-M103, AN-M103A1, M139, AN-M139A1, AN-M120, M120A1, AN-M120A1, M170.
M140, AN-M140A1, M148, M163, M164, M165,
M186, M187, AN-M104, M104, M109, M120, 5-1.1.4.2 STEEL. M103, AN-M103, AN-M103-
AN-M120, M120A1, AN-M120A1, M170, Al, M139, AN-M139A1, M140, AN-M140A1,
M105, M108, MHO, AN-M110A1, M126, M148, M163, M164, M165, M186, M187, M3,
AN-M126, AN-M126A1, M158, AN-M158, M142, M142A1, and M197.
M159, AN-M159, M193 (T778), M149, M904
(T709E4), M904E1, and M904E2 are covered 5-1.1.4.3 ZINC OR CADMIUM PLATED
in this paragraph. STEEL. M110, AN-M110A1, M126, AN-M126,
AN-M126A1, M158, AN-M158, M159, AN-
5-1.1 IDENTIFICATION. M159, M193, M149, M108, and M105.
5-1.1.1 TYPE. Fuzes of this type are arming 5-1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
pin or arming vane operated and delay armed.
They function on contact with the target. 5-1.2.1 DETONATORS.
Their action can be instantaneous or delayed.
5-1.2.1.1 PRIMER MIXTURE, LEAD AZIDE,
5-1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The AND TETRYL: Fuzes MHO, AN-M110A1,
fuzes are unpainted and are marked either by M126, AN-M126, AN-M126A1, M158, AN-M1-
stenciling or stamping the type, model, lot 58, M159, AN-M159, M193, M904, M904E1, M-
number, and delay time on the fuze body. 904E2, M103, AN-M103, AN-M103A1, M139,
Fuzes are marked to indicate differences in AN-M139A1, M140, AN-M140A1, M148, M163,
delay or arming time and some fuzes have the M164, M165, M186, M187, M105, M108,
vane cups painted for this purpose. M149, AN-M104, M109, M120, AN-M120,
M120A1, AN-M120A1, and M170.
general physical characteristics of the fuzes 5-1.2.1.2 FULMINATE OF MERCURY: Fuze
are shown in figures 5-1 through 5-9. The M104.
fuzes M104, AN-M104, M109, M120, M120A1,
AN-M120A1, and M170 contain an arming-pin 5-1.2.2 BOOSTERS.
which is off center and protrudes from both
sides of these fuzes. The fuzes M3, M142, 5-1.2.2.1 TETRYL: Fuzes AN-M158, M158,
M142A1, M197 M4, and M150 contain wrench M110, AN-M110A1, M159, AN-M159, M193,
holes in the top surface of the head. M904, M904E1, M904E2, M149, M103, AN-
M103, AN—M103A1, M139, AN-M139A1,
5-1.1.4 MATERIALS. These fuzes are made M140, AN-M140A1, M148, M163, M164, M165,
of aluminum, steel, or cadmium, or zinc-plated M186, M187, M120, AN-M120, M120A1, AN-
steel, as indicated below. M120A1, M170, M109, AN-M104, and M104.
Chang* 8
AGO 10668A 56.11
5-1.2.2.2 to 5-1.3.1
TM 9-1385-51
ORD 01811
Figure 5-1 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes M142, M142A1, and M197
5-1.2.2.2 NO BOOSTER: Fuzes M126, AN- a. When a bomb using one of these fuzes
M126, AN-M126A1, M105, and M108. is assembled in the cluster, the retaining
wire is removed. A spring-loaded release
5-1.2.3 LEAD CHARGE. clip, which is assembled to the bomb,
holds the release pin and arming pin in
5-1.2.3.1 TETRYL: Fuzes M158, AN-M158, place in the fuze head. While the bombs
M193, M904, M904E1 and M904E2. are in the cluster, their proximity holds
the release clip to the body of the bomb
5-1.2.4 DELAY. and fuze.
b. When the cluster is dropped from an air
5-1.2.4.1 BLACK POWDER, LEAD AZIDE craft, the cluster adapter arming wire is
RELAY: M904, M904E1, M904E2, M103, AN- withdrawn. The cluster adapter disinte
M103, AN-M103A1, M139, AN-M139A1, M140, grates either immediately (quick-open
AN-M140A1, M148, M163, M164, M165, ing) or upon completion of the function
M186, M187 and M105. ing time of a mechanical time fuze. As
the cluster adapter disintegrates, the
5-1.3 FUNCTIONING. clustered bombs are released.
c. As the clustered bombs are released from
5-1.3.1 FUZES M3, M142, M142A1, and M197 the cluster adapter to drop freely, the
(figures 5-10 and 5-11). release clip falls away from the bomb.
Change 8
56.12 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51
19.5
"NP," or "pti,"
"74," AND LOADING
19.5
SPRING
M77
TAIL ASSEMBLY
SMOKE BOMB
M74
INCENDIARY BOMB ORD D1812
Figure 5—2 Views Showing Fuzes Ml 42 and Ml 50 Assembled in Bombs M74 and M77 Respectively
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.13
TM 9-1385-51
2085
Figure 5-3 Dimensional Characteristics and External Appearance of Fuze AN-M103A1 (Upper Left)
and Ml48 (Lower Right)
The arming pin spring causes the re E1 and M197, this action allows the
lease pin to move out of the fuze body retaining balls to move inward, thus let
and the arming pin to move upward out ting the striker and the sleeve move, arm
of the striker cav't., In . . fuzes M142- ing the fuze. Tn all of the other fuzes,
Change 8
56.14 ACO 10G68A
5-1.3.2
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-4 Dimensional Characteristics: Pyrotechnic Delay Arming Type Fuze Ml04 (Left); Mechanical
Delay Arming Type Fuze Ml 20 (Right)
this action allows the safety pin spring fuze AN-M103A1 in the unarmed con
to push the safety pin inward, thus let dition. In this condition the arming stem
ting the striker and the sleeve move, holds the slider so that the detonator is
arming the fuze. not aligned in the explosive train. The
d. Upon any angle impact, the striker and striker is held in position by the shear
sleeve are forced together, thus causing pin and setting pin, and the safety discs
the firing pin to impinge on and initiate place a positive block between the striker
the primer. The primer initiates the re and the fuze body.
mainder of the explosive train. b. Fuzes AN-M139A1 and AN-M140A1 are
identical in construction to the fuze AN-
5-1.3.2 FUZES M103, AN-M103, AN-M103- M103A1, and the M148 has the same in
Al, M139, AN-M139A1, M140, AN-M140A1,
ternal components as the fuze AN-
M148, M163, M164, M165, M186 and M187.
M103A1.
a. The main illustration in figure 5-12 c. Fuzes M163, M164, M165, M186 and
shows the general arrangement of the M187 are the same as the fuze AN-
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.15
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-5 Characteristics and Dimensions of Fuze Ml 05
M103A1 except for the arming screw ing screw unthreads, it lifts the entire
striker-shear safe arming stem arrange vane assembly, including the vane cup,
ment shown in the upper left inset of clear of the safety discs, which are
figure 5-12. Fuzes AN-M103, M139, and ejected from the fuze by the discharge
M140 are the same as fuze AN-M103A1 spring. This leaves the striker secured
except for the arming screw-striker-non- only by the shear pin and setting pin.
shear safe arming stem arrangement Also, as the arming screw unthreads, the
shown in the upper right inset of figure arming stem rises. The action that fol
5-12. Fuze M103 is identical to fuze AN- lows depends on the fuze setting.
M103 except for the number of threads (1) If the fuze is set for delay action, the
per inch on the arming screw. setting pin is in the deep slot and pro
d. When the bomb is released, the arming trudes into the arming stem channel.
wire is withdrawn from the fuze and the When the arming stem moves enough
airstream rotates the arming vane. This to clear the step in the slider, the
rotation is transferred through the re slider, under pressure of its two
duction gears to the arming screw which springs, moves to align the detonator
unthreads from the striker. As the arm between the delay column and one of
Change 8
56.16 AGO 10668A
5-1.3.3 to 5-1.3.3.1
TM 9-1385-51
lay firing pin always strikes the pri

mer, igniting the delay column, which
may fire the fuze if the detonator
fails to function.
e. The arming screw continues to unthread
until it clears the strikei- entirely, or un
til impact, whichever occurs first. If the
arming screw clears the striker before
impact, the vane cup falls away from
the fuze, leaving the striker exposed as
shown in figure 5-13.
5-1.3.3 FUZES M104, AN-M104, M109, M120,

AN-M120, M120A1, AN-M120A1, and M170
(figures 5-14 through 5-16).
a. When a bomb using one cf these fuzes
is dropped from a single suspension po
sition in an aircraft, the parachute pull
out wire is withdrawn. This releases the
parachute cover assembly. If the bomb
(see figure 5-14) is dropped as part of
a cluster, the parachute cover assembly
is released when the cluster opens.
b. As the airstream carries away the para
chute cover assembly, the parachute is
pulled out of the parachute housing.
Figure 5-6 General Arrangement and When the main suspension cord of the
Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze Ml08 parachute extends, it withdraws the fuze
arming wire from the arming pin. Sub
the leads. A spring-loaded detent pre sequent action depends on the fuze, pyro
vents return of the slider to its un technic or mechanical delay arming type.
armed position, and the setting pin 5-1.3.3.1 PYROTECHNIC DELAY ARMING
prevents any further movement of the TYPE FUZE. As the fuze arming wire is with
arming stem. Upon impact, the striker drawn, the arming pin spring ejects the arm
shears the shear pin and the setting ing pin. See figure 5-15. Ejection of the arm
pin, and the delay firing pin strikes ing pin frees the delay firing pin which strikes
the primer, initiating the delay ex the primer igniting the pyrotechnic delay arm
plosive train. ing train. The delay arming train burns for a
(2) If the fuze is set for instantaneous short time and then ignites the body pellet of
action, the setting pin is in the shal black powder which detonates the arming
low slot and does not protrude into charge. The arming charge blows out the disc
the arming stem channel. When the and plug, allowing the spring-loaded slider to
arming stem moves out of the slider force the plunger out of the fuze and move the
cavity, the slider moves to align the detonator directly below the firing pin. The
detonator between the instantaneous slider is locked in the in-line position by a
firing pin and the other lead. Upon spring-loaded detent. Upon impact, the striker
impact, the instantaneous firing pin plate is forced in, driving the firing pin into
impinges the detonator, initiating the the detonator to initiate the fuze explosive
instantaneous explosive train. The de train.
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.17
5-1.3.3.2 to 5-1.3.4
TM 9-1385-51
MU-D4 2089
Figure 5—7 External Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes AN-M110A1, AN-M158, and
M193
5-1.3.3.2 MECHANICAL DELAY ARMING cated directly below the firing pin. A spring-
TYPE FUZE. As the fuze arming wire is with loaded detent locks the slider in the in-line po
drawn, the arming pin spring ejects the arm sition. Upon impact, the striker plate is forced
ing pin, freeing the arbor. See figure 5-16. in, driving the firing pin into the detonator
The timing mechanism, actuated by the main to initiate the fuze explosive train.
spring, starts to turn the arbor. After a time
interval (1.9 seconds) for the fuzes M120A1 5-1.3.4 FUZE M105 (figure 5-17).
and AN-M120A1, 2.5 seconds for the fuze a. The selective characteristics of the fuze
M120; and 1.5 seconds for the fuze M170, the is set by positioning the setting pin for
arbor clears the slider pin and the slider spring either instantaneous or delayed action.
moves the slider so that the detonator is lo Prior to this an arming wire is inserted
Change 8
56.18 AGO 1066'SA
TM_9-1385-51
RIGHT HAND
THREAD
l.60''DIA.-
MU-D4 2090
Figure 5-8 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M149
in the fuze by threading it through the discs and the discs are expelled by the
vane strap and the eyelet strap. safety disc spring. The fuze is now
b. Fuze arming begins the instant the arm armed. The rotation of the arming vane
ing wire is withdrawn from the fuze and continues until the arming screw un
the rotation of the arming vane is initi threads from the striker entirely. The
ated by the airstream. This rotation is arming vane and the vane cup, with the
transferred through a gear reduction sys gear reduction system and arming screw,
tem which unthreads the arming screw. then separate from the fuze.
After the arming screw unthreads suf c. The action on impact depends upon the
ficiently, the vane cup clears the safety fuze setting: if set for instantaneous
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.19
1.3.5
TM 9-1385-51
RETAINING wire
RELEASE PIN
ARMING PIN SPRING
HEAD —
ARMING PIN
STRIKER ■
RETAINING BALL
BOOT
SLEEVE-
FIRING PIN
CREEP SPRING
PRIMER
BOOSTER CHARGE
ORO 01813
Figure 5-10 General Arrangement of Fuze M142A1

in the Unarmed Condition
the delay explosive train; if set for delay

functioning (0.1 second), the delay firing
pin initiates the delay explosive train and
the instantaneous firing pin drops into
a recess in the setting pin.
MU-'-M 2091 5-1.3.5 FUZE M108 (figure 5-18).
Figure 5—9 Appearance and Dimensional a. After the fuze is installed in a bomb,
Characteristics of Fuze M904E1 the head of the arming pin is depressed
into the fuze so that the arming wire
functioning, the instantaneous firing pin hole in the arming pin emerges from the
initiates the instantaneous explosive fuze body. The arming wire is then in
train and the delay firing pin initiates serted in the arming pin and the cotter
pin is removed.
Change 8
56.20 ACO 10668A
5-1.3.6 to 5-1.3.7
TM 9-1385-51
now armed and the firing pin is held

RETAINING WIRE
only by the shear wire.
ARMING PIN c. Upon impact the striker plate drives the
firing pin into the fuze body. The firing
ARMING PIN
SPRING
pin severs the shear wire and pierces the
detonator to initiate the explosive train.
HEAD
SAFETY 5-1.3.6 FUZES MHO, AN-M110A1, M126,

DETENT AN-M126, AN-M126A1, M158, AN-M158,
STRIKER
M159, AN-M159, and M193 (figure 5-19).
a. When the bomb is released, the arming
BODY wire is withdrawn from the fuze, free
RETAINING
ing the vanes to rotate in the airstream.
BALL The vanes drive the arming hub (see
figure 5-19) and the stationary gear
SLEEVE
which in turn drives the pinion. The
FIRING pinion drives the movable gear.
PIN b. In the fuzes with in-line detonators, the
movable gear and arming sleeve move
CREEP
SPRING downward as the arming sleeve un
threads from the arming hub. After a
PRIMER specific number of vane revolutions, the
FIRST FIRE arming sleeve clears the safety block.
MIXTURE Centrifugal force throws the safety
DELAY
block clear of the striker and the fuze
MIXTURE is armed.
c. In the fuzes with out-of-line detonators,
BOOSTER the movable gear, arming sleeve, firing
CHARGE pin and striker move upward as the arm
CUP ing sleeve threads into the arming hub.
After a specific number of vane revolu
tions, the firing pin clears the hole in
the rotor, releasing the rotor. The rotor
spring pivots the rotor, aligning the deto
nator with the firing pin and the lead.
A spring-loaded detent locks the rotor
ORD D18I4
in the in-line position and the fuze is
armed.
Figure 5-11 General Arrangement of Fuze M197 in d. Upon impact, the striker is forced down
the Unarmed Condition ward, driving the firing pin into the de
tonator, thus initiating the explosive
b. When the bomb is dropped, the arming train.
wire is withdrawn from the fuze. The
spindle-shaped arming pin spring then 5-1.3.7 FUZE M149 (figure 5-20).
ejects the arming pin. Simultaneously, a. While the bomb is carried in the aircraft,
the safety holder and safety block are the arming wire prevents the vane cup
forced away from under the striker plate assembly from rotating. When the bomb
by the safety block spring. The fuze is is released from the aircraft, the arming
Change 8
AGO 106G8A 56.21
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-12 General Arrangement of Fuze AN-M103A1 in the Unarmed Condition (Bottom), Insets Show
Component Arrangement of Other Fuzes After the Arming Screw Has Been Sheared
Change 8
56.22 AGO 10868A
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-13 Appearance of a Fuze With The Arming Screw and Vane Cup Missing
Figure 5-14 Parachute Unit Attached to a Typical Fragmentation Bomb for Use in a Cluster
wire is withdrawn from the cup bracket from the body to allow ejection of the
and body bracket. (The cup bracket and releasing pin by its spring. As the re
body bracket are shown in figure 5-20.) leasing pin is ejected, the spring-loaded
The vane cup assembly is now free to ro arming stem rises out of the slider cavity,
tate, and action of the airstream on the allowing the slider to align the detonator
vane causes the vane cup assembly to beneath the flash tube. The slider is mo
rotate clockwise. After approximately 8 tivated by two springs and is locked in
or 9 turns of the vane cup assembly, the armed position by a spring-loaded
this assembly has sufficiently unthreaded detent. After an additional 4 or 5 (12
Change 8
AGO 10G6SA 56.23
TM 9-1385-51
MU-D4 2095
Figure 5-15 General Arrangement of Pyrotechnic Delay Arming Type Fuze M104 in The Unarmed Con
dition
to 14 total) turns of the vane cup as in, booster, and main charge, respective
sembly, this assembly unthreads from the ly.
body and falls free of the fuze.
b. Bombs using this fuze are usually re c. The pressure blast of the first bomb
leased in close train, to take advantage causes the diaphragm of the fuze in the
of the airburst feature of the fuze. The second bomb to snap into its reversed
first bomb detonates upon impact with position while the bomb is still in the
the ground. Upon impact, the diaphragm air. This drives the firing pin into the
of the fuze is snapped into its reversed primer, thereby setting off the explosive
position, causing the firing pin to strike train. Should the diaphragm of the fuze
and initiate the primer. Flame from the in the second bomb fail to function upon
the primer passes through the flash tube the pressure blast from the first bomb;
and ignites the detonator, booster lead the fuze can still function upon impact
Change 8
56.24 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51
STRIKER PLATE
HEAD
MAIN SPRING
ARBOR
SLIDER PIN
SLIDER
ARMING PIN
DETENT PLUG
BODY
FIRING PIN
UNARMED CONDITION
TIMING MECHANISM
DETONATOR
SLIDER PLUG
DETENT
BOOSTER CHARGE
ARMED CONDITION
MU-D4 2096
Figure 5-16 General Arrangement of Mechanical Delay Arming Type Fuze M120A1 in the Unarmed Con
dition (Upper View) and in the Armed Condition (Lower View)
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.25
5-1.3.8
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5—17 Fuze M105; Arrangement of Components Unarmed Condition
with the ground. The third bomb func 5-1.3.8 FUZES M904, M904E1, and M904E2
tions as the second, and so on. (figure 5-21).
Change 8
56.26 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-18 Cutaway View of Fuze M108 in The Unarmed Condition
a. The delay element with the desired delay striker is visible in the lower half of the
time is selected and inserted before the upper inspection port.
fuze is installed in the bomb. The arming b. When the bomb is dropped, the arming
delay time is then set by depressing the wire is withdrawn and the arming vane
index pin and rotating the nose assem begins to rotate. The rotation of the arm
bly until the index mark is aligned with ing vane turns the governor drum at a
the desired time setting on the arming constant speed. Rotation of the governor
delay indicator plate. Rotation of the drum is transmitted, through a gear re
nose assembly sets the distance the striker duction mechanism, to the arming stop
will have to turn before aligning the assembly. Two driving pins extend from
notch with the index stop. (See figure the arming stop assembly through the
5-21). The fuze has a minimum setting of striker and cause the striker to turn with
four seconds. When the fuze is in the the arming stop assembly. The firing pin
unarmed condition, the top edge of the is keyed to the striker and is secured to
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.27
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-19 General Arrangement of Fuzes AN-M110A1 and M193. Inset Shows Rotor of Fuze M193 in
the Armed Condition
Change 8
56.28 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51
MU-D4 2100
Figure 5—20 Cross Section View Showing Fuze M149 in the Unarmed Condition
the firing pin guide by a shear pin, so pin is filled by the spring-loaded st
that the entire assembly turns as a unit ball. A longitudinal cut in the strik
with the arming stop assembly. now visible in the upper inspection j
c. When the preselected arming time has d. Simultaneously with the striker-i
elapsed and the notch in the striker is stop alignment, a longitudinal slot ii
aligned with the index stop, the striker firing pin guide aligns with the ste
spring forces the striker against the bot the rotor release. A spring lifts the
tom of the arming stop assembly. The upward through the pin-held stem j
firing pin does not move upward with into the slot. This raises the rotor re
the striker, and the space above the firing clear of the rotor and the rotor p
Chan
5
TM 9-1385-51
NOSE
ASSEMBLY
GOVERNOR
DRUM
SHEAR PIN-------
INDEX STOP
ARMING STOP
ASSEMBLY
INDEX PIN
DRIVING PIN
STRIKER BALL
(SHOWN 90* OUT
STRIKER OF POSITION)
FIRING PIN SHEAR PIN
ROTOR FIRING PIN

RELEASE GUIDE
ROTOR
PRIMER
ROTOR
DELAY RELEASE
ELEMENT STEM
DETONATOR
DELAY
ELEMENT RELAY
LOCKING ELEMENT
PIN
STEM GUIDE
ROTOR
DETONATOR
LATCH
ROTOR
ROTOR RELEASE
BOTTOM VIEW OF ROTOR

LEAD
BOOSTER
MU-D4 2101
Figure 5—21 Cutaway View of Fuze M904, M904E1, or M904E2 in the Unarmed Condition. Inset Shows
Arrangement of Rotor and Rotor Latch
to align the detonator in the explosive stop assembly. This forces the striker
train. The rotor is then locked in position and the striker ball against the firing
by the rotor latch and the fuze is armed, pin which, in turn, impinges the primer
e. Upon impact, the nose assembly is driven of the delay element. The primer initi
into the fuze body against the arming ates the remainder of the explosive train.
Change 8
56.30 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1335-51 5-2 to 5-2.2.3
J. If t.he fuze should fail to fire, the edge of one or differences in delay arming time and some fuzes
both of the arming stop assembly rings would be have colored bands painted around the arming stem
visible through the upper inspection port. case to indicate arming delays.
I 5-2 TAIL FUZES (I MPACT AND INERTIAL) 5-2.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The gen
TAIL FUZES M4, AN-M100A1, AN-M100A2, eral physical characteristics of the fuzes are shown ■
AN MI00A2C. AN M101A1. AN MI0IA2, AN in figures 5-23 through 5-33 and table 11.1 . ■
M101A2C, AN-M102A1, AN M102A2, AN- 5-2.1.4 MATERIALS. The fuzes are made of
MI02A2C, Ml06 SERIES, Ml60, Ml6l, Ml62, aluminum, steel, cadmium or zinc-plated steel, or
M169, MI72, MI75, M176, M184, AN-M177, AN- zinc alloy.
M177, AN M185, AN-M194, AN-M195, M190 and 5-2.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
M19I are covered in this paragraph. 5-2.2.1 PRIMER: Fuze M4 contains percussion■
5-2.1 IDENTIFICATION. primers. J
5-2.1.1 TYPE The’ M106 Series fuzes and the 5-2.2 2 DETONATOR: Fuze M.106 scries.
MI69 fuze are armed by withdrawal of the arming 5-2.2.3 PRIMER-DETONATOR M14: Fuzes,!
wire The remainder of the fuzes are armed by M169, M172, M175, M176, M184, MI90, M191,|
arming vane or drive and cable assembly. AN-M177, AN-M185, AN M194, AN-M-195,|
5-2.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The fuzes AN-M100A1, AN-MIOOA2, AN M100A-2C, AN-
are unpainted and arc marked either by stenciling M101AI, AN-M101A2, AN-M101-A2C, AN-
or stamping the type, model, lot number, and delay M102A1, AN-M102A2, AN-M102-A2C, M160,
time on the fuze body. Fuzes are marked to indicate M161, and M162.
TABLE 11.1
TAIL FUZES
AX-MIOOA2 AX-MI0IA2 AX-MI 02 A 2 Ml 60 Ml 61 Ml 62 Ml 72
Firing Action........................................ I mpact- Impact- Impact Impact- Impact- Impact- Impact-

Inertial Inertial Inertial Inertial Inertial Inertial Inertial
Firing Delay......................................... Delay or Delay or Delay or Delay or Delay or Delay or Delay or
Nondelay Nondelay Nondelay Nondelay Nondelay Nondelay Nondelay
Arming
Type.............................................. Delayed Delayed Delayed Delayed Delayed Delayed Delayed
Revolutions to Arm...................... 150 to 170 150 to 170 150 to 170
Air Travel to Arm (ft):
Vane M4......... 445—650 445—650 1780 2680 1780—2680 1780—2680 415- -550
Vane M5................................. 1225—1420 1225—1420 1225—1420 4900 -5850 4900- -5850 4900—5850 1225 -1510
Overall length (in.). . 9.26 12.26 16.26 9.26 12.20 16.26 25 29
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)................ 6.26 9.26 13.26 6.31 9.31 13.31 22.29
Bodv Diameter (in.)............. 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 .44 1 44 1 44 1 5
Vane Span (in.)..................................... 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5 0 5 0
W eight (lb)........................................... 2.9 3.2 2.9 3.2 3.65
No. of Blades on Vane.......................... 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Vane Types
Ml 75 Ml 70 AN-MI77 Ml 64 MIM mum Ml M
•'iring Action......... .................... Impact- Impact- Impact- Impact- 1 mpact- Impact Impact-
Inertial Inertial Inertial Inertial Inertial Inertial Inertial
Firing Delay ................................... 1 )olay or Delay or Delay or Delay or Delay or Delay or Delay or
Nondelay Nondelay Nondelay Nondelay Nondelay Nondolay Nondclay
Vining
Type.......................................... 1 delayed Delayed Delayed Delayed Delayed Delayed Delayed
Revolutions to Arm...................... 150 to 170 150 to 170 150 to 170
Air Travel to Arm (ft):
Vane M4.................................
1150—1935 1150—1935 1150—1935 550 450 460 500 500
Vane M5... 3200 5*25 3200—5225 3200-5225
Overall length (in.)..............................
25.29 37.05 45.12 37.05 45.12 31.035 28.972
34.05 42.12 •|4 05 42.12 28.033 25.972
Body Diameter (in.)............................. 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Change 26 56.31
5-2.2.4
TM 9-1385-51
MI84 Ml 85 Ml 04
Ml 75 Ml 75 AN-MI77
___ L. ------------
1
Vane S|»an (in.)............... 5 0 5.0 5.0
5.0
Wright (lb)...................... 4.4 ' 5.0 4.1
4.4 5.0
Nu. of Blades on Vane . -I 4 4 1
4 4
Vane Tyjies
___ — ___ - _ J___________
,5-2.2 4 BOOSTER CHARGE: Fuze XU. FUZE DESIGNATION,

LOADER’S LOT NUMBER AND
Figure 22. Deleted. LOADER’S INITIALS
STAMPED IN SURFACE'
-------- 5>0- OIA.
Figure 5-24. Dimensional Characteristics

of Fuze M106 Series
ORD DI8I6

of Fuzes AN-M100 Series, AN-M101
Series, AN-M102 Series, M160,
M161, and M162
Change 26 56.32
TM 9-1385-51 5-2.3 to S-2.3.3
5-2.3 FUNCTIONING. Now, only the anticreep spring prevents the plunger
I5-2.3.1 Fuze M4. Refer to paragraph 5- 1.3.1 and from striking the primer. Further air travel un
Ifigure 5-27 for functioning information. threads the arming stem from the fuze body cap.
5-2.3.2 Fuzes AN-M100A1, AN-xMl00A2 (figure and the arming vane, arming head assembly, and
5-29), AN-M100A2C, AN-M101A1, AN-M101A2, arming stem are carried clear of the fuze by the
AN-M101A2C, AN-M102A1, AN MI02A2, AN- airstream. Upon impact, the inertia of the plunger
IM102A2C, MlOO, M161, Ml(>2 and MI72. When the causes it to overcome the resistance of the anti
Ibomb is released from the aircraft, the arming wire ereep spring and the firing pin strikes the primer,
is withdrawn Horn the fuze, and the arming vane is thereby initiating the explosive train.
rotated by the airstream. After a sufficient number 5-2.3.3 Fuzes M100A2, MIOGAl, Ml 00, and
of arming vane revolutions, the arming stem un Ml00 Long (fig. 5-30). When a bomb using one
threads from the plunger and the fuze is armed. of these fuzes is dropped from an aircraft,
Change 26 56.32.1
TM 9-1385-51
VIEW WITH CAP AND OVERSEAL
OVERSEAL
MU-D4 2102
Figure 5-25 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuie

Ml 69 (T708)
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.33
TM 9-1385-51
DIMENSION AN-M185 FUZE AN-M194 FUZE AN-M195 FUZE

"A" 39.1" 25.0" 22.9"
"B" 45.1" 31.0" 28.9"
ORD 01821
Figure 5-26 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes AN-M185, AN-M194, and AN-M195
Change 8
56.34 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51 S-2.3.4 to 5-2.3.5
the arming wire is withdrawn and remains in the

aircraft. The withdrawal of the arming wire releases
the arming pin. The arming pin spring ejects the
arming pin. The fuze is now fully armed. Upon
impact, inertia forces overcome the firing pin spring
and drive the firing pin into the primer, thus
initiating the firing train. The firing train consists of
the primer, ignition fuse, and detonator. Different
ignition fuse lengths produce different delays. The
fuzes M106 and M106 Long function in 45 to 60
seconds, the M106A1 functions in 8 to 11 seconds,
and the M106A2 functions in 3 to 5 seconds after
impact.
5 2.3.4 Fuze (fig. 5- 31).
a. When the bomb is released from the aircraft,
the arming wire is withdrawn from the fuze and re
mains in the aircraft.
b. When the arming wire is removed from the
fuze, only the striker support prevents the striker
from moving forward toward the primer detonator.
The striker support is pinned to the upper end of the
striker and has four tabs which extend outward
over an inner shoulder of the fuze body so as to pre
vent the movement, of the striker until impact.
c. On impact, the inertia of the heavy striker
bends the tabs of the striker support, allowing the
striker to move forward and pierce the primer de
tonator thereby initiating the explosive train.
I.5- 2.3.5 Fuzes AN M177, AN M185, AN-Ml94,
AN-M195, MI75, M176, and M184 (fig. 5-32).
a. When a bomb is released from the aircraft,
the arming wire is withdrawn from the fuze, and the
arming vane is rotated clockwise by the airstream.
The arming vane turns the bearing cup assembly
as it rotates. The pinion gear mounted on the
bearing cup, is in mesh ORD DI822

of Fuzes M190 and M191
Change 26 56.35
TM 9-1385-51
-FIRING PIN
Figure 5- 28. Deleted HOLDER PLUG
COTTER PiN
ARMING PIN
ARMING PIN
SPRING
A
- FIRING PIN
HOLDER
FIRING PIN
FIRING PIN
SPRING
PRIMER-
BODY
IGNITION
FUSE
DETONATOR
CHARGE
M I06 LONG |;x-pL.:'jSj

M I06 A2
ORD D1827
Figure 5-30. General Arrangement of

Fuze M106 Series, Unarmed Condition
Figure 5-29. Cutaway View Showing
Components of Fuze AN-M100A2
in the Unarmed Position
Change 26 56.36
TM 9-1385-51
VIEW WITH OVERSEAL AND CAP REMOVED
STRIKER SUPPORT
SAFETY
COTTER
PIN
ARMING
WIRE
HOLES
LOCKING
SPRING FUZE BODY
STRIKER
CHANNEL
MU-D4 2103
Figure 5-31. General Arrangement of

Fuze M169 in the Unarmed Condition
Change 26 56.37
TM 9-1385-51
ARMING STEM
Figure 5-32. Cutaway View of Fuzes AN-M177, AN-M185, AN-Ml 94, AN-M195, Ml 75,
( M176, and M184. The Fuze Components are Shown in the Unarmed Position
Change 26 56.38
TM 9-1385-51 5—6.3.6
with a 29-tooth stationary gear and a the arming stem which is also free to
30-tooth movable gear. The stationary move longitudinally in a slotted recess in
gear is prevented from rotating by the the coupling. As the arming stem rotates,
carrier stop passing through a hole in it unthreads upward and out of the plun
the stem cup. Each revolution of the pin ger, arming the fuze.
ion gear around the movable and station b. In the armed condition, the plunger is
ary gears forces the movable gear to ad restrained from striking the primer by
vance one tooth ahead of the stationary the anticreep spring until impact. Upon
gear. The arming stem is secured by ei impact, inertial force causes the plunger
ther a drive screw or cotter pin to the to overcome the resistance of the anti
movable gear carrier and unthreads from creep spring and strike the primer,
the plunger as the movable gear rotates. thereby initiating the fuze explosive
As it unthreads, the arming stem lifts train.
the movable gear, bearing cup assembly,
and the stationary gear which is secured
to the lower extension of the movable
gear carrier.
b. After 150 to 170 revolutions of the arm
ing vane, the arming stem completely un
threads from the plunger and the fuze is
armed. Further air travel unthreads the
arming stem from the fuze body cap and
the arming vane. The bearing cup assem
bly and arming stem are carried clear of
the fuze by the airstream. Now, only the
anticreep spring prevents the plunger
from striking the primer. Upon impact,
the inertia of the plunger causes it to
overcome the resistance of the anticreep
spring and strike the primer, thereby ini
tiating the explosive train.
5-2.3.6 Fuzes M190 and M191 (figure 5-33).
a. When a bomb using one of these fuzes is
released from an aircraft, the arming
wire is withdrawn from the arming as
sembly and remains in the aircraft.
Withdrawal of the arming wire frees the
arming assembly, and the action of the
airstream rotates the anemometer vanes
of the arming assembly. The flexible
shaft which is attached to the arming as
sembly through a gear reduction system
rotates with the anemometer vanes. As
the flelxible shaft rotates, it turns the
coupling through a key and pin arrange
ment. The key is rigidly attached to the
flexible shaft and fits over the pin which
passes through the coupling. Rotation of Figure 5—33 Cutaway View of Fuzes Ml 90 and
the coupling is transmitted directly to M191 in the Unarmed Condition
Change 8
AGO 20111A 56.39
IM 9-1385-51 5-2A to 5-2A.1.3
5-2A. TAIL FUZES (IMPACT (INTERTIAL) M114 Series, M11.5, M116 and M117 fuzes are
INITIATED, DELAY FIRED) used with box-type fin assemblies. The M178,
Tail fuzes M112, M112A1, M113, M113A1, M179, M180, M181, M182 and M183 fuze are
M114, M114A1, M115, M116, M117, M178, used with conical-type fin assemblies.
M179, M180, M181, M182 and M183 are cov
ered in this paragraph. 5-2A.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING, The
fuzes are unpainted. The fuze designation and
5-2A.1 IDENTIFICATION. loading information may be printed or stamped
5-2A.1.1. TYPE. These fuzes are vane armed, on the cylindrical surface of the fuze body cap.
The base of the primer-detonator is painted
impact initiated and delay fired. The fuzes con
tain cocked, spring-loaded firing pins. The yellow and printed with the time delay.
M112 Series, M113 Series, M114 Series, M178,
M179 and M180 fuzes are direct arming. The 5-2A.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
M115, M116, M117, M181, M182 and M183 external appearance and dimensional charac
fuzes have reduction gear arming to delay the teristics are shown in figures 5-33.1 and 5-33.2
arming time. The M112 Series, M113 Series, and given in Table 11.1A.
Table ILIA.
Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes
Length (in.)
FUZE Protrusion
from bomb Overall
M112, M112A1 6.6 9.6

M113, M113A1 9.6 12.6
M114, M114A1 13.6 16.6
M115 6.54 9.54

M116 9.54 12.54
M117 13.54 16.54
M178 21.85 24.85

M179 33.65 36.65
M180 41.71 44.71
M181 21.60 24.60

M182 33.97 36.97
M183 42.03 45.03
5-2A.1.4 MATERIALS. The fuzes are made arming stem is threaded through the
of steel and are cadmium or zinc plated. Inter fuze body cap and into the inertia plun
nal components are brass or steel. ger, securing the plunger from move
5-2A.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. ment. The lockballs retain the cocked
firing pin inside the plunger and are held
5-2A.2.1 PRIMER-DETONATOR, M16 OR in place by the fuze bore.
M16A1. The primer-detonator has a firing
train consisting of an M39A1 primer, a delay Upon bomb release, the arming wire is
mixture, an M5 relay, and an M17 detonator. withdrawn, freeing the vane to rotate in
the airstream. Vane rotation, operating
5-2A.3 FUNCTIONING. through the arming drive assembly, un
a. Prior to bomb release, the arming vane is threads the arming stem from the inertia
kept from rotating by an arming wire. In plunger, arming the fuze. After un
this condition, the lower portion of the threading from the plunger, the arming
Change 17
56.40 AGO 20111A
5-2B to 5-2B.3.1 TM 9-1385-51
• stem continues to turn until it unthreads from 5-2B. TAIL FUZES (IMPACT, SIDE-ARMING)
the fuze body cap. The arming stem, arming Tail fuzes M151 and M151E2 are covered in
drive assembly, and arming vane are then this paragraph.
withdrawn from the fuze as a unit by the air 5-2B.1 IDENTIFICATION.
stream. Upon bomb impact, the inertia plunger 5-2B.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes are anemometer
overcomes the resistance of the anticreep vane operated and function on contact with the
spring and moves forward. When the plunger target. A delay action of 4-5 seconds of 8-15
advances sufficiently, the lockballs are moved seconds is provided by a primer-detonator.
outward into a counterbore area by the spring 5-2B.1.2 USAGE. Fuze M151 is used only in
load firing pin. This releases the firing pin to the 100-pound, (AN-M30) and 250-pound,
be driven by its spring into the primer, initiat (AN-M57) General Purpose bombs equipped
ing the firing train. with Anti-Ricochet Device, M16, or with the
500-pound, GP bomb equipped with Anti-Ri
cochet Device, M17. Fuze M151E2 is only used
with a modified M17 anti-ricochet device.
5-2B.1.3 MARKING. The fuzes are un
painted and are marked by stamping the type,
model, lot number, and delay time on the fuze
body.
5-2B.1.4 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
are shown in figures 5-33.3 and 5-33.4.
5-2B.1.5 MATERIALS. The fuze body cap,
coupling, and body are cadmium plated steel.
5-2B.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
5-2B.2.1 PRIMER-DETONATOR: These
Fuzes are equipped with Primer-Detonator,
M16A1 (earlier models with Ml 6), 4-5 Sec
onds Delay or 8-15 Seconds Delay.
5-2B.3 FUNCTIONING.
5-2B.3.1 Fuzes M151 and M151E2 differ in
external appearance, but house the same basic
internal components.
a. Upon release of the bomb, the arming
wire is withdrawn from the anemometer
vane shaft, allowing the anemometer to
rotate in the airstream. This rotation un
threads the arming stem until it is com
pletely withdrawn from the plunger stem
and the fuze is armed.
b. In this armed condition the fuze is pre
vented from firing prematurely only by
the plunger balls, which block the pas
sage of the spring-loaded firing pin, and
by the anticreep spring, which restricts
Figure 5—33.1 Tail Fuze Ml 15-Cross Section the forward movement of the plunger.
Change 17
AGO 5859A 56.40A
5-2C TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-33.2 Tail Fuzes, Ml 15, Ml 16 and Ml 17
c. Upon impact, the plunger overcomes the the firing pin into the primer, thereby in
resistance of the anticreep spring and itiating the explosive train.
moves forward. When the plunger ad 5-2C TAIL FUZE M906 (IMPACT)
vances so that the holes containing the Bomb tail fuze M906 is covered in this para
plunger balls are brought opposite a graph.
counterbore machined in the body, the 5-2C.1 IDENTIFICATION.
spring-loaded firing pin forces the plun 5-2C.1.1 TYPE. The M906 is a cocked stri
ger balls outward into the body counter ker, medium delay tail fuze. An auxiliary drive
bore. The cocked firing pin spring drives assembly arms the fuze.
Change 18
56.4OB AGO 5859A
TM 9-1385-51 5-2C.1.2 to 5-2C.3
5-2C.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKINGS.

Markings are stamped into the input drive
housing and are filled in with white paint. The
input drive housing is unpainted, the fuze body
is black and the rotor cap is gold (figure
5-33.2A).
5-2C.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
a. Three screws, spaced 120° apart, secure
the input drive housing to the fuze body.
b. The fuze has two viewing windows,
wnich inay be used to determine the con
dition of the fuze. The window in the
input drive housing shows the position of
the arming screw gear; the window in
the fuze body indicates the position of
the plunger (figure 5-33.2B).
c. The delay element fits into an oval cavity
in the fuze body and is held in place by a
lockpin.
d. A detonator-rotor viewing window shows
the position of the detonator; however,
this window is inaccessible after the fuze
is installed in the bomb.
5-2C.1.4 MATERIALS. Major components of
the fuze are made of aluminum. The rotor cap
and other minor components are of steel.
5-2C.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The
fuze contains a delay element, secondary relay
and a detonator.
5-2C.3 FUi'TCTIONING. Before the fuze is
installed in the bomb, the delay element (5 or
12.5 seconds) is selected and inserted in the
fuze. When the bomb is released from the air
craft, the arming wire is withdrawn from the
drive assembly. This permits the arming vane
to rotate in the airstream. Rotation of the
vanes is transmitted through the flexible drive
shaft and drive assembly coupler to the fuze
input shaft. As the input shaft turns, its pinion
engages the arming screw gear to withdraw
the arming screw from the plunger. A posi
tioning pin prevents plunger rotation. As the
arming screw unthreads from the plunger, the
arming stem is withdrawn. This unblocks the
detonator rotor. The plunger is restrained by
an anticreep spring. The spring-loaded detona
tor rotor swings the detonator into alignment
Figure 5-33.2A External Characteristics of the with the remainder of the explosive train. A
M906 Fuze
Change 18
AGO S8.r.9A 56.40B.1
TM 9-1385-51
KEY SPRING
INPUT SHAFT
INPUT DRIVE HOUSING
ARMING SCREW
PINION
VIEWING WINDOW
PLUG
POSITIONING PIN
LOCKING
BALL
ARMING
SCREW
GEAR
BALL BUSHING
FIRING PIN SUPPORT PLATE
BODY •VIEWING WINDOW
PLUNGER
ANTICREEP SPRING
KEY
ARMING STEM
DELAY ELEMENT
DELAY ELEMENT
LOCK PIN
DETONATOR
ROTOR
ORD DI833$
ROTOR CAP
Figure 5-33.28 C .way View of the M906 Fuze in the Unarmed Condition
Change 18
56.40B.2 AGO 5S50A
TM 9-1385-51 5-2C.4 to 5-3
detent Jocks the rotor in the armed position. relay and an M35 detonator composed of lead
Upon impact, the plunger overcomes the anti azide and tetryl.
creep spring. A circumferential slot aligns 5-2D.3 FUNCTIONING. Before the fuze is
with the locking ball, which is cammed into installed in the bomb, the delay element is se
the slot by the spring-loaded firing pin. The lected and inserted in the fuze, and the fuze
firing pin is driven into the primer, initiating arming delay time is set. When the bomb is re
the explosive train. leased from the aircraft, the arming wire is
5-2C.4 SAFETY PRECAUTION. Do not withdrawn from the fuze drive assembly. The
strike or jar an armed fuze, since the fuze has airstream rotates the arming vane, drive shaft,
a cocked-striker type action. governor and input shaft. Input shaft rotation
is transmitted through the gear train to the
5-2D TAIL FUZE M905 (IMPACT) setting gear. The setting gear drives the firing
Bomb tail fuze M905 is covered in this para pin and firing pin guide for the delay arming
graph. time. At the end of this time, the projection of
5-2D.1 IDENTIFICATION. the firing pin aligns with an axial groove in
5-2D.1.1 TYPE. The M905 (figure 5-33.2C) the fuze body. A groove on the side of the
is a vane-armed (from 4 to 20 seconds) impact firing pin guide aligns with the spring-loaded
firing, inertial arming, selective action (instanshutter release pin. The anticreep spring pre
taneous or delay up to 0.25 second) tail fuze. vents movement of the firing pin. The shutter
5-2D.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. Fuze release pin moves into the groove in the firing
designation, lot number, variable delay times, pin guide. This releases the spring-loaded shut
REMOVE STOP SCREW BEFORE SETTING ter to align the detonator with the remainder
TO 4 SECONDS, SECONDS TO ARM, AND of the explosive train. The shutter is held in
UNSAFE WHEN RED are stamped on the place by a spring-loaded lock The fuze is now
input drive housing. armed. Upon impact, the firing pin overcomes
5-2D.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. the anticreep spring, strikes the primer and in
a. An inspection port on the housing shows itiates the explosive train.
either red or white, depending on fuze 5-2D.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
condition. a. Do not jar an armed fuze while attempt
b. The delay element fits into a recess per ing to remove the delay element.
pendicular to the fuze axis below the b. Do not allow any sudden movement of an
mounting threads. An offset spring- armed fuze parallel to the longitudinal
loaded lock pin holds the delay element axis of the fuze body. This might allow
in place. the firing pin to overcome the anticreep
5-2D.1.4 MATERIALS. The fuze is composed spring and strike the primer.
mainly of steel, aluminum alloy, brass, and 5-3. MECHANICAL TIME FUZES
zinc alloy. Mechanical time fuzes M107, Mill, M111A1.
5-2D.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The M111A2, M127, M128, AN-M128, M135, M-
M905 fuze contains a delay element, lead azide 35A1, M136, M136A1, M138, M144, M145, AN-
Change 18
ACO 5SS9A 56.40B.3
TM 9-1385-51
— 2.0" DIA.
6.31
INPUT, SHAFT
GEAR REDUCTION
TRAIN
INSPECTION
_ PORT
DETENT-
FUZE BODY TIME SETTING

LOCK
ANTICREEP SPRING
FIRING PIN GUIDE

FIRING PIN
ROTOR RELEASE
M19 DELAY ELEMENT PIN SPRING
ASSEMBLY
ROTOR RELEASE
PIN
DETONATOR
ROTOR ord I
Figure 5—33.2C External Characteristics and Cutaway View oJ the M905 Fuze
Change 18
56.40B.4 AGO 5859A
AGO Z0111A
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-33.3 External Characteristics of Fuzes M151 and M151E2
TM 9-1385-51
CAR SEAL BODY CAP

WIRE
PLUNGER ANEMOMETER
STEM VANE SHAFT
SUPPORT
RETAINER ARMING
PIN STEM
F COUPLING
SET SCREW
(SHOWN 30 CAP
OUT OF
POSITION) FIRING PIN
SPRING
LOCK FIRING PIN

NUT
PLUNGER PLUNGER
BALL
(SHOWN 90°
OUT OF
POSITION)
ANTICREEP
SPRING BODY
PRIMER
DETONATOR
ASSEMBLY
ORD D1829|
Figure 5-33.4 Sectional View of Fuze M151E2 in Unarmed Condition
Change 17
56.40D AGO 20111A
TM 9-1385-51 5-3.1 to 5—3.2.2
Figure 5-34 Dimensional Characteristics of

Fuze Ml 07
tiated. They function either on ground impact
or on timed airbursts.
fuzes are unpainted and are marked either by
stenciling or stamping the type, model, lot
number, and a time scale. The arming vanes of
Figure 5-33.5 Exploded View Showing tail fuzes are painted red.
Components of Typical Anti-Ricochet Device 5-3.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
M145, AN-M145A1, M146, AN-M146, AN- are shown in figures 5-34 through 5-36.
M146A1, M147, AN-M147, AN-M147A1, M152,
M152A1, M153, M155, M155A1. M155A2, M- 5-3.1.4 MATERIALS. The fuzes are made of
155E3, M198, M901, M902; M907, M908, and aluminum, brass, or cadmium plated steel.
M909 are covered in this paragraph. 5-3.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
5-3.1 IDENTIFICATION. 5-3.2.1 Primer: Fuzes M107, M198, and M907.
5-3.1.1 TYPE. Fuzes of this type are mechan 5-S.2.2 Detonator: Fuzes Mill, M111A1, Mll-
ical time, vane or direct armed, arming pin ini- 1A2, M127, M128, AN-M128, M135, M135A1,
Change 17
AGO 20111A 56.40E
5-3.2.3 to 5-3.3.1 TM 9-1385-51
M136, M136A1, M138, M144, M145, AN-M145, 5-3.2.5 Igniter: Fuzes Mill, M111A1, and
AN-M145A1, M146, AN-M146, AN-M146A1, M111A2.
M147, AN-M147, AN-M147A1, M152, M152A1, 5-3.3. FUNCTIONING.
M153, M155, M155A1, M155A2, M155E3, M-
901, M902, M908 and M909. 5-3.3.1 Fuze M107 (figure 5-37).
a. Upon release of the bomb, the arming
5-3.2.3 Booster (Tetryl) : Fuzes M127, M128, wire is withdrawn from the center arm
AN-M128, M135, M135A1, M136, M136A1, M- lock pin. The center arm lock pin is
138, M144, M145, AN-M145, AN-M145A1, M- ejected by a spring, and the time func
146, AN-M146, AN-M146A1, M147, AN-M147, tioning cycle of the fuze is initiated.
AN-M147A1, M152, M152A1, M153, M155, b. Ejection of the center arm lock pin ac
M155A1, M155A2, M155E3, M901, M902, M- tuates the time movement assembly by
908, and M909. releasing the center arm. The timing disc
is connected to the time movement assem
5-3.2.4 Booster (Black powder): Fuzes M107,
bly through a central drive shaft and
M198, and M907.
Change 17
56.40F AGO 20111A
TM 9-1385-51
MU-D4 2104
Figure 5-35 Dimensional Characteristics and External Appearance of Fuze Ml98
rotates at a uniform rate with the rota loaded firing pin. This pressure is trans
tion of the drive shaft. The timing disc mitted to the timing disc lever through
lever bears against the edge of the tim a linkage of parts consisting of the half
ing disc under pressure of the spring round pin. half round pin arm, and firing
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.41
TM 9-1385-51
MU-D4 2105
Figure 5-36 Dimensional Characteristics and External Appearance of Fuze M907
pin shoulder. The spring loaded firing pin The half round pin then rolls under the
shoulder bears against the half round pin, pressure of the firing pin shoulder. As
tending to roll the pin and arm. The half the half round pin rolls, the firing pin
round pin arm, however, is restrained shoulder disengages from the half round
from moving by the elbow of the timing pin, and the firing pin spring drives the
disc lever which so pivots as to bring firing pin into the primer, thereby initi
the timing disc lever to bear against the ating the explosive train.
timing disc. After the predetermined time
for which the fuze was set has elapsed, 5-3.3.2 Fuzes Mill, M111A1, M111A2, M127,
the notch in the timing disc lines up M128, AN-M128, M135, M135A1, M136, M136-
with the timing disc lever, and the tim Al, M138, M144, M145, AN-M145, AN-M145-
ing disc lever snaps into the notch. This Al, M146, AN-M146, AN-M146A1, M147,
change in position of the timing disc AN-M147, AN-M147A1, M152, M152A1,
lever- releases the half round pin arm. M153, M155, M155A1, M155A2, and M155E3.
Change 8
56.42 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51
(2) Direct Vane Arming Cycle. The fuzes

M155 series are vane armed directly.
The stationary gear and pinion have
been removed and the movable gear
has been replaced by a lever attached
to the arming sleeve which bears
against the exposed pinion shaft. This
keeps the arming sleeve from rotat
ing with the bub and causes the arm
ing sleeve to unthread enough to clear
the safety block after 6 to 9 revolu
tions of the hub.
(3) Firing Cycle. Ejection of the arming
VIEW WITH FUZE COVER REMOVED
pin releases the timing disc, starting
the timing mechanism. The timing
CENTRAL
mechanism rotates the timing disc,
TIMING DISC
CENTER ARM LOCK PIN
BRACKET
DRIVE SHAFT
TIMING DISC
until the notch in the timing disc is
LEVER presented to the timing disc lever.
FIRING PIN
When this occurs, the timing disc
FIRING PIN
SPRING lever snaps into the notch and re
HALF ROUND leases the firing lever. The firing lever
PIN ARM
pivots, releasing the cocking pin. The
■HALF ROUND
ON pressure exerted by the firing pin
SPRING
SLEEVE
-■’RIMER spring through the firing pin collar
CENTER ARM
-MAGAZINE
CHARGE
to the edge of the half round section
LOCK PIN
CENTER FIRM
of the cocking pin forces the cocking
Time movement assembly
ORD DI835 pin to rotate, clearing the firing pin
path. The firing pin spring then drives
Figure 5-37 General Arrangement of Fuze M107 the firing pin into the detonator, in
itiating the explosive train.
a. MJ11A2 Group. When the munition is
NOTE
released from the aircraft the arming
wire is withdrawn from the fuze. The The time required for completion of
arming pin is ejected and the arming the timing cycle depends on the dis
vane starts to rotate in the airstream. tance the timing disc must rotate be
(1) Delay Vane Arming Cycle. The arm fore its notch is presented to the tim
ing vane, nut, hub, and stationary ing disc lever. This is determined by
gear rotate as a unit. The stationary the time setting of the head to which
gear drives the pinion which turns the timing disc lever is attached. If
the arming sleeve through the mov impact occurs before the timing cycle
able gear. Since the movable gear has is complete but after the vane arming
one more tooth than the stationary cycle is complete, the shear pin that
gear, it lags behind the stationary secures the firing pin collar to the
gear one tooth every vane revolution. firing pin is sheared as the firing pin
This causes the arming sleeve to un is driven on impact into the detonator.
thread from the hub. As soon as the b. M135 Group. Fuzes of the M135 Group
arming sleeve clears the safety block, have upper bodies which are mechanical
centrifugal force throws the safety ly identical to the fuze M111A2. Thus,
block clear of the fuze leaving the upon arming wire withdrawal the arm
firing pin unobstructed. ing pin is ejected from the upper body
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.43
5-3.3.3. TM 9-1385-51
to initiate the delay vane arming cycle. spring to withdraw the firing pin from
Simultaneously, the lower arming pin is the slider cavity. The firing pin is with
ejected by its spring. As a result, the drawn until the firing collar rests against
- arming stem spring lifts the arming stem the firing pin spring retainer. Meanwhile,
clear of the slider in the lower body of the rotation of the arming vane is trans
the fuze. Two springs move the slider to mitted to the governor drum which drives
position the detonator beneath the firing the governor plate assembly. The gover
pin, and the detent locks the slider in nor plate assembly rotates at a constant
position. At the end of the delay vane speed and drives the reduction gears
arming cycle the fuze is armed and it which, in turn, drive the arming gear. The
detonates at the end of the firing cycle. arming gear is rotated until a cutout sec
c. M146 Group. tion in its circumference is in line with
(1) All fuzes in this group are delay vane the arming stem. The initial position of
arming types, with the exception of the cutout section is governed by the time
the fuze M144 which is a direct vane setting. The arming stem spring moves
arming type. This group of fuzes the arming stem until the arming stem
combines the vane arming and firing shank is clear of the path of the slider.
cycles of the M111A2 Group with an Next, the slider spring moves the slider
out-of-line detonator which moves to until the detonator is aligned with the
the in-line position a few seconds after booster and firing pin. A slider lock pin
the timing mechanism has started. locks the slider in this position. At this
(2) A cam below the timing disc holds time, the detonator slider has pierced the
the arming stem in a position so its aluminum foil disc. Now the fuze is fully
half-round section obstructs the slid armed.
er. After the arming pin is ejected,
the timing disc and cam are turned b. Simultaneously, with respect to the pre
together by the timing mechanism. ceding arming action, the timing disc
After a few seconds, the cam clears lever bears against the outer edge of the
the arming stem and the force of the rotating timing disc. The timing disc
spring-loaded slider against the edge lever is linked to the cocking pin through
of the half-round section of the arm the firing lever and cocking pin stud. The
ing stem turns the arming stem thus cocking pin tends to turn, due to the ac
clearing the path of the slider. The tion of the compressed firing pin spring
slider then moves the detonator into forcing the firing pin spring retainer
the in-line position and is locked in against a flat section on the cocking pin.
this position by a spring-loaded de The tendency of the cocking pin to turn
tent. causes the timing disc lever to bear
against the outer edge of the timing disc.
5-3.3.3 Fuzes M198, M901, M902, M907, M908, When the fuze functioning time has
and M909 (figures 5-38 and 5-39). elapsed, the timing disc lever moves into
a. When the fuzed bomb is released from a cutout section in the timing disc. The
the aircraft, the arming wire is with turning movement of the timing disc
drawn. This frees the arming vane for lever 'frees the firing lever which in turn
rotation and permits the arming pin frees the cocking pin for rotation. The
spring to eject the arming pin from the firing pin spring drives the firing pin
fuze. Ejection of the arming pin releases spring retainer past the cocking pin and
two components: the timing disc, which into the firing pin collar. The firing pin
begins to rotate due to the spring-driven collar is driven rearward forcing the fir
clock mechanism, and the firing pin col ing pin into the detonator, thus initiating
lar, which permits the firing pin set the explosive train. If the fuze fails to
Change 8
56.44 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51 5—4 to 5-4.2
ARMING
IRING
ARMING
ARM IM
BCOI
Figure 5-38 Fuze M’98 in The Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View
function on timed air-burst, it will func 5-1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
tion upon ground impact. fuzes are unpainted and are marked either
by stenciling or stamping the designation, lot
5-4 CHEMICAL LONG DELAY ANTIWITHDRAWAL number, and date loaded.
BOOBY TRAP TAIL FUZES
Chemical long delay anti withdrawal nooby "■—1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
trap tail fuzes M123, M123A1, M124, M124AL general physical characteristics of the fuzes
M125, M125A1, M125A1 Modified, M132- are shown in figures 5-40 and 5-41.
M133, and M134 are covexed j this paragraph.
5-4.1.4 MATERIALS. The fuzes are made of
5-4.1 IDENTIFICATION. case hardened, cadmium plated, or zinc-plated
steel.
5-4.1.1 TYPE. Fuzes of this type are delayed
arming (arming vane and impact) Jong delay 5-1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
action, antiwithdrawal.
Change 8
AGO 1066SA 56.45
5-4.2.1 to 5-4.3.1 TM 9-1385-51
ARMING VANE
GOVERNOR DRUM
GOVERNOR PLATE I
ASSEMBLY |
PIN
SPRING
REDUCTION FIRING PIN

GEARS SPRING RETAINER
COCKING PIN
COCKING PIN
STUD
ARMING GEAR
FIRING LEVER
ARMING GEAR CUTOUT TIMING DISC LEVER
FIRING PIN COLLAR

ARMING PIN
FIRING PIN
MU-D4 210’Z
Figure 5—39 Fuze Head Assembly, Firing Pin Held in The Unarmed Position by the Arming Pin—Cutaway
View
5-4.2.1 DETONATOR: These fuzes contain a a. General. When the fuzed bomb is
detonator which is composed or priming mix dropped, the arming wire is withdrawn
ture, lead azide, and tetryl. from the arming-vane assembly, stem
disc, and clip. The freed arming-vane as
5-4.3 FUNCTIONING. sembly rotates in the airstream. After
completion of less than 100 feet of air
5—4.3.1 FUZES M123, M123A1, (figure 5-42), travel, the fuze is armed and sealed
M124, M124A1, M125, M125A1, and M125A1 against the entrance of moisture and the
MODIFIED escape of solvent. Impact produces no ef
NOTE
fect upon the armed fuze. The fuze does
These fuzes function alike except that not act to explode the bomb until the de
the fuzes M123A1, M124A1, M125A1, lay time has expired or until someone
and M125A1 Modified are direct-arm attempts to defuze the bomb.
ing; that is, they do not have a gear b. Arming. The arming-vane assembly (fig
reduction mechanism. The fuzes ure 5-43) is connected directly to the
M123, M124, and M125 have a gear arming stem by means of the safety
reduction mechanism and are conse catch. At its lower end, the arming stem
quently classed as delayed-arming passes through the retainer locking nut
type. However, either type can be and is threaded into the ampoule retainer.
armed without completing the normal As the arming-vane assembly turns the
arming cycle because of the frangible arming stem, the stem is screwed into
glass ampoule in the fuze body. the ampoule retainer and ampoule-re
tainer nut. After a short air travel, the
Change 8
56.46 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5—40 General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes M123A1, M124A1,
and M125A1
stem, moving into the fuze body, crushes wedged between the head of the firing
the ampoule and frees the solvent. With pin in place against the action of the
additional air travel, the arming stem compressed firing-pin spring. The cellu
progresses far enough to force the stem loid delay collar prevents the firing-pin
collar against the retainer locking nut. balls from being forced outward until the
This action seals the outer end of the celluloid delay collar is softened by the
fuze body to prevent the escape of solvent solvent, (see table II.2)
or the entrance of moisture.
c. Action. The solvent from the crushed am WARNING
poule filters through the delay wad to If a fuze is suspected of having an
contact the celluloid delay collar. It is acetone leak (odor or wetness at any
this celluloid delay collar that is the key joint or cavity), consider the fuze to
to the locking arrangement of the spring- be armed.
loaded firing pin. The firing-pin balls are
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.47
5-4.3.2 TM 9-1385-51
Table 11.2
EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON DELAY ACTION OF FUZES Ml 23,

M123A1, M124, M124A1, M125, M125A1, AND M125A1
MODIFIED
Nominal Delay Time:
1 hr 2 hr 6 hr 12 hr 21 hr 2G hr 72 hr 144 hr
?fP)
zYctunl Delay Time: (Hrs. Mins)
115 ______ ______________ 0:15 0:20 1 :00 1:15 1:30 2:30

90 ............... -........................... 0:20 0:50 1:30 2:30 6:00 11:00 37:00 52:00
80 ................... ......................... 8:00 15:00 38:00 70:00
75 . ........................................ 0:30 1:00 2:00 3:50 12:00 20:00 53:00 90:00
55 ........................................... 0:45 1:30 3:00 9:00 24:00 37:30 96:00 135:00
25 ............................................ 2:10 3:15 11:20 30:00 62:30
d. Antiwithdrawal. If any attempt is made the fuze-body extension from the fuze
to remove the fuze from the bomb, the body. When the fuze-body extension is
antiwithdrawal device will detonate the unscrewed 3/64-inch, the sleeve balls are
fuze. The following characteristics and released and move outward. The sleeve
mechanisms of the fuze are related to and firing pin assembly are driven for
the anti withdrawal feature. The body ward as a unit by the sleeve spring,
assembly consists of two parts, the fuze causing the firing pin to puncture the
body and the fuze-body extension. The sealing disc and strike the detonator. For
fuze body contains the firing pin and insurance against countermeasures, the
sleeve assembly, the delay wad, and also adapter-booster of current design is
the solvent-filled ampoule. The body ex drilled for the insertion of a metal lock
tension contains the detonator holder ing pin supplied with the fuze. When
which is screwed into the base. An off- this pin is in place, the adapter-booster
center circumferential groove is ma is locked to the base plug of the bomb,
chined into the outer surface of the body thus preventing removal of the fuze by
extension. This groove contains the lock the unscrewing of the adapter-booster,
ing ball, used in conjunction with the e. Detonation. When the firing pin punc
antiwithdrawal mechanism. The sleeve tures the sealing disc and the detonator,
within the fuze body is held in place the detonator explodes/setting off the
against the action of the compressed adapter-booster and the bomb.
sleeve spring by the sleeve balls. These
balls are wedged between the sleeve 5-4.3.2 FUZES M132 (figure 5-44), M133, and
shoulder and the body-extension shoulder M134.
and are held in place by the lips of the a. General. When the fuzed bomb is
fuze body. Since the ball groove of the dropped, the arming wire is retained in
fuze-body extension is machined off- the bomb rack and withdrawn from the
center, the locking ball is forced outward fuze. This frees the arming-vane assem
when the fuze is turned counterclock bly which rotates in the airstream. The
wise. This action wedges the ball be revolving motion of the arming-vane as
tween the adapter-booster wall and the sembly is transmitted through the re
fuze-body extension, thus locking the duction gears to initiate the time train,
fuze-body extension in place. Any fur arming the fuze. Approximately 100
ther counterclockwise rotation unscrews feet of air travel along the trajectory of
Change 8
56.48 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-41 General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes M132, M133 and M134
the bomb is necessary to complete this in the vane hub, insure positive rotation
operation. Impact will not cause the fuze of the bearing cup with the arming-vane
to detonate. Detonation will take place assembly. Delay arming is obtained by a
when the delay time has run out or when reduction-gear train between the arming
an attempt is made to remove the fuze vane assembly and the arming stem. The
from the bomb. Such an attempt will ratio is one revolution of the arming
cause the antiwithdrawal device to det stem to 30 revolutions of the arming
onate the fuze instantaneously. vane assembly. The reduction-gear train
b. Arming. The arming-vane assembly is is composed of a pinion, a movable gear,
assembled to the bearing cup by the vane and a stationary gear. The movable gear
nut. Eyelet pins, which fit into notches has 30 teeth while the stationary gear
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.49
TM 9-1385-51
A-FIRING MECHANISM
B-FIRING PIN RELEASED WHEN CELLULOID DELAY COLLAR

IS DISSOLVED BY FLUID CONTAINER IN AMPOULE
(ONLY FIRING PIN SNAPS FORWARD)
C -FIRING PIN RELEASED BY ANTI-WITHDRAWAL DEVICE

(COMPLETE FIRING PIN ASSEMBLY SNAPS FORWARD)
ORD DI236
Figure 5—43 Fuze Ml 23A1—Operation
ble gear contains one more tooth than

the stationary gear, the pinion pushes
the movable gear one tooth forward each
Figure 5-42 Fuze Ml23A1—Cross Section complete revolution. When the pinion
has completed 30 revolutions, the mov
has 29 teeth. The idler gear (pinion) able gear has completed one. The
is driven around the stationary and mov movable gear is connected to the arming
able gears by the bearing cup and the stem through the movable gear carrier.
arming-vane assembly. Since the mova- The stationary gear is secured to the
Change 8
56.50 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51
VANF
BEARING CUP--------------
MOVABLE GEAR CARRIt ARMING VANE ASSEMBLY
EYELET PIN
CUP EYEI.ET
GEAR
GEAR
STOP
..-FUZE HEAD
ARMING-SI I M COLI A><
bi LlOWS I'l.D'-IGLi
IOCK NUl--^_
BELLOWS
BILLOWS ‘<’IUI.i-
CUP
FUZE BOOY^
- I .‘.'ASHE?
NJr.h'
IF, I AY HOLD! R
OSiNG SCREW
ARMING HOUS ING
rlCSIN .-SCREW WASHER
FIS.NG PIN BALL
F;;--.r;11
.O.KING BAI I
FIRING PIN---------------------
-SEALING WASHER
.JiWA. ClOLR
OLTONATOK------------------
ORO PI738
Figure 5-44 Fuze M132-Cross Section
Change 8
56.51
AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51
stationary-gear carrier, which is pre This frees the firing pin which is then
vented from rotating by the carrier stop. driven into the detonator by the firing
The lower end of the arming stem is pin spring.
threaded into the bellows plunger. The
arming-stem collar is pinned to the arm Table li.3
ing stem to prevent any axial movement
of the arming stem. As the arming stem EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON DELAY
revolves, it is unscrewed from the bel ACTION OF FUZES Ml32, Ml33,
lows plunger. This forces the bellows AND Ml 34
plunger inward, compressing the bellows
Average Delay
and puncturing the sealing cup. The sol Fuze Temperature
(Decrees Fahrenheit) (Minutes)
vent contained in the compressed bellows 120 6

is forced out through the bellows holder, 100 10
and the fuze is armed. 80 16
c. Delayed Action. The delay element con 60 26
40 40
sists of a celluloid cylinder seated within
20 59
three felt washers. The solvent filters 10 80
through openings in the delay holder
and is then absorbed by the felt washers, d. Antiwithdrawal. The body assembly con
which act as a wick, feeding the solvent sists of two parts, the fuze body and the
gradually to the celluloid. The celluloid fuze head. The fuze head contains the
cylinder serves as a lock for the firing bellows assembly and the stem collar.
mechanism. The firing mechanism (fig The fuze body contains the spring-loaded
ure 5-45) consists of a firing pin, an firing pin, the arming housing, the delay
arming housing, a compressed firing-pin element, and the holder. An off-center,
spring, and firing-pin balls. The firing circumferential groove is machined on
pin balls (figure 5-44) seat in the groove the outer surface of the fuze body. This
of the firing pin, rest on the inner groove contains the locking ball used in
shoulder of the fuze body, and prevent conjunction with the antiwithdrawal
the compressed firing-pin spring from mechanism. The groove on the fuze body,
driving the firing pin into the detonator. being machined off-center, forces the
The lower lip of the arming housing re locking ball outward when the fuze is
tains the firing-pin balls in this position, turned counterclockwise in an attempt to
preventing them from riding up on the defuze a bomb. This action wedges the
fuze body shoulder and releasing the ball between the adapter-booster wall
firing pin. The celluloid cylinder of the and the tuze body thus locking the fuze
delay element is positioned between the body in place. Any further counterclock
delay holder and the arming housing. wise rotation unscrews the fuze head
This prevents the compressed firing-pin from the fuze body. As the head is un
spring from raising the arming housing screwed, the firing-pin spring pushes the
and freeing the firing-pin balls. The arming housing outward. When the
solvent absorbed by the felt washers be housing has cleared the firing-pin balls,
gins dissolving the celluloid cylinder as the firing pin is freed to detonate the
soon as contact is made. After a time fuze. As insurance against countermeas
'apse which depends upon the ambient ures, current, adapter-boosters are drilled
temperature (table 11.3'. 'he cylinder is for the insertion of a metal locking pin
softened sufficiently so that the firing- supplied with the fuze. When this pin is
pin spring can force tne arming housing in place, the adapter-booster is locked to
upward to release the firing-pin bails. the base plug of the bomb, thus prevent-
Change 8
56.52 AGO 1OG6SA
TM 9-1385-51 5-5 to 5-5.1.4.2
Figure 5-45. Fuze M132—Firing Mechanism Operation
ing removal of the fuze by the unscrew 5-5.1.2.1 RING TYPE. The fuzes are unpainted
ing of the adapter-booster. and designation and loading information are
e. Detonation. When the firing pin punc stenciled on the upper portion of the fuze body.
tures the sealing disc and the detonator,
the detonator explodes, setting off the 5-5.1.2.2 BAR TYPE. The fuzes are unpainted
booster and the bomb. and designation and loading information are
stenciled or appear on a label on the lower
5-5 PROXIMITY (VT) FUZES
portion of the fuze body. In addition, assembly
Proximity Fuzes AN-M166, M166, M166E1,
and use information may be stenciled on the
M166E3, AN-M168, AN-M168E1, M168,
M168E1, M188, M914, and M914E1 are covered bars of the fuzes.
in this paragraph. 5-5.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
genera) physical characteristics of the fuzes
5-5.1 IDENTIFICATION are shown in figures 5-46 through 5-48.
5-5.1.1 TYPE. Fuzes of this type are vane 5-5.1.4 MATERIALS.
arming, proximity (VT) fired. They are fur
ther classified as bar (M166, AN-M166, M166- 5-5.1.4.1 The bar-type fuze has aluminum an
El, M166E3, M188, M914, and M914E1) type tenna bars, plastic head and arming vane, and
or ring (M168, AN-M168, AN-M168E1 and a steel body.
M168E1) type. 5-5.1.4.2 The ring-type fuze has an aluminum
ring antenna, plastic head, plastic or steel arm
5-5.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. ing vane, and a steel body.
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.53
5-5.2 to 5-5.3 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5—46 Appearance and Dimensions of Fuze Ml68 (a Typical Ring Type VT Bomb Nose Fuze)
5-5.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The from the fuze and the vane locking pin
fuze contains a detonator, a booster lead-in, or locking arm is expelled by its spring.
and a booster. If an arming delay device is used, this
action occurs when the arming delay
5-5.3 FUNCTIONING (figure 5-49). separates itself from the fuze.
a. When the bomb is released from the air b. As the arming vane rotates in the air
craft, the arming wire is withdrawn stream, rotation is transmitted to the
Change 8
56.54 AGO 1066SA
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5—47 Appearance and Dimensions of Fuze M166E1 (a Typical Bar Type VT Bomb Nose Fuze)
Change 8
AGO 10668A
56.55
TM '9-1385-51
Figure 5-48 Appearance of Fuze M914
Change 8
56.56
AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51 5-5A to 5-5A. 1.3
slow speed gear shaft via the coupling

shaft, rotor shaft, and reduction gear
train. The rotor shaft that drives the re
duction gear train also drives a generator
which supplies power to operate the elec
tronic components and charge a firing
condenser.
c. The slow-speed gear shaft which is cou RING rvpf
pled to the rotor lock pin slowly turns HEAD
the rotor containing the detonator. When
the detonator and booster lead-in are
aligned, the rotor lock pin is also aligned
with the locking hole in the rotor hous
ing. Under the pressure of its spring, the
rotor lock pin snaps into the locking
hole, releasing the rotor from the slows-
speed gear shaft and locking the detona
tor rotor in the mechanically armed posi COUPLING
tion. SHAFT BAR TYPE
d. Although mechanically armed, the deton HEAD
ator cannot fire until it is electrically

connected to the fuze electronic circuit.
Movement of the detonator rotor to align
the detonator and booster lead-in, simul
taneously positions the firing-terminal
screws of the detonator so that they
REDUCTION
touch firing contacts on the detonator GEAR TRAIN
rotor housing. After contact is made, the
FIRING
detonator is fired by the firing condenser CONDENSER
when an electronic firing switch (thyra HOUSING
tron) operates upon approach to the tar SLOW SPEED

GEAR SHAFT
get.
ROTOR HOUSING
5-5A SENSING DEVICE, M20 SERIES.
ELECTRICAL
CONTACT (2)
5-5A.1 IDENTIFICATION. LOCKING HOI E -
5-5A.1.1 TYPE. The M20 sensing device is a I IRING TERMINAL ROTOR

SCRI
proximity, doppler frequency sensing element,
designed for use with electrical or mechanical DE IONA IOR DETENT
bomb fuzes to provide an airburst capability.

5-5A.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The BOOSH RCUP —
LEAD PLATE
nose cone is white. The designation and load

ing data are stenciled in black on the encasing
can.
5-5A.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
general physical characteristics of the sensing
element are shown in figure 5-45.1. A screw
headed “HI-LO” selection switch is located MU-D4 2110
near the seating surface of the element. A stri
ker rod protrudes through a metal insert on Figure 5—49 Exploded View of VT Bomb Nose Fuze
the forward end of the nose cone. (Bor and Ring Types)
Change 19
56.57
5~5A.1.4 to 5-5A.4 TM 9-1385-51
get. When set for LO, the element will

function from 20 to 60 feet above the tar
get.
b. The M20 sensing device operates from
electric power supplied by a thermal bat
tery. The thermal battery can be acti
vated electrically by an electric squib, or
mechanically by a percussion primer.
c. For mechanical initiation, an arming
wire is inserted in the striker rod and at
tached to the aircraft. When the bomb is
released, the arming wire is withdrawn
from the spring-loaded striker rod. The
striker rod initiates the percussion pri
mer which, in turn, activates the thermal
battery.
d. For electrical initiation, the safety pin is
left in place in the strike)' rod. The sen
sing element receives its initial RF pulse
from the aircraft cha"ging system. This
RF pulse initiates the electric squib
(electric match) which, in turn, activates
the thermal battery.
e. Mechanical or electrical initiation of the
power supply of the sensing device de
pends on the selection of fuze and bomb
with which it is used.
f. As the bomb approaches the target, the
sensing element receives the prope" re
flected signal at a predetermined distance
from the target, and the target discrimi
Figure 5—49.1 General Characteristics and
nating circuit generates a voltage signal.
Exploded View of M20 Sensing Device.
This signal, which is applied to the con
trol grid of the thyratron tube, dis
5-5A.1.4 MATERIALS. The nose cone is white charges the firing capacitor through the
opaque plastic. The element body is steel. firing transforms. The firing trans
former, through the firing lead, electri
5-5A.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The cally initiates the firing train of the ac
sensing element does not contain any explosive companying fuze.
components. The thermal battery may be acti
vated by a percussion primer or an electrical 5-5A.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
squib. a. Waiting time, before approaching the
5-5 A.3 FUNCTIONING. M20 sensing element, will be in accord
a. The M20 sensing device may be set for a ance with that prescribed for the accom
high (HI) or low (LO) burst option. panying fuze, but in no case less than 20
When set for HI, the element will func minutes.
tion from 100 to 160 feet above the tar b. reserve safety precautions applicable to
Change 19
56.58
TM 9-1385-51 5-6 to 5-6.1.5
the fuze used in conjunction with the c. M131 or M131A1. This fuze is a direct
M20 sensing element. arming (arming vane), mechanical time
firing, antidisturbance type.
5-6 BUTTERFLY BOMB FUZES. 5-6.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
Butterfly bomb fuzes M129, M130, M130A1, fuzes are unpainted. Fuze M129 can be identi
M131, and M131A1 are covered in this para fied by the selector switch and the markings
graph. "GROUND” and "AIR” on the top surface of
the caps. The M130 or M130A1 and M131 or
5-6.1 IDENTIFICATION. M131A1 are not distinguishable.
5-6.1.1 TYPE. 5-6.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
a. M129. This fuze is a direct arming (arm general physical characteristics of the fuzes
ing vane) impact or mechanical time are shown in figures 5-50 and 5-51.
(aerial or ground burst) firing (selec 5-6.1.4 WEIGHTS. The weight of a fully
tive) type. loaded fuze is approximately 6.3 ounces.
b. M130 or M130A1. This fuze is a direct 5-6.1.5 MATERIALS. The fuze caps are zinc
arming (arming vane), mechanical time die castings
firing (long delay) type
1.885“ DIA.-
Figure 5-50 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze Figures 5-51 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze
Ml 29 M13O and M131
Change 19
56.58A
5-6.2 to 5-6.3 TM 9-1385-51
5-6.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. 5-6.3 FUNCTIONING. When a fuze is in

stalled in a “Butterfly” bomb, (figure 5-52),
5-6.2.1 The primer charge is composed of lead the arming pin clip is removed from the fuze.
azide and primer mixture. When the bomb is released from the cluster,
5-6.2.2 The booster charge is composed of ap the vane assembly springs open and engages
proximately 0.4 ounce tetryl. the square head on the arming pin. The vane
Change 19
56.58B
TM 9-1385-51 5-6.3.1
assembly (rotated by the airstream) unscrews thus permitting the segment gear stop
the arming pin. and segment gear to be rotated further.
The cam shaft turns until it releases the
spring-loaded firing pin cup. The firing
pin spring drives the firing pin into the
primer charge, thus initiating the explo
sive train.
b. Air burst setting. When the setting plug
is set for “Air” burst the fuze operates
as described above, except that the safety
pellet has already been depressed. The
fuze fires approximately 2.5 seconds
after the arming stem has unscrewed
approximately Vi-inch.
UNARMED CONDITION
Figure 5-52 "Butterfly" Fragmentation Bomb M83
5-6.3.1 Fuze M129. (figure 5-53).

a. Ground burst setting. After the arming
pin has unscrewed approximately J/j.
inch, it releases the segment gear. The
force of a spring-loaded firing pin cup
on the half round section of the cam ARMED CONDITION
shaft turns the cam shaft, which is con

nected in the segment gear. The seg
ment gear (regulated by a timing mech
anism) allows the cam shaft to turn for
approximately 2.5 seconds. The segment
gear then strikes the segment gear stop,
thus halting the rotation of the cam
shaft. The segment gear stop is pre
vented from rotating by the projection
of the safety pellet. The fuze is now
fully armed. Upon impact the safety FIRED CONDITION ORO 01841
pellet is forced down by inertia forces, Figure 5—53 General Arrangement of Fuze M129
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.59
5-6.3.2 to 5-7.1.2 TM 9-1385-51
5-6.3.2 Fuze M130 (figure 5-54) or M130A1.

After the arming pin has unscrewed approxi
mately %-inch, it releases the arming lever. MAIN WHEEL
RESTRAINING SPINDLE
The arming lever moves until it is centered STRIKER
over the hole previously occupied by the arming

RESTRAINING ARM
stem and releases the timing mechanism. The
main wheel is now rotated by the timing mech ARMING LEVER
anism. With a maximum setting time of 60 min
utes, the main wheel index pin engages the MAIN WHEEL GENEVA CAM
first slot of the geneva cam as the main wheel INDEX PIN
completes its first revolution and rotates the TIME FUNCTIONING CONDITION
cam slightly. The main wheel index pin rotates

the geneva cam further for each revolution of
the main wheel until the geneva cam releases
the restraining arm. The number of main wheel
revolutions required before the restraining arm
is released, depends on the factory fuze setting.
The fuze may be set for 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 60
minutes delay. The restraining spindle
(actuated by the force of the spring-loaded stri
ker and connected to the restraining arm) ro
tates with the restraining arm, thus releasing
the striker. A point on the striker drives into FIRED CONDITION ORD DI842
•the primer charge, thus initiating the explosive
train.
5-6.3.3 Fuze M131 (figure 5-55) or M131A1.
After the arming pin h&s unscrewed approxi Figure 5-54 General Arrangement of Fuze Ml 30
mately 14-inch, it releases a main wheel. The
main wheel (actuated by the main spring) ro
tates until the main wheel pin strikes the 2nd the firing pin cup. The firing pin drives into the
release lever (approximately 0.5 second). The primer charge, thus initiating the explosive
fuze remains in this condition until impact. On train.
impact, the inertia forces cause the 2nd release
lever plunger to free the 2nd release lever. The 5-7 FIRE BOMB FUZES
2nd release lever releases the main wheel pin
and main wheel, which again rotate. After ap Fire bomb fuzes M154, M157, AN-M173,
proximately 5 seconds the main wheel pin AN-M173A1, AN-173 MOD, FMU-7A/B,
strikes an antidisturbance block. The fuze is FMU-7/B, and FMU-7B/B, with Igniters
now in an antidisturbance condition. When the M13, M14, AN-M15, AN-M16, M23, and
fuze is disturbed, the antidisturbance block ro AN-M23A1 are covered in this paragraph.
tates slightly and releases the main wheel pin
and main wheel. The main wheel again rotates 5-7.1 IDENTIFICATION.
until the main wheel pin strikes the release 5-7.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes are all-ways action,
pawl and rotates it slightly. The rotation of the non-delay, impact fired fuze systems.
release pawl frees the release lever. The force
of a spring-loaded firing pin cup on the half 5-7.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. Al
round section of the firing pin lock stud (which though the fuze model number of fuze
is connected to the release lever) causes the FMU-7A/B or FMU-7/B is stenciled in black
firing pin lock stud to rotate until it releases on the fuze head, the other fuzes covered herein
Change 27
56.60
TM 9-1385-51 5-7.3 to 5-7.3.2
may or may not be marked. The igniter

AN-M123A1 or M23 is painted light green or
has a single light green circumferential band.
Designation, symbol of filler and loading infor
mation are stenciled in red. The other igniters
are marked by stenciling in purple or light red
and a single band matching the color of the
markings may be painted around the igniter
body.
UNARMED CONDITION 5-7.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The

and igniter are shown in figure 5-53.
5-7.1.4 MATERIALS. All of these fuzes have a

zinc-alloy body. The head and arming pin of the
fuze M154 are brass. The head and vanes of the
anemometer type fuzes are either brass or zinc
alloy and the bodies of the igniters are made of
sheet steel.
5-7.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The haz

ORD Cl843
ardous components of ignicer/fuze assemblies
are listed below. The modified fuze AN-M173
contains all the hazardous components of the
Figure 5-55 General Arrangement of Fuze M131 fuze AN-M173 except the booster charge.
Ignitor Fuz?
Hazardous Designation Hazardous

Designation Components Components
M13 and M14 Burster (2.5 grams of tetryl) and M154 Primer M26 and a 0.75 gram
AN-M15 and White Phosphorus (WP) or Sodium M157 black powder charge.
AN-M16 (Na) filler.
M23 While Phosphorus (WP) filler. AN-M173 Primer M26, Detonator M31
AN-M23A1 FMU-7/B Booster 12 grams of tetryl.
FMU-7A/B
FMU-7B/E
AN-M173A1
5-7.3 FUNCTIONING. is no longer impeded and the fuze is armed.

5-7.3.1 FUZE M154 (figure 5-57). When the Upon impact from any angle, the striker and
bomb is released from the aircraft, the arming sleeve are forced together so that the firing pin
wire is withdrawn from the fuze and remains impinges the primer, initiating the explosive
with the aircraft. This action frees the fuze and incendiary train.
arming pin which moves under the action of 5-7.3.2 FUZES M157, AN-M173,
the arming pin spring to free the safety pin. AN-M173-A1, and AN-M173 Modified (figures
The compressed safety pin spring expands forc 5-58 and 5-59). When the bomb is released
ing the safety pin into the center of the fuze. from the aircraft, the arming wire is with
As the safety pin moves toward the center of drawn from the fuze and remains with the air
the fuze, movement of the striker in the sleeve craft. This action releases the anemometer
Change 27
56.61
5-7.3.3 TM 9-1385-51
MU-D4 2111
Figure 5-56 Dimensional Characteristics and External Features of Fuzes M154 (Left), M157 (Center), and
AN-M173 (Right)
vanes of the fuze which are then rotated by the er, initiating the explosive and incendiary train.
airstream. Rotation of the anemometer vanes 5-7.3.3 FUZES FMU-7/B, FMU-7A/B, AND
turns the arming stem, causing it .to unthread FMU-7B/B.
out of the fuze head. After approximately 2C
revolutions, the arming stem clears the retain When the bomb is ejected, the lanyard pulls the
ing balls. The retaining balls move inward, cap from the initiator and the pin restraining
freeing the striker to move inside the sleeve, the camlock. With this pin removed, pressure
thereby arming the fuze. Continued rotation of applied by the striker spring rotates the cam
the anemometer vanes causes the arming stem lock and drives the striker into the percussion
to unthread completely from the head and sepa primer, which initiates the thermal battery.
rate from the fuze. Upon impact from any Approximately 0.6 second after the thermal
angle, the striker and sleeve are forced to battery is energized, voltage through the cable
gether, so that the firing pin impinges the prim assembly is high enough to initiate an explo-
Change 27
56.62
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-57 General Arrangement of Igniter/Fuze Assembly M14/M154
sive bellows motor in each fuze. As a bellows sleeve. The fuze is now armed and the firing
motor fires, it expands against the piston, pin is held away from the primer by the
which pushes the arming indicator pin striker retaining spring until impact. On im
through the fuze head cover and, simultane pact at any angle, the striker and the sleeve
ously, withdraws the arming pin from the are forced together, and the firing pin im
striker assembly. Withdrawal of the arming pinges the primer to initiate the explosive and
pin allows the restraining balls to move in incendiary trains.
ward, freeing the striker to move inside the
Change 8
AGO 10668A 56.63
TM 9-1385-51
MU-D4 2113
Figure 5-58 General Arrangement of Igniter/Fuze Assembly AN-M15/M157
Change 8
56.64 AGO 10668A
TM 9-1385-51
BOOSTER-—------ I' DETONATOR
)
MU 04- 21 f4 I :
Figure 5-59 General Arrangement of Igniter/Fuze Assembly M23/AN-M173
Change 8
AGO 20111A 56.65
5—8 to 5—8.2.3 TM 9-1385-51
5-8. CONICAL FIN ASSEMBLIES form an integral part perpendicular to the cone.
Fin assemblies M126, M128, M128A1, lvf.29, They are longer than the box-type fins, hence
M130 and M135 are covered in this paragraph. require tail fuzes with a longer arming stem
5-8.1 GENERAL. A conical fin assembly in and tube.
stalled on a bomb completely covers the fuze
body and must be removed to allow identifica 5-8.2.2 MARKING. The model designation,
tion of the fuze and application of the render size of bomb, and lot number are stenciled on
ing safe procedure. the cone.
5-8.2 IDENTIFICATION
5-8.2.1 TYPE. These fin assemblies are shaped general physical characteristics of a conical fin
as elongated cones. Four streamlined blades assembly are shown in figure 5-60.
Figure 5-60 Fin Assembly: Conical
Change 17
56.66 AGO 20111A
TM 9-1385-51 5-9 to 5-9.1.4
5-9 PRACTICE BOMBS 5-9.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The

Practice bombs, Type MB-4 and M124 are cov general physical characteristics and location of
ered in this paragraph. the component parts are shown in figures 5-61
5-9.1 BOMB, PRACTICE, SMALL, TYPE and 5-62.
MB-4.
arming pin
RELEASE PIN —___
SLIDE SPRING
Figure 5-61 External Characteristics of

Practice Bomb, MB—4
5.9.1.1 IDENTIFICATION.
5-91.1.1 TYPE. The practice bomb, Type
MB-4 is cylindrical in shape, with a nose plug
and insert set into the forward end of the
bomb body. A hollow fin section, with a spoiler
band and four fins, is attached to the tail end
of the bomb. The bomb contains a spotting MJ-O- 2404 I
charge.
5-9.1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The Figure- 5-62 Detailed Views of Component
bomb is painted black. The bomb designation, Parts of Practice Bomb, MB—4
manufacturing data and evidence of inspection
are shown on a label located on the bomb body 5-9.1.3.1 The Type MB-4 practice bomb is
between the two bomb positioning pinholes. composed of two major assemblies: the bomb
5-9.1.1.3 WEIGHT. The Type MB-4 practice body, and the fin section. The bomb body is
bomb weighs 128 pounds. made of solid metal except for space provided
5-9.1.1.4 MATERIAL. The bomb is made of for the insert and the firing pin assembly. The
ferrous metal. fin section is hollow to accommodate the spot
5-9.1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The ting charge and is secured to the bomb body by
MA-1 spotting charge used in the MB-4 prac four equally spaced screws around the perime
tice bomb contains a 6-pound charge of black ter.
powder and aluminum powder, and an initiator 5-9.1.4 FUNCTIONING.
assembly consisting of a detonator- and a a. Prior to release from aircraft. The arm
length of detonating cord. ing pin and release pin being in place.
Change 18
AGO 58S9A 56.66A
5-9.1.5 to 5-9.2.1.1 TM 9-1385-51
prevents the hols in the slide from align target, the nose plug and insert are
ing between the firing pin and the pri crushed, driving the firing pin into the
mer-detonator, keeping the bomb in the initiator assembly, firing the spotting
unarmed condition. An arming wire is charge.
passed through the arming pin. 5-9.1.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
b. Release from aircraft. Upon release from 5-9.1.5.1 General safety precautions regard
the aircraft, the arming wire pulls the ing unexploded ordnance must be observed.
arming pin and release pin out of the ini 5-9.1.5.2 If found embedded, initial move
tiator assembly of the spotting charge. ment of the munition should be done from a re
As the release pin is extracted, the slide mote location.
is pulled outward. The pin lock rides in 5-9.2 BOMB, PRACTICE, 250-POUND,
the groove of the slide, preventing it M124.
from turning, and as the slide is pulled 5-9.2.1 IDENTIFICATION.
outward the pin lock enters a detent at 5-9.2.1.1 TYPE. The practice bomb, 250-
the end of the slide groove, locking the pound, M124 is similar in apoearance to the
slide in position with the hole in the slide 250-pound GP bomb, AN-M57A1 fitted with
in alignment with the firing pin the pri conical fin assembly M126. General character
mer-detonator of the initiator. The bomb istics of practice bomb M124 are shown in
is now armed. figure 5-63. This practice bomb carries a fuze
c. Upon impact. When the bomb strikes a and a black powder spotting charge. The
Figure 5-63. General Characteristics of Practice Bomb, M124
Change 18
56.66B AGO 5859A
TM 9-1385-51 5-9.2.1.2 to 5-10.3
weight of the GP bomb is simulated by loading safe before other procedures for rendering safe
the practice with approximately 191 pounds of are performed on the bomb.
sand and gravel.
5-9.2.1.2 PAINTING AND .MARKING. The 5-10 ELECTRIC FUZES.
bomb is painted blue with nomenclature mark Electric bomb fuzes M990C, M990D, M990D1,
ings painted in white. M990D2, M990E, M990E1, M990E3, and
5-9.2.1.3 WEIGHT. The M124 practice bomb M990E4 with the Mk26 Mod 0 safety device
weights approximately 264 pounds. are covered in this paragraph.
5-9.2.1.4 MATERIAL. The bomb is con 5-10.1 IDENTIFICATION.
structed of sheet steel. 5-10.1.1 TYPE. All M990 series fuzes have
5-9.2.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The the same external characteristics and are used
M193 fuze contains a detonator and a tetryl with the Mk26 Mod 0 safety device. Except for
booster. The M32 spotting charge igniter con the M990C (figure 5-64), all the fuzes are
sists of approximately 58.4 inches of detonat shipped with the safety device installed. These
ing cord, fitted at each end with an aluminum are electric, impact (instantaneous or short
cap containing a small amount of PETN. The delay) bomb fuzes designed for use in bombs
spotting charge contains approximately 8 containing 3-inch diameter fuze wells and in
pounds of black powder mixed with 2 pounds ternal plumbing. They may be used indepen
of aluminum powder. dently or in conjunction with other fuzes or
5-9.2.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The proximity nose elements.
general physical characteristics and location of 5-10.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. Fuze
component parts are shown in figure 5-63. designation and loading information are sten
5-9.2.3.1 The practice bomb, M124 is com ciled in black or stamped on the side of the
posed of the following major assemblies: Fuze, fuze housing. The fuze housing is olive green;
Bomb, Nose, M193 (impact); the bomb body; the safety device is anodized in a gold color.
the spotting charge igniter, M32; the spotting 5-10.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
charge, M39A1 and the conical fin assembly, fuze consists essentially of a cylindrical alumi
M140. The aft end of the fin assembly is fash num housing which contains the electronic as
ioned to accept the 3.44 inches diameter spot sembly, the rotor assembly and the booster.
ting charge and a spring-loaded spotting The booster end of the fuze is closed by an alu
charge retainer plate. minum cover which includes an aluminum foil
5-9.2.4 FUNCTIONING. seal covering the charging receptacle of the
a. As the bomb is released from the air fuze. When the fuze is installed in the bomb,
craft, the arming wire is withdrawn the foil seai is broken to permit connection of
from the fuze and the airstream rotates the fuze plug of the cable assembly and the
the arming vane. After approximately charging receptacle of the fuze. The Mk26 Mod
< 440 revolutions of the vane, the fuze is 0 safety device (figure 5-65) consists of a
armed. flanged, threaded housing assembly, a knurled
b. Upon impact, the fuze functions, initiat assembly cap, and a spring-loaded safety pin
ing the primacord of the spotting charge assembly. The safety device is secured to the
igniter, which, in turn, ignites the spot fuze by the knurled cap assembly.
ting charge. 5-10.1.5 MATERIALS. External components
5-9.2.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. of the fuze are of aluminum. The safety device
5-9-2.5.1 General safety precautions regard is of steel.
ing unexploded ordnance must be observed. 5-10.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS These
5-9.2.5.2 If found embedded, initial move fuzes contain two explosive bellows, an electric
ment of the munition should be done from a re detonator, and a 0.27-pound tetryl booster.
mote location. 5-10.3 FUNCTIONING. Upon release of
5-9.2.5.3 The M193 fuze must be rendered the bomb from the aircraft, the arming wire is
Change 18
AGO S859A 56.66C
5-10.4 TM 9-1385-51
RUBBER
POTTED ELECTRONIC UNIT THRUST
WASHER
FUZE
HOUSING NOSE
CAP
ROTOR
HOUSING
DETONATOR
EXPLOSIVE
BELLOWS (2)
LEAD IN
BOOSTER
CHARGE SAFETY
AFTER PIN
COVER
SAFETY PIN
RECESS
ROTOR HOUSING COVER
BOOSTER CUP
BOOSTER CUP COVER
NOTE: RUBBER THRUST WASHER. NOSE CAP.
AND SAFETY PIN ARE NOT PRESENT
ALUMINUM WHEN MK 26 MOD 0 SAFETY DEVICE
FOIL SEAL IS ATTACHED
MU-D4 2393 |
Figure 5-64. Exploded View of M990C Bomb Fuze
withdrawn from the safety device.. This causes an explosive switch in the delay circuit. After
the spring-loaded safety rod to be pushed out a predetermined firing delay (up to 20 seconds)
of the fuze, freeing the detonator rotor so that a capacitor in the delay circuit discharges into
is may be rotated to the armed position at the the detonator, initiating the explosive train. If
expiration of the arming delay time. At the impact occurs before the detonator rotor has
same time, DC voltage is applied through the rotated into alignment, an auxiliary tremble
electrical cable assembly to charge a capacitor switch closes and shorts the capacitors in the
in the electronic unit of the fuze. After the arming and firing circuits, duddling the fuze.
preselected arming delay (up to 20 seconds),
the capacitor discharges into the bellows mo 5-10.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
tors. Firing of the motors causes the detonator a. Wait at least 24 hours before attempting
rotor to rotate. This aligns the detonator with manual removal of an armed fuze or
the booster lead-in and electrically connects manually moving a bomb with an armed
the detonator into the firing circuit. Upon im fuze. The capacitors in the M990 series
pact, the impact switch closes. If an instanta fuzes will discharge in 24 hours.
neous firing option has been selected, the ca b. Observe electromagnetic radiation pre
pacitor discharges directly into the detonator, cautions in the immediate vicinity of the
initiating the explosive train. If a delay firing fuze, and in areas through which the
option has been selected, the capacitor fires fuze is to be transported.
Change 18
56.66D AGO 5859A
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 5-65 External Characteristics of M990D1

Fuze with Mk26 Mod 0 Safety Device Installed
Change 18
56.66E
5-1 i TM 9-1385-51
5-11 XM925 BOMB FUZE AND BURSTER SYSTEM the XM55 burster and modified 55-gallon drum
The XM925 bomb fuze and burster system con containing non-pyrotechnic CS powder (figure
sists of the XM923 fuze (modified M173 fuze), 5-66).
Figure 5-66 XM925 Bomb Fuze and Burster System
Change 22
56.66F
TM 9-1385-51 5-11.1 to 5-11.1.2
5-11.1 IDENTIFICATION. tube containing Composition B, TNT and

Oxamide.
5-11.1.1 TYPE.
c. CS. The non-pyrotcchnic CS powder is
a. XM923 Fuze. The fuze is an impact fuze contained in a modified 55-gallon drum.
of the direct-arming, arming-vane type
and functions at any angle of impact. 5-11.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING
b. XM55 Burster. The burster is a metal a. XM923 Fuze. The fuze is unpainted and
Figure 5—67 Fuze XM923—Cutaway View
Change 22
56.66G
5-11.1.3 to 5-11.4 TM 9-1385-51
the marking is stamped in the aluminum fuze contains an M26 primer, an M31A1 deto
body. nator and a booster containing approximately
b. XM55 Burster. The burster is unpainted twelve grams of tetryl. The burster contains
and the marking is near the top end of the one and one half pounds of a mixture composed
tube. of Composition B, TNT and Oxamide. The
c. CS Filled Drum. The basic color of the loaded drum contains approximately 80 pounds
drum is black. The color code marking for of CS 1 or CS 2 powder.
drums containing CS 1 have three color
bands, the outer two are gray and the 5-11.3 FUNCTIONING, (figure 5-67) Prior
center band is red; drums containing CS to loading in the aircraft, the fuze is assembled
2 have five color bands, the outer two and to the system. Immediately prior to deployment,
the center band are gray and the two al the safety pin is removed. When the system is
ternate bands are red. A white decal on deployed, the lanyard pulls free from the screw
the drum has all other data in black eye and from the hole in the arming vane hub,
marking. allowing the vanes to rotate. Fifteen to twenty
revolutions of the arming vanes frees the steel
5-11.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. balls, allowing them to move towards the center
a. Fuze XM923. This fuze is a modified of the fuze, unlocking the striker from the
M173A1 bomb fuze. The modification con primer holder. The striker and primer holder
sists of adding a bushing with attached are then free to move in either direction, and
screw eye and a ten-foot arming lanyard the fuze is armed. The firing pin is held away
with attached snap hook. The lanyard is from the primer by the striker spring. Impact
held in place to the screw eye by a copper of the system in any orientation will cause
break wire. The internal components of the fuze to function, detonating the burster and
the fuze are shown in figure 5-87. dispersing the CS powder.
b. XM55 Burster. The burster is a metal
cylinder approximately one inch in di 5-11.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
ameter and 32 inches long.
c. CS Filled Drum. The drum is a standard WARNING
55-gallon shipping drum modified for the Do not bump or jar an armed muni
XM925 system. The lid of the drum has tion. The XM923 fuze is an all ways
been modified to accept a burster well. acting, impact type fuze.
The burster well extends down into the
drum and is secured to the lid by a lock a. Do not attempt to screw in the vanes of
the fuze as it will force the arming pin
nut. The burster well is four inches in
diameter and 34 inches long. into the primer, functioning the fuze.
b. If possible, evacuate an area for one mile
5-11.1.4 MATERIALS. The fuze is made of downwind of the munition during ROD
aluminum with some steel components. The operations.
burster bodjr and 55-gallon drum are of steel.
c. Have a field protective mask available
5-11.1.5 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. The when working on the munition.
fuze weighs approximately two pounds; the d. Remain upwind of the munition during
burster one and a half pounds. The fuze is four EOD procedures.
and one quarter inches long and two inches in
e. Personnel not involved in EOD operations
diameter. The burster is approximately 32
should remain upwind a minimum of 500
inches long and one inch in diameter.
feet. The remote operation of equipment
5-11.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The should be accomplished from this distance.
Change 22
56.66H
TM 9-1385-51 5-12 to 5-12.3
5-12. INCENDIARY AND SMOKE BOMBS. light red overall with one yellow band and
Bomb, Incendiary or Smoke. 100 pounds, markings in black.
AN-M47 Series is covered in this paragraph. 5-12.1.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.
5-12.1 IDENTIFICATION. When loaded with PT, or NP, the total weight
5-12.1.1 TYPE. The bomb, 100 pound, M47 Se is 68 pounds. The weight of the filler is 42
ries is a box fin type, thin walled, with a burs pounds. When loaded with WP the total weight
ter extending the length of the bomb. The bomb is 131 pounds. The weight of the filler is 100
may be fuzed with Fuze, Bomb: Nose, pounds. When loaded with PWP, the total
M126A1 or AN-M159. The bomb may be filled weight is 105 pounds. The weight of the filler is
with PT, NP, WP, or PWP. 74 pounds. The bomb is 51.7 inches overall and
11 inches at its widest part.
5-12.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. Bombs
filled with WP or PWP manufactured prior to 5-12.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The gen
1960 were painted gray overall with one yellow eral physical characteristics and component lo
band and markings in yellow. Bombs manufac cation of the bomb are shown in figures 5-68
tured after 1960 and filled with WP or PWP and 5-69.
are painted light green overall with one yellow 5-12.3 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. In ad
band and markings in light red Bombs filled dition to the PT and NP filler, the burster in
with PT, or NP manufactured prior to 1960 this bomb contains 435-grams of magnesium-
were painted gray overall with one purple band black powder mixture. In addition to the WP
and markings in purple. Bombs manufactured and PWP fillers, these bombs contain 250-
after 1960, filled with PT or NP are painted grams of tetryl pellets.
Figure 5-68 Bomb, Incendiary: 100-pound, AN-M47A4
Change 28
56.66J
TM 9-1385-5,
Figure 5-69 Bomb, Incendiary: 100-pound, AN-M47A4—Cutaway

Change 28
56.66K
TM 9-1385-51 5-12.4 to 5-12.6
5-12.4 MATERIAL. The bomb body, burster with WP or PWP the detonator initiates the
tube, and tail fins are sheet steel. booster which in turn initiates the burster. The
burster ruptures the bomb case and disperses
5-12.5 FUNCTIONING. After the fuze has the filler which ignites when exposed to air.
armed, impact drives the fuze striker into the
detonator ignites the burster which in turn ig 5-12.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. These
nites and scatters the filler. In bombs loaded bombs present a fire and an explosive hazard.
Change 28
56.661
TM 9-1385-51
Change 28
56.66M
TM 9-1385-51
SECTION 6
DEMOLITION MATERIALS
6-1. PROJECTED CHARGE DEMOLITION charge over a minefield by means of a

KITS rocket motor. The M173 is fitted with
Projected charge demolition kit M173 and pro M1134 mechanically armed electrically
jected charge practice demolition kit M174 are initiated fuze.
covered in this paragraph. b. M174. This kit is a practice item for the
6-1.1 IDENTIFICATION. M173. The linear charge and fuze are
6-1.1.1 TYPE inert.
a. M173. This kit is designed to clear mine 6-1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. Kit
fields remotely by projecting a linear M173 is painted olivedrab with markings in
EYEBOLT
ORD D381A|
Figure 6-1 Projected Charge Demolition Kit M173
Figure 6-2 Projected Charge Demolition Kit Ml73—Main Cover Removed

Change 17
AGO 20111A 56.67
6-1.1.3 to 6-1.2 TM 9-1385-51
yellow. Kit M174 is painted blue with white block of C-4 by two detonating cord leads. In
markings and 2 brown bands, 3 inches wide, on additon, the charge contans the necessary tow
sides and cover. ing and firing accessories.
6-1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The 6-1.1.4 WEIGHT. The complete demolition
general physical characteristics of the kits are kit weighs approximately 3,100 pounds.
shown in figures 6-1 through 6-4. Each demo 6-1.1.5 MATERIALS. The hull and covers of
lition kit consists of a waterproof skid (hull), the kit are fiberglas.
a linear propulsion system (rocket motor and
launching tube), propellant actuator, a linear 6-1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
demolition charge consisting of COO blocks a. Linear demolition charge—1,500 pounds
(400 pairs) of composition C-4. A core of of composition C-4.
three-strand detonating cord and a nylon cord
runs through the entire length of the charge. b. Detonating cord, approximately 45 pounds
The M1134 fuze is attached to the rearmost PETM.
Figure 6-3 Launcher Assembly and Rocket Motor M95 in Elevated Position
Change 17
56.68 AGO 20111A
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 6—4 Fire Control Switch
Change T7
56.69
AGO 20I11A
6-1.3 TM 9-1385-51
c. Propellant actuated thruster, 124 grains (3) Rocket motor ignited. Linear charge
of M-7 propellant. carried over minefield.
d. Explosive actuator, lead styphnate, LM- (4) M1134 Fuze initiated, functioning the
NR and potassium chlorate. linear charge.
e. Rocket motor, thirty pounds of T-16 pro
NOTE
pellant.
f. Ml 134 Fuze, two electric detonators con The firing control switch must be
tain lead azide and PSTN. rotated back to the stop position after
each operation.
6-1.3 FUNCTIONING. c. As the linear charge reaches the end of
a. The kit is connected electrically to the its travel, it is arrested by a nylon cord.
tow vehicle by means of a 250-foot elec One end of the cord is secured to the hull.
trical cable. The cable provides a means of The opposite end of the cord is attached
supplying power to initiate the explosive to an arming plunger in the Ml 134 fuze.
actuator, thruster, rocket motor and fuze. A 40-pound pull on the arresting cord
b. Rotation of the firing control switch (fi causes the arming plunger to move rear
gure 6-4) causes the following explosive ward, removing a physical block between
actions in sequence: the detonators and the detonating cord
(1) Kit released from tow vehicle. leads. At the same time, a circuit is com
(2) Kit cover pushed from hull and pleted between the detonators and the
launcher elevated. tow vehicle power source. Functioning of
NOTE the electric detonators initiates two deto
In the event the launcher does not elevate, nating cord leads. These leads lead from
a microswitch remains closed, prevent the fuze to the rearmost element of the
ing ignition of the rocket. linear charge, functioning the charges.
Change 17
56.70 AGO 201UA
TM 9-1385-51 7—1 to 7-1.1.1.3
SECTION 7
GRENADES AND GRENADE-TYPE ITEMS
7-1. 40-MM GRENADE LAUNCHER CAR which arms at 2.4 to 3 meters from the
TRIDGES launcher, after firing. Cartridge M406 contains
This paragraph contains information on identi a PD fuze M551, which arms at 14 to 27 meters
from the launcher, after firing. Each round also
fication, functioning, and safety precautions for
contains an ogive, a ball and skirt assembly,
cartridges fired by 40-mm grenade launchers. and a cartridge case M118.
[J Each cartridge is issued fixed (i.e., completely
7-1.1.1.2 Cartridges M382 and M407A1 are
assembled and ready to fire). Figure 7-1 illus
similar to the rounds described in paragraph
trates a typical 40-mm cartridge.
7 1.1.1 except they are practice, rounds loaded H
7-1.1 IDENTIFICATION with inert filler and a yellow dye. Upon impact,
Refer to table III for cartridge characteristics. the dye is expelled in the form of a yellow cloud
7-1.1.1 CARTRIDGES of smoke. Cartridge M382 has the same fuzing
7-1.1.1.1 Cartridges M381 and M406 are high system as the cartridge M381. Cartridge
explosive, antipersonnel, groundburst rounds M407A1 has the same fuzing system as the car
and are similar except for their fuzing systems. tridge M406.
Cartridge M381 contains a PD fuze M552, 7-1.1.1.3 Cartridge M384 (figure 7-2) is a high
BASE PLUG
PRIMER
PROPELLANT
Figure 7-1 Typical 40-mm Cartridge
Change 28
57
TM 9-1385-51
Table III
Cartridge Characteristics
Arming delay
Complete round Fuze Fuze
Model Explosive charge model type Distance Time
Weight (lb) Length (in.) (meters) (seconds)
M381 0.5 4 Comp B M552 PD 3

M382 0.5 4 None M552 PD 3
M384 0.75 4.5 Comp A5 M538 PD 13-36
M385 0.75 4.5 None None None
M406 0.5 4 Comp B M551 PD 14-27
M407A1 0.5 4 None M551 PD 14-27
M428E1 0.75 4.5 50/50 red nhosnhorus and magnesium
XM576 0.5 2.5 None None
XM588 0.5 5 Pyrotechnic 5.0
XM585 0.5 5 Pyrotechnic 5.0
XM574E2 0.75 4.5 WP filler w/RDX booster M533 PD 18-36
XM651 0.68 4.5 CS pyrotechnic mixture XM581E1 PD 30
XM676 0.8 5’4 Yellow pyrotechnic with M42 primer None None 2.0
and M9 propellant.
XM679 0.8 5’4 Green pyrotechnic with M42 primer None None 2.0
and M9 propellant.
XM680 0.8 5’4 White pyrotechnic with M42 primer None None 2.0
and M9 propellant.
XM681 0.8 5% Violet pyrotechnic with M42 primer None None - — _ 2.0
and M9 propellant.
XM682 0.8 5’4 Red pyrotechnic with M42 primer None None 2.0
and M9 propellant.
XM684 0.75 4.415 Comp Ao XM596 VT 18-36
(mech.)
125
(elect.)
ORD 1.1171
Figure 7—2. Cartridge M384—Cutaway View
Change 28
58
TM 9-1385-51 7-1.1.1.4 to 7-1.1.1.6
Figure 7-3. Cartridge XM583 and XM585—Cross-Sectional View
explosive, antipersonnel type munition. The 7-1.1.1.5 Cartridges XM583 and XM585 (figure
projectile ogive and the cartridge case M169 7-3) provide a pyrotechnic ground illumination
are aluminum; the projectile body is steel. The and/or signaling capability utilizing a 5 second
round contains a PD fuze M533. delay ignition. This cartridge case XM195 is
7-1.1.1.4 Cartridge XM574E2 is a WP round aluminum with a plastic snap-on ogive and a
fuzed with the M533 PD fuze. The ogive and phenolic coated kraft paper wound projectile
body.
cartridge case M169 are aluminum and the pro
jectile body is steel. 7-1.1.1.6 Cartridge XM576 (figure 7-4) is a
Change 24
59
7-1.7.1.7 to 7-1.1.1.9 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 7—4. Cartridge XM576—Cutaway View
multiple projectile, antipersonnel round utiliz use PD fuze XM581E1 (figure 7-4.3). How
ing a shotgun effect for use in close range ever, the XM651E1 is distinguished from the
enemy engagement. The cartridge case XM199 XM651 by the fact that it employs a modified
is aluminum and the projectile body is polyeth version of the fuze. This modification (not visi
ylene. The cartridge is not fuzed and does not ble to the user) consists of an indentation in
have an ogive. A payload of 20 lead pellets is the top surface of the fuze (see insert, figure
contained in a pellet cup with a polyethylene 7-4.3).
snap-on cap. 7-1.1.1.8 Cartridge XM684 (figure 7-4.4) is a
7-1.1.1.7 Cartridges XM651 (figure 7-4.1) and high explosive, antipersonnel type munition
XM651E1 are CS-loaded cartridges which pro fitted with proximity fuze XM596 which, in ad
duce a nonpersistent irritating effect. They will dition, incorporates a graze action, impact
function against earth, gravel, brush, sandbags back-up feature. The forward section of the
and bamboo; however, they are especially effec ogive is a translucent white molded plastic ra
tive when fired into an inclosed area. These car dome. The rear portion of the ogive is copper
tridges are distinguished by a flat-nosed alumi plated steel with a stamped teardrop shaped
num projectile circled by two rotating bands indentation. The cartridge case M169 is alumi
3/16 of an inch apart. The payload (2 oz of CS num.
pyrotechnic mixture) is loaded into the projec 7-1.1.1.9 Cartridges, XM676, XM679, XM680,
tile body. There is a % inch vent hole in the XM681 and XM682 (figures 7-4A and 7-4B)
base of the projectile which is closed by a round are unfuzed, nose ejection, pyrotechnic type
plastic plug (figure 7-4.2). The projectile is as cartridges. These cartridges are designed to be
sembled to a cartridge case containing a per fired through a jungle canopy and eject a
cussion primer and a propelling charge. The smoke candle. The candle will be suspended in
cartridge case base is ringed with 6 equally the canopy by the candle parachute. The car
spaced notches. Both XM651 series cartridges tridge cases are aluminum. The body assembly
Change 28
60
TM 9-1385-51 7-1.1.2
AMMUNITION LOT
MAX
MODEL NO. SMOKE COLOR COLOR
OF SMOKE
XM676 YELLOW
METAL PARTS \
XM679 GREEN LOT NUMBER \
XM680 WHITE AND DATE \
XM681 VIOLET
CARTRIDGE CASE LOT
XM682 RED NUMBER AND DATE MU-L1758-B |
Figure 7—4A 40-mm Canopy Smoke Cartridge
is phenolic coated paper assembled to a base of 7-1.1.2 FUZES. The fuzes used to detonate the
similar composition. The ogive and parachute projectiles are graze-sensitive, centrifugally
protector are plastic. armed, impact fuzes designed to fire at compar-
Figure 7-4B 40-mm Projective Assembly
Change 28
60.1
TM 9-1385-51
Change 28
60.2
TM 9-1385-51 7-1.1.2.1 to 7-1.1.3.8
atively low energy rates at either high or low projectile are chemically finished to obtain an
angles of obliquity. olive-drab color. The ogive for the HE car
7-1.1.2.1 PD FUZE M533. This fuze (figure tridges is colored yellow and for the practice
7-5) used in the cartridge M384, has a mechan cartridges it is colored grey. Identification
ical escapement arming delay to provide a mini markings are stenciled on the projectile with
mum arming distance of 60 feet from the yellow stencil ink; markings are also stamped
launcher muzzle. Detonation will occur at an in yellow on the base of the cartridge case. Fig
gles of impact from 90 degrees to a low graze ure 7-8 illustrates markings on the cartridge
angle. M384. The other cartridges are similarly
7-1.1.2.2 PD FUZE M551. The fuze (figure marked.
7-6), used in the cartridges M406 and M407A1, 7-1.1.3.2 CARTRIDGE M385. The aluminum
is a second-generation, long arming delay fuze projectile is anodized blue with an anodized
which employs setback and centrifugal forces green cartridge case M169. Identification mark
to accomplish arming. It has minimum and ings are in white stencil ink.
maximum arming distances of 14 to 27 meters, 7-1.1.3.3 CARTRIDGE XM428E1. The projec
respectively. tile body and ogive are colored blue. The ogive
7-1.1.2.3 PD FUZE M552. This fuze, used in has a white tip. The cartridge case is anodized
the cartridges M381 and M382 is a first-genera green. Identification markings on the cartridge
tion fuze. Figure 7-7 is a cutaway view of the are stenciled with white stencil ink. Figure
fuze in the unarmed condition. It is a short markings on the cartridge case are stenciled in
arming delay fuze which is armed by the rota yellow.
tional forces provided by the spinning projec 7-1.1.3.4 CARTRIDGE XM574E2. The projec
tile. It is fully armed at approximately 10 feet tile ogive is colored light green and the body
from the muzzle of the launcher. green. The cartridge case is anodized green.
7-1.1.2.4 PD FUZE XM581E1 (figure 7-4.3) Identification markings on the cartridge are
This fuze, used in the XM651 series cartridges, stenciled light red. Markings on the cartridge
consists essentially of a rotor assembly, firing case are stenciled yellow.
pin, detonator, percussion primer and ignition 7-1.1.3.5 CARTRIDGE XM576. The plastic
mixture. A combination of setback and spin projectile is pigmented with a black filler. The
arms the fuze approximate!}' 30 meters from cartridge case is anodized green. Identification
the launcher. markings on the cartridge case are stenciled
7-1.1.2.5 PROXIMITY FUZE XM596. This with white stencil ink.
fuze (figures 7-7.1 and 7-7.2) is a wet ener 7-1.1.3.6 CARTRIDGES XM583 AND XM585.
gized type VT fuze incorporating a S and A The projectiles are painted with white enamel.
device similar to that contained in the M533 The cartridge case is chemically finished to ob
fuze. The proximity portion of the fuze employs tain a green color. Identification markings on
solid state circuitry, battery plates, liquid elec the cartridge case are stenciled in black ink.
trolyte contained in a glass ampoule and an 7-1.1.3.7 CARTRIDGES XM651 AND
electric defonator. The S and A device contains XM651E1. The projectile body and ogive are
a spring driven, out-of-line detonator rotor painted gray. A red band circles the projectile
which houses the nonelectric detonator, an es just forward of the rotating band and all mark
capement mechanism and a firing pin assembly. ings are in red (figure 7-4.1). The cartridge
7-1.1.3 COLOR AND MARKINGS. case is olive drab with markings in black.
7-1.1.3.1 CARTRIDGES, M381, M382, M384, 7-1.1.3.8 CARTRIDGE XM684. The fuze hous- I
M406, AND M407A1. The cartridge case and ing is copper colored with a white translucent |
Change 24
61
7-1.1.3.9 to 7-1.2.1 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 7—4.1 CS Cartridge XM651
radome. The cartridge case is anodized green, 7-1.2.1 CARTRIDGES M381 AND M382. Be
the projectile body is green. All identification fore firing, the rotor ball assembly is held in an
markings are in yellow (figure 7-8.1). out-of-line position with respect to the explo
sive train by the firing pin (figure 7-7). As the
7-1.1.3.9 CARTRIDGES, XM676, XM679,
projectile leaves the tube of the launcher, rota
XM680, XM681 AND XM682. The projectile
tion of the projectile causes the hammer
assembly is painted pale green, the cartridge
weights to overcome the resistance of the ham
case is olive drab. The color of the ogive de
mer weight spring allowing the imbalanced le
notes the color of the smoke. Markings are in
vers to rotate outward. The firing pin spring
black. then expands, withdrawing the firing pin from
7-1.2 FUNCTIONING. the rotor ball assembly and permitting the
Change 28
62
TM 9-1385-51 7-1.2.2
1 Ogive 2 Plastic plug
Figure 7—4.2 Projectile XM651
rotor ball assembly to align the detonator cartridge M382 produces a yellow cloud of
with the remainder of the explosive train. The smoke.
fuze becomes armed after the projectile has
7-1.2.2 CARTRIDGE M384. Upon firing, set
traveled approximately 3 meters from the back force pulls the fuze setback pin out of the
launcher. Upon graze or impact, the inertial fuze rotor. However, at this point the rotor (fi
ring acts on the push pins, pivoting the levers gure 7-5) is prevented from moving by the
inward, forcing the firing pin into the detona centrifugal lock which engages the star wheel
tor, thereby initiating the explosive train. The of the timing mechanism. When the projectile
cartridge M381 bursts into fragments and the has attained sufficient spin, three bracket
Change 24
63
TM 9-1385-51
ORD D1856
Figure 7-4.3 Cartridge XM651 and XM65 I El, Cross Section
Change 24
64
TM 9-1385-51 7-1.2.3
1 XM581E1 fuse 6 CS-pyrotechnic mix 11 Plastic plug in

2 Firing pin ture vent hole
3 Detonator 7 Flash hole 12 Disk
4 Percussion primer 8 Cartridge case 13 Driver cup
5 Ignition mixture 9 Propellent charge 14 First-fire mixture
10 Percussion primer 15 Projectile.
Figure 7-4.3 (Continued)
weights pivot outward and release a push pin. into the detonator, thereby initiating the explo
The firing pin spring then lifts the firing pin sive train.
out of the rotor slot. At the same time the cen
trifugal lock releases the arming mechanism 7-1.2.3 CARTRIDGES M406 AND M407A1.
and arming begins. The rotor spring starts ro Before firing, the rotor (figure 7-6) is held in
tation of the rotor which is then sustained by the unarmed position by a firing pin, a centrif
centrifugal force. An escapement assembly, ugal lock, and setback pin. Upon firing, setback
which engages the rotor gear, delays the arm force causes the setback pin to move rearward
ing of the fuze until the projectile is 18 to 36 and clear the rotor. Rotation of the projectile
meters from the launcher. Upon graze or im causes three pivoted inertia weights and the
pact with the target the sudden deceleration of centrifugal lock to move outward causing the
velocity and/or rotation causes the bracket spring-loaded firing pin and lock to retract
weights to pivot inward, forcing the firing pin from the rotor and gear train, respectively.
ANTENNA
PLASTIC RADOME
. I FUZE XM596
(Vi,PROXIMITY FUZE)
PROJECTILE
ROTATING BAND
! EXPLOSIVE
I CHARGE '
LOW
PRESSURE r
CHAMBER I
[CHAMBER
VENT HOLES
CARTRIDGE CASE
TALC (M169)
PACKET!
METAL
DISK
PRIMER BASE PLUG
CARTRIDGE MU-L2358I
Figure 7-4.4 Cartridge XM684
Change 24
64.1
7-1.2.4 to 7-1.2.5 TM 9-1385-51
MU-L1257-A
Figure 7—5 PD Fuze M533, Cross-Sectional View Showing Unarmed Condition
The rotor, now free to rotate, lines up the de

tonator with the remainder of the explosive
train. An escapement mechanism controls the
movement of the rotor and delays arming until
the projectile has traveled at least 14 meters
from the launcher. Upon graze or impact, the
inertia weights pivot inward, driving the firing
pin into the detonator which initiates the ex
plosive train.
7-1.2.4 CARTRIDGE XM428E1. Upon impact,
the frictional and crushing forces between the
target and the projectile ignite the pyrotechnic
composition to produce a flash-smoke which
can be readily spotted by the firer.
NOTE
The cartridge XM428E1 will function
with high reliability when fired on
very firm target media such as gravel
or hardbaked clay.
Figure 7-6 PD Fuze M551, Cutaway View Show
ing Unarmed Condition 7-1.2.6 CARTRIDGE XM574E2. Upon firing,
Change 24
64.2
TM 9-1385-51
MU-L1 177-C|
Figure 7—7. PD Fuze M552, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition
EXPLOSIVE TRAIN EXPLOSIVE TRAIN

C OUT OF LINE ) C IN LINE )
Figure 7-7.1. XM684 Explosive Train.
Change 24
64.3
I
TM 9-1385-51
ANTENNA
MOLDED RADOME
HOUSING
((FIRING PIN)
I ASSEMBLY
MU-L2359]
Figure 7-7.2 Fuze XM596—Exploded View
Change 24
64.4
TM 9-1385-51 7-1.2.6
setback force pulls the fuze setback pin (figure ing of the fuze until the projectile is 18 to 36
7-5) out of the fuze rotor. However, at this meters from the launcher. Upon graze or
point the rotor is prevented from moving by impact with the target the sudden deceleration
the centrifual lock which engages the star of velocity and/or rotation causes the bracket
wheel of the timing mechanism. When the pro weights to pivot inward, forcing the firing pin
jectile has attaind sufficient spin, three bracket into the detonator, initiating the booster pellet
weights pivot outward and release a push pin. which bursts the projectile body and disperses
The firing pin spring then lifts the firing pin the WP charge. Upon contact with the air, the
out of the rotor slot. At the same time the cen WP particles ignite spontaneously and continue
trifugal lock releases the arming mechanism to burn until they are completely consumed or
and arming begins. The rotor spring starts ro cut off from oxygen.
tation of the rotor which is then sustained by
centrifugal force. An escapement assembly, 7-1.2.6 CARTRIDGE XM576 (figure 7-4).
which engages the rotor gear, delays the arm Upon firing, setback causes the pellet cup as-
Figure 7-8 Typical 40-mm Cartridge External View
Figure 7-8.1 Markings on Cartridge XM684
Change 24
64.4A
7-1.1.7 to 7-1.3.3 TM 9-1385-51
sembly in the sabot carrier to move rearward. also ruptures the ampoule containing the elec
This movement causes disengagement of the trolyte. Centrifugal force removes the centrifu
snap-on cap from the pellet cup. Upon reaching gal lock from the rotor allowing the rotor
the muzzle the sabot carrier and the pellet cup spring to turn the rotor to the in-line position.
separate from the lead pellets and allow for The escapement mechanism slows down the
free flight of the pellets to the target. rotor movement and provides a short arming
delay. When the rotor completes its travel it is
7-1.2.7 CARTRIDGES XM583 AND XM585 locked in the in-line position. The fuze is now
(figure 7-3). Upon firing, the propellant gases mechanically armed. Continued centrifugal
launch the projectile and ignite a 5 second force causes the electrolyte to be distributed
delay in the base plug. At or near the zenith of between the battery plates, energizing the
the trajectory of the projectile, the delay power supply. The fuze is now electrically
column ignites the black powder ejection armed. Upon receipt of a proper signal, the
charge which in turn ignites the candle or electronic section will cause the electrical deto
stars, as applicable, and ejects same through nator to function when the projectile is at the
the nose of the carrier. proper height above the target. In the event the
7-1.2.8 CARTRIDGES XM651 AND electronic sensor fails to initiate the projectile,
XM651E1. Before firing, the fuze rotor is held or if the projectile imparts after mechanical
in the unarmed position by a setback pin and a arming, and prior to electrical arming, inertia
centrifugal lock. Upon firing, setback force will cause the firing pin assembly to be driven
causes the setback pin to free the rotor for into the nonelectric detonator, initiating the
movement. Continued centrifugal force caused projectile.
by the projectile rotating in flight releases the 7-1.2.10 CARTRIDGES, XM676, XM679,
centrifugal lock, which cases the fuze to arm XM680, XM681 AND XM682. Upon firing, the
by releasing an escapement mechanism that de propellant gases launch the projectile and ignite
lays rotor motion to the armed position until a 2 second delay element in the base. Delay burn
the projectile has traveled 30 meters from the out initiates the black powder expelling charge.
launcher. When the rotor moves into the armed The expelling charge ejects the smoke candle
position, the detonator’ lines up with the firing through the nose of the body assembly and at
pin and the projectile ignition train. On impact, the same time ignites the candle. The parachute
the firing pin strikes the detonator, igniting the is deployed and becomes tangled in the jungle
primer which ignites the ignition train in the canopy allowing the.candle to be suspended.
projectile. Pressure developed by the burning
CS-pyrotechnic mixture blows out the plug in 7-1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
the vent hole releasing the CS. The CS-pyro
technic mixture burns for about 25 seconds, 7-1.3.1 The general safety precautions regard
ing the approach, attack, and disposal of unex
creating a hissing sound and a cloud of dense
ploded ordnance must be observed.
white smoke.
7-1.3.2 Positively identify the projectile/fuze
7-1.2.9 CARTRIDGE XM684. The cartridge combination present.
fuze is designed to arm mechanically between
18 and 36 meters from the launcher. Electrical 7-1.3.3 Do not pick up or otherwise disturb a
arming occurs approximately 125 meters from fired projectile, since the fuzes incorporate a
the launcher. Prior to firing, the detonator graze-sensitive feature (figure 7-9).
rotor is held in the out-of-line position by a
NOTE
setback pin and a centrifugal lock. Upon set
back the setback pin is removed from the deto If positive identification can be deter
nator rotor.However, the rotor is prevented mined, projectiles from the cartridges
from turning by the centrifugal lock. Setbark M385, XM576, XM583, XM585, and
Change 28
64.4B
TM 9-1385-51 7-1.3.4 to 7-1.3.6
XM428E1 may be safely picked up when handling cartridges XM651 and

and transported to a disposal area. XM651E1.
7-1.3.4 Take white phosphorus (WP) precau 7-1.3.6 The pyrotechnic mixture in the XM651
tions with the cartridges XM574E2. Series cartridges constitutes a fire hazard and a
7-1.3.5 Wear a field mask or remain upwind CS exposure hazard.
Change 28
64.4B.01
TM 9-1385-51 7—1.3.7 to 7—2.1.3.1
the safety lever out of its path; the safety

lever separates from the grenade, freeing the
striker to fire the primer. The primer ignites
the delay element which burns for 4 or 5 sec
onds before igniting the detonator. The detona
tor ruptures the grenade body and releases the
WP filler.
7-2.1.2 AN-M8 HC Smoke Grenade. This gre
nade consists of a cylindrical metal container
2.5 inches in diameter and 4.5 inches long,
filled with 11.5 ounces of HC smoke mixture.
Four emission holes in'the top of the grenade
are covered with tape. An M201A1 ignition
type fuze is threaded into an adapter in the top
of the grenade. A plastic cup containing a
starter mix is centered under the fuze.
7-2.1.2.1 Fuze. The M201A1 fuze is a delay-ig
Figure 7-9 Typical 40-mm Projectile (Fired)
nition type with a delay time of 1.2-2.0 sec
onds.
7-1.3.7 The 40-mm XM684 cartridge contains 7-2.1.2.2 Color and Marking. The grenade body
composition A-5 explosive and a liquid acid is painted light green. All markings and letter
electrolyte battery which may or may not have ing are in black.
been activated.
7-2.1.2.3 Functioning. When the safety pin and
7-2 HAND GRENADES. safety lever are in place, the spring-loaded
striker is held clear of the primer. When the
This paragraph contains information on identi safety pin is removed, the striker, driven by
fication, functioning and safety precautions for the spring, throws the safety lever out of line
hand grenades. Hand grenades may be and strikes the primer. The primer ignites the
launched from a special adapter attached to a delay element which ignites the ignition mix
rifle, or thrown by hand. ture. The ignition mixture ignites the starter
7-2.1 IDENTIFICATION mixture which ignites the HC filler, in turn,
The pressure created by the burning HC blows
7-2.1.1 M34 WP Smoke Grenade. This grenade off the tape covering the emission holes and re
is a bursting type, multi-purpose munition used leases the HC.
as an antipersonnel incendiary or smoke prod
ucing device. This grenade is cylindrical, filled 7-2.1.3 XM54 CS GRENADE
with WP, and fitted with an M206A2 fuze. 7-2.1.3.1 IDENTIFICATION. Type XM54
7-2.1.1.1 Fuze. The M206A2 fuze has a 4-5 sec Tactical CS Grenade. The XM54 is a burning
ond pyrotechnic delay and a high explosive type grenade that is fitted with the XM226 Ig
burster similar to those used in high-explosive nition Type Fuze. The XM226 has an 8 to 12
fragmentation grenades. second delay. The XM54 Grenade is designed
to be disnensed from a modified SUU-14/A
7-2.1.1.2 Color and Markings. The grenade (XM18) Dispenser. The XM27 Dispenser and
body is painted light green with one yellow Grenade Svstem is comprised of 72 XM54 Gre
band. Markings are in light red. nades in the XM18 Dispenser. However, the
7-2.1.1.3 Functioning. When the safety pin is XM 54 Grenade may be hand dropped from
withdrawn and the grenade released, the fuze aircraft or launched from a rifle using a gre
striker, which is under spring tension, forces nade launcher.
Change 24
64.4B.1
7-2.1.3.2 to 7-2.1.3.7 TM 9-1385-51
7-2.1.3.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The

grenade is painted gray overall with one red
band around the lower portion of the body. All
markings are in red.
7-2.1.3.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
M54 Grenade (figure 7-9.1) consists of the
XM226 Fuze and a grenade body filled with a
CS fuel mixture. The XM226 Fuze is a modi
fied M208 Fuze. The modification consists of
lengthening the fuze safety lever.
7-2.1.3.4 WEIGHT AND DIMENSIONS
Length—5.75 inches
Diameter—2.5 inches
Weight—-16 ounces approximately
7-2.1.3.5 MATERIALS. The safety lever and
the grenade body are steel. The fuze body is
zinc.
7-2.1.3.6 MAJOR COMPONENTS (figure
7-9.2). The XM54 Grenade consists of a body
assembly (1, figure 7-9.2) with five emission
holes (5), and the XM226 Fuze. It is filled
with a fuel mixture (3), a starter mixture (4)
and CS pellets (2). The XM226 Fuze consists
of a safety lever (13) a striker (9), a striker
spring (8), a primer (7), a fuze body (10) and
a delay ignition train. The delay ignition train
consists of a first-fire mixture (11), delay mix
ture (12) and an ignition mixture (14).
7-2.1.3.7 FUNCTIONING. Prior to installa
tion in the modified SUU-14/A (XM18), the
safety pin is withdrawn while the safety lever
is held in place, and the grenade is inserted
into one of the modified SUU-14/A (XM18)
Tubes. Upon ejection from the tube, the striker
driven by the striker spring forces the safety
lever out of its path; the safety lever separates
Figure 7-9.1 XM54 CS Grenade
from the grenade, allowing the striker to fire
the primer, which ignites an 8-to-12-second
delay train. The delay ignites the ignition mix burning filler forces the tape from the five
ture which, in turn, ignites the starter mixture emission holes. The grenade burns for 15 to 25
and grenade filler. Pressure developed by the seconds.
Change 24
64.4B.2
TM 9-1385-51
1 Body assembly 8 Striker spring

2 CS pellets 9 Striker
3 Fuel mixture 10 Fuze
4 Starter mixture 11 First-fire mixture
5 Emission holes 12 Delay mixture
6 Pressure-sensitive 13 Safety lever
tape 14 Ignition mixture
7 Primer
Figure 7-9.2 XM54 CS Grenade (Cross Section)
Change 24
64.48.3
TM 9-1385-51 7-2.1.3.8 to 7-2.1.4.1.1
7-2.1.3.8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND grenade fuzes M213, M215, M217, M204 series,
HAZARDS. and XM228 are covered in this paragraph.
7-2.1.4.1 IDENTIFICATION.
7-2.1.3.8.1 Observe burning-type grenade pre
cautions. Ignited CS grenades constitute a fire 7-2.1.4.1.1 TYPE. The fuzes M215 (figure
7-9.3) and M204 series (figure 7-9.4) are de
hazard and CS explosive hazard. lay-detonating silent type fuzes used in frag
mentation hand grenades M61 and M26A1. The
7-2.1.3.8.2 Remain upwind and have a protec fuze M217 (figure 7-9.5) is an electric, impact
tive field mask available when disposing of CS- functioning fuze with an over-riding delay
filled munitions. function. The M217 is used in the fragmenta
tion hand grenades M26A2, M59 (M33A1), and
7-2.1.4 HAND GRENADE FUZES. The hand M68. The fuze M213 (figure 7-9.6) is a pyro
Figure 7-9.3 Grenade Fuze M215—Cross Section
Change 27
64.4C
7-2.1.4.1.2 to 7-2.1.4.2 TM 9-1385-51
ORD D604
Figure 7—9.4 Grenade with Fuze M204 Series—Cross Section
technic delay fuze which is used with fragmen from M204 series and M215 by the height of
tation hand grenades M33 and M67. The fuze the fuze body visible above the grenade body.
XM228 (figure 7-9.7) is a pyrotechnic delay The visible height of fuze M217 body, without
fuze which is used with practice fragmentation the safety lever, is 0.5 inch. The visible height
hand grenade XM69. of fuzes M204 series and M215 is 0.9 inch. The
7-2.1.4.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The visible height of fuze M213 is 0.85 inch.
bodies of fuzes M204 series, M213, M215, 7-2.1.4.1.4 MATERIALS. The safety levers are
M217, and XM228 are painted olive drab. The steel, and the fuze body is zinc.
safety clip is painted olive drab. The safety le 7-2.1.4.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The
vers are olive drab on all fuzes except fuze fuzes M204 series and M215 contain upper
XM228 and earlier models of fuze M217. The charges of lead azide; lower charges of RDX or
safety lever on earlier model fuze M217 is PETN; igniter charges of lead styphnate; prim
painted red. Later models of fuze M217 have ers consisting of lead styphnate, barium nitrate,
the word IMPACT embossed on the olive drab antimony sulfide, and aluminum powder; delay
safety lever. The safety lever of fuze XM228 is columns consisting of pyrotechnic composition;
blue with the end painted red. The tops of fuzes and tetryl boosters. The primer of fuze M217
M213, M217, and XM228 are marked with no contains potassium chlorate, lead sulfocyanate,
menclature, lot number, and date loaded. and ground glass. The detonator contains
7-2.1.4.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. PETN or lead azide. The booster contains
Fuzes M204 series and M215, similar in physi RDX. Fuze M213 contains percussion primer
cal appearance, differ only in shape of body, M42, containing primer mixture; a flash-type
shape of safety lever, and diameter of fuze detonator assembly containing RDX, lead azide,
threads. The fuze M217 may be distinguished and lead styphnate; and a delay column con-
Change 25
64.4D
TM 9-1385-5T 7-2.1.4.3 to 7-2.1.4.3.1
ORO 01343
Figure 7-9.5 Grenade Fuze M217—Cross Section
taining delaj' composition. Fuze XM228 con applied to one side of the electric detona
tains percussion primer M42, containing pri tor. Upon impact, displacement of any of
mer mixture; a delay column containing delay the inertia balls will cause at least one of
composition; and an igniter case assembly con the leaf springs of the leaf spring switch
taining a small black powder charge. to complete the circuit through the deto
nator back to the thermal power supply.
7-2.1.4.3 FUNCTIONING. Upon completion of the electrical circuit,
7-2.1.4.3.1 ELECTRIC IMPACT-DELAY the detonator is initiated which, in turn,
FUZE M217. initiates the booster. The booster is an
integral part of fuze M217.
a. Impact Feature. When all safeties are re
moved and the grenade is released, the b. Delay Feature. If impact occurs prior to
striker assembly spring forces the fuze arming or if impact is insufficient to
safety lever free, allowing the striker to cause the inertia balls to close the leaf
initiate the primer. Flash from the pri spring switch, the fuze will function after
mer ignites the thermal power supply. approximately 3-7 second delay in the
After approximate!}' 2 seconds, voltage is following manner: at the same time that
Change 25
64.4E
7,1.4.3.2 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 7-9.6 Fuze M213—Cross-Sectional View
the thermal power supply furnishes volt 7-2.1.4.3.2 DELAY FUZES M213, M215, M204
age to one side of electrical detonator, it SERIES, AND XM228. When all safeties are
is also dissolving the arming delay pellet removed and the grenade is released, the striker
located on the top of the delay compres assembly spring forces the safety lever free,
sion spring. When the delay pellet is com allowing the striker to initiate the primer,
pletely dissolved, the compression spring which, in turn, ignites the delay element. After
expands and makes contact with the delay approximately 5 seconds, the delay element ini
housing. The contact of the compression tiates the detonator charge which, in turn, ini
spring with the delay housing allows volt tiates the explosive filler in all fuzes except fuze
age to flow through the detonator and the XM228. In this fuze, upon completion of burn
delay pin assembly back to the thermal ing, the delay element initiates a low-explosive,
power supply, functioning the detonator black powder charge.
and booster.
Change 25
64.4F
TM 9-1385-51 7-2.1.4.4 to 7-2.1.5.1.1
Figure 7-9.7 Fuze XM228—Cross-Sectional View
7-2.1.4.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. Wait at M67, and M68 and practice hand grenades M30,
least 30 minutes before approaching an initi M62, and XM69 are covered in this paragraph.
ated, unfunctioned, hand grenade. 7-2.1.5.1 IDENTIFICATION.
7-2.1.5 FRAGMENTATION AND PRACTICE 7-2.1.5.1.1 TYPE. Grenades M26 series and
HAND GRENADES. Fragmentation hand gre M61 are designed to be thrown by hand or
nades M26 series, M33, M59 (M33A1), M61, launched from a rifle using a special adapter.
Change 25
64.4G
7-2.1.5.1.2 to 7-2.1.5.1.3 TM 9-1385-51
Grenades M33, M59 (M33A1), M67, and M68

are designed to be thrown by hand only. Gre
nades M30, M62, and XM69 are practice gre
nades. The fuzes may be the delay type or the
impact-delay type.
7-2.1.5.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING.
a. Grenade bodies of grenades M26 series,
M33, M59 (M33A1), M61, M67, and M68
are painted olive drab with markings in
yellow. Grenades M26 series and M61
have a yellow band around the upper por
tion of the grenade body. The safety clip
is painted olive drab.
b. Grenade bodies of grenades M30, M62,
and XM69 are painted blue with one
brown band around the grenade body. All
markings are in white.
MU-D4 2293 |
7-2.1.5.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
a. Fragmentation hand grenade M61 (figure Figure 7-9.8 Fragmentation Hand Grenade M61
7-9.8), M67 (figure 7-9.9), and M68
(figure 7-9.10) are similar to fragmenta (M33A1). The only difference is the addi
tion hand grenade M26A1, M33, and M59 tion of a safety clip to the hand grenade
(M33 W/SAFETY CLIP ADDED) MU-L2099 |
Figure 7-9.9 Hand Grenades M33 and M67
Change 25
64.4H
TM 9-1385-51 7-2.1.5.1.4 to 7-2.1.5.2.2
M61, M67, and M68. Basically, these gre approximately 1 pound with the fuze installed.
nades consist of a body, explosive charge, Grenades M33, M59 (M33A1), M67, and M68
and fuze. The body of grenades M26 and are sphere shaped with a diameter of 2.5
M61 is a smooth, sheet-steel shell, lined inches. Each of these grenades weighs approxi
with notched fragmentation wire coil. The mately 14 ounces (loaded and fuzed).
body of grenades M33, M59 (M33A1), 7-2.1.5.1.4.2 The dimensions and weights of
M67, and M68 is a steel sphere. grenades M30, M62, and XM69 are the same as
b. Practice hand grenade M62 is a practice their HE counterparts.
grenade M30 with a fuze safety clip added. 7-2.1.5.1.5 MATERIALS. The bodies of frag
These grenades have the same configura mentation grenades and the practice grenade
tion as the HE loaded grenades M61 and XM69 are steel. All other practice grenade bod
M26 series. The basic difference is in the ies are iron.
filler of the practice grenades, which is 7-2.1.5.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
black powder. Grenade XM69 (figure 7-2.1.5.2.1. Fragmentation hand grenades M61
7-9.11) is the practice version of grenades and M26 series contain 6.3 ounces of composi
M33 and M67, and this practice grenade tion B. Fragmentation hand grenades M33,
has a safety clip attached. The black M59 (M33A1), M67, and M68 contain 6.5
powder charge for grenades XM69 is con ounces of composition B.
tained in the fuze rather than in the gre 7-2.1.5.2.2. Practice hand grenades M62 and
nade body. M30 contain 21 grains of black powder. Prac
7-2.1.5.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. tice hand grenade XM69 contains 12 grains of
7-2.1.5.1.4.1 Grenades IvIGl and M26 series black power in fuze XM228. Avoid alining the
have an overall length of 3.81 inches and weigh hole in the bottom of grenade with one’s body.
Figure 7-9.10 Hand Grenades M59 (M33A1) and M68
Change 27
64.4J
7-2.1.5A to 7-2.1.5A.3 TM 9-1385-51
PRACTICE
HAND GRENADE
MU-L2123-CJ
Figure 7-9.11 Practice Hand Grenade XM69
7-2.1.5A XM47E1 CS RIOT AND XM48E1 RS nades have gray bodies. The XM47E1 has
HAND GRENADES. These grenades are non- markings stenciled red. There is a band broken
lethal, burning-type hand munitions. The with nomenclature around the circumference;
XM47E1 produces a nontoxic, nonpersistent, below this is the lot number. The XM48E1 has
incapacitating irritant agent; it is intended for nomenclature in white on a light green band
use in the control of riots and in counter-insur stenciled around the circumference; below this
gency operations. The XM48E1 produces red is the lot number.
smoke; it is intended for use in training. The 7-2.1.5A.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.
two grenades are almost identical; they resem a. Overall. The grenades weigh about 0.75
ble rubber balls and are slightly larger than a pound. The diameter of the body is approx
baseball. An XM47E1 is shown in figure imately 3.5 inches.
7-9.11.2. b. Explosives. The fuze contains the follow
ing mixtures in the amounts indicated.
7-2.1.5A.1 FUZE. The XM227E1 fuze has a
(1) Primer. 0.11 gram of lead styphate,
safety pin with a pull ring, a safety lever with
antimony sulphide, tetracene, and bar
a safety latch, and a delay ignition train. The
ium nitrate.
safety pin goes through the safety latch and (2) Starter mixture. 0.2 gram of silicon,
the fuze body. The safety latch is part of the
red lead, and titanium in a nitrocellu
safety lever and engages a lock pin fastened in
lose acetone binder.
the fuze body. The delay ignition train consists
(3) Delay charge. 1.2 grams of silicon, red
of a primer, a starter mixture, a delay charge,
lead, and diatomaceous earth in a
and an ignition mix.
nitrocellulose acetone binder.
7-2.1.5A.2 COLOR AND MARKING. Both gre (4) Ignition mix. 0.2 gram of iron oxide,
Change 25
64.4K
TM 9-1385-51 7—2.1.5A.4 to 7—2.1.5B.8
titanium, and zirconium in a nitrocel b. Wait 30 minutes before approaching a gre

lulose acetone binder. nade which has to function.
c. Pyrotechnic Mixtures. The grenade bodies c. Stay upwind.
are filled as indicated. 7-2.1.5B XM58, CS, RIOT, POCKET, GRE
(1) XM47E1. 200 grams of an intimate NADE.
mixture of CS agent and pyrotechnic 7-2.1.5B.1 IDENTIFICATION. Type CS Riot,
mixture. Pocket, XM 58 is a hand-thrown, burning type
(2) XM48E1. 150 grams of red dye mix, grenade.
potassium chlorate, sulphur sodium 7-2.1.5B.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
bicarbonate, and a nitrocellulose ace body of the grenade is painted grey. A 14 inch
tone binder. wide red band encircles the lower part of the
7-2.1.5A.4 MATERIALS. The grenade body is grenade body. Nomenclature and lot number
rubber. The safety lever and latch, the arming are stenciled in red and black respectively on
pin and spring, and the firing pin and spring the upper part of the grenade body.
are steel.
7-2.1.5B.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
7-2.1.5A.5 HAZARDS. XM58 Grenade consists of a grenade body and
a. Burning grenades heat to approximately a fuze. The major components of the Grenade
600° F. (300° C.). XM58, and the Fuze M201A1E1 are shown in
b. The arming pin and spring are ejected at fig 7-9.11.0.1.
22 feet per second.
c. The XM47E1 constitutes a CS exposure 7-2.1.5B.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.
hazard. a. Length 3]/2 inches approximately.
b. Diameter 114 inches.
7-2.1.5A.6 FUNCTIONING. The grenades
c. Weight 1'4 pound approximately.
function identically. The safety pin is pulled
out by means of the pull ring, the safety latch 7-2.1.5B.5 MATERIALS. The safety lever is
is moved outward along the safety lever, and steel, the grenade body is aluminum. The fuze
the grenade is thrown. When the grenade body is zinc.
leaves the hand the safety lever is released al 7-2.1.5B.6 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
lowing the arming pin spring to expand. This The Grenade XM58 contains a primer, a first
expansion forces the arming pin against the fire mixture, a delay mixture, an ignition mix
safety lever, and the safety lever, the arming ture, and a CS-pyrotechnic mixture weighing
pin, and the arming pin spring separate from 40 grams.
the body assembly. After the arming pin is
7-2.1.5B.7 FUNCTIONING. While the safety
ejected the force of the expanding firing pin
lever is held in place, the safety pin is with
compresses the upper portion of the firing pin
drawn. When the grenade is thrown, the safety
and drives the point of the firing pin into the
lever is released allowing the striker to hit the
primer. This initiates the primer; then the
primer which ignites the ignition train which
starter mixture, the delay charge, and the ig
in turn, ignites the CS-pyrotechnic mixture.
nition mix burn in succession. The ignition mix
The pressure generated by the burning pyro
burns through the aluminum shield at the bot
tom of the fuze and ignites the pyrotechnic
technic mixture blows the pressure-sensitive
tape from the emission hole. The grenade burns
mixture. The pressure resulting from the burn
for approximately 8 to 28 seconds.
ing of the pyrotechnic mixture opens the four
emission holes in the body approximately 2 sec 7-2.1.5B.8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND
onds after the release of the safety lever. The HAZARDS.
emission last from 8 to 20 seconds and causes a. Have a field protective mask available
the grenade to move erratically. when performing EOD operations.
7-2.1.5A.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. b. The CS-pyrotechnic mixture constitutes a
a. Have a field protective mask available. fire hazard and CS exposure hazard.
Change 27
64.4L
7-2.1.6 to 7-2.1.6.2 TM 9-1385-51
primer STRIKER SPRING
FUZE BODY
FIRST-FIRE
MIXTURE
DELAY
MIXTURE
STRIKER
IGNITION
MIXTURE
CS-PYRO1 ECHNIC
MIXTURE
ASSEMBLY
EMISSION HOU
PRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPF MU DS 2299A |
Figure 7-9.11.0.1 Grenade, hand: pocket, riot, CS, XM58.
/-2.1.6 MINIATURE CS GRENADE. of the retaining ring and is secured by the

7-2.1.6.1 IDENTIFICATION. cover.
7-2.1.6.1.1 TYPE. This munition is a minia 7-2.1.6.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.
ture, CS-loaded, burning-ty.pe grenade. a. Length __________ 1.8 inches.
b. Diameter ________ 1.25 inches.
7-2.1.6.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The c. Weight__________ 35 grams (approx)
container is painted gray with all markings in
7-2.1.6.1.5 MATERIALS. The container is
red.
made of aluminum.
7-2.1.6.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES
7-2.1.6.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
(figure 7-9.12). The fuel pellet and CS capsules
are wrapped in aluminum foil and are located in Fuel pellet______ 10 grams (dechlorane, zinc
the bottom of the container. One end of the fuze oxide, aluminum powder,
is attached to the fuel pellet; the other end ammonium perchlorate,
feeds through the igniter cap and contains a and vinyl alcohol acetate
match head. The match head is held in place by resin).
the igniter cap. The retaining ring secures Fuze ___________ Thermalite-type igniter
these components in place. The striker ring, cord.
used to ignite the match head, is stored on top Chemical agent —6 grains CS.
Change 27
64.4M
TM 9-1385-51 7-2.1.6.3
Figure 7-9.11.1. XM47E1 CS Riot Hand Grenade.
7-2.1.6.3 FUNCTIONING. The match head is ignites the fuel pellet. The burning fuel pellet
ignited by the striker ring or other means. The causes CS to be emitted for approximately 6
fuse burns for approximately 4 seconds and seconds.
Change 27
64.4N
7-2.1.6.4 to 7-2.2.3 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 7—9.11.2. XM47E1—Cross Section.
7-2.1.6.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. the breaks are in red. In addition there is a yellow
a. Wait at least 30 minutes before approach band below the broken red band.
ing an initiated, unfunctioned hand gre 7-2.2.2 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. The
nade. grenade weighs approximately 8-ounces and is
b. Remain upwind and have a protective field 2.96-inches in diameter. The filler varies in
mask available when disposing of CS-filled weight; 3.2 ounces of CN,, 2-ounces of CS,,
munitions. or 2.3 ounces of DM,. The detonator contains a
7-2.2 M25 SERIES, RIOT CONTROL, CN„ precussion primer, 0.7-grains of lead styphinate,
DM, or CX, Hand Grenade is covered in this 4 grains of lead azide and 6.3 grains of tetryl.
paragraph. 7-2.2.S FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The gen
7-2.2.1 IDENTIFICATION. eral arrangement and components of the M25
7-2.2.1.1 TYPE. This grenade is spherical shap series grenade are shown in figure 7-9.11.3. The
ed, bursting type, riot control grenade filled with grenade body is two hemispheres cemented to
an irritant agent. gether. An upper half sleeve and a lower half
sleeve are molded parts of the two hemispheres
7-2.2.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The gre The half-sleeves together form a detonator well
nade is painted gray overall. A broken red band and a slider housing. A closure plug with an
encircles the grenade body. Markings between integral firing pin is threaded into the base of
Change 29
64.4P
TM 9-1385-51 7—2.2.4 to 7-3.2
Figure 7-9.11.3. Grenade, Hand: Riot CN, ABC-M25A2.
the grenade. A detonator burster is located in firing pin, functioning the detonator, dispersing
the base of the slider assembly. An arming pin, the grenade filler.
one end of which is ball shaped, fits into a re 7-2.2.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
cess of the slider assembly. The arming pin re
a. Have a field mask available when perform
mains perpendicular to the slider as long as the
ing procedures on this grenade.
slider is held in place by the safety pin, or as
long as pressure is maintained on the arming b. In addition to the irritant agent, this gre
sleeve. nade presents a fragmentation hazard.
7-2.2.4 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. In ad 7-3. XM176 GRENADE LAUNCHER
dition to the irritant filler, the grenade contains
a detonator with lead azide, lead styphnate and The XM176 grenade launcher with its payload
tetryl. is identified in this paragraph.
7-2.2.5 MATERIAL. The arming sleeve is alumi 7-3.1 IDENTIFICATION. The launcher is a
num, the arming pin is brass. The firing spring, sealed, cylindrical metal container 15 inches
pull ring, and safety pin are steel. The remainder long and 311/16 inches in diameter. The
of the grenade is plastic. launcher contains an M34 WP hand grenade
and an AN-M8 HC hand grenade encased in a
7-2.2.6 FUNCTIONING. With the safety pin sabot. The launcher is attached to the exterior
and arming pin in place, the firing spring is of an assault vehicle turret. Each launcher is
compressed between upper half of the sleeve and held in place by a strap and a retainer. The
the slide?' assembly. When the firing pin is with launcher may be initiated electrically or man
drawn, the grenade will not function as long as ually. Each launcher is provided with an electric
pressure is maintained on the arming sleeve. solenoid for electric initiation. Current for the
When the grenade is released, the firing spring solenoid is provided by the vehicle through an
drives the slider containing the detonator, down electrical harness. The launcher itself is un
ward. As the slider- moves downward, the arm fuzed.
ing pin pivots upward forcing the arming sleeve
away from the grenade. At the end of slider 7-3.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The gre
travel, the detonator is driven into the fixed nade launcher is painted olive drab with mark-
Change 29
64.4P.1
TM 9-1385-51 7-3.3 to 7-3.8.1
Figure 7-9.12 Miniature CS Grenade
ings in red. One yellow and one light green 7-3.6 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The
band circle the tube. launcher tube contains an XM225 cartridge.
The sabot contains a WP and an HC hand gre
7-3.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
nade with their safety pins removed.
launcher consists basically of a tube assembly
and a sabot. The tube assembly contains a cap, 7-3.7 FUNCTIONING. The XM225 cartridge
an XM225 propellant cartridge, a cartridge is actuated by a solenoid plunger located in the
seal, and an obturator gas seal. The sabot, launcher mount assembly. Propellant gases
located inside the tube, contains a WP and an generated by the cartridge, force the sabot
HC grenade. assembly through the end cap and out of the
launcher. During flight, the sabot assembly sep
7-3.4 WEIGHT. The launcher with grenades arates, permitting the grenades to become acti
weighs approximately 5 pounds. vated.
7-3.5 MATERIALS. The launcher tube and 7-3.8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
sabot assembly are polypropylene (plastic). 7-3.8.1 Do not attempt to disassemble an
The launcher cap is aluminum. XM176 grenade launcher.
Change 27
64.4Q
7—3.8.2 to 7-4.2.1 TM 9-1385-51
7-S.8.2 Wear a protective mask and stay is a three-eloment, point-initiating, base-deto

upwind when destroying a fully loaded nating, “spit-back,” nondelay type which arms
launcher. by setback forces and fires on impact. The three
elements of the fuze are the point-initiating
7-3.8.3 Place loaded launcher in a pit for
device, the flash barrier assembly, and the base
destruction.
detonator.
7-3.8.4 For the M34 WP Smoke Grenade
observe the same precautions as the bursting NOTE
type and other WP smoke grenades.
The fuze may use either a drive-stri
7-3.8.5 For the AN-M8 HC Smoke Grenade, do ker type or an inertia type, point-initi
not attempt to retrieve the grenade until 30 ating devices.
■minutes after initiation. Do not allow moisture
■to come in contact with the HC mixture, which 7-4.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The gre
may ignite. nade is painted olive drab or black with mark
ings in yellow. The fuze nose is slate gray.
7-4. HIGH-EXPLOSIVE ANTITANK (HEAT) RIFLE
GRENADE M28 WITH POINT-INITIATING BASE-DET NOTE
ONATING FUZE. Do not depend upon paint color as an
The high-explosive antitank rifle grenade M28 identification feature to distinguish
with point-initiating base-detonating fuze is between the HEAT round and the
covered in this paragraph. The grenade is practice round.
commonly known as the “Energa.”
7-4.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES (figures
7-4.1 IDENTIFICATION. 7-10 and 7-11).
7-4.1.1 TYPE. The grenade is a fin-stabilized, 7-4.2.1 A shipping cap covers the point-initiat
high-explosive, antitank rifle grenade. The fuze ing device prior to launching the grenade.
Change 27
64.4R
TM 9-1385-51 7—4.2.1
Change 6
64.5
7—4.2.1 TM 9-1385-51
SHIPPING CAP
(SHOWN IN
PHANTOM)
POINT
INITIATING
DEVICE
HEAD
BODY
MAIN
CHARGE
BOOSTER
FLASH
BARRIER
ASSEMBLY
DETONATOR
PLUG
BASE
• DETONATOR
ORD D1931 1
Figure 7-11 Grenade Body and Head Assembly with PIBD Fuze
(Shipping Cap in Phantom)—Cutaway View
Change 6
64.6 TAOO 0218-A
TM 9-1385-51 7—4.2.2 to 7—4.6.1
7-4.2.2 The striker head has a serrated tip. in the base of the body section, just forward of the
stabilizer tube.
7-4.2.3 The detonator plug forms the connection
between the stabilizer tube and the grenade body. 7-4.5.1.3 The booster, surrounding the two-stage
base detonator.
7-4.2.4 The fin assembly consists of six fins.
7-4.5.1.4 The main charge, forming the shaped
7-4.3 WEIGHTS. The grenade weighs approxi charge in the body section.
mately 1.5 pounds.
7-4.5.2 The detonators contain a mixture of mer
7-4.4 MATERIALS. The fuze point-initiating de cury fulminate and RDX, the booster is a 93/7
vice and the grenade are made of aluminum. The mixture of RDX/TNT, and the main charge is an
striker, which forms the nose of the fuze, has a 80/20 mixture of RDX-TNT.
serrated tungsten-carbide tip. The shipping cap is
made of molded rubber. 7-4.5.3 The total explosive weight is approximately
one pound.
7-4.5 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. 7-4.6 FUNCTIONING. Functioning of the two
7-4.5.1 The hazardous components are as follows: point-initiating devices and the flash barriers as
sembly is as follows:
7-4.5.1.1 The initiating detonator, located in the
point initiating device in the fuze. 7-4.6.1 Point-Initiating Device (figure 7-12). The
grenade may be assembled with either an inertia
7-4.5.1.2 The two-stage base detonator, consisting type or a driven-striker type point-initiating device.
of an upper detonator and a main detonator, located In cither device, the setback sleeve moves rearward
Figure 7-12 Point-Initiating Devices-Cutaway Views
Change 6
TACO 9218-A 65
7—4.6.2 to 7-4.7.2 TM 9-1385-51
when the grenade is launched. The safety balls of ment of an ejected barrier inside the grenade can
the inertia type point-initiating device are released be detected if the grenade is moved.
from the groove in the body and move in on top
of the setback sleeve. As the grenade decelerates, 7-4.7.2 The point-detonating device has no pro
the setback sleeve moves forward, carrying the vision for an external safety and its firing train
safety balls with it, thereby releasing the detonator is alined at all times.
carrier. The safety balls of the driven-striker type
point-initiating device move out of the groove in
the striker and into the space above the setback
sleeve, thereby releasing the striker.
7-A.6.2 Flash Barrier Assembly (figure 7-13). Ini
tially, the barrier pins are at the dead ends of the
grooves in the timing sleeve, and the barrier cannot
move forward. At setback the barrier moves rear
ward until the barrier pins are in the sections of the
grooves nearest the base of the timing sleeve. As
the grenade decelerates, the barrier spring moves
the barrier forward and the barrier pins slide in the
zig-zag portion of the grooves. When the barrier
pins reach the open ends of the grooves, the barrier,
together with the spring and plug, is ejected, clearing
a flash channel in the flash barrier assembly.
7-4.6.3 Firing. Upon impact, the initiating deto
nator, in the inertia type fuze, overcomes the inertia
spring, moves forward and impinges on the striker.
Upon impact, the striker of the driven-striker type
fuze, is driven rearward and impinges on the deto
nator. Flame from either of the initiating detona
tors spits rearward through the cleared flash channel
in the flash barrier assembly initiating the base
detonator and the remainder of the explosive train.
7—4.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. Always consider

the rifle grenade M28 to be in the armed condition.
7-4.7.1 The flash barrier assembly has been known Figure 7-13 Flash Barrier Assembly-Partially
to function during shipment and handling. Move Armed-Cutaway View
Change 6
66 TAOO 0216—A
TM 9-1385-51 7-5 to 7-5.1.1
7-5 30-MM CARTRIDGES 7-5.1 IDENTIFICATION.

The following 30-mm cartridges are covered in 7-5.1.1 TYPE.
this paragraph:
High-explosive 30-mm cartridge XM552 (A, a. The cartridge XM552 is a high-explosive,
figure 7-14) dual-purpose (fragmentation and shaped
Practice 30-mm cartridge XM554 (B, figure charge), impact-initiated round. The
7-14) cartridge contains a point-initiating, base
Training 30-mm cartridge XM639 (C, figure detonating (PIBD) fuze XM79 which is
7-14) graze sensitive.
INCHES
A - XM552 B - PRACTICE C - TRAINING

(HIGH EXPLOSIVE) XM554 XM639
MU-L2191 ■
Figure 7-14. 30-mm Cartridges
Change 27
66.1
7-5.1.2 TM 9-1385-51
b. The cartridge XM554 is a practice and 7-5.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING.

spotting round for the high-explosive a. High-Explosive Cartridge XM552. The
cartridge XM552.
c. The cartridge XM639 is a training round ogive is painted yellow. The projectile body
which contains a propellant charge and is painted olive drab. The cartridge case is
inert projectile. unpainted brass with markings in black.
MU-L2196 a
Figure 7-15 30-mm Cartridges—Cross Sections

Change 25
66.2
TM 9-1385-51 7-5.1.3 to 7-5.3.1
b. Practice Cartridge XM554. The ogive and 7-5.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.

projectile body are painted blue. A
painted brown band encircles the blue High-Explosive Cartridge M552:
ogive. The cartridge case is unpainted Propellant__________ 608 grains IMR
brass with markings in black. EX8261
c. Training Cartridge XM639. The ogive Projectile ________ 30 grams HMX
and the projectile body are painted blue.
The cartridge case is unpainted brass Fuze:
with markings in black. Detonator ___ M55
Spitback lead
7-5.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES (figure assembly_ _ 60 milligrams
7-15). RDX, 300 milli
a. High-Explosive Cartridge XM552. This grams HMX
cartridge consists of a cartridge, a pro Practice Cartridge XM554:
jectile, and a point-initiating, base-deto
nating fuze XM579. The fuze will deto Propellant_______ 608 grains IMR
nate the projectile at angels of impact, EX8261
from 90 degrees to a low-graze angle. The Projectile (spotting
cartridge contains a primer, a propellant mixture)_________10 grams red
charge, and a high-explosive projectile. phosphorus,
magnesium,
b. Practice Cartridge XM554. This car and barium
tridge is the practice and spotting round nitrate.
for the 30-mm high-explosive cartridge
XM552. It has the same ballistic charac Training Cartridge XM639:
teristics as the high-explosive cartridge Propellant ______ 608 grains IMR
XM552. It employs the same primer and EX8261
brass cartridge case assembly as the
high-explosive round. This cartridge does Projectile___________ Inert
not contain a fuze.
7-5.3 FUNCTIONING.
c. Training Cartridge XM639. This car
tridge contains a primer and propellant 7-5.3.1 HIGH-EXPLOSIVE CARTRIDGE
charge. The projectile is inert. It employs XM552. The detonator M55 in the rotor of the
the same primer and brass cartridge case PIBD fuze XM579 (figure 7-16) is kept out of
assembly as the high-explosive round. It line by a detent pin, a firing pin, and a setback
does not contain a fuze. tab. When a projectile is fired, the setback tab
collapses down out of the way of the rotor.
7-5.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. Centrifugal force pushes three steel arming
Cartridges XM552, XM554, and XM639: balls outward against the camming surface of
Weight _________________ 0.9 lb the firing pin assembly, retracting the firing
Length _________________ 6.963 in. pin from the rotor. Meanwhile, the soft alumi
num delay ribbon, which controls arming delay,
7-5.1.5 MATERIALS. is unwound by centrifugal force, releasing a
detent pin holding the rotor. The rotor is then
Cartridges M552, XM554, and XM639: free to rotate to the armed position. Upon
Projectile body _________ Steel impact, the firing pin strikes the detonator, ini
Ogive__ 1__________ Aluminum tiating the explosive train. The shaped charge
Cartridge case___________ Brass produces an antimateriel effect and the frag-
Change 25
66.3
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 7-16 PIBD Fuze XM579—Cross Section
Change 25
66.4
TM 9-1385-51 7—5.3.2 to 7-5.4
mentation of the projectile body causes an anti 7-5.3.3 TRAINING CARTRIDGE XM639.
personnel effect. This cartridge does not contain a fuze. The pro
jectile is inert.
7-5.3.2. PRACTICE CARTRIDGE XM554. 7-5.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
This cartridge does not contain a fuze. Upon The general safety precautions regarding the
impact, the projectile bursts, producing a approach, attack, and disposal of unexploded
bright flash. ordnance must be observed.
Change 25
66.5
TM 9-1385-51
Change 25
66.6
TM 9-1385-51 8-1 to 8-1.1.3.3
SECTION 8
GUIDED MISSILES
8-1 ANTIAIRCRAFT GUIDED MISSILE M6 WITH mensions. The top centerline of the missile can
HIGH-EXPLOSIVE WARHEAD Ml 7 (T45) (NIKE-HER- be considered as an imaginary line running
CULES). over the indexing pin on the thrust limiter
8-1.1 IDENTIFICATION mounting plate at the aft end of the control
8-1.1.1 TYPE. Nike-Hercules is a two-stage, section, and between the two hoist attach points
surface-to-air, supersonic (Mach 3.5), ground on the nose of the missile (figure 8-2, top
command guided, acceleration-armed, ground view) ; these two attach points contain flathead
command or fail-safe fired, solid-propellant mis screws. The bottom centerline runs through
sile which carries a high-velocity fragmenta the umbilical receptacle access door.
tion and blast-type warhead. This missile may 8-1.1.3.2 EXTERNAL FITTINGS. The four
also carry a nuclear warhead. sides of the missile (top, bottom, right and left)
8-1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. are illustrated in figure 8-2, any given “side”
a. Painting. The exterior surface of the mis being the surface between two adjacent fins.
sile is painted white; the booster cluster The right and left sides are determined by look
assembly is painted olive drab. ing forward from the aft end of the missile.
b. Marking. The majority of the markings External fittings and access provisions peculiar
on the missile appears either on the right to this missile can be identified by reference
or left sides; all markings are painted in to figure 8-2. In addition, where access to major
dull black. In addition to the markings components or systems is required during the
listed below, markings for those access rendering safe and defueling procedures, pro
doors utilized in the rendering safe pro vision for that access is illustrated and de
cedures are as given in the subparagraphs scribed in detail.
which describe those procedures.
(1) The words “U.S. ARMY,” in letters 8 8-1.1.3.3 FEATURES. The Nike-Hercules mis
inches high, are painted on the missile sile is made up of four major structural groups:
in four places—top, bottom, and both the nose, the warhead assembly, the body and
sides. the booster cluster assembly. Each of these
(2) The missile lot number is on the left groups is composed of two or more smaller sec
horizontal centerline just aft of the tions or subassemblies as described in a through
forward end of the engine section. d below.
(3) The warhead lot number is on the left a. Nose. The nose of the missile consists of
horizontal centerline just aft of the the forward and the aft nose sections; it
forward end of the warhead assembly. is illustrated in figure 8-3. The forward
(4) The body GM XM number and the GS nose section is made up of two rings and
number are on the horizontal center- a conical aluminum skin attached to the
line on both sides of the missile be rings by rivets. The aft nose section is
tween the forward tips of the forward similar in construction to the forward
fins- nose section. The conventional nose tip,
8-1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. which is used with the warhead M17 (T-
8-1.1.3.1 GENERAL. Figure 8-1 shows the 45), is attached to a ring in the forward
general appearance of Nike-Hercules, and di nose section by means of a threaded boss.
Change 10
67
8-1.1.3.3 TM 9-1385-51
MU-D20I6I
Figure 8—1 Nike-Hercules—General Appearance and Dimensions
The forward nose section is attached to impact. However, these crush rings have
the aft nose section by four bolts. The no functional use in missiles containing
four forward fins, which are attached to conventional warheads.
the aft nose section, are in line with the b. Warhead assembly. The warhead assem
main fins of the missile. An antenna is bly (figure 8-4) consists of two sections,
mounted on each of the forward fins, two a forward section and an aft section. The
antennae for receiving and two antennae two sections, constructed of rings and al
for transmitting. The missile guidance set uminum skin, are joined with 12 bolts.
is located in the aft nose section; it is at The warhead M17 (T45) is cantilever
tached to the missile structure by six mounted, and is attached to a frame by a
bolts. A wiring harness is connected to ring which is an integral part of the war
the guidance set by a 48-pin plug. An in head. Two large filling holes in the base
ertia safety and arming switch is located of the warhead are closed by two circular
on the lower left side (looking forward) cover plates. The housing for the two
of the aft nose section. There are two safety and arming devices is attached to
crush ring assemblies in the nose of the the lower right side of the forward war-
missile, one forward and one aft. When hear section skin. A contoured quick-re
a surface-to-surface mission has been se lease door provides access to these devices.
lected, the crush ring cable assemblies In addition to the warhead and safety and
provide a means of activating the circuit arming devices, a fail-safe box is located
which detonates the warhead upon target in the forward portion of the warhead
Change 10
68
TM 9-1385-51
LEFT SIDE VIEW
GUIDANCE TEST AND

ADJUST ACCESS DOOR
INERTIA SWITCH AND CONTROL

THERMOSTAT
ADJUST ACCESS DOOR EQUIPMENT AND SECTION
ACCESS DOOR
ACCESS
WARHEAD MISSILE ENGINE POWER SECTION DOOR
ACCESS DOOR ACCESS DOOR ACCESS DOOR
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
EQUIPMENT AND POWER

CONTROL
SECTION ACCESS DOOR
IGNITER ACCESS __ SECTION
JI & MTR EThO EXHAUST ACCESS
DOOR
ACCESS DOOR DOOR
WARHEAD ACCESS
DOOR THERMOSTAT
ACCESS DOOR MISSILE ENGINE
ACGtbb UUUR ACiCESS DQ0R ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY
MU-D20)7| .......... ' ACCESS DOOR
Figure 8-2 External fittings and Access Provisions for Nike-Hercules Missile
Chang# iO
68.1
68.2
C hange 10
PRESSURE PROBE
ANTENNA
FORWARD FIN-—__''X GUIDANCE SET

J/" WIRING HARNESS
85.0"'^'
/s \ Q AFT CRUSH RING

TL-JX"- ASSEMBLY
/\W^ /' yT
TM 9-1385-51
FORWARD CRUSH
RING ASSEMBLY \\ jl Jw #• .*-7 r MOUNTING BOLT
FORWARD NOSE / s' \ ■'" 5pC~~"AND WASHER (6)
SECTION / <
__ ;'l^\ 7i'*’\y''\^B0LTWELL
cover(6>
—~'~~""/ \ \ SCREW (6)
GUIDANCE SET \ \ „
INERTIA SAFETY \ GUIDANCE TEST AND
AND ARMING SWTOH \ ADJUST ACCESS D00R
CONVENTIONAL INERTIA SWITCH AND

NOSE TIP ADJUST ACCESS DOOR
MU-D2018|
Figure 8-3 Nose of Nike-Hercules Missile

ALIGNING PIN
RETAINING RING AFT WARHEAD MAIN FIN NO. 2

SECTION
FORWARD WARHEAD
SECTION BOLTWELL COVERS
QUICK RELEASE
SCREW SAFETY AND ARMING
DEVICE ACCESS DOOR
TM 9 -1 3 8 5 -5 1
WINDOW
GUIDANCE SET
GUIDANCE SET
WIRING
WIRING
HARNESS
HARNESS
BAIL
WARHEAD
SAFETY AND ARMING
WIRING HARNESS
DEVICE HOUSING
SAFETY AND WARHEAD
DEVICE NOT AND CONNECTOR ADAPTER
(CONTAINS PETN CAP)
EXPLOSIVE HARNESS ASSEMBLY
WARHEAD ACCESS DOOR (2)
MU-D2019|
Figure 8—4 Warhead Assembly Nike-Hercules

Change 10
68.3
8-1.1.3.3 TM 9-1385-51
assembly. The guidance set wiring har (2) Equipment and power section. The
ness is routed through the forward sec equipment and power section (figure
tion and is secured to the bottom of that 8-7) is constructed of two rings, four
section by two wiring harness clamps. longerons and skin; it is secured to
The explosive harness assembly is routed the engine section with 20 bolts. Two
from two receptacles in the safety and large access doors provide access to
arming device housing to a PETN relay the equipment inside the section; each
assembly in the nose of the warhead. The door is attached with 54 screws. This
warhead booster assembly consists of a section contains the umbilical assem
length of detonating cord which runs bly, through which the missile receives
from the PETN relay assembly through power while on the launcher, and the
a steel tube along the longitudinal axis accessory power supply and a 28-volt
of the warhead to a tetryl warhead nickel cadmium battery pack which
booster in the aft end of the tube. furnish missile power after launch.
c. Body. The body is made up of three sec An engine delay start timer, an elec
tions; the engine section, the equipment trical junction box, and various wiring
and power section, and the control sec harnesses leading from the junction
tion. box are also housed in this section.
(1) Engine section. The solid propellant (3) Control section. The control section
missile engine (sometimes referred to (figure 8-8) is made up of three rings
as the sustainer motor) is installed in and a two-piece skin. It is secured to
this section (figure 8-5). Eight heater the equipment and power section by
blankets cover the engine, and a head 12 bolts. The control section contains
heater blanket and a head insulating the actuatoi- assemblies which control
cap cover the forward end of the en the elevons, the thermal batteries, and
gine. The engine section consists of fittings for the lanyard which actuates
structural rings attached to the skin the batteries. The missile engine noz
with rivets. Large access doors, lo zle and a portion of the blast tube are
cated on each side of the engine sec located in this section. The blast tube
tion, permit access to the engine is supported by three adjusting as
mounting ring. Small access doors are semblies. The control section also in
provided for access to the two heater cludes the thrust limiter assembly
blanket thermostats, and for installa which is attached to the aft end.
tion and removal of the engine initia The elevon actuating assemblies are
tors. The engine is secured to the en mounted on the forward ring.
gine mounting ring, located near the
aft end of the engine section, with d. Booster cluster assembly. The booster
eight bolts. The motor heater wiring cluster assembly (figure 8-9) consists of
harness is routed under a fin to the four JATO units, four JATO igniters, a
three engine heater blanket cables. thrust fitting, four fins, various fittings
The initiator wiring harness is routed which secure all components in a rigid
under another fin from the thermal cluster, and associated fairings. The four
batteries in the control section to the JATO units are secured at the forward
two engine initiators (figures 8-5 and end by the thrust fitting, and at the aft
8-6) in the side of the igniter, and to end by four fin fittings to which the four
an inertia safety and arming switch trapezoidal fins are attached. The fairings
located inside and above the igniter form an aerodynamic surface for the aft
access door. end of the assembled cluster. The tapered
Change 10
68.4
MAIM
SPAR SOCKET FOR

INITIATOR
MAIN I IN NO. 1
WIRING
HARNESS
INERTIA SAFETY
AND ARMING SWITCH
TM 9 -1 3 8 5 -5 1
INITIATOR ACCESS DOOP
MISSUS ENGINI INI HATOR (2) ,

jSII-E ENCiINE
f NGINI1 HEAD INSUI Al ING CAP. ACCESS dAor
S'
GUIDANCE
WIRING HARN! SS ’'x vain ng.
ENGINE HEADHEAIfll BLANKET"
heater blanket cv'. g-

MISSILt ENGINE
THERMOSTAT ACC..SS DOOR
WARHEAD WIRING HARM 5
Figure 8-5 Engine Section of Missile Body (One Fin Phantomed for Clarity)
Change 10
68.5
8-1.1.3.3 to 8-1.1.5 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 8-6 Mistilo Engine Initiators and Igniter
internal opening in the forward end of cluster assembly weights approximately

the thrust fitting mates with the tapered 10,550 pounds.
aft end of the missile. The missile and b. Missile. The missile weighs approximately
booster cluster assembly are kept in align 5,250 pounds.
ment by an indexing pin (figure 8-8) on c. Booster Cluster Assembly. The booster
the aft end of the missile which engages cluster assembly weighs approximately
a recess in the interior of the thrust fit 5,300 pounds.
ting. Four elevon locks on the forward 8-1.1.5 MATERIALS.
end of the thrust fitting prevent move a. Missile. The missile is constructed of al
ment of the elevons until the booster uminum alloy and magnesium alloy air
cluster assembly separates from the mis frame components.
sile. A bracket is provided on the thrust b. Booster cluster assembly. Each of the
fitting for the lanyard assembly which is four JATO units consists of a welded
attached to the thermal batteries in the cylinder of steel with a steel head disc
missile. An igniter access opening on each and nozzle assembly. The thrust structure
side of the thrust fitting permits installa at the forward end of the assembly is
tion and removal of the JATO igniters. made of magnesium alloy castings and al
uminum alloy skin sections. All fairings
8-1.1.4 WEIGHTS. are of aluminum alloy; the fins are alum
’a. Complete Missile and Booster Cluster As
inum.
sembly. The complete missile and booster
Change 10
68.6
TM 9-1385-51
ENGINE DELAY
START TIMER
UMBILICAL
CABLE RECEPTACLE
MU-D2022 |
Figure 8-7 Equipment and Power Section of Mission Body
Change 10
68.7
I
Change 10
68.8
lanyard
/ ______ /INDEXING PIN
'V \\ thermal batteries
_ __ _A45-4"v
-i'\
"/
/
1 thrust LIMITER
\Z MOUNTING PLATE
ELEVON —''f . ngr- -/ >-<>> \ THRUST LIMITER

. o'''I Z\ W assembly
Ox*--- -—I
TM 9-1385-51
1 ffe* z<K\ A\
St|~
\
\ Y7
THRUST LIMITER
SQUIBS
jm> vi IB I»1 '■'x. \

\ NOZZLE
;/ ' (BLANKET COVERED)
\ LANYARD
RECEPTACLE
\ CONTROL SECTION
BLAST TUBE <"A
ACCESS DOOR
\ \
MU-D20231
Figure 8-8 Control Section of Missile Body

/
8-1.2 to 8-1.3 TM 9-1385-51
8-1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The haz der, and the igniter contains 0.7 ounce
ardous components listed below are grouped of polysulfide-perchlorate type propel
in accordance with the major components or lant.
system to which they pertain. (2) Propellant. The missile engine con
a. Warhead System. The warhead system tains approximately 2,196 pounds of
contains the warhead, M17 (T45), two case-bonded, single-perforated solid
safety and arming devices, M30A1, the propellant consisting of polysulfide
explosive harness assembly, M38, and the fuel and ammonium perchlorate oxi
warhead booster assembly. dizer.
(1) Warhead. The warhead contains 625 (3) Thrust limiter squibs. There are eight
pounds of HBX-6 explosive. To in thrust limiter squibs installed in pairs
crease the fragmentation effect, there around the outside perimeter of the
are approximately 20,000 cubical steel mouth of the missile engine nozzle exit
fragments arranged in single and (inside the thrust limiter mounting
double layers around the surface of plate). Each squib contains a small
the explosive charge. black powder charge.
(2) Safety and arming device. Each of the d. Control System. The hazardous compon
two safety and arming devices con ents of the control system consist of the
tains a lead azide detonator, M51, and fuel for the operation of the accessory
tetryl lead charge. power supply, and the hydraulic pressure
(3) Explosive harness assembly. The ex system.
plosive harness assembly consists of (1) Fuel. Fuel for the operation of the ac
two leads totalling approximately 20 cessory power supply consists of ap
inches of detonating cord with PETN proximately 1.6 gallons of ethylene
relays on each end. oxide (EThO). The weight of this fuel
(4) Warhead booster assembly. This as is 10.8 pounds.
sembly consists of approximately 18.3 (2) Hydraulic pressure system. Pressure
inches of detonating cord with a system which provides power for the
PETN relay on the outer end, and a movement of the elevons is from 2,800
tetryl booster weighing approximately to 3,200 pounds per square inch. This
2.6 pounds. system contains approximately 0.6
b. Booster Cluster Assembly, XM42. The gallon of hydraulic fluid, type MIL-
booster cluster assembly, XM42, contains 0-5606; its weight is four pounds.
four JATO igniters, M24, and four JATO 8-1.3 FUNCTIONING. For purposes of de
units, M5E1. scription, the functioning of Nike-Hercules is
(1) JATO igniter. Each of the four JATO divided into three periods: prelaunch period,
igniters contains 2.2 pounds of a mix boost period, and in-flight period.
ture of two grades of black powder a. Prelaunch Period.
and trench mortar powder. (1) During the prelaunch period, external
(2) JATO unit. The total weight of the electrical power is used to operate the
double-base, multiperforated grain missile engine heater blankets, start
booster propellant contained in the the accessory power supply, preset and
four JATO units is 3,020 pounds. uncage the gyro, energize the missile
c. Missile Engine (sustainer motor), XM30. guidance set, and ignite the thrust
The missile engine, XM30, contains the limiter squibs. Starting the accessory
engine initiators and igniter, the propel power supply at launch permits the
lant and the thrust limiter squibs. hydraulic fluid to reach the required
(1) Initiators and igniter. The initiators operating pressure during the boost
contain small amounts of black pow period. Just prior to launch, the un
Change 10
68.10
TM 9-1385-51 8-1.3
caged gyro establishes the reference ance set from the preset to the flight
trajectory plane in which steering condition, and another inertia safety
commands are to be given by the and arming switch located in the for
ground computer. ward portion of the missile engine
(2) If a surface-to-low-altitude mission section completes the operating circuit
has been selected, a signal to activate of the initiator cable assembly. This
the engine delay start timer is sent to action permits the firing of the missile
the missile, and the eight thrust lim- engine initiators as soon as the therm
iter squibs are ignited one-fourth of al batteries are activated upon booster
a second before the FIRE command. cluster assembly drop-off.
The thrust limiter squibs secure the NOTE
thrust limiter (figure 8-8) to the con
trol section at the aft end of the mis During the boost period, the ground
sile, thus reducing missile engine computer does not sent any steering
thrust. For the normal surface-to-air commands, and the elevons are locked
mission, however, the thrust limiter mechanically by elevon locks on the
drops off at booster cluster assembly booster thrust fitting.
separation. c. In-Flight Period.
b. Boost Period. (1) At burnout, the booster cluster assem
(1) When the missile-booster cluster as bly is separated from the missile by
sembly firing circuit is closed, external aerodynamic drag. The separation of
electrical power fires the igniters the booster cluster assembly from the
which initiate combustion of the pro missile pulls a lanyard, actuating the
pellant grain of the four JATO units, thermal batteries which energize the
and the missile and booster cluster missile engine initiators. The initi
assembly move along the erected ators ignite pyrotechnic pellets which,
launching rail. As this movement be in turn, spread combustion to the mis
gins, the umbilical cable plug shears at sile engine igniter and to the propel
the missile skin, and a launching-rail lant of the missile engine.
release assembly pivots out of the way, (2) The elevons are released at booster
providing a clear path for the missile separation. As soon as the elevons are
and booster cluster assembly. released from mechanical lock, the
(2) During acceleration of the missile missile rolls until it is oriented with
booster cluster- assembly combination, respect to the reference trajectory
rearward movement of inertia weights plane. The gyro maintains missile sta
in the two safety and arming devices bilization with respect to the reference
is retarded by delay escapement as- trajectory plane throughout the re
capement assemblies, so that sustained mainder of the in-flight period. For
acceleration is required for the devices each group of command signals re
to arm. At the end of their travel, ceived by the missile guidance system,
the weights are locked in position, a signal is returned to the missile
the explosive trains are aligned, the tracking radar in order to facilitate
shorts in the electric leads to the de tracking. Command signals from the
vices have been removed, and the war missile tracking radar include those
head system is armed. for steering in both yaw and pitch;
(3) During this same period, an inertia these steering signals are given with
safety and arming switch located in respect to the reference trajectory
the nose of the missile transfers the plane, as maintained by the gyro. The
roll control circuit in the missile guid control system accepts the electrical
Change 10
68.11
8-1.3 TM 9-1385-51
signals and converts them to a me onds, or three seconds after the oc
chanical (hydraulic) output which is currence of a malfunction within the
applied to the elevons. missile.
(3) Detonation of the warhead is effected NOTE
by a burst command transmitted by
the missile tracking radar. In addi In all of these cases, detonation must
tion, a fail-safe device in the warhead be preceded by the arming of at least
assembly provides self-detonation of one of the safety and arming de
the warhead if ground guidance is vices.
terminated for a period of three sec
Change 10
68.12
TM 9-1385-51 8-2to8-2.1.1
8-2 ANTIAIRCRAFT GUIDED MISSILE Ml WITH fuel propelled missile with a solid propellant
HIGH-EXPLOSIVE WARHEADS (NIKE-AJAX). booster. The Nike-Ajax carries three warheads
that are explosively connected with detonating
cord leads, and two safe and arming (S and A)
8-2.1.1 TYPE. Nike-Ajax (figure 8-10) is devices. The Nike-Ajax also has a fail-safe fea
two-stage, surface-to-air, supersonic, ground ture in which self-destruct can be accom
command guided, acceleration armed, liquid plished automatically or by ground-command.
Figure 8—10 Genera! Appearance of the Nike-Ajax Missile-Booster Combination
Change 19
68.13
8-2.1.2 to S—2.2.1 TM 9-1385-51
8-2.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The ex control wiring and the warhead system deto
terior surface of the missile is painted white. nating cord leads.
The booster assembly is painted olive drab. All a. Control System. The control system con
markings are in black. In addition, at the cen sists of the yaw and pitch control section
ter warhead section there are four rows of 2- and the roll control section. The yaw and
inch yellow squares, 90° apart, each row con pitch control section is located to the rear
taining three squares. The booster has four 4- of the forward warhead compartment.
inch yellow squares, 90° apart, encircling the This section also houses the hydraulic ac
forward end of the booster. cumulator and a manifold assembly.
8-2.1.3 APPEARANCE. Figures 8-10 and Four control fins are equally spaced
8-11 show the general appearance and location around the surface of this section. The
of sections of the missile. roll control section is located between the
air storage tank and the aft warhead
8-2.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. compartment. The roll control section en
closes the air pressure regulator valve
8-2.2.1 GENERAL. The missile consists of and contains the actuating mechanism
four major component sections: control, guid for the roll control surfaces.
ance, sustainer motor and warhead. Four tun b. Guidance Section. The major components
nels on the outer skin contain the hydraulic of this section are located directly behind
and sustainer motor plumbing, guidance and the yaw and pitch control section.
Figure 8—11 Sections and Compartments of the Missile
Change 19
68.14
TM 9-1335-51
c. Sustainer Motor Section. The sustainer cover on the guidance section. This
motor is mounted in the aft end of the tunnel covers the low-pressure air
missile. This section contains the oxidizer lines located along the oxidizer and
tank (RFNA), fuel tank (M3 fuel), fuel tanks.
starting fuel tank (UDMH) and the air (2) Tunnel Number Two. This tunnel
storage tank (high-pressure air). covers the missile control system air-
d. Warhead System. The components of this pressure line, the oil return line and
system are shown in figure 8-12. The sys the air filler and oxidizer line that ex
tem consists of three warheads (nose, tends from the oxidizer tank to the
center and aft), two S and A devices, a sustainer motor.
five-way detonating cord connector and (3) Tunnel Number Three. This tunnel
five lengths of detonating cord. covers the electrical cables and the
e Missile Tunnels. There are four tunnels stagnation pressure line located along
running lengthwise along the missile the guidance section.
skin, spaced 90° apart. They are num (4) Tunnel Number Four. This tunnel
bered in a clockwise direction looking to covers the nose and aft warheads’
ward the nose from the aft end of the detonating cord leads, the control sys
missile. tem oil-pressure line that extends
(1) Tunnel Number One. This tunnel is from the pitch and yaw control sec
the reference point for the other tun tion, the starting fuel expansion
nels. It runs above the battery box chamber and the fuel line which eX-
WARHEAD M3
TETRYL BOOSTER / COMPOSITION 8
WARHEAD M2
BOOSTER INITIATOR
RELAY CAPS
FIVE WAY DETONATING CORD

CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY DETONATING CORD DETONATING CORO TO
TO NOSE WARHEAD CENTER WARHEAD
COUPLING NUT DETONATING CORI INSPECTION PORT

TO AFT WARHEAD
SAFETY AND ARMING DEVICE
M30A1 DETONATING CORDS TO
TO GROUND COMMAND SAFETY AND ARMING
AND FAIL SAFE CIRCUIT DEVICES.
TERMINAL
MU-04 242o|
Figure 8-12 Warhead System for the Nike-Ajax
Change 19
68.15
8-2.3 to 8-2.5 TM 9-1385-51
as shown in figure 8-14. The booster

rocket motor contains a double base solid
propellant grain. The igniter contains a
black powder charge and four electric
squibs. The squibs are connected to an
electrical plug on the face of the igniter.
Two igniter wires run from the electrical
plug through holes in the propellant
grain to an outside connection for firing.
8-2.3 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT. The mis
sile with booster is 33 feet long and weighs ap
proximately 2,400 pounds. The missile is 21
Figure 8-13 Booster Assembly for Nike-Ajax feet long and weighs approximately 1,190
pounds. The booster is 13.2 feet long and
weighs approximately 1,198 pounds.
tends from the fuel tank to the sustain-
er motor. 8-2.4 MATERIAL. The missile skin is alumi
f. Booster Assembly. The main components num alloy. The booster casing is steel.
of the booster assembly are shown in
figure 8-13. The booster assembly is 8-2.5 Hazardous Components.
mated to the missile by the thrust fitting. a. Warheads. The missile contains three
One end of the sustainer motor actuating warheads filled with Composition B. The
lanyard is attached to the thrust fitting nose warhead contains 4.4 pounds, the
Change 19
68.16
TM 9-1385-51 8-2.6 to 8-2.7
center warhead contains 92 pounds and tion, a G-weight and slide, in each S and A de
the aft warhead contains 59 pounds. vice, function at a controlled rate. At the end
b. M30A1 S and A Device. The two S and A of the G-weight travel, the weight is locked in
devices each contain a tetryl lead-in place by a latch, and the slide snaps into posi
charge and an M51 detonator containing tion against the G-weight. This action aligns
lead azide and PETN. the electric detonator with the lead-in charge
and closes the circuit to the detonator, arming
c. Detonating Cord Harness. There are five the missile. The missile is unguided until
lengths of detonating cord connected to a booster separation. At booster separation, the
common five-way detonating cord connec sustainer motor actuating lanyard pulls free
tor. The opposite ends of the five detonat and pressurized air forces RFNA and UDMH
ing cords are connected to the two S and into the combustion chamber. The hypergolic
A devices and the three warheads (figure reaction of RFNA and UDMH starts the sus
8-12). tainer motor. Combustion is maintained when
d. Oxidizer, Fuel and High-Pressure Air. M3 fuel enters the chamber. At booster separa
The missile contains 19 gallons (222 tion the guidance system also becomes opera
pounds) of red fuming nitric acid tive and missile controls are functional. Deto
(RFNA), 7.9 gallons (47.7 pounds) of nation of the warhead is effected by a burst
M3 fuel, unsymmetrical dimethylhy command transmitted by the missile tracking
drazine (UDMH) and the air storage radar. In addition, a fail-safe device in the mis
tank which contains air pressurized at sile provides self-detonation if ground guid
3,000 to 4,600 p.s.i. ance is lost.
e. Booster. The booster motor contains a 8-2.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND HAZ
740-pound, double base, solid propellant ARDS.
grain. The igniter contains 2.2 pounds of
black powder. If it is suspected that residual fuel and oxi
dizer are present, protective clothing must be
8-2.6 FUNCTIONING. At missile launch, a worn. For recommended protective clothing
lanyard is pulled, causing the hydraulic system refer to TM 9-1385-211. Air lines may contain
to become operative. During missile accelera high-pressure air.
Change 19
68.17
TM 9-1385-5,
Change 19
68.18
TM 9-1385-51 9-1.1 to 9-1.1.3
SECTION 9
ANTITANK AND ANTIPERSONNEL MINES
9-1 ANTITANK MINE AND ANTITANK tilt. load, applied to an extension rod or by a
MINE FUZE vertical pressure load applied to the pres
Antitank mine M21 and antitank mine fuze sure ring.
M607 are covered in this paragraph. 9-1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
9-1.1 IDENTIFICATION. outer surface of the mine is painted olive drab.
9-1.1.1 TYPE. The mine designation, as well as other loading
a. Mine. The mine M21 is a cylindrical, metal information, is marked in yellow on the top
lic antitank mine which utilizes the surface of the mine.
Misznay-Schardin principle of high explo 9-1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
sive wave shaping to propel a concave steel general physical characteristics of the mine and
plate at extremely high velocity. The mine fuze are shown in figure 9-1. The top cover of
is effective against the underside of the mine is scored in a pattern to facilitate
armored vehicles as well as the tracks or fragmentation of the mine cover. A filling plug
wheels. seals the filling hole in the side of the mine case.
b. Fuze. The fuze M607 is a combination-type The mine is provided with a carrying strap
fuze which functions either by a horizontal secured to the side of the mine case.
Change 3
69
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 9-1 External Configuration and Dimensional Characteristics

_ of Mine M21 with Fuze M607
Change 3
70
TM 9-1385-51 9-1.1.4 to 9-1.3.3
9-1.1.4 WEIGHTS. The mine, without fuze, weighs tilt. As a result, the tilt rod in the fuze exerts a bear
approximately 17.5 pounds. The fuze weighs approx ing pressure on the firing pin assembly causing the
imately 0.5 pound. belleville spring to deflect. Tire deflected spring snaps
inward driving the firing pin into the detonator. A
9-1.1.5 MATERIALS. vertical force of 290 to 390 pounds applied to the
9-1.1.5.1 The mine case is made of sheet steel. pressure ring will depress the pressure ring against
the plastic collar. The plastic collar breaks under
9-1.1.5.2 The fuze is mostly aluminum in construc the load, allowing the tilt rod to bear against the
tion and is fitted with an aluminum extension rod. firing pin assembly. This causes the belleville spring
9-1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. to deflect and snap inward driving the firing pin
into the detonator.
9-1.2.1 The fuze contains the stab-type detonator
M46. 9-1.3.3 The fuze detonator ignites the black powder
9-1.2.2 The mine contains a black powder ex expelling charge contained in the plastic cup within
pelling charge, a delay assembly, a booster M120, and the mine. The expelling charge functions to remove
a main charge of composition H6 weighing approxi the fuze and the overburden of earth above the mine,
mately 11 pounds. which otherwise would nullify or minimize the
Misznay-Schardin effect. Simultaneously, the ex
9-1.3 FUNCTIONING, (figures 9-2 and 9-3). pelling charge drives the mine firing pin into the
9-1.3.1 The fuze is actuated either by a horizontal primer of the delay assembly thereby initiating the
force applied when a vehicle strikes the extension rod delay train. After a delay of about 0.15 seconds to
or by a vertical force exerted when the tread or wheel allow for both overburden removal and optimum
of the vehicle passes over the pressure ring. target position for a “kill”, the booster M120 func
9-1.3.2 If a horizontal force of 3 to 6 pounds (7° tions to detonate the main charge. The main charge
tilt) is applied to the end of the extension rod, the propels the concav.e steel plate at an extremely high
plastic collar breaks allowing the extension rod to velocity into the bottom of the target.
Change 15
70.1
TM 9-1385-51
Change 15
70.2
TM 9-1385-51 9-1.4 to 9-2.1.1
ADAPTER EXTENSION ROD
SAFETY BAND
PRESSURE RING
TILT ROD
PLASTIC COLLAR
CAP
NEOPRENE GASKET
SAFETY STOP
BEARING CAP RETAINER RING
BODY FIRING PIN
BELLEVILLE SPRING DETONATOR, M46
CLOSURE ASSEMBLY FORK ORD D1936|
Figure 9-3 Fuze M607 in Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View
9-1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. damaged. If the fuze is found to be damaged, the

9-1.4.1 The general safety precautions regarding explosive ordnance disposal procedures should
the approach, attack, and disposal of unexploded be applied.
ordnance must be observed. 9-1.4.6 Never store or transport fuzed mines on
9-1.4.2 Carefully investigate for the presence of top of each other.
booby traps. 9-2 ANTIPERSONNEL MINE
9-1.4.3 Determine the condition of the fuze. Antipersonnel mine M18 or M18A1 is covered in
9-1.4.4 Extreme care should be taken during this paragraph.
explosive ordnance disposal operations to see 9-2.1 IDENTIFICATION.
that no part of the body touches the extension 9-2.1.1 TYPE. The mine M18 (T-48) or M18A1
rod, since a horizontal force of about 3 to 6 is a directional, fragmentation, control-fired,
pounds (7° tilt) exerted against the extension electrically (or nonelectrically) initiated anti
rod will detonate the mine. personnel mine. This mine may be surface-
9-1.4.5 Examine the fuze, particularly the plas emplaced or attached to an object.
tic collar, carefully to determine if it has been
Change 3
70.3
TM 9-1385-51 9-2.1.2 to 9-2.1.3.2
9-2.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. (1) In the assembled mine, the front tray
9-2.1.2.1 M18. fits into the back tray and is bonded to
a. The mine case and the external fittings are it with adhesive. (The face of the front
camouflaged with brown colored cotton tray is concave.)
flock. (2) The explosive charge and cubical steel
b. The following markings appear on the mine fragments are contained in the front
case: tray of the mine. (The explosive charge
(1) The mine designation, lot number and is cored out at each end to form blast
the loading date are stenciled on the ing cap wells.)
top of the mine case. (3) A glass cloth covers the back opening
(2) A direction-of-fire arrow is stenciled of the front tray. The ends of this
on the top of an aiming sight that is
cover form the eyelet tabs which project
secured to the top of the mine case.
from each end of the mine case.
(3) Two black spots, one at each end of
the mine case, indicate taped-over (4) The back tray has the aiming sight and
blasting cap wells. the support legs attached to it.
9-2.1.2.2 M18A1. (5) The blasting cap openings in the back
a. The mine case and external fittings are tray are sealed with tape. These open
painted olive drab. ings match similar openings in the front
b. The following markings appear on the mine tray.
case: (6) The mine M18 (T48) is normally
(1) The mine .designation, lot number, and detonated electrically using two (2)
the loading data are stenciled on the special electric blasting caps.
back tray of the mine. 9-2.1.3.2 M18A1.
(2) Direction of fire arrows are stenciled on a. The following external fittings are located
top at both ends of mine case on the on the mine case.
mine case. (1) A molded slit type or knife edge peep
(3) "FRONT” and "BACK” are indicated sight is located on top of the mine.
on the mine case. (2) Two pairs of scissor-type folding legs
9-2.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The are secured by bracket and rivet com
general physical characteristics of the mine are binations to the bottom of the mine
shown in figures 9-4, 9-5, and 9-6. case.
9-2.1.3.1 M18. (3) Two detonator wells located on the top
a. The following external fittings are attached of the mine, are sealed by the plug
to mine case: ends of the shipping plug priming
(1) A block-shaped aiming sight, contain adapters.
ing a slot sight with a “V” notch, is
b. The mine M18A1 case is composed of two
secured by two metal rivets to the
top center of the mine case.
laterally curved trays designated as front
and back tray.
(2) Three folding steel legs are secured by
bracket and rivet combination to the (1) In the assembled mine, the front tray
bottom of the mine case. fits into the back tray and is bonded
(3) A glass cloth tab containing a metal to it by adhesive..
eyelet projects from each end of the (2) The explosive charge and steel spheres
mine case. are contained in the front of the mine.
b. The mine M18 (T48) case is composed of (3) The front tray has the aiming sight
two laterally curved trays designated as and the folding legs attached to it.
front and back tray.
Change 3
70.4
TM 9-1385-51
(4) The blasting cap openings (detonator (5) The mine M18A1 is normally detonated
wells) are located on top of the front electrically using two (2) special elec
tray. These openings are sealed by tric blasting caps.
shipping plug priming adapters.
Figure 9-4 Antipersonnel Mine, Figure 9-5 Antipersonnel Mine,

Ml 8-External view Ml 8-Cutaway View
Change 3
70.5
TM 9-1385-51
TM 9-1385-51
9-2.1.4 to 9-3.1.5
9-2.1.4 WEIGHT. The overall weight of the 9-2.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

mine M18 including explosive is approximately 9-2.4.1 The general safety precautions regard
2.5 pounds. The mine M18A1 weighs approxi ing the approach, attack and disposal of unex
mately 3.5 pounds. ploded ordnance must be observed.
9-2.1.5 MATERIALS. The mine case is plastic. 9-2.4.2 Positively identify the mine and deter
mine its condition.
9-2.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The ex
plosive contained in the mine M18 (T48) is 9-2.4.3 Approach the mine from the rear.
composition C-3; total weight of explosive is When in the mine area, consider the mine to
approximately 0.8 pound. The mine M18A1 con be armed (until positively determined other
tains approximately 1.5 pounds of composition wise) if blasting cap wires, firing lead wires,
C-4. detonating cord, or time fuse extend in the di
rection of the suspected mine emplacement.
9-2.3 FUNCTIONING.
9-2.4.4 Carefully examine the mine for the
9-2.3.1 M18. presence of boobytraps.
a. The mine is primed for firing by punctur 9-2.4.5 Cut and short out blasting cap or firing
ing a taped-over blasting cap well in the leads.
mine case, and inserting a blasting cap
in the well. To ensure detonation of the 9-3 ANTIPERSONNEL MINE, POP-UP, PWP, XM54
mine, the mine may be double-primed, WITH FUZE M605 AND/OR ELECTRIC SQUIB Ml Al,
using both wells and two blasting caps. 9-3.1 IDENTIFICATION.
b. After being primed, the mine is emplaced 9-3.1.1 TYPE. The XM54 antipersonnel mine
and is aimed by sighting through the is a combination type mine which may be func
aiming sight. A stenciled arrow on the tioned mechanically by the M605 combination
aiming sight indicates the direction of mine fuze or electrically by the M1A1 squib as
fire and travel of fragments. After the sembly. Either the mine fuze or the squib as
mine is emplaced and aimed, its firing sembly or both may be assembled to the mine.
leads are laid out carefully to a position The XM54 mine consists of the XM55 mine
which affords safety to the operator of and other components (paragraph 9-3.2).
the mine from back blast and from ob When initiated, the mine pops up and fires, pro
jects hurled around due to back blast jecting it’s PWP filler and metal fragments in
when the mine is detonated. Arming of all directions.
the mine is completed when the firing 9-3.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
leads are connected to the firing source. outer surface of the XM54 mine is light green
c. The mine is fired by actuating the firing with a yellow band on the base, and the mark
source. This action initiates the blasting ings are in light red. The outer surface of the
cap which in turn detonates the mine ex XM55 mine is gray with a yellow band around
plosive charge. The .resultant explosion the circumference, and the markings are in
propels cubical metal fragments outward light red.
in a fan-shaped pattern. 9-3.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
9-2.3.2 M18A1. general physical characteristics of the mine
a. The mine is primed for firing by revers and fuze are shown in figure 9-7.
ing the shipping plug priming adapters 9-3.1.4 WEIGHT AND DIMENSIONS. The
and inserting blasting caps into the wells. mine weighs approximately 30 pounds and is
b. The two arrows on top of mine case indi approximately 5 inches high and 13 inches in
cate direction of fire. diameter.
c. Refer to subparagraph 9-2.3.1 for other 9-3.1.5 MATERIALS. The mine is composed
functioning information. mainly of steel with a plastic cover.
Change 21
70.7
TM 9—1385—51
9-3.2 to 9—3.2.3
Figure 9—7 XM54 Pop-Up PWP Antipersonnel Mine with M605 Fuze
19-3.2 GENERAL. The XM54 mine (figure components. An integral carrying handle (notl
9-8) consists of four major components: the shown) is located on the bottom of the case.
XM44 landmine adapter-projector; the XM55 9-3.2.2 XM55 PWP Antipersonnel Mine. The
PWP antipersonnel mine; the M605 combina XM55 mine (3, figure 9-8) contains an M120
tion mine fuze and the M1A1 squib assembly. booster (7), M38 burster (6) and PWP filling
9-3.2.1 XM44 Land Mine Adapter-Projector. (4). |
rThe XM44 consists of (figure 9-8) a case (1), 9-3.2.S M605 Combination Mine Fuze. The vari
a cover (2), a fuze holder assembly (17) and ous components of the fuze are shown in fig-1
a flash tube and igniter mixture (19) as major ures 9-8 and 9-9.
Change 21
70.8 •
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 9-8 XM54 Pop-Up PWP Antipersonnel Mine—Cross-Sectional View
1 Case 10 Trigger Pin 19 Flash Tube and Igniter Mixture

2 Cover 11 Release Pin Ring 20 Black Powder Propellant
3 XM55 PWP Antipersonnel Mine 12 Firing Pin Charge
4 PWP 13 Fuze Extension 21 Delay Detonator
5 Spanner Wrench Holes 14 Delay Charge 22 Propulsion Chamber and Tube
6 M38 Burster 15 Relay Charge Assembly
7 Ml20 Booster 16 Flash Igniter Charge 23 Shear Screws
8 M605 Combination Mine Fuze 17 Fuze Holder Assembly 24 Propulsion Chamber
9 Pressure Spring 18 M1A1 Squib Assembly 25 Explosive Disks
Change 21
70.9
TM 9—1385—51
9-3.2.4 to 9—3.3.2
The XM55 mine contains 15 pounds of PWP,

12 ounces of Composition B in the M38 burster
and 11 grams of RDX in the M120 booster.
NOTE
The mine has a dispersion area of 50

meters and the PWP filling constitutes
a fire hazard.
9-3.3.2 FUNCTIONING.
a. M605 Combination Mine Fuze (figure
9-9). This fuze may be functioned by ei
ther pressure or pull, as follows, with
numbered callouts as shown in figure 9-8:
(1) Pressure. A pressure of 8 to 20
pounds on any one of the three pres
sure prongs causes the pressure spring
(9) to be sufficiently compressed to
force the trigger pin (10) downward.
The wedge-shaped tip of the trigger
pin forces the release pin and the re
lease pin ring (11) outward to a posi
tion where the firing pin (12) is re
leased, allowing the firing pin spring
to force the firing pin downward, im
pinging and initiating the primer. The
primer initiates the remaining fuze
elements consisting of the delay charge
(14), relay charge (15), flash igniter
charge (16) and the igniter mix slurry
(19) in the flash tube. The slurry
causes the propellant charge (20)
ignite, which propels the XM55 mine
Figure 9-9 M605 Combination Mine Fuze (3) into the air. At the same time,
the delay detonator (21) is ignited
9-3.2.4 M1A1 Squib Assembly. The components and when the mine is approxi mately
of the squib assembly are shown in figures 9-8 10 feet above the ground, the detona
and 9-10. The RF shields are discarded when tor burns through, initiating the ex
the squib assembly is used. plosive disks (25) The disks detonate
9-3.3 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. the M120 booster (7) which, in turn.
9-3.3.1 The M605 fuze contains a relay-delay explodes the M38 burster (6) which
mix and a black powder flash igniter charge. causes the shattering of the mine
The XM44 adapter-projector contains an ig body, projecting the PWP filling and
nition mix of titanium, iron oxide, and zir metal fragments in all directions.
conium as a slurry, a propellant charge of 15 (2) Pull. A pull of three to ten pounds on
grams of black powder, a delay detonator of the release pin ring (11) causes the
lead azide, barium chromate and RDX and two release pin to move to a position where
discs of deta (R) sheet. the firing pin (12) is released. The
Change 21
70.10
TM 9-1385-51
9-3.4 to 9-4.1.3
Figure 9-10 Ml Al Squib Assembly
remaining sequence of functioning is 9-4.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The

identical to that described in para rocket is painted olive drab with markings in
graph 9-3.3.2a(l). yellow.
b. Ml Al Squib Assembly. Electrical energy 9-4.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
is applied to the lead wires of the squib M24 antitank mine consists of an M2 antitank
(18) causing it to ignite; this, in turn, discriminator, an M61 demolition firing device,
ignites the igniter charge (19). The re an M143 rocket launcher, an M28A2 3.5 inch
maining sequence of functioning is iden HEAT rocket (all shown in figure 9-11); and
tical to that described in 9-3.3.2a(l). an elevation and azimuth sighting assembly
9-3.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. (not shown).
WARNING a. M2 Antitank Mine Discriminator. The
M2 discriminator is composed of pres
The M1A1 squib assembly is suscepti sure sensitive tape, 27 inches long, con
ble to RF energy. taining four switch elements. One end of
a. Never place any portion of the body over the discriminator is attached to 70 feet
the mine when performing EOD opera of the wire which is designed to connect
tions. to the M61 demolition firing device.
b. Damaged XM54 mines must be transport b. M61 Demolition Firing Device. The firing
ed and stored under water. device consists of an ARM-SAFE toggle
c. Never cut a taut trip wire until the other switch, an indicator light, a rocket cable
end has been examined to see that it is assembly connector, a discriminator wire
not attached to another mine or booby- connector, a battery cover and two BA
trap. 30 batteries (figure 9-12).
c. M143 Rocket Launcher. The launcher is
9-4 ANTITANK MINE M24 a tube of polyvinyl chloride, 24 inches
9-4.1 IDENTIFICATION. long with walls 1/8 inch thick.
9-4.1.1 TYPE. The M24 antitank mine is a d. M28A2 3.5 Inch HEAT Rocket (figure
remotely actuated, off route antitank mine sys 9-13). The M28A2 rocket utilizes the
tem utilizing a 3.5 inch HEAT rocket. M404A1 base detonating fuze (figure 11-
Change 21
70.11
FM 9-1385-51
9-4.1.4 to 9-4.2
MU3 ROCKET LAUNCHER
Figure 9—11 M24 Antitank Mine Less the Elevation and Sighting Assembly
29). The fuze arms on setback and func e. Elevation and Azimuth Sighting Assem
tions with a non-delay action on impact. bly. The sighting assembly is used to as
A spring loaded ejection pin prevents sure proper positioning of the rocket and
movement of the internal parts of the it’s launcher in relation to the target im
fuze during shipping and handling. The pact area.
ejection pin is held in place by a safety
band which is removed prior to emplace 9 4.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. The
ment of the mine. A folding fin assembly M24 antitank mine in it’s nylon carrying case
with six spring loaded extendable fins weighs 18 pounds. The M28A2 3.5 inch rocket
has been added to the M28A2 rocket. A is 23.6 inches long and weighs approximately
50 foot long rocket cable assembly leads 9 pounds.
from the rocket motor and terminates in 9-4.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The
a connector for attachment to the M61 M28A2 rocket contains 1.9 pounds of Composi
firing device. tion B and .35 pound of propellant.
Change 21
70.12
TM 9-1385-51
BATTERY COVER
ARM SAFE TOGGLE SWITCH
INDICATOR LIGHT
COVER
OUST COVER ON ROCKET CABLE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
DUST COVER ON DISCRIMINATOR WIRE CONNECTOR ORD DI8901
Figure 9-12 M61 Demolition Firing Device
Figure 9-13 M28A2 3.5 Inch HEAT Rocket Modified for M24 Antitank Mine
Change 21
70.13
TM 9-1385-51
9-4.3 to 9-4.4
9-4.3 FUNCTIONING. a. Observe all safety precautions regarding

a. Prior to emplacing the mine, the safety graze-sensitive fuzes. The fuze is very
band is removed from the rocket, allow sensitive and is actuated upon any kind
ing the spring loaded ejection pin to come of impact.
in contact with bore of the launcher. A b. If the rocket is imbedded in the ground,
vehicle crossing the discriminator com pull it to a horizontal position from a
pletes the firing circuit and activates the safe distance.
M61 firing device. The firing device sends c. Do not drop or jar the rocket during
current to the squib which in turn initi movement.
ates the rocket igniter and propellant thus d. Do not allow the nose of the rocket to
launching the rocket from its preaimed move lower than the horizontal since this
position. movement may cause detonation of the
b. For functioning information regarding rocket.
the M404 Series fuze, see paragraph 11- e. Do not bend or otherwise apply pressure
8.3b. to the discriminator during EOD opera
9-4.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. tions.
Change 21
70.14
TM 9-1385-51 10-1 TO 10-1
SECTION 10
PYROTECHNICS
10-1 PYROTECHNICS ITEMS as applicable. The model designation is also

marked on the signal.
The following pyrotechnic items are covered
in this paragraph: 10-1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
White Aircraft Smoke Signal XM176, a. The smoke signals (figures 10-1 and 10-
2) are cylindrical tubes, each containing
Red Aircraft Smoke Signal XM177, three canisters (modified smoke hand
Green Aircraft Smoke Signal XM178, grenades) of the applicable smoke mixture.
Signal XM176 (figures 10-1) uses a modified
Yellow Aircraft Smoke Signal XM179, and Hand Grenade M8. Signals XM177, XM178,
Violet Aircraft Smoke Signal XM180. XM179 and XM180 (figures 10-2) use a modi
fied Hand Grenade M18 filled with the ap
propriate smoke mixture. The modification
10-1.1 IDENTIFICATION. of the grenades consists of the removal of
10-1.1.1 TYPE. These smoke signals are the fuze assemblies. In addition, Hand
modified, colored smoke hand grenades en Grenade M8 has a hole drilled through the
cased in a metal cylinder. The signals are base of the grenade body. A fuze and para
designed to be hand released from helicopters. chute assembly is contained within a re
10-1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The tainer which is affixed to the forward end
signals are painted light green. The colored of the signal. The fuze and parachute as
signals are marked “Red Smoke,” “Green sembly provides canister initiation and ver
Smoke,” “Yellow Smoke,” or “Violet Smoke,” tical trajectory.
Change 12
71
TM 9-1385-51
Change 12
72 Figure 10-1. White Aircraft Smoke Signal XM176
TM 9-1385-S1
Figure 10-2. Aircraft Smoke Signal: Red XM177, Green XM178, Yellow XM179, or VIOLET XM180
Change 12
72.1
TM 9-1385-51 10-1 TO 10-1
b. The fuze assembly consists of a fuze b. Flash tube ignition mixture. Refer to
body that houses a firing pin, a compressed paragraph 10-1.2.l.b.
firing-pin spring, a firing-pin retaining ball, c. Starter mixture. The starter mixture,
and a top assembly consisting of top cover, which weighs approximately 12 grains, con
top assembly sleeve, safety lever, and safety sists of potassium chlorate, sulfur, sodium
pin. The parachute assembly consists of a bicarbonate, and cornstarch. Each canister-
retainer, a helical ejection spring, a spring
(grenade) contains the starter mixture.
cover with a base plate attached, a para
chute that it secured to the base of the fuze d. Smoke mixture. Each canister contains
assembly by a wire cable, and four-section 11-1/2 ounces of applicable colored smoke
retainer liner to protect the parachute. mixtures consisting of baking soda, potas
sium chloride, and sulfur with the appro
priate dye.
The signals weigh approximately 7-1/2
pounds, are 24-1/2 inches long, and 3-13/16 e. Delay fuze. The delay fuze consists of
inches in diameter. 19 inches of safety time fuse, 1 grain of black
powder, and 3 grains of ignition mixture.
10-1.1.5 MATERIALS. The signals are made
of steel. In addition, the XM176 has an as
bestos sheet around each of the three cani 10-1.3 FUNCTIONING.
sters. a. Signal XM176. (figures 10-3 and 10-4).
The safety pin is withdrawn and the safety
10-1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. lever is released. Upon safety lever release,
the helical ejection spring forces the top as
10-1.2.1. XM176.
sembly cap and the top assembly sleeve off
a. Primer M39. The primer, which weighs the fuze body. When the top assembly sleeve
0.026 grams, consists of potassium chloride, has moved outward sufficiently to clear the
lead vial cyanide, barium nitrate, TNT, and firing pin retaining ball, the retaining ball
ground glass. is forced through a hole in the fuze body
b. Flash tube ignition mixture. The mix housing. The compressed firing pin spring
ture, which weighs 15 grains, consists of iron drives the firing pin into the percussion
oxide, titanium powder and zirconium powder primer. At the same time that the ejection
with a nitrocellulose binder. spring: forces the fuze top assembly cap from
the fuze body, the spring cover, with base
c. Starter mixture. The starter mixture, plate attached, is ejected from the fuze and
which weighs approximately 15 grains, con parachute assembly retainer. Ejection of the
sists of silicon, potassium nitrate, charcoal, spring cover base plate causes the parachute
iron oxide and aluminum powder with a to be propelled outward into the airstream.
nitrocellulose binder. Each canister (gre Initiation of the percussion primer ignites
nade) contains the starter mixture. the ignition mixture of the flash tube as
d. Smoke mixture. Each canister contains sembly which burns downward to the upper
19 ounces of Type C HC smoke mixture. most canister. The canisters burn in succes
sion, flame passing through the hole in the
10-1.2.2 XM177, XM178, XM179, and XM180. bottom of the upper canister igniting the
a. Primer. Refer to paragraph 10-1.2.1.a. next lower canister.
Change 12
72.2
Tf.‘. 9-1385-51
MU-D4 2164
Figure 10-3. Parachute-And-Fuxe Assembly.
Change 12
72.3
TM 9-1385-51 10-1 TO 10-2
b. Signals XM177, XM178, XM179 and XM-

180. The functioning of these signals differs
from that of the XM176 only in the manner
in which the lower canisters are ignited.
When the percussion primer ignites the igni
tion mixture in the flash tube assembly, the
starter mix of the top canister is initiated.
The starter mix initiates the smoke mixture
and at the same time ignites the safety fuse
in the delay fuze assembly. The delay fuze
assembly burns through to ignite the center
canister which, similarly, ignites the bottom
canister.
a. The signals are pyrotechnics and, there
fore, constitute a potential fire hazard.
b. The signals contain a spring-loaded-
cocked firing pin.
10-2 FLARE SET AN/ALA-17

10-2.1.1 TYPE. The flare set AN/ALA-17 is a
pyrotechnic munition containing eight cart
ridges consisting of two aircraft flares each.
flare rack (container) is unpainted, with
nomenclature and loading information sten
ciled in black.
flare set (figures 10-5), consists of a rack
and eight cartridges. Each cartridge consists
of two flares (an upper and lower flare),
crimped together. The cartridges are held in
place in the rack by a locking bar. Each cart
ridge is covered with a polyethylene sleeve
which provides a buffer, acts as a lubricant
between the cartridges, and assists in shock
absorption. The flare set is installed in an
ejector set, which is located in the aircraft
Figure 10-4. Flash Tube Assembly under the horizontal stabilizer.
Change 12
72.4
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 10-5 Flare Set AN/ALA-17

Chang*
72.5
10-2.1.4 to 10-3.2 TM 9-1385-51
10-2.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. The 10-3.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
weights and dimensions of the flare set and general physical characteristics of the flare
components are as follows: and fuze are shown in figures 10-6 and 10-7.
a. The flare set is 12i/o inches in length, a. Fuze. The fuze consists of a domed cy
5% inches in width, 12i/> inches in lindrical fuze cover with a pull cable as
height, and weighs 41 pounds. sembly, a shear sleeve connector, and a
b. The flare rack has the same dimensions shear sleeve; a head that contains the
as the flare set and weighs 9 pounds. firing pin assembly; and a body that con
c. Each cartridge is 2.7 inches in diameter, tains a primer, upper and lower time
11% inches in length, and weighs 4% train rings, and an expelling-ignition
pounds. charge. The cover is attached to the fuze
d. Each flare is 2.5 inches in diameter, 5 by five screws that thread through the
inches in length, and weighs l1/’ pounds. fuze cover and into the lower time train
10-2.1.5 MATERIALS. The flare rack is made ring.
of aluminum. b. Flare. The flare consists of an outer
case, with a fuze adapter secured to the
10-2.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The forward end, and an inner case consist
flares contain pyrotechnic compositions. ing of a forward and rear compartment.
10-2.3 FUNCTIONING. Electrical current The flare candle and ignition assembly
initiates the ejection of one or more flares. are located in the forward inner com
Ejection of the flare simultaneously ignites partment. The parachute assembly is lo
the pyrotechnic composition. cated in the rear compartment of the
10-2.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. inner case. The inner case is sealed by
a. Each flare generates 8,000,000 candle an end cap that is crimped to the outer
power. Use adequate eye protection when case assembly.
disposing of flares.
b. Avoid subjecting the flare set to RF 10-3.1.4 WEIGHTS.
energies, static electric charges, or ex a. The fuze with cover weighs approxi
cessive heat. mately three pounds.
b. The flare candle weighs approximately
10-3 AIRCRAFT PARACHUTE FLARE XM182 WITH 17 pounds.
TIME FUZE XM590E2 c. The complete flare weighs approxi
mately 27.5 pounds.
10-3.1.1 TYPE. The flare, dispensed from 10-3.1.5 MATERIALS.
helicopters, is functioned by a powder train a. The flare body is aluminum.
time fuze, for illuminating an area. b. The fuze and cover are aluminum.
10-3.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. 10-3.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
a. The fuze is unpainted, with a time set a. FUZE.
ting indicator on the upper ring. The' (1) Ignition — Expelling Charge — 75
base of the fuze body contains time set grains black powder and percussion
ting figures embossed on it. primer M39A1.
b. The fuze cover is painted black. Drop (2) Time Rings—105 grains black
settings (in feet) are painted in white. powder.
The fuze safe position is indicated by b. Flare.
the word SAFE printed on a white band (1) Approximately 16 pounds of illumi
extending the width of the safe position. nating charge consisting of magne
c. The flare body is unpainted, with mark sium, sodium nitrate, and a binder
ings on the body and decal in black. solution.
Change 14
72.6
TM 9-1385-51 10-3.3 to 10-3.4
(2) Approximately ',4-pound first fire train time delay upper ring. The powder train
charge consisting of a barium-nitrate time delay rings burn through the preset time
mixture. and ignite the ejection-ignition charge. The
ejection-ignition charge of the fuze simultane
10-3.3 FUNCTIONING. Prior to release of ously ignites the candle and ejects the candle
the flare from the dispensing device, the fuze and parachute assemblies from the outer case.
is set for the delay (feet of drop) and the Upon clearing the outer case, the split inner
safety pin is withdrawn. Upon release from case separates, allowing the parachute to de
the aircraft flare dispenser, pull is trans ploy.
mitted through the pull cable assembly to the 10-3.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
shear sleeve connector, causing the shear a. Since the flare produces an average of
sleeve to move upward. When the pull exerted 2,000,000 candle power, do not look at an
exceeds 400 pounds, the shear pin is broken. ignited flare without adequate eye shield
The retaining pin, which is attached to the ing.
firing pin by a slip-joint coupling, moves up b. The flare is a base ejection type muni
ward, compressing the firing pin spring. When
tion. Do not stand or place any part of
the slip-joint coupling of the retaining pin and the body directly to the rear of an armed
firing pin reaches the retainer cavity, the fir flare.
ing pin is released from the retaining pin. The c. The flare presents a fire hazard as well
compressed firing pin spring drives the firing as a missile hazard.
pin into the primer, initiating the powder
Change 14
72,7
C hange 14
72.8
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 10-4 Aircraft Parachute Rare XM1G2
TM 9-1385-51
fe - ______
Figure 10-7 Time Fuze XM590E2
Change 14~,
72.9:
TM 9-1385-51 10-4 to 10-4.2.4
10-4. CARTRIDGES, PHOTOFLASH, Ml 12, M112A1, and a powder train delay fuse having a
M121, M123A1, M124 and XM185 and XM186. delay time as specified on the cartridge
case. The cartridge case has an electric
10-4.1 GENERAL. Photoflash cartridges used
primer and a small propelling charge at
as a source of light for aerial photography during
the base end. The mouth end of the car
reconnaissance missions. They are automatically
fired from either a multibarreled ejector (for tridge is closed with a steel cap. The elec
tric primer is protected from accidental
M112, M112A1, M121, XM185, and XM186 cart
firing during storage, shipment and han
ridges), or an outer-case type ejector (for M123A,
dling by a shunting clip, which is removed
or 124 Cartridges).
just prior to loading the cartridge into the
WARNING ejector (figure 10-8).
Photoflash cartridges must never be b. The M121 Cartridge consists of a dummy
stored in the ejector, near open flames, charge assembled in a cartridge case con
or potential fire hazards. taining a small propelling charge. No fuse
10-4.2 IDENTIFICATION. is used. The dummy charge consists of a
soft wood filler housing a steel bar to meet
10-4.2.1 TYPE the weight requirements of the cartridge.
a. M112 Series. These cartridges, when fired, The cartridge has an electric primer which
and after a delay time of one, two, or is protected with a shunting clip (figure
four seconds, produce a flash having an 10-9).
average peak of approximately 100 million c. The M123A1 and M124 Cartridges are
candlepower. 2.88 inches in diameter and 8.45 inches
b. M121. This cartridge simulates the M112 long. The M123A1 has an inner photo
Series Cartridge and is used as a practice flash charge case containing 1.75 pounds
round. It is fired from the same ejector of photoflash powder, and a powder train
as the M112 Series Cartridge. delay fuse having a delay time as speci
c. M123A1. This cartridge, when fired and fied on the cartridge case. The remaining
after a delay time of two, four, or six sec features of the M123A1 Cartridges are
onds, produces a flash having an average similar to the M112 Series Cartridges
peak of approximately 260 million candle (figure 10-10).
power. d. The M124 Cartridge consists of an inert
d. M124. This cartridge simulates the M123- charge contained in an inner charge case
A1 and is used as a practice round. It is which is assembled in a cartridge case
fired from the same ejector as the M123A1 containing a small propelling charge. No
Cartridge. fuse is used. The inert charge consists of
e. XM185. This cartridge is electrically initiat a filler meeting the weight requirements
ed. When fired after a delay time of two, of the cartridge. The cartridge has an
four, or six seconds, produces a flash of electric primer which is protected with a
approximately 600 million candlepower. shunting clip (figure 10-11).
f. XM186. This cartridge is used as a practice e. The XM185 and XM186 cartridges are ap
round, designed for pilot training, it does proximately 11.75 inches long and 3.4 inches
not have an illuminating capability. Ex in diameter. Both are ejected from the same
ternally the XM186 differs from the XM185 type of ejector. The XM185 (figure 10-11.1)
in marking only. consists of a cartridge case and an inner
10-4.2.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The alu charge case. The inner charge case con
minum cartridge cases are unpainted. The item tains a burster, an explosive relay, a delay
name, delay, model number and other pertinent element, and the photoflash mixture. The
data are marked in black. cartridge case contains an expelling charge
10-4.2.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. and an electric primer. The XM186 dif
a. The Ml 12, M112A1 and M121 Cartridges fers from the XM185 in that the inner
are 1.57 inch in diameter and 7.73 inches charge case is inert loaded.
long. The M112 and M112A1 Cartridges 10-4.2.4 WEIGHTS. The Ml 12 Series and M121
have an inner photoflash charge case con Cartridges weigh approximately 16.4 ounces. The
taining 7.0 ounces of photoflash powder, M123A1 and M124 Cartridges weigh approxi-
Change 29
72.11
10-4.3 to 10-4.4 TM 9-1385-51
ALUMINUM (MARKING IN BLACK)
CARTRIDGE PHOTO FLASH M1I2AI

I SEC DELAY
P A-3-12
10-65
X RAYED 12-65
7.73 MAX
Figure 10-8. Cartridge, Photoflash, Ml 12A1, 1 Sec. Delay.
mately 4.3 pounds. The XM185 cartridge weighs clip is removed. Electric current, controlled
approximately 4 pounds. by an intervalometer in the aircraft, fires
10-4.3 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The M- the electric primer. This, in turn, ignites
112 Series and M123A1 complete cartridges con the propelling charge which effects the in
tain an electric primer (M59), a black powder ner .charge case containing photoflash
propelling charge, a delay charge and the photo power and ignites the delay charge, which
flash charge. The M123A1 2 Sec. Delay also con is part of the inner charge case. At the
tains a detonator. The M121 and M124 Cartridge end of the delay, the photoflash charge
contain only the primer and propelling charge. explodes, illuminating the area with suf
The XM185 Cartridge contains an electric pri ficient brilliance for night photography.
mer, an expelling charge containing 5.6 grams b. M123A1. This cartridge operates in a
of black powder, a delay charge, an explosive manner similar to the M112 Series, dif
relay containing lead azide and lead styphnate, fering mainly in the type of fuse used
a burster containing 1 ounce of boron potassium and in its size, shape, and weight.
nitrate and RDX, and a 3.5 pound photoflash
mixture composed of magnesium powder, potas c. M121. This practice cartridge is fired from
sium chlorate and barium nitrate. The XM186 the same ejector as the M112 Series Cart
Cartridge contains an electric primer and a 5.6 ridges, but contains no delay fuse or photo
grain expelling charge. The inner charge case is flash power.
inert. d. M124. This practice cartridge is fired from
10-4.4 FUNCTIONING the same ejector as the M123A1 Cartridge
a. M112 Series. Prior to loading these car but contains no delay fuse or photoflash
tridges in the ejector, the primer shunting power.
Change 29
72.12
TM 9-1385-51 10-4.5
10-4.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. e. XM185. Prior to loading the cartridges into

a. Do not look at an ignited cartridge with a multi-barrel ejector on the aircraft, the
out adequate eye shielding. primer shunting clip is removed. Aircraft
current controlled by an intervalometer in
b. Do not remove a primer shunting clip ex
itiates the electric primer. The primer ig
cept just prior to loading into an ejector.
nites the expelling charge which ejects the
c. Do not store in the ejector, near open inner charge case and simultaneously ig
flame, or potential fire hazards. nites the delay charge. At the end of the
d. Photoflash cartridges, including the prac delay period (2, 4, or 6 seconds), the explos
tice rounds, must also be considered as a ive relay is initiated, functioning the burst
missile hazard. er, and photoflash mixture.
Change 29
72.12A
TM 9-1385-51
57 M A X
1
Figure 'iO-9. Cartridge, Photoflash, Practice, Ml 21
Change 18
AGO S3 59A 72.13
TM 9-1385-51
CARTRIDGE. PHOTOFLASH: MI23AI

2 SEC DELAY
2 R8S M AX
Figure 10-10. Cartridge, Photoflash, M123A1, 2 Sec. Delay
Change ID
72.14 AGO 5859A
TM 9-1385-51
ALUMINUM (MARKING IN BLACK) - - - - --------
CARTRIDGE, PHOTOFLASH
PRACTICE: MIZ4
LOT PA679
AUG 1952
SHUNTING PRIMER CLIP—REMOVE PRIOR

TO PLACING CARTRIDGE IN EJECTOR
CAP CARTRIDGE CASE ELECTRIC PRIMER

FILLER PROPELLING CHARGE
2.88 IN.
LOADING ASSEMBLY INERT CHARGE WAD

----------- 8.45 IN.--------
MU-D4 2407
Figure 10-11. Cartridge, Photoflash, Practice, Ml 24.
Change 18
72.15
TM 9-1385-51
UNCLASSIFIED
Figure 10 11.1. Cartridge, photoflash: XM185, 2-second delay, cross section.
Change 29
72.16
TM 9-1385-51 10-5 to 10-5.1.1
10-5. PARACHUTE SURFACE FLARES XM183 stabilized illuminating projectiles and 12 black
and XM184. powder propelling charges. The projectiles are
launched from the ground than descends by para
Earlier designation of these items included the
chute, illuminating the surface area. The differ
nomenclatures “Battlefield Illumination System”
ence between the two systems is that the XM183
and '“Parachute Ground Flare”
has two fuse trains, each of which will launch six
10-5.1 IDENTIFICATION. projectiles in sequence, and a "ground” type
launching platform whereas the XM184 has twelve
10-5.1.1 TYPE. Both the XM183 and XM184 are fuse trains, which permits launching of each pro
illuminating projectiles preloaded in a molded jectile individually, and a “shipboard” type
plastic launcher. Each launcher contains 12 fin- launching platform (figures 10-12 and 10-13).
Figure 10-12. Parachute Surface Flare XM183.
Change 29
72.16A
TM 9-1385-51
Change 29
72.16B
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 10-13 Parachute Surface Flare XM184

Change 23
72,17
10-5.12 to 10-5-3 TM9-1385-51
10-5.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The launch device consisting of a section of time fuse with a
ers are olive drab with a gray instruction label, a black powder pellet on each end. The launcher also
gray warning label and a gray identification label. contains time fuse ignition trains. The fuse igni
10-5-1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. Both the ter contains a primer.
XM183 and XM184 flares contain 12 fin-stabilized 10-5.3 FUNCTIONING (figure 10-14).
illuminating projectiles and 12 black powder pro a. Flare XM183. Actuating one of the two at
pelling charges preloaded in a molder plastic tached fuse igniters will cause the discharge of six
launcher. of the flare’s twelve projectiles, one at a time, at
a. XM183 Launcher. This launcher contains two 30-second intervals. One projectile's candle begins
ignition trains of time fuse, each ignition train to burn before the previous candle burns out,
connecting six propelling charges in series. Two thereby providing uninterrupted illumination.
fuse igniters are supplied with each launcher. Actuation of the second fuze igniter will cause the
b. XM184 Launcher. This launcher contains remaining six projectiles to function in the same
twelve time fuses (one to each propelling charge). manner.
Two fuse igniters are supplied with each launcher. (1) Approximately 17 seconds after the fuse
Additional fuse igniters are supplied with each igniter is actuated the propellant charge of the
XM184 shipping container. first projectile is ignited. At the same time, sec
c. Projectiles. Each projectile case contains a tions of fuse leading to the propellant of the second
magnesium and sodium nitrate candle, a first projectile is ignited.
fire mixture of potassium nitrate, boron and tef (2) As the projectile leaves the launch tube, a
lon, a pyrotechnic delay device of time fuse and small portion of the propellant which has not yet
black powder pellets, and a parachute. Four re been consumed is ejected with the projectile. As
tractable steel fins are located at the aft end of the this small portion of the propellant charge burns,
projectile. it ignites the pyrotechnic delay device while the
10-5.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. The projectile is in the air. The delay device burns for
launcher is approximately 21 inches long, 6‘/2 in approximately 10 seconds before the first fire
ches wide and 5 inches high. It weighs approxi mixture forces the delay device from the projec
mately 11 pounds. Each projectile is approximate tile case allowing the parachute to deploy. The
ly 11‘/2 inches long, one inch in diameter with fins first fire mixture also ignites the projectile candle.
folded, and weighs approximately a half pound. b. Flare XM184. Actuation of a fuse igniter will
10-5.1.5 MATERIALS. The projectile case is com discharge only one of the flare’s twelve projectiles.
posed of a cotton phenolic base. The launcher is (1) Functioning of the Flare XM184 is the
molded plastic. The XM183 and XM184 launcher same as the Flare XM183 except that the time fuse
platforms are metal. is not connected in series from one propelling
10-5.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. Each of the charge to another propelling charge as. in the Flare
twelve propelling charges contain 100 grams of XM183.
black powder. Each projectile contains a 3-ounce (2) Actuation of a fuse igniter will function
magnesium and sodium nitrate candle, 31 grains the propelling charge of only one projectile of the
of first fire mixture consisting of potassium ni Flare XM184. Another fuse igniter must be actua
trate, boron and teflon, and a pyrotechnic delay ted to discharge another projectile.
Lhange 23
72.18
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 10-14 Flare XM 183 Sequence of Events
Change 23
72.19
10-5.4 to 10-6.1.1.3 TM 9-1385-51
10-5.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. 10-6.1 IDENTIFICATION.

a. Do not approach a launcher which has
10-6.1.1 TYPE. These signals are small self-
been initiated for at least thirty minutes.
contained, fused pyrotechnics (figure 10-15)
b. Flares or projectiles must be considered and are designed to be ignited by hand at the
as a fire hazard and a missile hazard. point of use.

10-6 GROUND SMOKE SIGNALS container is light green. On a black oblong
background are three letter C’s the same
The following pyrotechnic items are covered in
this paragraph:
color as the smoke. Nomenclature, lot number,
and date loaded are in black.
White ground smoke signal XM166.
Green ground smoke signal XM167. 10-6.1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES
Red ground smoke signal XM168. (figure 10-16).
Yellow ground smoke signal XM169. The smoke pellet, with one end of the fuze at-
Figure 10-15 Ground Smoke Signal
Change 25
72.20
TM 9-1385-51 10-6.1.1.4 to 10-6.2
tachcd, is wrapped in aluminum foil and is lo Length of fuse:

cated in the bottom of the container. The other Red and white smoke signals — 8.75 in.
end of the fuse, made into a match head, feeds Green and yellow smoke
through the igniter cap. The match head is held
in place by the igniter cap. The retaining ring signals _______________ 6.375 in.
secures these components in place. The striker Weight of pellets:
ring, used to ignite the match head, is stored on
top of the retaining ring and is secured by the White smoke______________ 30 grams
cover. Green and red smoke_______ 18 grams
Yellow smoke______________ 17 grams
10-6.1.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.
10-6.1.1.5 MATERIALS. The container is made
Container: of aluminum.
Length ___________________ 1.8 in.
10-6.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS
Diameter _________________ 1.25 in.
Weight (filled) ____________ 3 oz The fuse is thcrmalite-type ignitacord (black
KEY
CONTAINER
Figure 10-16 Position Marker and Container
Change 25
72.21
1O-4-.3 to 10-7.1.3 TM 9-1385-51
powder and nitrocellulose lacquer). The smoke 10-7.1.1 TYPE. The hand-held position marker
pellet for the white signal consists of dechlor PM-4 is a combined flare and smoke signal for
ane, zinc oxide, powdered aluminum, ammo ground use. It is designed to be fired by hand.
nium perchlorate, and vinyl alcohol acetate resin.
The smoke pellets for the other signals consist 10-7.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The po
of potassuim chlorate, sugar, vinyl alcohol ace sition marker is not painted except for the
tate resin, and appropriate dyes. knurled ring at one end which is painted red.
The container and position marker each have a
10-6.3 FUNCTIONING. white label with black markings as shown in
figure 10-16.
The fuse may be ignited by rubbing the fuse
match head with the striker ring or by other 10-7.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES
means. The fuse ignites the smoke pellet within (figures 10-16 and 10-17).
2 to 8.5 seconds. The smoke pellet emits a
smoke cloud for 13 to 30 seconds. a. The firing cap with a firing pin affixed to
the inside end, is located on one end of the
10-6.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. launch tube. The launch tube contains the
signal assembly which consists of the sig
General safety precautions regarding the han nal body and the payload assembly. A
dling and disposal of pyrotechnic signals will be rocket motor assembly with four flexible
observed. steel fins is fastened at the rear of the
launch tube. The payload assembly, con
sisting of a signal canister, 9-inch wire
10-7. HAND-HELD POSITION MARKER PM-4.
leader, and parachute, is contained in the
10-7.1 IDENTIFICATION. signal body.
Figure 10—:7 Position Marker—Disassembled
Change 25
72.22
TM 9-1385-51 10-7.1.4 to 10-7.4
10-7.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. other hand, which drives the firing pin into the
Length ___ ........________ . 10.16 in. primer. This fires the initiating charge which
Diameter ____ .... ........ .. 1.67 in. expels the signal assembly from the launcher
Weight ........... 1 ib permitting the fins to unfold; flame from the
10-7.1.1.5 MATERIALS. The launch tube and initiating charge ignites the rocket motor at a
firing cap are aluminum. The container is made height of about 30 feet. The rocket motor pro
of metal. pels the signal assembly upward and ignites the
delay charge. Approximately 2 seconds after
10-7.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. firing, at an altitude of about 350 feet, the
Black powder: delay charge ignites the expelling charge and
Initiating charge — . - 710 milligrams the signal canister ignition train. The expelling
Rocket propellant charge . . 39 grams charge separates the signal body and the pay
Expelling charge . .___ _ 750 milligrams load assembly. As the burning canister falls,
Sodium nitrate (signal canister . 67 grams the parachute deploys, slowing the descent and
Magnesium (signal canister) . . 60 grams suspending the canister above ground by be
10-7.3 FUNCTIONING. coming entangled in the trees.
The cap is removed from the end of the launch 10-7.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
tube and placed on the other end. Holding the General safety precautions regarding the han
launch tube in one hand, cap end down, the cap dling and disposal of pyrotechnic signals will be
is struck a sharp blow with the palm of the observed.
Figure 10—18. XM191 ground Illumination Signal—Cress Section.
Change 29
72.23
10-8 to 10-8.3 TM 9-1385-51
10-8. GROUND ILLUMINATION SIGNALS. 10-8.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.

The following pyrotechnic items are covered in a. Complete Round:
this paragraph: Height_______________ 1.80 inches
Ground Illumination Signal XM191 (Yel Diameter_____________ 1.30 inches
low) Weight (approximate) . . 2 ounces
Ground Illumination Signal XM192 b. Illuminant Pellet:
(Green) Height_______ _______ 1.40 inches
Ground Illumination Signal XM193 (Red) Diameter ................ ......... 1.08 inches
A typical signal is shown in figure 10-18. Weight ________..____ 35-40 grams
10-8.1 IDENTIFICATION Burning Time:
10-8.1.1 TYPE. These signals are small, self- Red ...... .......... 50-70 seconds
contained, fused pyrotectnics. They are designed Yellow __ 50-70 seconds
to be ignited by hand at the point of use. Green .......... ... 30-40 seconds
10-8.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The sig c. Fuse (ignitacord):
nals can be identified by their white plastic con Length (approximate) . 6.5 inches
tainers and colored tops with raised letters. The Diameter ................... . 0.13 inches
colored top and raised letter indicate the color 10-8.1.5 MATERIAL. The container is made of
of the smoke. Immediately below the top are plastic.
three C’s the same color as the illuminant. Also
stenciled in black are the nomenclature, the lot 10-8.2 FUNCTIONING.
number, and the month and year the item was The safety clip is removed and the pull ring
loaded. Except for the markings, the signals is pulled. This moves the coated wire through
are similar in size to the miniature CS Grenade. the igniter cup igniting the fuse. Within 3 to
5 seconds the illuminant pellet is ignited and
10-8.1.3. FITTINGS AND FEATURES. A cy burns for approximately 70 seconds (red or yel
lindrical illuminant pellet with first fire composi low) or approximately 40 seconds (green). The
tion is pressed into a cardboard case and loaded signals are visible at a slant range of 1500 meters
into a plastic container, first fire end up. A from aircraft flying at an altitude of 1000 feet.
thermalite-type ignitacord fuse, which provides
a 3- to 5-second dealy, is coiled on top of the 10-8.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
illuminant pellet. An igniter cup assembly and a a. Do not hold signal in hand after fuse is
pull wire assembly are inserted into the side ignited.
tube and sealant is applied to the base of the b. Insure pull ring is secured before trans
igniter cup. The fuse end is inserted in the porting the signal.
side tube in close proximity with the igniter HAZARDS.
cup assembly, and the colored top with raised a. The temperature of a burning signal
letter is sealed in place. A pull ring is hooked reaches approximately 4000° F.
to the pull wire and secured to the bottom of b. The signals are subject to ignition by bul
the signal with a safety clip. let impact.
Change 29
72.24
TM 9-1385-51 11-1 to 11-1.1.3
SECTION 11
ROCKETS, ROCKET MOTORS, AND ROCKET FUZES
11-1 762-MM ROCKET (HONEST JOHN) XM50 warhead, weight, and other loading informa
WITH PRACTICE WARHEAD XM38E1, AND M31 tion.
SERIES WITH HIGH EXPLOSIVE WARHEADS M57 11-1.1.2.2 The rocket motor designation and
AND T2O21. other loading information are stenciled on the
The 762-mm rocket M50 with practice war side of the rocket motor shell.
head M38 is covered in this paragraph. The 11-1.1.2.3 Four white 4-inch squares are
rocket is commonly referred to as the “Honest painted 90° apart on the outward circumfer
John.” ence of the warhead section. The white
11-1.1 IDENTIFICATION. squares ind;cate that the warhead section con
11-1.1.1 TYPE. The Honest John M50 is an tains pyrotechnic material.
unguided, surface-to-surface, spin and fin sta H-1.1.2.4 The remaining exterior surface of
bilized, free-flight solid propellant field artil the rocket is painted lusterless olive drab.
lery rocket, assembled with a practice war 11-1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
head. general physical characteristics and location of
11-1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. the major components of the rocket are shown
11-1.1.2.1 The warhead shell assenably is sten in figure 11-1.
ciled with white letters to identify the type
Change 18
73
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 11—1. Genera! Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of the 762-mm Rocket M50 (Honest John)
09V
V6S8S
11-1.1.3.1 to 11-1.1.3.2 TM 9-1385-51
11-1.1.3.1 EXTERNAL FITTINGS. h. The forward and aft launching shoe adapter
a. Two pushbutton latches positioned 180° apart plates are mounted on the bottom centerline
secure the nose tip to the warhead shell as of the rocket motor. These adapter plates
sembly. provide means of attaching jettisonable launch
b. Two ring-disc assemblies spaced 180° apart ing shoes.
on the warhead base assembly secure the spot- i. The motor fairing located at the forward end
ting charges in the spotting charge wells. of the rocket motor provides the aerodynamic
c. Two 9 x 13 inch hinged doors provide general contour from the pedestal diameter to the
access into the pedestal assembly interior. rocket motor diameter.
These access doors are operated by pushbutton j. The nozzle fairing is mounted over the nozzle
latches. assembly at the end of the rocket motor.
d. Two hinged doors spaced 180° apart near the
rear of the pedestal assembly provide access to k. The spin-rocket ignition switch assembly is
the spin-rocket assemblies. Each access door mounted to the nozzle fairing slightly left of
has two spin-rocket exhaust openings. the bottom centerline.
e. The right hand spin-rocket access door has the
breakaway receptacle mounted on it. This 11-1.1.3.2 FEATURES. The rocket M50 consists
receptacle provides the means of connecting of two major assemblies; these are the Practice
the rocket to the external power source for Warhead Assembly M38 and the Rocket Motor
firing the rocket. Assembly M66.
f. Each of the four equally spaced warhead a. Practice Warhead Assembly, M38. The M38
attachment bolts are recessed in wells at the warhead is illustrated in figure 11-2. It consists
forward end of the pedestal assembly. Each of the following principal components: the nose
well is covered by a cover held in place by a tip, warhead shell assembly, warhead base
camloc fastener. assembly, ballast assembly, and the explosive
g. The forward and aft hoist adapter plates are components which comprise the Fuze, MT,
mounted on the top centerline of the rocket M421 the detonating lead assembly, and the |
motor. two flash-smoke charges.
Change 15
74.1
Change 15
74.2
TM 9-1385-51
MU-DI94Ia|
Figure 11—2 Practice Warhead Section. Inset Shows Exploded View of Spotting Charge Assembly.
TM 9-1385-51
(1) Nose Tip. The nose tip is about 22.5 inches booster and four lengths of detonating cord
long and is locked to the warhead shell with end primers. The booster is installed
assembly by two pushbutton latches which on the fuze mounting plate while the end
are 180° apart. When the pushbuttons are primers are attached to the detonating cord
depressed, the latches are unlocked making and secured to the flash-smoke cartridges.
it possible to separate the nose tip from the The fuze M421 which is illustrated in figure |
warhead shell assembly and expose the fuze 11-3 is a mechanical time fuze consisting
I M421. of two identical timer units bolted together
(2) Warhead shell assembly. The warhead shell but functioning independently of each other.
assembly is 77.5 inches long and is attached The two timer units are used in parallel for
to the warhead base by flush-head radial increased reliability. Each timer unit is com
screws. The fuze mounting plate forms the prised essentially of a timing mechanism
forward bulkhead of the warhead shell as and associated linkages to provide the accu
I sembly. The fuze M421 is secured to the
fuze mounting plate by a cam operated lock.
racy of the time interval of fuze functioning.
The timing mechanism is a mechanical
(3) Warhead base assembly. The warhead base clockwork utilizing a steel mainspring to
assembly is 15 inches long and forms the aft provide the driving energy for the mecha
end of the warhead assembly. The frame nism. The running speed of the timing mech
casting at the forward end provides a sur anism is controlled by the escapement mech
face for mounting the ballast assembly. Two anism. The safety lever release assembly
spotting charge wells which are internally prevents the timing mechanism from func
mounted and spaced 180° apart, house the tioning until a 13 ‘‘g’’ force acts upon, the
spotting charges which are inserted exter assembly. The base of each timer unit con
nally. Each spotting charge is retained in tains the components and linkages required
its case by a ring-disc assembly which is to aline and fire the detonator. The princi
attached to the warhead base assembly by pal component in the timer unit base is an
means of screws. acceleration sensing device which controls
(4) Ballast assembly. The ballast assembly con detonator alinement and firing. The pull
sists of a series of steel plates welded to wire and ring assembly prevents the acceler
gether. It provides the proper weight and
ation sensing device from operating and
center of gravity characteristics for simula
tion of an HE warhead. is removed before firing. Time sotting is
(5) Explosive components. The explosive com accomplished by inserting a wrench into the
ponents of the practice warhead assembly pinion assembly and rotating the wrench
are the flash-smoke charges, the detonating counterclockwise until the desired time set
lead assembly, and the fuze assembly M421 ting on the dial scale is positioned over the
the detonating lead assembly consists of a zero mark on the vernier scale.
Change 15
74.3
74.4
Change 15
DIAL SCALE TIMING MECHANISM

RELEASE ASSEMBLY
WRENCH
MAINSPRING
HOUSING
PULL
TIMING DISC
SLOT
TM 9-1385-51
OUTPUT TUBE
FIRING PIN
VIEW A. GENERAL APPEARANCE OF THE FUZE VIEW B. FUZE CUT AWAY TO SHOW INTERNAL
COMPONENTS. 0RD D1942
PRIOR TO MOUNTING IN THE ROCKET.
I Figure 11-3 MT Fuze M421 (T2O75E1).

TM 9-1385-51
b. Rocket Motor Assembly M66. The rocket motor tains four spin-rocket assemblies and the
assembly M66 consists of the following princi spin-rocket/motor-igniter electrical system.
pal components: Pedestal Assembly M3, Rocket Access to the pedestal interior is provided
Motor M31 with Rocket Motor Igniter M58, through two hinged doors each of which is
and Fin Assembly M17. opened and closed by pushbutton latches
(1) Pedestal Assembly M3. The pedestal assem and camloc fasteners. Two additional
bly M3 (figure 11-4) comprises the short hinged access doors equipped with quick
(19 inches) tapered forward section of the release fasteners are installed in the cutouts
rocket motor assembly. It primarily con provided for assembly of the spin-rockets.
Change 15
74.5
Change 4
7A A
SPIN-ROCKET ACCESS DOOR
NOZZLE CLOSURE
ASSEMBLY—’
SPIN-ROCKET
IGNITER LEAD
TM 9-1385-51
WIRE
SPIN-ROCKET
CASE
WARHEAD ATTACHMENT
BOLT HOLE
ATTACHMENT
BOLT COVER
BATTERY SUPPORT ASSEMBLY

PUSHBUTTON LATCHES
ACCESS DOOR
MOTOR-IGNITER CABLE PLUG
CAMLOC FASTENERS
SPIN-ROCKET IGNITION-SWITCH CABLE

CABLE PLUG
ORD D1943
Figure 11—4 General Arrangement of Pedestal Assembly with Spin-Rockets Installed. Inset Shows Spin-Rocket Assembly
TM 9-1385-51
(a) Spin-rocket assembly. Each spin-rocket electrical system in the pedestal by a cable
assembly consists of solid propellant and which is routed along the outer surface of
a black powder igniter assembled in a the rocket motor and enters the pedestal
steel tubular case. The spin-rockets are through a hole in the left access door.
mounted in pairs in two supports 180° (2) Rocket Motor M31. The rocket motor (figure |
apart and inter-connected by a manifold 11-5) consists of 1675 pounds of cast double
system to assure reliable ignition and to base propellant grain which has a four
balance the applied torque. pointed star configuration. The grain is
(b) Spin-rockct/motor-igniter electrical sys forward loaded into the motor shell which is
tem. This system provides the circuits for a cylindrical steel (0.164 inch nominal thick
ignition of the spin-rockets and the motor ness) weldment having provision for attach
igniter. The principal elements of the ment of the fin assembly, the hoist adapters,
system are the thermal batteries, the and the launching shoes. The forward end of
breakaway receptacle, the spin-rocket ig the shell is pressure sealed by the head clo
nition switch assembly, and the associated sure. A central circular opening in the head
inter-connecting cable assemblies. The two closure provides a seat to accommodate the
thermal batteries are electrically con igniter assembly. The nozzel assembly which
nected in parallel and are activated by is welded to the aft end of the shell is cov
squibs. The breakaway receptacle is ered by the nozzle fairing. Two hoisting
mounted in the right hand spin-rocket- adapter plates are attached to the top of the
opening and is connected to the squib shell, one at the forward end and the other
terminals of the batteries. The rocket-to- at the rear end. Two jettisonable launch
launcher cable is connected to the break ing shoe assemblies are attached to adapter
away receptacle prior to firing the rocket. plates located on the bottom of the shell.
The spin-rocket ignition switch assembly Each assembly consists of a shoe, horizontal
is installed in cutout in the lower left
ejection spring, vertical ejection spring, and
quadrant of the nozzle fairing at the aft
end of the rocket motor. It consists of a a release pin. The shoe is slotted to engage
pushbutton type switch operated by a han lugs on the adapter plate. The release pin
dle which protrudes from the switch as prevents any movement of the shoe relative
sembly so that it can be sheared by the to the adapter plate. The release pin in turn,
launcher rail as the rocket is launched. is held in place by a safety pin or, when the
The switch assembly is connected into the rocket is on launcher, by the launcher rail.
Change 15
74.7
74.8
C hange 15
AFT HOIST ADAPTER

NOZZLE
NOZZLE FAIRING
SPIN-ROCKET
IGNITION-SWITCH
HANDLE
TM 9-1385-51
PROPELLANT GRAIN
AFT LAUNCHING
SHOE
FORWARD HOIST
ADAPTER
SPIN-ROCKET IGNITION
LOCKING PLATE SWITCH CABLE
IGNITER RETAINER
ARMING RECESS
IGNITER CHARGE
ARMING MECHANISM CUP
FORWARD LAUNCHING SHOE

ORD D1944
I Figure 11-5 Rocket Motor M31.

TM 9-1385-51 11-1.1.3 to 11-1.2
(3) Rocket Motor Igniter M58. The igniter as with a red colored segment on the locking
sembly is located on the forward end of the plate. When the igniter is in the safe posi
rocket motor. The igniter consists of an tion, green colored segments are alined.
igniter charge cup, an ignition element, and (4) Fin Assembly M17. The fin assembly con
an arming mechanism. The hermetically sists of four fins spaced 90° apart on the
sealed charge cup contains the entire charge nozzle fairing. Each fin is installed so that
which consists of black powder. The ignition it is slightly canted. A setscrew secures each
element is set in a recess of the igniter charge fin to the fin mounting block.
cup. The arming mechanism is located atop 11-1.1.4 WEIGHTS. The loaded rocket weighs
a locking plate in such a position that the about 4800 pounds.
drive bar of the arming assembly engages 11-1.1.5 MATERIALS. The exterior surface of the
the drive bar slot in the ignition element. warhead assembly and the pedestal assembly is
The arming mechanism acts as a safety aluminum. The rocket motor shell is made of steel
device and renders the unit nonpropulsive and the fin assembly is made of magnesium.
in case of accidental ignition when in safe 11-1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
position. The mechanism permits the rocket a. The fuze M421 consists of two timers each
motor to be shipped with the igniter installed containing a detonator composed of tetryl and
and in the safe (nonpropulsive) position. an output tube containing an RDX lead.
While in the safe position, the igniter is held b. The two flash-smoke charges each contain about
in place by a triangular retainer which is 1.5 pounds of spotting composition No. 580
fastened to the forward end of the rocket (60-40 blend of barium nitrate and atomized
by means of shear screws. If the unit is aluminum).
accidentally fired, the shear screws will fail c. The detonating lead assembly consists of a
causing the igniter to be ejected and thus (PETN) booster and four lengths of detonating
rendering the rocket motor nonpropulsive. cord with end primers assembled (figure 11-6).
The igniter is armed and disarmed by an d. The four spin-rocket assemblies each contain
Allen wrench or a special “T”-wrench. The an igniter consisting of 7 grams of black powder
armed or safe position of the igniter will be and a 2.5 pound charge of double base solid
attained by turning the igniter wrench to propellan t.
aline mating segments of the words e. The rocket motor igniter M58 contains 1.7
"ARMED” or "SAFE” as desired. In addi pounds of black powder.
tion, when the igniter is armed a red colored f. The rocket motor M31 consists of 1675 pounds
segment on the arming mechanism is alined of double base solid propellant.
Change 15
_ 74.9
TM 9-1385-51 11-1.3
Figure 11-6 Flash-Smoke Warhead Fuzing System.
11-1.3 FUNCTIONING. For the purpose of de- teries. The squibs activate the thermal batteries
| scription, the functioning of the rocket M50 is di which, in turn, ignite the rocket motor igniter.
vided into two basic systems. These are the propulsion The burning igniter charge initiates the propel
system and the fuzing system, whose operations begin lant grain. As the rocket accelerates up the
essentially at the same time. The propulsion system launcher, the handle on the spin-rocket ignition
| includes the functioning of the rocket motor M66, switch assembly is sheared off. As the handle is
while the fuzing system includes the functioning of sheared off, the spin-rocket ignition-switch
I the warhead assembly M38. Each system is described closes the circuit between the thermal batteries
separately below. and the spin-rocket assemblies. The spin-rockets
a. Propulsion system. Upon the command to fire, ignite, imparting to the rocket a stabilizing ro
the firing circuit is closed causing voltage to be tation which is maintained by the canted fin
applied to the two squibs in the thermal bat assembly for the duration of rocket flight.
Change 15
74.10
TM 9-1385-51
b. Fuzing system. As the rocket attains an accel against an opposing spring at a rate gov
eration of 13 “g’s” for a sustained period of 0.6 erned by a gear train and escape’ment mech
seconds, the timing mechanism in the fuze be anism. Following burn out, the mass returns
gins to operate. and releases a pair of firing arms against the
timing disc. At approximately 1.5 seconds
NOTE
prior to set time, firing arm No. 1 drops into
The fuze consists of two identical timers op the notch on the timing disc permitting “D”
erating simultaneously. For the purpose of shaft No. 1 to rotate and allows the rotor
clarity the operation of only one timer is (containing the detonator) to move into fir
discussed. ing position. At the preset time firing arm
(1) In the clockwork mechanism (figure 11-3) No. 2 drops into the timing disc notch, ro
setback causes the release assembly to re tating “D” shaft No. 2, which releases the
lease the escapement lever, thereby permit firing pin against the detonator. Both units
ting the main-spring to start driving the have an RDX lead which transmits the ex
timing disc at a governed rate through the plosion from the detonator to the booster,
use of an escapement mechanism. which is attached to the detonating lead as
(2) In the safe and arming device (figure 11-7) sembly. The detonating lead assembly ini
the second time cycle uses a “g” mass which, tiates the flash-smoke charges which produce
under sustained acceleration, is displaced a flash and a white cloud of smoke.
Change 4
74.11
TM 9-1385-51
FIRING ARM NO.l
ORD D1946
| Figure 11—7
Fuze M421 (T2075EU-
r lew, Timer Before Acceleration; Upper View Armin A c- ■
Mechanism. ' m,n9 and F,r,"9
Change 15
74.12
TM 9-1335-51 11.1.4 to 11-1.5.1.1
11-1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. 11-1.4.5 Positively identify the rocket or

rocket component and determine the condition
WARNING of each component present.
Gound rocket body before attempting 11-1.4.6 Handle the fuse M421 with extreme
any procedures. care because of the spring-wound mechanism
and cocked striker which are present. Never
11-1.4.1 The general safety precautions re attempt to disassemble the fuze M421.
garding the approach, attack, and disposal of 11-1.4.7 Extreme care should be exercised in
unexplcded ordnance and propellants must be handling the rocket motor igniter.
observed. 11-1.4.8 Avoid any large increase in tempera
11-1.4.2 Use extreme caution when handling ture near the rocket motor never apply any
these flash-smoke charges. The spotting com heat directly to the rocket motor.
position used in the charges is very sensitive to 11-1.4.9 Nonsparking tools (tools with low
heat, shock, and friction. sparking characteristics) should be used while
11-1.4.3 Do not look in the direction of the dis working around explosive components.
posal area when the charge is being disposed
11-1.5 762-MM ROCKET, M31 SERIES
of by burning or detonation. The brilliance of
WITH HIGH-EXPLOSIVE WARHEADS M57
flash produced can be harmful to the eyes even
AND T2021 (HONEST JOHN).
at distances which are safe against fragments.
11-1.4.4 If the spotting composition is spilled, 11-1.5.1 IDENTIFICATION.
it should be soaked with oil and then picked up 11-1.5.1.1 TYPE. The M31 Series Honest John
with an oil-soaked rag. rocket is an unguided, surface-to-surface,
ROCKET MOTOR
PEDESTAL 19.0 IN ASSEMBLY 17.7 FT.
STATION 50 3Q0 (N D|A
23.0 IN. DIA.
FIN ASSEMBLY
45.0 IN.
MU-04 2384 |
Figure 11-7.1. General Appearance and Dimensional Characteristics of the 762-mm Rocket,
M31 Series (Honest John)
Change 18
ACO 5859A
74.13
11-1.5.1.2 to 11-1.5.2 TM 9-1385-51
spin-and-fin-stabilized, solid-propellant, field d. Two forward launching shoe fairings are

artillery rocket. The Honest John may be as mounted 180° apart on the aft surface of
sembled with the M57 HE Warhead or the the pedestal.
T2021 Warhead. e. Two forward launching shoes are
11-1.5.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The mounted 180° apart on the forward end
rocket is painted olive drab overall. The war of the motor skin.
head has a six-inch-wide yellow band around f. Two aft launching shoes are mounted
the base of the nose cone. The rocket motor has 180° apart on the aft end of the motor.
a six-inch-wide brown band around the skin of g. Four fin assemblies, located 90° apart,
the rocket motor assembly. are positioned around the nozzle fairing.
11-1.5.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The h. A cutout in the nozzle fairing is pro
general characteristics and location of major vided for the spin-rocket actuating
components of the rocket are shown in figure switch.
11-7.1. 11-1.5.2 FEATURES. The Honest John rocket
11-1.5.1.4 EXTERNAL FITTINGS consists of two major components: the
a. The nose shell assembly is hinged 50 warhead and rocket motor.
inches from the rocket tip to allow the a. High Explosive Warhead M57. The M57
assembly to swing open. warhead (figure 11-7.2) consists of an
b. Two hinged access doors, spaced 180° inner, and an outer shell. The inner shell
apart, are located on the pedestal. contains Composition B. Spherical steel
c. Eight spin rockets are assembled in fragments are contained in a plastic ma
pairs, spaced 90° apart in the pedestal. A trix between the inner and outer shell.
fairing is mounted over each pair of spin The inner and outer shells are intercon
rockets. nected by a steel end-plate. A closing
M57 WARHEAD
CONTROL PANEL PRESSURE DIAPHRAGM
CONTACT ASSEMBLY
MU-D4 2385 J
(INTERMEDIATE)
Figure 11-7.2. M1A2 Warhead Assembly with M57 Warhead and Impact Fuzing Installer-
Change 18
AGO .'.B59A
74.14
TM 9-1385-51
plate which fits into the recessed center rocket motor assembly (figures 11-7.4
of the end-plate contains the adapter and 11-7.5) consists of the pedestal,
booster. rocket motor, rocket motor igniter, spin
b. Fuzing System, XM415. The XM415 is rockets and the fin assembly.
electrically armed and impact initiated. (1) The pedestal, located between the
The system (figure 11-7.2) consists of an rocket motor and the warhead, is
S and A device, an interval timer, a bolted to each part. The motor end of
power pack, four contact assemblies and the pedestal houses the spin-rocket
an explosive harness assembly. manifolds, electrical terminals and
c. High Explosive Warhead T2021. The the spin-rocket batteries.
T2021 warhead (figure 11-7.3) is a cy
NOTE
lindrical-shaped warhead which weighs
approximately 1500 pounds and contains The M2A1 pedestal is similar to the
HBX or tritonal. The base of the war M2, except that cannon-type plug con
head contains a booster adapter modified nectors replace terminal boards in the
to accept the T1400 series fuze. spin-rocket electrical harness, an ig
niter lead cutter bar is located on the
d. Fuzing System, T1400 Series. The T1400 left side access door, and the access
series fuzes are electrically armed, im doors are secured by quick-opening
pact-inertia, base-detonating fuzes. The latches, rather than by screws.
system consists of a thermal battery, an
arming accelerometer, and a cable assem (2) Rocket Motor. The rocket motor (fi
bly. gure 11-7.5) consists of a double
e. Rocket Motor Assembly, M6 Series. The base, multiperforated solid grain pro-
PLUG MU-D4 2386 I
Figure 11-7.3. M1A2 Warhead Assembly with T2O21 HE Warhead and Fuzing Components
Change 18
74.14A
11-1.5.3 to 11-1.5.6 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 11—7.4. Pedestal for M6 Rocket Motor
pellant booster charge inserted in the mately 1,215 pounds of HBX or tri
web of the main propellant charge. tonal.
The rocket igniter, located in the for b. Fuzing Systems XM415 and T2021.
ward end of the motor, contains an (1) The S and A device in the XM415 sys
igniter charge and four electric tem contains an electric detonator and
squibs. a tetryl lead charge. An explosive
f. Fin Assembly. Four fin assemblies, lo harness connects the S and A device
cated 90° apart, are attached to the to the warhead.
rocket nozzle. (2) The T2021 fuze contains a primer de
11-1.5.3 WEIGHTS. The assembled rocket tonator and a booster.
weighs approximately 5,900 pounds and c. The rocket motor contains approximately
is 27.3 feet long. 2,050 pounds of double-base propellant.
d. Igniter. The igniter contains approxi
11-1.5.4 MATERIALS. The skin of the war mately 3.3 pounds of igniter charge.
head assembly, the pedestal, and the fins e. Spin rocket. Each of the eight spin rock
are of aluminum alloy. The casing of the ets contains 1.29 pounds of cast (polysul
rocket motor is of steel. The spin rockets phide) propellant.
are made of steel and aluminum. f. Spin rocket igniter. Each igniter contains
11-1.5.5 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. a small black power charge.
a. Warheads M57 and T2021. 11-1.5.6 FUNCTIONING.
(1) The M57 warhead contains approxi a. Propulsion System. Prior to launch, the
mately 412 pounds of Composition R. rocket motor igniter is installed, thermal
(2) The T2021 warhead contains approxi battery safety pins are removed and final
Change 18
74.14B ACO r,859A
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 11—7.5. General Arrangement of the M6 Rocket Motor
connections are made between the rocket lead charge. At a predetermined time,
motor igniter and the firing panel. Upon the interval timer completes its cycle
command to fire, the electrical squibs in and closes a set of contacts. This com
the thermal batteries are initiated. The pletes a circuit through the S and A
squibs actuate the thermal batteries device to the contact rings within the
which initiate the rocket motor igniter. warhead skin. Upon impact, closing
This, in turn, initiates the propellant of any one of the contact assemblies
grain. As the rocket moves forward, a completes the circuit through the
holding pin is withdrawn from each of timer to the S and A device, intiating
the thermal batteries in the pedestal as the electrical detonator and function
sembly, allowing the batteries to become ing the explosive train.
activated. As the rocket leaves the (2) Fuzing system T1400 series. As the
launcher, the spin ignition switch is rocket is launched, sustained accelera
closed. This completes a circuit between tion causes a stop to be removed in
the spin rockets and the thermal batter the arming accelerometer. This action
ies, initiating the spin rockets. unlocks a spring-wound clock mechan
b. Fuzing Systems. ism, which, in turn, causes displace
(1) Fuzing systems XM415. Upon set ment of a rotating electrical switch.
back, the interval timer is actuated At the end of the clock cycle, the
and starts the arming sequence of the electrical switch completes the circuit
S and A device. Sustained accelera between the battery in the accelero
tion causes the S and A device to meter box and an electric motor in the
align the electrical detonator with the fuze. The battery, which was ener
Change 18
ACO 38S9A 74.14C
TM 9-1385-51
11-1.5.7 to 11-2.1.3
gized when the spin-rocket actuating practice warhead XM8 is covered in this para
switch closed, provides power to the graph. The rocket is commonly referred to as
motor. The motor removes an arming the “Little John”.
stem from a spring-loaded rotor, per 11-2.1 IDENTIFICATION
mitting the rotor to align a detonator 11-2.1.1 TYPE. Little John is a pre-spun,
in the fuze explosive train and frees freeflight, fin-stabilized, solid propellant rocket
an inertia type firing pin assembly. that follows a ballistic trajectory.
Upon impact, the firing pin assembly 11-2.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING.
moves forward. This initiates the fuze 11-2.1.2.1 The rocket is painted a lusterless
explosive train which, in turn, deto olive drab.
nates the warhead. 11-2.1.2.2 Stenciled on the skin of the war
11-1.5.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS head are the following: type of warhead, lot
a. If the spin-rocket ignition switch han number, date manufactured, and weight. There
dle is present, do not remove or acciden is a •/> inch yellow band near the forward
tally break off the handle. end of the after section of the warhead; a one-
b. Exercise care when using metal tools in inch orange band and a one-inch yellow band,
side the pedestal to prevent accidental approximately four inches apart, are painted
shorting of the spin-rocket actuating near the aft end of the warhead.
switch leads. 11-2.1.2.3 Stenciled on the skin of the rocket
c. Do not attempt to disassemble the spin motor are the following: nomenclature, lot
rockets. number, serial number, gross weight, empty
d. If pins are still installed in the thermal weight, storage temperature limits, firing tem
batteries, secure them in place. perature limits, and the words "U.S. ARMY.”
11-2 318-MM ROCKET XM51 WITH FLASH general physical characteristics and location of
SMOKE PRACTICE WARHEAD XM8. the major components of the rocket are shown
The 318-mm rocket XM51 with flash-smoke in figure 11-8.
Change 18
74.14D ACO 58S9A
TM 9-1385-51
Change 18
74.14F AGO 5859A
TM 9-1385-51 11-2.13.1 to 1 1-2.1.3.3
11-2.1.3.1 EXTERNAL FITTINGS. and sliding the nose section forward.

a. Two push-button type fasteners, 180° (2) Access to the detonating cord may be
apart, are located at the forward end of gained by removing the midsection of
the warhead midsection. These fasteners the warhead from the after section by
secure the nose section of the warhead to removing the Phillips-head screws.
the warhead midsection. b. The igniter assembly and the battery and
b. Two retainer rings, which hold the flash switch assembly and associated wiring are
smoke cartridges in the cartridge well, are accessible through the nozzle end of the
located on the midsection of the warhead; rocket motor.
these rings are 180° apart. 11-2.1.3.3 FEATURES. Little John consists of
c. The front-shoe assembly is mounted on the Warhead, XM8, and Rocket Motor, XM26E1.
the bottom centerline (as the rocket rests a. Warhead. The warhead (see fig. 11-9) con
on the launcher) at the forward end of the sists of a nose section which covers the
rocket motor. fuze T2075E1, a midsection which houses
d. Four rectangular fins are mounted on the the two flash-smoke cartridges and the
fin-barrel assembly near the after end of detonating lead assembly, and an after
the rocket motor; between two of these section which carries the ballast required
fins (on the bottom centerline) are the to give the warhead the necessary weight
pinion-gear assembly and the rear-shoe and center of gravity to match the ballistics
assembly. of the other warheads used with Little
11-2.1.3.2 ACCESS PROVISIONS. John. The warhead is attached to the rocket
a. Access to the warhead components may be motor by a captive-locking ring which
gained at two points: threads onto a flange at the forward end
(1) Access to the fuze is obtained by push of the motor.
ing the two push-button type fasteners
Change 4
74.15
Change
7 4 .1 6
NOSE SECTION ORD D1948J
Figure 11-9 Warhead XM8

TM 9-1385-51
(1) Fuze T2075E1. This fuze is of the of detonation. The warhead contains
mechanical time type. It consists of two such cartridges located 180° apart
two separate timers, mounted one upon near the after end of the warhead mid
the other. Each timer consists of a section. Each cartridge is held in the
movement assembly and a base as cartridge well by a retainer ring which
sembly. The movement assembly con is secured to the midsection skin by
tains the clockwork mechanism and Phillips-head screws.
the base assembly contains the detona b. Rocket Motor. The rocket motor (figure
tor, RDX lead, cocked firing pin and 11-10) contains the solid-propellant grain
associated weights and linkages. The that provides thrust for the rocket. The
two timers are individually set, and rocket motor employs a front-shoe barrel
function independently of each other. assembly and a fin-barrel assembly to per
The movement assemblies have identi mit the rocket to spin while it is on the
cal dial scales ranging from 0 to 120 launcher. Components of the battery and
seconds. Two pinions are employed to switch assembly are mounted on brackets
set the desired time. Two pull pins are at the rear of the rocket motor nozzle;
used to prevent arming of the fuze. the igniter assembly is installed in the
(2) Detonating lead assembly. This assem after end of the propellant grain.
bly completes the explosive train be
tween the fuze and the flash-smoke NOTE
cartridges. The detonating lead assem The thrust neutralizer is secured to the
bly consists of a booster assembly, and after end of the rocket motor to dis
two lengths of detonating cord with perse thrust in the event of accidental
end primers crimped to each length. propellant ignition. The thrust neu
(3) Flash-smoke cartridge. The flash-smoke tralizer is removed before the rocket
cartridge is used to indicate the point is fired.
Change 4
74.17
7 4 .1 8
Change
Figure 11-10 Rocket Motor; inset A-Loca.ion of Battery and Switch

Assembly and Igniter Assembly. Inset B-Thrust Neutralizer Attached
TM 9-1385-51 11-2.1.4 to 1 1-2.3
(1) Front-shoe barrel assembly. The as 11-2.1.5 MATERIALS. The exterior surface of
sembly contains two thrust bearings the warhead assembly is aluminum. The rocket
that form a junction between the motor shell is made of steel and the fin assem
spinning rocket and the stationary bly is made of magnesium.
front-shoe barrel. The front-shoe en 11-2.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
gages the launcher rail. When the a. The hazardous components of the warhead
rocket is fired, the spring-loaded front are the fuze T2075E1, the detonating lead
shoe is ejected from the rocket. assembly, and the two flash-smoke cart
(2) Fin-barrel assembly. This assembly ridges.
permits the rocket to spin while on the (1) The fuze contains two detonators, and
launcher. A pinion gear, mounted on two RDX lead assemblies.
the fin barrel, meshes with a crown (2) The detonating lead assembly consists
gear on the rocket motor nozzle and of a booster assembly, and two lengths
engages a shaft from the spin mechan of PETN detonating cord with end
ism. The rear shoe which is mounted primers crimped to each length.
on the fin barrel engages the launcher. (3) Each flash-smoke cartridge contains
Four fins are mounted on the fin barrel spotting composition of 1 '/o pounds of
to provide rocket stability during 60 percent barium nitrate and 40 per
flight. cent atomized aluminum.
(3) Battery and switch assembly. This as b. The hazardous components of the rocket
sembly supplies the power to fire the are the propellant charge, its igniter, and
igniter which ignites the propellant two batteries.
grain. It consists of two batteries, two (1) The propellant charge consists of ap
centrifugal switches, two fin-pin as proximately 242 pounds of solid pro
semblies, associated wiring and a con pellant.
nector. The batteries and switches are (2) The igniter is composed mostly of black
attached to two brackets on the after powder.
end of the rocket motor nozzle. The (3) The batteries are percussion-initiated
wiring connects the battery and switch thermal batteries.
assembly to the connector which plugs 11-2.3 FUNCTIONING.
into the receptacle on the igniter a. Prior to launch. The rocket is spun prior
handle. The fin pins are inserted into to launch to obtain maximum accuracy. The
the trailing edge of two fins. These drive shaft of the spin mechanism on the
fins are used to trigger the batteiies. launcher engages the pinion gear of the
(4) Igniter assembly. This assembly con fin-barrel assembly. This gear, in turn,
sists of the igniter handle, igniter tube, drives a crown gear on the rocket motor
and receptacle. The igniter tube extends nozzle, thus imparting spin to the rocket
into the propellant grain, and the while it is still on the launcher. At the
igniter handle threads into the nozzle beginning of spin, the batteries are acti
closure. The receptacle receives the vated as the battery safety pins are pulled
connector from the battery and switch by the lanyards attached to the fin pins
assembly. An indicator flag is at in the stationary fins. When rocket spin
tached to the igniter handle by means reaches three revolutions per second, the
of a chain. two centrifugal switches of the battery
11-2.1.4 WEIGHTS. The weight of the rocket, and switch assembly close, completing the
ready for launching, is approximately 779 circuit from the batteries to the igniter,
pounds. The warhead weighs 262 pounds, and and the igniter fires the propellant grain
the rocket motor weighs 517 pounds. of the rocket motor.
Change 4
74.19
TM 9-1385-51 1 1-2.4 to 11-3.1.3
b. Launch. As the rocket leaves the launcher, 11-2.4.9 Avoid any large increase in tempera
the fin locks with the spinning rocket, and ture near the rocket motor and never apply any
spin is maintained throughout the re heat directly to the rocket motor.
mainder of flight by the canted fins. 11-2.4.10 Keep static-producing devices away
c. Aiming and firing. Sustained acceleration from the rocket motor.
of the rocket trips a safety lever in the 11-2.4.11 Nonsparking tools (tools with low
fuze, starting the clock mechanism. Fuze sparking characteristics) should be used while
action continues after burnout of the rocket working on or near explosive components.
motor propellant, and when the preset
time has elapsed, the fuze initiates the 1 1-3 66-MM HIGH-EXPLOSIVE ANTITANK
detonating lead assembly which, in turn, (HEAT) ROCKET M72 WITH POINT-INITIATING
sets oil the flash-smoke cartridges. Each BASE-DETONATING FUZE M412
cartridge produces a flash and a white The 66-MM high-explosive antitank rocket M72
smoke cloud. with point-initiating base-detonating fuze M412
NOTE is covered in this paragraph. The weapon is
For fuze functioning refer to paragraph commonly referred to as the “LAW.”
11-1. 11-3.1 IDENTIFICATION.
11-2.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. 11-3.1.1 TYPE. This weapon is a lightweight,
WARNING shoulder-fired, fin-stabilized rocket which, as
Ground rocket body before attempting issued, is preloaded in its throw-away launcher.
any procedures. The rocket warhead is of the shaped-charge
11-2.4.1 The general safety precautions regard type, and it includes a point-initiating (piezo
ing the approach, attack and disposal of un electric crystal) element and a base-detonating
exploded ordnance must be observed. fuze. The fuze also contains a graze-sensitive
11-2.4.2 Use extreme caution when handling feature.
these flash-smoke charges. The spotting com 11-3.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
position used in these charges is sensitive to warhead is painted olive drab or black with
heat, shock, and friction. markings in yellow. The rocket motor is painted
11-2.4.3 Do not look in the direction of the brown.
disposal area when cartridge is being disposed of
by burning or detonation. Brilliance of flash 11-3.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
produced can be harmful to the eyes even at general physical characteristics of the rocket are
distances which are safe against fragments. shown in figure il-ll. External features are as
11-2.4.4 If the spotting composition is spilled, it follows:
should be soaked with oil and then picked up a. An ogive is attached to the forward end of
with an oil-soaked rag. the rocket warhead body, and a cap on the
11-2.4.5 If the rocket is found with safety pin(s) nose of the ogive covers the point-initiating
inserted in the batteries, secure the pin(s) in element of the fuze.
place before attempting any procedure which b. The closure houses the base-detonating
involves reaching into the nozzle of the rocket element of the fuze, and provides a barrier
motor. between the rocket motor chamber and the
11-2.4.6 Extreme care should be taken in han warhead. It is threaded to the forward end
dling the rocket motor igniter. of the rocket motor and attached to the
11-2.4.7 Handle the fuze witn extreme care rear end of the warhead with a swaged
because of the spring wound clockwork mechan seal.
ism and cocked firing pin which are present. c. Six folding fins are attached to the exterior
11-2.4.8 Never attempt to disassemble the fuze, of the motor nozzle, and the throat of the
for this may result in accidental initiation of the nozzle is closed by a molded polyethylene
detonators. holder for the igniter.
Change 4
74.20
Figure 11—11
TM 9 -1 3 8 5 -5 1
66-MM HEAT Rocket M72-External View

11-3.1.4 to 11-3.3 TM 9-1385-51
11-3.1.4 WEIGHTS. The weight of the com dividual grains of double-base single per
plete round, as launched, is 2.2 pounds. forated propellant M7.
11-3.3 FUNCTIONING.
11-3.1.5 MATERIALS. The ogive, the closure, a. Rocket firing. With the rocket launcher
and the rocket motor body are made of alumi locked in the open position, the rocket is
num; the warhead body is made of steel, and fired by squeezing the trigger bar on the
the fins are magnesium.
top of the launcher. This action releases
the tension on the firing pin cable, allow
11-3.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS
ing the spring-loaded firing pin to impact
a. Rocket warhead. The rocket warhead con the primer as shown in the inset to figure
tains approximately 0.67 pound of a mix 11-12. The flash from the primer ignites
ture of 75 percent HMX and 25 percent the igniter and the rocket motor propel
TNT. The base detonating element of the lant.
fuze includes an electric detonater M48, a b. Fuze arming. The cutaway views of the
stab-type primer M106, and a tetryl fuze M412 in figure 11-13 show the se
fl booster. quential leaf unlocking device, the explo
b. Rocket motor. The rocket motor consists sive components, and the graze firing pin
of Primer M29A1, and igniter, and 19 in in the unarmed condition.
Change 24
74.22
TM 9-1385-51
Change 24
74.24
i H /BOOSTER CUP
ELECTRIC DETONATOR STAB TYPE PRIMER "

■IS
« \xCOVER
JW--'' ) ROTOR CONTACT
ROTOR SPRING \ . /
. ROTOR SHAFT /
R?UNARMEDFT \ \ J^^^VLASH CHANNEL |
■—t-^(ARMED POSITION) /
X ESCAPEMENT
POSITION) \ •'A
TM 9-1385-51
WINDOW MECHANISM
contact Xrotor 1.
wt
I’ ! ROTOR
fiSwsy !
SPRING '""/J T .-ifed \
ELECTRIC/J > us!', Hl GRAZE
LEAF NO. 1 • Bs ~~ DETONATOR A1 1 ;• J (7£.-_Z— FIRING PIN
GRAZE "G~ WEIGHT-rfV1=^' i|
„.X Jy^GRAZE "G” WEIGHT vxzz ■ v

GRAZE LEVER '>^S,<aeo—U-< J SPRING
ROTOR PIN^'V*s^^B-c:Bsatff^\
RETAINING SPRING/ - —------- O
/ ' -------------------------------'LEAF NO. 1
GRAZE LEVER LOCKING SHAFT .D,952A|
LEAF NO. 2
Change 24
74.25
Figure 11—13 Fuze, M412-Sequential Leaf Unlocking Device,

Explosive Components, and Graze Firing Pin in Unarmed Condition
11-3.4 to 11-4.1.3 TM 9-1385-51
(1) Setback, due to acceleration, causes garding the approach, attack, and disposal of
leaf number 3 to move to the rear, unexploded ordnance must be observed.
thereby unlocking, in turn, leaf num 11-3.4.2 Consider any rocket M72 that has ex
ber 2, leaf number 1, and the rotor
perienced launching to have an armed fuze.
(figure 11-13). Discoloration of the interior surface of the
(2) The rotor is now free to rotate to the nozzle, and the absence of the igniter, indicate
armed position under pressure of the that launching has been experienced.
rotor spring and against the delaying
action of the escapement mechanism. 11-3.4.3 The point-initiating element will ge
When the rotor reaches the armed po nerate electricity upon the release, as well as
sition, an electrical connection is the application, of stress. Any attempt to re
made between the point-initiating ele move imbedded rockets must be done by remote
ment lead wire and the electric deton means.
ator; the electric detonator is alined 11-3.4.4 The point-initiating element will ge
with the remainder of the explosive nerate current when subjected to a change in
train; the stab-type primer is alined temperature. Therefore, do not subject an
with the graze firing pin; and the armed rocket to rapid changes in temperature.
fuze is armed. 11-3.4.5 When performing any procedures on
(3) Graze firing system. When the rotor rocket, be careful not to jar, strike, or move
has rotated to its armed position, the the rocket.
slot in the rotor has cleared the graze
lever arm, and a cut-out sector of the 11—4 POINT DETONATING FUZES M4, M4A1, and
rotor is opposite that arm. Rotation M4A2
of the graze lever is now prevented by The point-detonating rocket noze fuzes M4,
the graze lever retaining spring. M4A1, and M4A2 are covered in this para
c. Impact. The electric detonator is fired by graph.
an electrical impulse from the point-ini
tiating element when the rocket strikes a
target head-on. The detonator fires the 11-4.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes are a nose, setback
booster which then detonates the war arming, selective action (superquick or delay),
head explosive charge. If the rocket impact firing type. The delay time of these
strikes a target at an oblique angle, dece fuzes is either 0.1 second or 0.015 second.
leration due to impact causes the “G”-
weight to turn the graze lever. When the
graze lever turns, its hooked end disen fuzes are unpainted. The fuze designation and
various loading information are stamped in the
gages the locking shaft which is then
cammed out of the way by the firing pin surface of the fuze body. The markings “SQ”
and “DELAY” are stamped on the fuze body.
as it is driven by the firing pin spring in
to'the stab-type primer. The explosion of 11-4.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES (figure
the primer initiates the electric detonator 11-14).
through the flash channel, and the deton a. The slotted head of the selector is visible
ator, in turn, fires the booster which det in the side of the fuze body.
onates the warhead explosive charge. b. There are four slots equally spaced
around the fuze body seating surface.
c. The head is secured to the fuze body by
11-3.4.1 The general safety precautions re two set screws.
Change 24
74.26
TM 9-1385-51 1-4.14 to 11-4.3
11-4.1.4 WEIGHTS. The fuzes weigh approxi selected by turning the slotted selector until
mately 2.06 pounds. the dot on it registers with the arrow indi
11-4.1.5 MATERIALS. The fuze body is made of cating the desired action. In addition, the
steel. The fuze head is made of aluminum. safety pin is removed to release the setback
11-4.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The fuze pin.
consists of two percussion primers, a black c. When the rocket is launched, inertia forces
powder delay element, two relays, a detonator due to acceleration (setback forces) cause
(primer mixture, lead azide, and tetryl) and a the setback pin to move downward against
booster consisting of approximately 0.8 ounce the setback pin spring, thereby compressing
of tetryl. it. The downward movement of the setback
11-4.3 FUNCTIONING (figures 11-15 and 11- pin releases the retaining ball, which in
16). turn, releases the delay arming pin. As
a. The fuzes M4 and M4A1 are similar to the acceleration of the rocket decreases, the
M4A2, except that the selector of those delay arming pin spring forces the delay
fuzes has two flash holes which are posi arming pin upward until the delay arming
tioned so that when one flash hole alines pin releases the slider. The slider (moved
the superquick explosive train, the other by the slider spring) positions the detona
obstructs the delay explosive train and tor in proper alinement with the remainder
vice versa. of the explosive train. The spring-loaded
b. When the rocket is prepared for launching, detent locks the slider in this position. The
the fuze is set for either superquick or fuze is now armed.
delay action. The action of the fuze is
Change 4
74.27
TM 9-1385-51
d. Upon impact, the striker block is forced burns through after the predetermined de
inward, breaking the shear wire and caus lay to initiate the detonator and remainder
ing both firing pins to impinge and initiate of the explosive train. If the fuze was set
their respective primers. for superquick action, the selector does not
e. If the fuze was set for delay action, the obstruct the passage of flame from the
selector obstructs the passage of the flame superquick primer to the detonator; con
from the superquick primer to the detona sequently, the flash from the superquick
tor; consequently, the flash from the delay primer initiates the detonator before the
primer ignites the delay element, which delay element burns through.
STRIKER BLOCK
Figure 11-15 Fuze M4A2 in the Unarmed Condition—Cross Section
Change 4
74.28
TM 9-1385-51 1 1-4.4 to 1 1-5.1.3
Figure 11-16 Fuze M4A2—Position of Setback Pin, Delay Arming Pin,

and Retaining Ball in the Unarmed Condition—Cross Section
11-4.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. 11-5 POINT INITIATING FUSES M4O6 AND

11-4.4.1 The general precautions regarding the MK181
approach, attack, and disposal of unexploded The point initiating fuzes M406 and MK181
ordnance must be observed. are covered in this paragraph.
11-4.4.2 Positively identify the rocket and fuze 11-5.1 IDENTIFICATION.
present, and determine the condition of the fuze. 11-5.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes are of the accelera
11-4.4.3 Do not drop or jar the fuze or rocket. tion-delayed arming, impact firing, point initiat
Always protect the striker block against any ing, instantaneous action type.
blows which would cause its movement.
11-4.4.4 If the warhead is imbedded in the
fuzes are unpainted. The designation and loading
ground, initial movement will be done remotely.
information are stamped in the conical surface
11-4.4.5 If the striker block is separated from
of the fuze body.
the fuze by a dearmer, protect the exposed
primers by plugging up the cavity with soft 11-5.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES (figure
material such as cloth or tape. 11-17).
11-4.4.6 An auxiliary booster (0.8 pound of TNT a. The fuze does not contain a firing pin. A
and 0.2 pound of tetryl) is used with these fuzes primer, housed in the fuze body, is initiated
in deep cavity rocket heads. The auxiliary directly on impact.
booster is not secured to either the rocket head b. Two wrench flats, 180' apart, are machined
or fuze and may fall out when the fuze is re -in the windshield.
moved. In the event the auxiliary booster re c. The tip of the conically shaped windshield
mains in the rocket head after the fuze is forms a solid cylinder.
removed, secure it against movement in the
rocket head.
Change 4
74.29
.60" DIA.
Change 4
74.30 Figure 11-17 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuze M406
TM 9-1385-51 1 1-5.1.4 to 1 1-5.3
11-5.1.4 WEIGHTS. The fuze weight is ap 11-5.3 FUNCTIONING. The fuze M406 and the
proximately 0.83 pound. fuze Mk 181 are identical in construction, in
11-5.1.5 MATERIALS. The body and the wind arrangement of their components, and in opera
shield of the fuzes are made of steel. tion. Therefore, the description of the functioning
11-5.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The ex of the fuze as presented below, as well as the
plosive train of the fuzes consists of the following sectional view of the fuze and details of its
components: primer, detonator, rotor lead rotor mechanism as shown in figures 11-18 and
charge, auxiliary lead charge, and auxiliary 11-19 respectively, apply to both fuzes.
booster which contains a shaped charge.
Change 4
74.31
74.32
Change 4
Figure 1 1 -1 8 Fure M 4 O 6 or Mk 181 - in the Unarm ed Condition - cut a w a y view
ARMED ORD D1958|
UNARMED PARTIALLY ARMED
C hange 4
Figure 11-19 Rotor Mechanism-In the Unarmed, Partially

Armed, and Armed Conditions
11-5.4 to 11-5.4.5 TM 9-1385-51
a. The fuze is assembled to the rocket with The fuze is now armed and cannot be re
the fuze rotor locked in a position which turned to the unarmed condition. However,
places the rotor lead charge out of aline- should acceleration forces decrease before
ment with the primer and detonator. This the rotor has revolved sufficiently to allow
unarmed condition of the fuze is effected engagement of the rotor by the detent, the
and maintained by the setback weights, setback weights, acted upon by the setback
which, when extended by the setback weight springs, will move forward with
weight springs, act as a lock roller stop. deceleration of the rocket, turning the rotor
As a result, the rotor is locked in position and returning the rotor lead charge to the
and the rotor lead charge is held out of out-of-line position.
line with the other components of the fuze c. Upon impact, the windshield of the fuze
explosive train. is crushed, and the primer is initiated.
b. When the rocket is fired, enertial forces, Providing that the fuze is armed, action
due to the sustained acceleration of the of the primer is transmitted to the auxiliary
rocket, cause the setback weights to travel booster through the detonator, rotor lead
rearward overcoming the resistance of the charge, and auxiliary lead charge. In its
setback weight springs. The rearward move turn the auxiliary booster, which contains
ment of the setback weights frees the lock a shaped charge, initiates the detonation
roller and releases the rotor. Once released, of the rocket head explosive charge.
the unbalanced rotor, subjected to the 11-5.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
forces of acceleration, rotates at a pre 11-5.4.1 The general safety precautions regarding
determined rate imposed by the restraining ing the approach, attack, and disposal of un
action of the escapement mechanism. To exploded ordnance must be observed.
insure that the fuze will not arm im 11-5.4.2 Positively identify the fuze and rocket
mediately upon firing of the rocket, the present, and determine the condition of the fuze.
escapement mechanism which is connected 11-5.4.3 If the warhead is found imbedded in
to the rotor through a gear train, provides the ground, initial movement will be done re
a delay in the arming of the fuze by govern motely.
ing the rate of rotation of the rotor. As 11-5.4.4 Keep the rocket assembly in a horizon
the rotor revolves, the rotor lead charge tal position when moving it to a disposal area.
is brought into alinement with the other 11-5.4.5 Take necessary precautions and do not
components of the fuze explosive train, strike the windshield of the fuze, or drop or jar
and the rotor, with rotor lead charge alined, the assembled rocket. Although these fuzes do
is locked in this position by the spring- not contain a firing pin, they do incorporate
actuated detent and detent lock spring. a primer which is sensitive to impact.
Change 4
74.34
C 16, TM 9-1385-51 11-6 to 11-6.3
11-6 PROXIMITY FUZE, ROCKET, XM429. visible parts of the fuze are shown in figure 11-20
The fuze covered in this paragraph may be as and an exploded view is shown in figure 11-21.
sembled with cither Warhead, 2.75 inch Rocket, 11-6.1.4 WEIGHT. The fuze weighs approxi
HE, M151, or Warhead, 2.75 inch Rocket, HE, mately 14 ounces.
XM229. 11-6.1.5 MATERIALS.
11-6.1 IDENTIFICATION. a. The electronic head assembly consists of
11-6.1.1 TYPE. electronic components contained in plastic
a. Warheads. The M151 Warhead is approxi material, mounted on a stamped can.
mately 16 inches long overall and it contains b. The adapter is made of aluminum alloy.
approximately 2.3 pounds of Composition B4 c. The booster cup and closing disk are steel.
explosive filler. The XM229 Warhead is ap 11-6.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
proximately 26 inches long overall and it 11-6.2.1 The M84 electric detonator contains
contains approximately 5 pounds of Com 130 mg of explosive.
position B4 explosive filler.
11-6.2.2 The XM113 stab primer contains 14 mg
b. Fuze. The XM429 is a proximity fuze backed
up by an impact sensing element. The fuze NOL 130 primer mix.
contains a safety and arming device which is 11-6.2.3 The booster contains 9 grams of tetryl.
activated by setback force, and retarded by 11-6.2.4 The lead-in explosive contains 0.125 gram
a delay gear train. of tetryl.
11-6.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The fuze 11-6.3 FUNCTIONING.
is unpainted, and fuze designation and loading in a. General. The major functional components of
formation are stamped on the aluminum housing the fuze are the electronic head, the power
(adapter) of the fuze. supply (thermal battery), and the safety and
11-6.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The arming device (figure 11-22). The electronic
ELECTRONIC HEAD ASSEMBLY
Change 16
'AGO 1031A 74.35
11-6.3 C 16, TM 9-1385-51
Figure 11-21 Exploded View of XM429 Fuze
head contains the components that transmit power source for all electronic components of
and receive the signals that trigger the firing the fuze. The safety and arming device con
upon proximity to the target. The head also tains an unbalanced rotor engaged to a delay
contains an impact sensing element for gear train. The gear train maintains the
backup in the event of proximity failure. detonator out of alineinent with the booster
The power supply (thermal battery) is the until the round is fired.
ORD DI85l|
Figure 11-22 Cutaway View of XM429 Fuze

Change 16
74.36 TAGO 1031\
TM 9-1385-51
b. Operation. lead-in explosive. In this position, the

1. Upon firing, acceleration forces cause M84 electric detonator is connected,
the spring-loaded weight in the safety through switch contacts, to the firing
and arming device to move rearward. circuits in the electronic head. The fuze
When the weight has moved to the set is then armed.
back position, the rotor is released. 3. When the fuze properly senses the tar
2. The acceleration forces acting on the get, it discharges a firing capacitor
unbalanced rotor cause it to rotate. The into the M84 electric detonator. This,
movement of the rotor is retarded by in turn, initiates the lead-in explosive,
its engagement with a delay gear train. the booster and the warhead.
After approximately .25 second, the
rotor releases a firing pin to initiate the NOTE
XM113 stab primer. This, in turn, init If acceleration above 12g’s is not sus
iates activation of the thermal power tained for a minimum period of .25
supply. The power supply provides elec second, the safety and arming device
tric power to the electronic head. With will reset to the fully unarmed condi
sustained acceleration, the rotor moves tion (figure 11-24).
to, and locks, in the armed condition
(figures 11-22 and 11-23). This aligns 4. If a proper signal is not received by
the M84 electric detonator with the the electronic head, the fuze functions
ORO
Figure 11-23 Safety and Arming Device- Figure 11-24 Safety and Arming Device-
Armed Position Unarmed Position
Change 17
74.37
11-6.4 TM 9-1385-51
on impact when the impact switch 11-6.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. General

closes. This discharges the firing ca proximity (VT) fuze safety precautions re
pacitor into the M84 electric detonator. garding the approach, attack and disposal of
this item must be observed.
Chang" 17
74.38 AGO 201HA
TM 9-1385-51 11-7 to 11-7.2.1
11-7 PROXIMITY FUZE, ROCKET, M414 (FOR ZUNI). ponent of a ZUNI rocket assembly, the
The fuze covered in this paragraph is used motor of which has been fired, the total
with the ZUNI (5-inch) rocket system, and weight of the rocket assembly is approxi
may be assembled to either the Mk24 Mod 0 mately 68.5 pounds. The ZUNI is a 5-
general purpose rocket head, or the Mk32 Mod inch solid propellant rocket, fired from
0 antitank, antipersonnel rocket head. aircraft. The external dimensions of the
rocket assembly and the rocket heads are
shown in figure 11-26.
b. Fuze. The M414 is a proximity fuze
backed up by a self-destruct element
which is a mechanically operated
cocked-striker device. The fuze contains
a safety and arming device which is acti
vated by setback force, and governed by
a delay train. The visible parts are a
two-piece plastic nose cone, a steel sleeve
and the fuze body seating surface, which
has two wrench slots.
c. Motor. The rocket motor is a cylindrical
aluminum tube approximately 62.7
inches long, with a steel contact band at
the forward end and four aluminum fold
ing fins attached to a steel nozzle assem
bly at the rear of the motor.
fuze is unpainted, and the fuze designation is
stamped on the steel sleeve. The rocket desig
nation and loading information are stenciled
on the rocket head.
11-7.1.3 FITTING AND FEATURES. The
visible parts of the fuze and the rocket assem
Figure 11-25. M414 Proximity Rocket Fuze
bly are shown in figures 11-25 and 11-26.
and Major Components
11-7.1.4 WEIGHT. The fuze weighs approxi
11-7.1 IDENTIFICATION. mately 2.64 pounds.
11-7.1.1 TYPE. 11-7.1.5 MATERIALS.
a. Rocket heads. The ZUNI rocket heads a. The fuze head assembly consists of elec
are made of steel. The Mk24 Mod 0 tronic components contained in a two-
rocket head, fitted with the M414 prox piece plastic nose cone.
imity fuze and the Mkl91 Mod 0 base b. The fuze sleeve is made of steel.
detonating fuze, weights approximately c. The fuze body is made of aluminum.
48.0 pounds. When this rocket head is a
component of a ZUNI rocket assembly, 11-7.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
the motor of which has been fired, the 11-7.2.1 The fuze contains a T97 percussion
total weight of the rocket assembly is ap primer, which activates the thermal battery, a
proximately 72.5 pounds. The Mk32 Mod T108 percussion primer in the self-destruct
0 rocket head, fitted with the M4i4 prox mechanism, an electric detonator, a tetryl lead
imity fuze, weights approximately 44.0 (0.082 gram) and a tetryl booster charge (13.4
pounds. When this rocket head is a com grams).
Change 18
AGO S859A 74.39
11—7.2.2 to 11-7.3 TM 9-1385-51
-igure 11-26. External Configuration of the ZUNI Rocket Assembled with the Mk32 Mod 0 Rocket
Head, and Cutaway Views of the Mk32 and Mk24 Rocket Heads
11-7.2.2 The Mk24 Mod 0 rocket head con barrier, a setback weight and a sector
tains 10 pounds of Composition B explosive drive weight, and is governed by an ex-
charge. capement mechanism in a delay arming
11-7.2.3 The Mk32 Mod 0 rocket head con gear train.
tains 15 pounds of Composition B explosive b. Operation.
charge. (1) Upon firing, acceleration forces cause
11.7.2.4 An unfired Mkl6 Mod 1 rocket the setback weight to overcome the
motor contains an electric squib, an igniter setback spring, and move rearward.
(blackpowder with flaked magnesium) and When the setback weight is fully de
35.5 pounds of double-base, solid propellant. pressed, the sector drive weight is re
11-7.3 FUNCTIONING. leased, and rotates under the influ
a. General. The major functional compo ence of the setback force. The rate at
nents of the M414 proximity fuze are the which the sector drive weight rotates
electronic head, the power supply (ther is governed by an escapement mecha
mal battery), and the safety and arming nism in the delay arming gear train.
device. The electronic head contains the (2) When acceleration of the rocket is
components that transmit and receive the sustained for a sufficient period, a ro
signals that trigger the firing upon prox tating cammed shaft releases a
imity to the target. The power supply is spring-loaded firing pin which deto
the power source for all electronic com nates the T97 primer. This, in turn,
ponents of the fuze. The safety and arm initiates activation of the thermal
ing device contains an unbalanced rotor power supply. The power supply
Change 18
74.40 AJO 5859A
TM 9-1385-51 11-7.4 to 11-8
FIRING PIN (FOR THERMAL T97 PERCUSSION

BATTERY ACTIVATION) PRIMER
HALF - ROUND
TIMING SHAFT
INTERLOCK
INTERLOCK LATCH SHAFT
LATCH
FIRING PIN
INTERLOCK CLOCKWORK
PIN MECHANISM
SETBACK WEIGHT
SECTOR DRIVE
WEIGHT
FIRING
BARRIER LOCK PIN LEVER
ROTOR BARRIER
LEAD
DETONATOR BLOCK
'ERMINAL STRIP
LEVER LOCK
RELEASE LATCH
TI08 PERCUSSION
PRIMER
FIRING PIN
ROTOR BARRIER ROTOR BARRIER
MU-D4 2399
Figure 11-27. Two Views of Safety and Arming Device for M414 Fuze
provides electric power to the elec NOTE

tronic head. Before the fuze is inserted in the
NOTE rocket head, the self-destruct element
If the rocket fails to maintain an ac may be made inoperable by turning a
celeration of 19 g’s for at least 400 small slotted pin in the side of the
feet of travel, the fuze will neither fuze body to the S.D. OFF position.
arm nor recycle. 11-7.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. General
(3) When proper acceleration is main proximity (VT) fuze safety precautions re
tained for a distance of 400 feet, a garding the approach, attack and disposal of
switch operates, allowing the firing this item must be observed.
capacitor to charge. The fuze is then 11-8 BASE DETONATING FUZES M40O, M401,
fully armed. M404, M404A1, M404A2 and M405.
(4) When the fuze properly senses the
target, it discharges the firing capaci 11-8.1 IDENTIFICATION.
tor through the electric detonator, in 11-8.1.1 TYPE. The M400, M401, M404,
itiating the explosive train. M404A1, M404A2 fuzes are of the base-deto
c. Self-Destruct Feature. A self-destruct nating (BD), direct-arming (arming pin), im-
element of the fuze begins to function as pact-fired (inertia plunger), nondelay type.
soon as the rotor barrier turns to the The M405 is a dummy fuze similar in appear
armed position. The self-destruct element ance to the M404A2 fuze. It simulates handling
will initiate the fuze explosive train after and arming pin ejection of the M404A2 fuze.
6 to 10 seconds of the rocket flight. The M400 and M401 are used in 2.36-inch
Change 18
AGO 38S9A 74.41
11-8.1.2 to 11-8.3 TM 9-1385-51
rockets. The M404, M404A1, M404A2 and

M405 are used in 3.5-inch rockets.
.fuze designation and loading information is
stamped into the body of the fuze. The fuze
body is painted olive drab or black.
M400 fuze has a safety pin and arming pin,
which are visible externally. The M401 fuze
(figure 11-28) has a safety band which holds
the arming pin in a safe position and acts as a
waterproofing clamp. The safety pin is perma
nently attached to the safety band. The-arming
pin of the M404, M404A1, and M404A2 fuzes is
held in place by a safety band (figure 11-29).
Figure 11-29. Cutaway View of M404A2 Fuze

in the Unarmed Condition
mixture, lead azide and tetryl; the booster is te

tryl. The M105 fuze is inert.
11-8.3 FUNCTIONING.
a. M 100 and M401 FUZES. Prior to launch,
the safty pin is removed from the M400
fuze or the safety band is removed from
the M401 fuze. The arming pin, which is
held in position by the arming sleeve to
prevent its ejection, keeps the firing pin
from moving When the rocket is
launched, the arming sleeve compresses
the setback spring and disengages itself
from the arming pin. The arming pin
spring forces the arming pin outward
until it strikes the inner wall of the
launcher. When the rocket leaves the
launcher, the arming pin is ejected from
Figure 1;—28. Cutaway View of M401 Fuze in
the rocket by the arming pin spring,
the Unarmed Condition
which arms the fuze. The firing pin
11-8.1.4 MATERIALS. The M400 and M401 spring prevents the firing pin from strik
fuzes have steel bodies. The M404, M404A1, ing the detonator until impact. Upon im
M404A2, and M405 fuzes have aluminum bod pact, the firing pin overcomes the firing
ies. pin spring and pierces the detonator.
11-8.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. These This initiates the explosive train.
fuzes, except the M405, contain a detonator b. M404, M404A1, and M404A2 FUZES.
and a booster. The detonator consists of primer Prior to launch, the safety band is re-
Change IE
74.42 AGO 5859A
TM 9-1385-51 11-8.4 to 11-8.4.2
moved from the rocket. This allows the moves forward, striking the firing pin
spring-loaded arming pin to come in con lever. This drives the firing pin into the
tact with the bore of the launcher. When, detonator, which initiates the explosive
the rocket is fired, inertia forces cause train. These fuzes are rapid in action and
the setback sleeve to move rearward, sensitive to low-angle graze impacts.
compressing the setback spring and Fuzes M404, M404A1 and M404A2 con
clearing the path of the arming pin. The tain a graze sensitive feature.
setback sleeve is locked in the rearward 11-8.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
position by a spring-loaded detent. When
the rocket leaves the launcher, the arm 11-8.4.1 Observe all safety precautions re
ing pin is thrown clear of the fuze by the garding graze-sensitive fuzes.
arming pin spring, thus arming the fuze. 11-8.4.2 Observe shaped charge precautions
Upon impact, the actuating plunger when disposing of warheads.
Change 18
AGO SB59A 74.43
TM 9-1385-51 11-9 to 11-9.3
Figure 11—30 Cutaway and Exploded Views of Fuzes M423 and M427
11-9 FUZES, ROCKET, PD, M423 AND M427. cylindrical with a flat-point conical ogive, and
have wrench slots for fitting to the warhead.
The fuzes covered in this paragraph may be The fuzes have four major components: an
used with the following 2.75 Inch Rocket War aluminum striker pin body; an aluminum
heads: HE, M151 or XM229; Target Marker firing pin body; a safety and arming device as
(HE) XM152, XM153, XM157 or XM158; or sembly, and a steel booster housing which con
Smoke, WP, M156. tains the lead-in cup explosive charge and the
11-9.1 IDENTIFICATION. booster charge.
11-9.1.1 TYPE. These fuzes are of the acce 11-9.1.4 WEIGHTS. Each fuze weighs ap
leration-delayed arming, impact-firing, point proximately one pound.
initiating, instantaneous-action type. 11-9.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
11-9.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The 11-9.2.1 The primer contains lead azide and
fuzes are painted olive drab and the fuze desig primer mix tetryl; the detonator- contains lead
nation and loading data are stenciled in yellow. azide, the lead-in cup and the booster contain
tetryl.
general physical characteristics and exploded 11-9.3 FUNCTIONING.
view are shown in figure 11-30. The fuzes are a. Fuze M123 has a short arming time for
Change 20
74.45
11-9.4 TM 9-1385-51
UNARMED ARMED
ORD
Figure 11-31 Safety and Arming Device
use by low performance aircraft. The through the antisetback washer into the
M427 differs only in arming time, and is primer. This initiates the explosive train
used by high-performance aircraft. which, in turn, detonates the warhead
explosive.
b. When the rocket is fired, inertia forces
cause the setback weight of the safety 11-9.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
and arming device (fig. 11-31) to move a. Positive identification of the rocket war
rearward, compressing the setback head and fuze must be made.
spring. This releases the unbalanced
rotor to rotate and lock in place in the b. Initial movement of an imbedded rocket
armed position. When the fuze strikes warhead should be done from a remote
the target, the cone of the striker pin position.
body is driven rearward, forcing the stri c. Do not drop or jar the rocket warhead
ker pin to drive the hammer into the and take care not to strike the fuze.
firing pin. The firing pin is thus driven
Change 20
74.46
TM 9-1385-51 11-10 to 11-10.2
11-10 66-MM INCENDIARY (TPA) ROCKET XM74 the rocket XM74 four-round clip are shown in
i| WITH BASE DETONATING FUZE M412 MODIFIED figure 11-33.
(XM434).
11-10.1 IDENTIFICATION. Each rocket XM74 weighs three pounds, is ap
proximately 21 inches long and three inches in
o
11-10.1.1 TYPE. The XM74 (figure 11-32) is a
diameter at the warhead. The loaded rocket
fin stabilized incendiary rocket which may be
XM74 four-round clip weighs approximately
mounted as a four-round rocket clip (figure 15 pounds and is 22 inches long, six inches
11-33) and fired, one at a time, from a hand
wide and six inches high.
held XM202 rocket launcher. The warhead is
fitted to a rocket motor similar in appearance 11-10.1.5 MATERIALS. The rocket and the
to the M72 (LAW) rocket motor. four-round clip metal parts are of aluminum.
The aluminum fins have steel springs. The fuze
is of aluminum and steel.
four-round clip hardware is painted olive drab.
The rocket motor is brown, the adapter is yel 11-10.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
low and the warhead is light red. All markings a. The warhead contains approximately one
are in black and the words “Warhead XM235" and one-half pounds polyisobutylene
are in black on the warhead of the XM74 in thickened triethylaluminum filler. The
cendiary rocket. primacord burster weighs approximately
11-10.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. Com two grams. The fuze M412 Modified
ponents of the incendiary rocket XM74 are (XM434) contains a stab primer M106
shown in figure 11-32. The warhead contains a and a modified (nonelectric) detonator
primacord burster, an incendiary filler and a M48. The primer M106 contains lead
base detonating nondelay action type fuze. This azide and NOL 130 mix and the modified
is a modified M412 fuze, the modification cons detonator M48 contains lead azide and
isting of removing the electric initiating fea PETN.
ture and the booster charge. The fuze M412 b. The rocket motor contains approximately
Modified (XM434) will function by graze ac 57 grams propellant M7; the igniter M56
tion as well as direct impact. Characteristics of contains black powder- and the percussion
Figure 11-32 66MM Incendiary (TPA) rocket XM74
Change 24
74.47
11-10.3 to 11-10.4 TM 9-1385-5!
Figure 11-33 XM74 Four-Round Rocket Clip
primer M29A1 contains NOL 60 primer of the explosive train. The arming action
mix. occurs within the first eight to fifteen
meters of rocket travel. Deceleration due
11-10.3 FUNCTIONING.
to impact or graze causes the graze ele
a. When the launcher trigger is actuated, a
ment of the fuze to shift, allowing the
firing pin release cam strikes the percus
firing pin to strike the primer. This ini
sion primer M29A1. This initiates the ig
tiates the remainder of the explosive
niter M56 which ignites the propellant,
train, causing the incendiary agent to be
expelling the rocket motor from the
disseminated. The incendiary agent ig
launcher.
nites spontaneously or exposure to air.
b. Setback, due to acceleration of the incen
diary rocket XM74 acts on the sequential 11-10.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
leaf arming mechanism of the fuze. This
frees the rotor assembly, allowing it, in WARNING
turn, to rotate to the armed position, al The rocket contains a fuze with a
ining the detonator with the remainder cocked striker. Do not strike or jar
Change 24
74.48
TM 9-1385-51 11-10.5
the rocket. If rocket is found embed operations site. The minimum exposed
ded, initial movement must be made distance is 900 feet.
remotely. 11-10.5 HAZARDS.
a. Observe all safety precautions regarding a. The incendiary agent ignites spontane
graze sensitive fuzes. ously on exposure to air.
b. Always work from the sides, not the ends b. The incendiary agent will continue to
of rockets or rocket clips. burn even if immersed in water.
c. Small amounts of water react violently
c. Take normal safety precautions for in with the incendiary agent, causing splat
cendiary explosives when working on ter and fire. Large amounts of w -.’••• can
these items. be used as a first aid measure to -.on or
d. Personnel not involved in EOD opera flush the incendiary agent.
tions should remain a minimum distance d. The incendiary agent is extremely de
of 600 feet away, under cover, from the structive to body tissue.
Change 24
74.49
TM 9-1385-51
Change 24
74.50
TM 9-1385-51
SECTION 12
VARIOUS EXPLOSIVE ITEMS
12—1. Aircraft Personnel Catapults Ml Al, notch in the firing pin. The arm of
M3, M4, and M5. the sear has an eye in it for cable at
tachment.
12-1.1 IDENTIFICATION. (2) The sear locking pin passes diagonally
12-1.1.1 TYPE through the block and firing pin at
90° to the sear.
a. Ml Al. This catapult is a mechanically ac (3) The ground safety pin and shipping
tuated, gas-operated, three-tube telescop cotter pin are attached to each other.
ing, cartridge-actuated device for upward The ground safety pin is identified
ejection of personnel from high-speed air by a red streamer which is attached
craft. to it.
b. M3, M4, and M5. These catapults are pres (4) The block, which may either have a
sure-actuated, gas-operated, three-tube cylindrical or a flat neck, has a fe
telescoping, cartridge-actuated devices for male fitting at its upper extremity
ejection of personnel from high-speed air for catapult attachment to the recep
craft. The catapults M3 and Mo are uti tacle on the ejection seat.
lized for upward ejection and the catapult (5) The trunnion has two male fittings
M4 is utilized for downward ejection. which attach the catapult to the air
12-1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING craft structure.
(6) The effective stroke of this catapult
a. The model designation and various load
is approximately 66 inches.
ing information are stenciled on the cylin
drical surface of the outside tube of the b. Features.
catapult. In addition, the model designa (1) The catapult M1A1 is a mechanically
tion may be stamped on the top surface actuated, gas-operated, three-tube
of the block assembly. telescope ejectoi, consisting of an out
b. The model designation and various load side tube, a telescoping tube, and an
ing infoimation concerning the cartridge inside tube. The block, which is se
assembly which is assembled in the cata cured to the upper end of the inside
pult are stenciled on the cylindrical sur tube, attaches to a receptacle on the
face of the outside tube of the catapult. backrest of the ejection seat. The
trunnion, which is secured to the up
12-1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES (fig
per end of the outside tube, attaches
ures 12-1 through 12-4), The catapults are lo
to the aircraft structure. After the
cated at the rear of the ejection seat backrest.
catapult assembly is installed in the
In addition, the following fittings and features
aircraft, the safety wire, which se
apply as noted:
cures the sear locking pin to the block,
12-1.1.3.1 M1A1. is removed. The sear locking pin is
a. Fittings. attached by cable to the manual con
(1) The sear is L-shaped and passes trol or canopy control of the aircraft
through the trunnion, block, and a ejection system, thereby providing a
Change 5
75
TM 9-1385-51
means whereby the sear locking pin is (5) The catapult M4 is attached to the air
withdrawn upon actuation of the ejec craft structure by a female fitting lo
tion system by the pilot. In addition, cated on the cap which closes the bot
the sear is attached by cable co the tom end of the outside tube.
ejection seat hand grip trigger. The (6) The effective stroke of the catapult
shipping cotter pin, which prevents M3 is approximately 88 inches; of the
downward movement of the firing M4, approximately 45 inches' the M5,
pin, is replaced with Che ground safe approximately 66 inches
ty pin. The ground safety pin is re b. Features.
moved prior to flight of the aircraft (1) These catapults are pressure-actuated,
(and replaced after flight). The cata gas-operated, three-tube telescope
pult assembly is now ready for actua- ejectors, consisting of an outside tube,
(2) The sear locking pin, which passes a telescoping tube and an inside tube,
through the block and firing pin, pre The block, which is secured to the up
vents the sear from rotating. The per end of the inside tube, attaches
sear passes through the block and a to a receptacle on the ejection seat.
notch in the firing pin in such a way The trunnion, which is secured to the
as to cock the spring-loaded firing pin upper end of the outside tube, attaches
and prevents it from striking the car to the aircraft structure. The catapult
tridge primer when the sear arm is in M4; which has no trunnion, is at
the “UP” position. In addition when tached to the aircraft structure by a
■the sear arm is in the “UP” position, lug-type ca;. at the base of the outside
the sear locks the block and inside tube. Aftei the catapult assembly is
tube assembly to bhe trunnion and installed in the aircraft, the pipe plug
outside tube assembly. Otherwise, the is unthreaded from the pressure inlet
aircraft and 'pilot would fall free of port in the block and a flexible or
the aircraft when the aircraft is steel tube is connected to the pressure
flown in -the up-side-down position. inlet port. The flexible or steel tube,
which leads from an initiator, con
12-1.1.3.2 M3, M4 and Me nects the catapult to the ejection sys
a. Fittings. tem in the aircraft. The block and in
side tube assembly is free swiveling
(1) The pressure inlet .port is located in to facilitate connection of the flexible
the block. A flexible or steel tube is or steel tube. The catapult assembly
connected to the block at the pressure is now ready for actuation.
inlet port after the catapult is in (2) The firing pin is not spring-loaded,
stalled in the airciaft. A pipe plug is but is held, in place by the shear pin.
threaded into the pressure inlet port The latches lock the block and inside
for catapult shipment and storage tube assembly to the trunnion and out
purposes. side tube assembly. This is necessary
(2) These catapults have no external to hold the -seat and crewman in the
safety pins or fittings since they have aircraft when the aircraft is flown in
a pressure actuated firing mechanism. the up-side-down position.
(3) The block has a female fitting at its 12-1.1.4 WEIGHTS.
upper extremity for catapult attach a. M1A1. The total weight of the catapult is
ment to the receptacle on the ejection approximately 8.2 pounds.
seat. b. M3. The total weight of the catapult is
(4) The trunnion of the catapults M3 and approximately 25 pounds.
M5 has two lugs which attach the cat c. M4. The total weight of the catapult is
apult to the aiAuull. s.. ucture. approximately 6.7 pounds.
Change 5
76
TM 9-1385-51
ORD 01959 |
figure 12-1. A typical aircraft emergency escape system in Operation.

Change 5
76.1
TM 9-1385-51
.Change 5
76.2
TM 9-1385-51
CATAPULT SECURED
TO EJECTION SEAT
STRUCTURE
CATAPULT SECURED TO
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE
M1AI CATAPULT
EJECTION SEAT BACKREST
CATAPULT
TRIGGER
ORD 019611
Figure 12—;. Approximate iMCtilion of u Typical Catapult on an Ejection Seat

Change 5
76.3
TM 9-1385-51
PIPE PLUG—
Figure 12- i. I>inir»>ii»„tl Charaetcristicx of Catapults M3, Mi, and MS

Change 5
76.4
TM 9—1385—51
d. M5. The total weight of the catapult is the sear presents itself to the notch
approximately 8.2 pounds. in the firing pin and the firing pin is
12-1.1.5 MATERIALS. Catapults M1A1, M3, released. The firing pin spring drives
M4, and M5 are made of Aluminum. the firing pin down against the car
tridge primer which is initiated.
12-1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The
(3) Flame from the primer ignites the
catapults covered herein utilize catapult car
black powder igniter and smokeless
tridges which consist of a primer, igniter, and
propellant charge which produces a
propellant as follows:
large volume of gas upon burning.
a. Catapults M1A1 and M5 contain catapult The catapult assembly is provided
cartridge M28A1. The primer is a percus with gas seals insuring a sufficient
sion type, the igniter consists of approxi gas pressure build-up to thrust the
mately 0.15 ounce of black powder, and telescoping and inside tubes upward,
the propellant consists of approximately thereby ejecting the seat clear of the
2.97 ounces of smokeless (solid) solvent aircraft. The inside tube of the cata
type propellant M6. pult assembly is ejected with the seat.
b. Catapult M3 contains catapult cartridge The outside and telescoping tubes with
M36. The primer is a percussion type, the trunnion remain in the aircraft.
igniter consists of approximately 0.15 b. M3 (figure 12-6), M4, and M5.
ounce of black powder, and the propellant (1) When the pilot triggers the ejection
consists of approximately 7.06 ounces of system, the initiator to which the cat
smokeless (solid) solvent type propellant apult is connected by the flexible or
H8. steel tube is fired. The resulting gas
c. Catapult M4 contains catapult cartridge pressure passes through the flexible
M37. The primer is a percussion type, the or steel tube to the pressure inlet port
igniter consists of approximately 0.11 in the block and exerts a force on the
ounce of black powder, and the propellant top of the firing pin. The firing pin
consists of approximately 1.93 ounces of is forced downward, shearing the
smokeless (solid) solvent type propellant shear pin and camming the latches
H8. inward. As the latches are cammed
inward clear of the stop ring, the
12-1.3 FUNCTIONING. block and inside tube assembly is un
a. Ml Al (figure 12-5). locked from the trunnion and outside
(1) When the pilot pulls the trigger on the tube assembly. The firing pin, still
right arm rest of the ejection seat, acted upon by gas pressure, continues
the canopy remover mechanism fires downward until it strikes and initiates
and the canopy is jettisoned. As the the primer in the cartridge.
canopy is jettisoned, it withdraws the (2) The flash from the primer ignites the
sear locking pin from the catapult black powder igniter and smokeless
assembly which permits the sear to be propellant charge which produces a
rotated. The catapult is now armed. large volume of gas upon burning.
(2) Simultaneously as the pilot pulls the Sufficient gas pressure is formed
trigger on the right arm rest of the from the burning propellant and
ejection seat, the sear arm is rotated maintained by the gas seals to thrust
to the “DOWN” position through a the telescoping and inside tubes up
pulley system. As the sear is rotated, ward (the catapult M4 downward),
its flat portion aligns with the notch thereby ejecting the seat clear of the
in the trunnion, thereby unlocking the aircraft. The block and inside tube
block and inside tube assembly from assembly is ejected with the seat. The
the trunnion and outside tube assem outside and telescoping tubes with
bly. In addition, the flat portion of trunnion remain in the aircraft.
Change 5
76.5
TM 9-1385-51
FIRING PIN SPRING
SEAR ARM
FIRING PIN
BLOCK
SEAR
SEAR LOCKING
GROUND
SAFETY PIN
TRUNNION
PRIMER
SHIPPING
IGNITER
GAS SEAL
PROPELLANT CHARGE
INSIDE TUBE
OUTSIDE TUBE
CARTRIDGE CASE
TELESCOPING TUBE
INSIDE TUBE
BASE CAP GAS SEAL
ORD D1965|
Finurc 12—>. Cnlii)>ull MlAl hi the Ihiarmed Condition—Cutaway View

Change 5
76.6
TM 9-1385-51
PRESSURf INLET PORI
BLOCK--------
FIRING PIN
RING
LATCH
STOP RING---------
SHEAR PIN
latch-' PRIMER
PLUG IGNITER
IRUNNION
GAS SEAL
‘XPANDTR RING
PROPELLANT CHARGE
OUTSIDE TUBE
TELESCOPING TUBE
INSIDE TUBE
OUTSIDE
GAS SEAL
CAP-
ORD D1966 |
Figure 12-6. Catapult MS, in the Unarmed Condition- -Cutaway View.

Change 5
76.7
TM 9-1385-51
12-1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. or otherwise disconnected before at

a. All Catapults. tempting to separate the catapult
(1) The general safety precautions re from the ejection seat. Sever or dis
garding the approach, attack, and dis connect the cables with care so as not
posal of unexploded ordnance must to withdraw the sear locking pin or
be observed. move the sear arm.
(2) Positively identify the catapult assem c. M3, M4, and M5.
bly present, and determine the condi
(1) When the aircraft canopy is connected
tion of the catapult assembly.
by a cable to an initiator which is
(3) These catapults contain an explosive
connected either directly to the cata
cartridge and constitute a hazard.
pult or indirectly to the catapult via
Therefore, they should not be sub
another initiator, extreme care must
jected to shock, heat, or rough han
be exercised when lifting the aircraft
dling. canopy to gain access to the catapult.
(4) Do not place any part of the body over
The aircraft canopy should be raised
any portion of the ejection seat dur
just high enough to permit free move
ing the EOD procedure. ment of a man’s arm for cutting the
(5) Disassembly of the catapult is not flexible or steel tube which connects
necessary and is not recommended for
the catapult to the initiator and the
EOD purposes. cable which connects the initiator to
b. M1A1. the canopy.
(1) Since removal of the aircraft canopj' (2) Carry the catapult to the disposal
withdraws the sear locking pin which area in such a manner that the base
results in catapult arming when the cap is lower than the block.
ground safety pin (or shipping cotter
pin) is missing, extreme care must be 12—2. Aircraft Canopy Removers Ml Al
exercised when lifting the aircraft (With Exactor Ml), M2A1, and M3.
canopy to gain access to the catapult. 12-2.1 IDENTIFICATION.
The aircraft canopy should be raised
just high enough to pennit free move 12-2.1.1 TYPE.
ment of a man’s arm for cutting the a. M1A1. This canopy remover is a mechan
cable which connects the sear locking ically actuated, gas-operated, three-tube
pin to the canopy remover or for in telescoping, cartridge-actuated device for
sertion of the ground safety pin or automatic canopy removal from aircraft.
other suitable substitute through the The Exactor Ml, which mechanically ac
block. tuates the remover, is a small cylindrical,
(2) Do not move, rotate, or otherwise dis piston-type, gas-operated device. The re
turb the sear or sear arm as this could mover (with exactor) assembly is actu
cause accidental actuation of the cata ated by an initiator to which it is con
pult. nected by a flexible or steel pressure tube.
(3) Secure the sear locking pin and/or
the ground safety pin (or shipping b. M2A1. This remover is a mechanically
cotter pin) in position by applying actuated, gas-operated, two-tube tele
tape in such a manner as to prevent scoping, cartridge-actuated device for au
withdrawal of either from the block. tomatic canopy removal from aircraft.
(4) Be sure the cables, which connect the c. M3. This canopy remover is a pressure-
sear locking pin to the canopy remov actuated, gas-operated, two-tube telescop
er and the sear arm to the ejection ing, cartridge-actuated device for auto
seat hand grip trigger, are severed matic canopy removal from aircraft.
Change 5
76.8
TM 9-1385-51
12-2.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. When either- one is installed on the

a. The model designation and various load remover, it passes through the block
ing information are stenciled on the cylin and firing pin.
drical surface of the outside tube of the (4) The Block, which has a flat neck, has
remover. a female fitting at its upper extrem
b. The model designation and various load ity for remover attachment to the
ing information concerning the cartridge canopy.
assembly which is assembled in the remov (5) The base cap, which is screwed to the
er are stenciled on the cylindrical surface base of the outside tube, contains a
of the outside tube of the remover. female fitting for attachment of the
remover to the aircraft structure.
12-2.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES (figure (6) The effective stroke of this remover
12-7). is approximately 28.2 inches.
12-2.1.3.1 FITTINGS c. M3 (figure 12-10).
a. M1A1 (figure 12-8). (1) The pressure inlet port is located in
(1) The exactor, which is mounted to the the block. A flexible or steel tube is
telescoping tube stop on the remover connected to the block at the pressure
by two screws, contains a pressure in inlet port after the remover is in
let .port. A flexible or steel tube lead stalled in the aircraft. A pipe plug is
ing from an initiator is connected to threaded into the pressure inlet port
the pressure inlet port after the re for remover shipment and storage
mover is installed in the aircraft. A purposes.
pipe plug is threaded 'into the pressure (2) This remover has no external safety
inlet port for exactor shipment and pins or fittings since it has a pressure
storage purposes. firing mechanism.
(2) The flanged base cap contains four (3) The block has a female fitting at its
holes for attachment of the remover upper extremity for remover attach
to the aircraft. ment to the canopy.
(3) Four small holes (pressure relief out (4) The base cap, which is screwed to the
lets) sealed with pressure sensitive base of the outside tube, contains a
tape are located in the flat end of the female fitting for attachment of the
exactor cylinder. remover to the aircraft structure.
(4) The ground safety pin and shipping (5) The effective stroke of this remover
cotter pin are attached to each other. is approximately 26.0 inches.
When either- one is installed in the re
mover, it passes through the base of 12-2.1.3.2 FEATURES.
the firing head neck. a. M1A1. The remover M1A1 is a mechani
(5) The effective stroke of this remover cally actuated, gas-operated, three-tube
is approximately 23.3 inches. telescope ejector, consisting of an outside
b. M2A1 (figure 12-9). tube, a telescoping tube, and an inside
(1) The sear is L-shaped and passes tube. The exactor Ml is a piston-type,
through the bearing tube, block, and gas-operated mechanism which functions
a notch in the firing pin. The arm of to release the firing pin of the remover.
the sear has an eye in it for cable at The exactor is mounted to the telescoping
tachment. tube stop on the remover by two screws
(2) The sear locking pin passes diagonally after the shipping wire is removed. The
through the block and firing pin at operating rod of the exactor passes
90° to the sear. through the stop, firing head, and firing
(3) The ground safety pin and shipping pin of the remover in place of the shipping
cotter pin are attached to each other. wire. The remover and exactor assembly
Change 5
76.9
TM 9-1385-51
ORD D1968|
Figure 12-7. A Typical Aircraft Canopy Jettisoned Clear of an

Aircraft by a Canopy Remover
Change 5
76.10
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 12-S. Dimensional Characteristics of Remover Ml Al

Assemblicd with Exactor Ml
Change 5
76.11
TM 9-1385-51
ORD DI970I
Figure 12—11. Dimensional Choracteristics of Remover

M2A1 Figure 12-10. Dimensional Characteristics of Re
mover M3
Change 5
76.12
TM 9-1385-51
is installed in the aircraft by securing and inside tube assembly to the bear
the base cap of the remover to the air ing tube and outside tube assembly
craft structure. A flexible tube, which when the sear arm is in the “UP” po
leads from an initiator, is attached to the sition.
pressure inlet port on the exactor and c. M3.
connects the remover and exactor assem (1) The remover M3 is a pressure-actu
bly to the ejection system in the aircraft. ated, gas-operated, two-tube telescope
The shipping cotter pin is replaced with ejector, consisting of an outside tube
the ground safety pin which is removed and an inside tube. The block, which
from the firing head of the remover prior is secured to the upper end of the in
to flight of the aircraft (and replaced side tube, attaches to the canopy. The
after flight). base cap, which is secured to the base
b. M2A1. of the outside tube, attaches to the
aircraft structure. After the remover
(1) The remover M2A1 is a mechanically assembly is installed in the aircraft,
actuated, gas-operated, two-tube tele the pipe plug is unthreaded from the
scope ejector, consisting of an outside pressure inlet port in the block and a
tube and an inside tube. The block flexible or steel tube which leads
which is secured to the upper end of from an initiator, connects the remov
the inside tube, attaches to the canopy. er to the emergency escape system of
The base cap, which is screwed to the the aircraft. The block and inside
base of the outside tube, attaches to tube assembly is free swiveling to fa
the aircraft structure. After the re cilitate connection of the flexible or
mover is installed in the aircraft, the steel tube.
safety wire, which secures the sear (2) The firing pin is not spring-loaded,
locking pin to the block, is removed. but is held in place by the shear pin.
The sear locking pin and sear are at The latches lock the block and inside
tached by cables and a mechanical tube assembly to the bearing tube and
linkage to the manual control of the outside tube assembly.
aircraft ejection system, thereby pro
viding a means whereby the sear lock 12-2.1.4 WEIGHTS.
ing pin is withdrawn and the sear is a. M1A1. The total weight of the remover
rotated upon actuation of the ejection without the exactor is approximately 2.1
system by the pilot. The shipping pounds.
cotter pin, which prevents downward b. M2A1 or M3. The remover assembly is
movement of the firing pin, is re mover is approximately 4.4 pounds.
placed with the ground safety pin.
12-2.1.5 MATERIALS.
The ground safety pin is removed pri a. M1A1. The remover and exactor assembly
or to flight of the aircraft (and re
is made of a hard, aluminum alloy.
placed after flight).
b. M2 Al or M3. The remover assembly is
(2) The sear locking pin, which passes
made of a hard, aluminum alloy.
through the block and firing pin, pre
vents the sear from rotating. The 12-2.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The
sear passes through the bearing tube, removers covered herein utilize explosive car
block, and a notch in the firing pin in tridge assemblies which consist of a primer, ig
such a way as to cock the spring- niter, and propellant as follows:
loaded firing pin and prevent it from a. Remover M1A1 contains cartridge
striking the cartridge primer when M29A2. The primer is a percussion type,
the sear arm is in the "UP” position. the igniter consists of approximately 0.06
In addition, the sear locks the block ounce of black powder, and the propellant
Change 5
76.13
TM 9-13 85-51
consists of approximately 0.27 ounce of ed with the canopy. The outside and
solvent-type smokeless propellant M2. The telescoping tubes remain in the air
exactor Ml does not contain any explo craft.
sive. b. M2A1 (figure 12-12).
b. Remover A2A1 or M3 contains cartridge (1) When the pilot triggers the manual
M31A1 or M31A2. The primer is a per control on the right arm rest of the
cussion type, the igniter consists of ap ejection seat, a mechanical linkage
proximately 0.06 ounce of black powder, pulls the sear locking pin from the
and the propellant consists of approxi remover, thereby arming the remover.
mately 0.8 ounce of solvent-type, smoke The sear is then rotated so that the
less, propellant M2. sear arm is in the "DOWN” position.
12-2.3 FUNCTIONING. As the sear is rotated, two flat por
tions on the sear align with notches
a. M1A1 (figure 12-11). in the bearing tube, thereby unlocking
(1) When the pilot operates the canopy the block and inside tube assembly
release trigger on the arm rest of the from the bearing tube and outside
ejection seat, a mechanical linkage to tube assembly. In addition, a third
the initiation causes the initiator to flat portion on the sear presents it
fire. The resulting gas pressure pass self to the notch in the firing pin
es through the flexible tube to the and the firing pin is released. The
pressure inlet port in the exactor. As firing pin spring drives the firing
gas pressure enters the pressure in pin down against the cartridge prim
let port, it forces the unlocking piston er which is initiated.
towards the remover, compressing the (2) Flame from the primer ignites the
unlocking piston spring and allowing black powder igniter and smokeless
the three steel balls to move radially propellant charge which produces a
outward from their seat in a groove large volume of gas upon burning.
on the operating rod. This action re The remover assembly is provided
leases the operating piston from its with gas seals insuring a sufficient
locked position. The gas pressure now gas pressure build-up to thrust the in
causes the operating piston and op side tube upward, thereby forcibly
erating rod to move rearward away removing the canopy. Aerodynamic
from the remover, thereby withdraw action carries the canopy away from
ing the operating rod from the re the aircraft.
mover and releasing the firing pin. c. M3 (figure 12-13).
The spring-loaded firing pin moves (1) When the pilot triggers the ejection
downward and strikes the cartridge system, the initiator to which the re
primer which is initiated. mover is connected by the flexible
(2) Flame from the primer ignites the or steel tube is fired. The resulting
black powder igniter and smokeless gas pressure passes through the flex
propellant charge which produces a ible or steel tube to the pressure inlet
large volume of gas upon burning. port in the block and exerts a force
The remover assembly is provided on the top of the firing pin. The fir
with gas seals insuring a sufficient ing pin is forced downward, shearing
gas pressure build-up to thrust the the shear pin and camming the latches
telescoping and inside tubes upward, inward. As the latches are cammed
thereby lifting the canopy sufficiently inward clear of the stop ring, the
to allow aerodynamic removal of the ■block and inside tube assembly is un
canopy from the aircraft. The inside locked from the bearing tube and out
tube of the remover assembly is eject side tube assembly. The fifing pin,
Change 5
76.14
TM 9-1385-51
GROUND
» KING SPRING SAFETY PIN
TELESCOPING
IUBE STOP
Bi OCK
OPERATING ROD
UN I (X KING PISTON
SPRING
UNLOCKING °ISTON
STEEL BALL
OPERATING PISfON
EXACTOR
CYLINDER
PRESSURE INLET
PORT
PRIMER FIRING
PLUG INSIDE
TUBE
PRIMER
IGNITER
PROPELLANT CHARGE
TELESCOPING TUBE
OUTSIDE TUBE
cc
....
BASE CAI ORD D1972I
Figure 12-11. Remover M1A1 Assembled with Exactor Ml—Unarmed Condition—

Cutaway View. Change 5
76.15
TM 9-1385—51
BLOCK
SEAR LOCKING PIN
SEAR ARM
BEARING TUBE
GROUND SAFETY PIN
SEAR
i c FIRING PIN SPRING
GAS SEAL TIRING PIN
FIRING PLUG
PRIMER
IGNITER
PROPELLANT CHARGE
OUFSIDE TUBE
CARTRIDGE CASE
SLEEVE
INSIDE TUBE-:
BASF CAP
ORD D1973I
Fif/ure J2-I2. Rem..,.er H2AJ in the Unarmed Condition-Catawuu View

Change 5
76.16
TM 9—1385-51
still acted upon by gas pressure con 12—3. Catapult or Canopy Remover
tinues downward until it strikes and Initiator M3 and Delay Initiator M4.
initiates the primer in the cartridge. 12-3.1 IDENTIFICATION.
(2) The flash from the primer ignites the
black powder igniter and smokeless 12-3.1.1 TYPE. These initiators are mechanic
(solid) propellant charge which pro ally actuated firing devices designed to func
duces a large volume of gas upon tion, by gas pressure, another pressure-actuat
burning. Sufficient gas pressure is ed device such as a catapult, remover, thruster,
formed from the burning propellant initiator, or lap belt release, to which it is con
and maintained by the gas seals to nected by a length of flexible or steel tube.
thrust the inside tube upward, there 12-3.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING.
by lifting the canopy sufficiently to
allow aerodynamic removal of the a. The model designation and various load
canopy from the aircraft. The inside ing information are stenciled on the ini
tube and block of the remover assem tiator chamber.
bly is ejected with the canopy. The b. The model designation and various load
outside tube and bearing tube remain ing information of the explosive cartridge
in the aircraft. assembly which is assembled in the initia
tor are stenciled on the initiator chamber.
12-3.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES (figure
a. The general safety precautions regarding 12-14).
the approach, attack, and disposal of un
exploded ordnance must be observed. 12-3.1.3.1 FITTINGS
b. The canopy remover should be rendered a. The cap, which is screwed on the cham
safe after the seat catapult has been ren ber and is either staked in place or se
dered safe. Instructions on the rendering cured by two set screws, has an integral
safe procedure of seat catapults are pro mounting flange with two bolts holes for
vided in paragraphs 19-1 and 19-2. attaching the initiator to the deck adjac
c. Positively identifying the remover pres ent to the seat or to the rear or underside
ent, and determine the condition of the of the seat.
remover. b. The chamber has an integral standard
d. The remover contains an explosive car pressure fitting at its base end which
tridge and constitutes a hazard. There serves as a pressure outlet port.
fore, it should not be subjected to shock, c. A flexible or steel tube, which is connected
heat, or rough handling. to the pressure outlet port when the initia
e. Do not place any part of the body over tor is installed in the aircraft, connects
any portion of the remover. the initiator to another pressure-initiated,
f. Carry the remover to a disposal area in cartridge-actuated device or a piston-type
such a manner that the base cap is lower device.
than the block. d. A shipping cap seals the pressure outlet
g. Disassembly of the remover is not neces port prior to initiator installation in the
sary and is not recommended for render aircraft.
ing safe or disposal purposes. e. The initiator pin protrudes from the top
h. When the remover is in the armed condi of the initiator and has an eye in it for
tion, fully insert the ground safety pin attachment of a pull cable.
or a suitable substitute in the neck of the f. The safety pin passes through the cap and
firing head and secure it in place with a slot in the neck of the initiator pin. It
tape. prevents withdrawal of the initiator pin.
Change 5
76.17
TM 9—1385—51
STOP RING
FIRING
LATCH
SHEAR PIN-—'
FIRING
BEARING TUBE
GAS SEAL'""^
OUTSIDE TUBE
PROPELLANT
CARTRIDGE
INSIDE TUBE
OUTSIDE
BASE CAP
ORD D1974I
Figure 12-J 3. Remover M3 in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View

Change 5
76.18
TM 9-1385-51
g. The minimum pull force required to with tridge consists of a percussion-type prim
draw the initiator pin sufficiently to fire er. a delay element 315 (T3) which con
the initiator is 20 to 30 pounds. sists of approximately 0.037 ounce of de
h. The initiator pin is designed so that it lay mixture, an igniter consisting of ap
pulls completely free from the initiator proximately 0.035 ounce of biack powder,
when the initiator is fired. and propellant consisting of approxi
mately 0.056 ounce of solvent-type, smoke
i. The gas pressure delivered at the pressure less (solid), propellant M2.
outlet port when the initiator fires is ap
proximately 5,200 pounds per square inch 12-3.3 FUNCTIONING (figure 12-15).
for initiator M3 and 4,100 pounds per
square inch for delay initiator M4. .Vote. The delay initiator 314 is basically similar
in construction and functioning to the initiatior M3,
12-3.1.3.2 FEATURES. These initiators are except that it contains an explosive cartridge which
mechanically actuated devices which consist of incorporates a 2-second delay element.
a small cylindrical chamber incorporating a a. When the emeregency escape system is
pressure outlet port, an explosive cartridge, triggered, the initiator pin is withdrawn
and a firing mechanism. The firing mechanism from the initiator after a minimum pull
consists of an initiator pin. initiator spring, force of 20 to 30 pounds is exerted on the
firing pin. and three retaining balls which lock initiator pin. As the initiator pin is being
the initiator pin to the firing pin in the un withdrawn, it pulls the firing pin with
armed condition. A flexible or steel tube is con it, thereby compressing the initiator
nected to the pressure outlet port, thereby con spring in the firing pin housing and
necting the initiator to another cartridge-ac cocking the firing pin. When the initiator
tuated or piston-type device which requires gas pin has been withdrawn 3 8 of an inch,
pressure for actuation. The initiator pin is the three retaining balls fall into a decess
connected at its eye by a cable to the escape in the firing pin housing, thereby un
system controls. The safety pin is removed locking the firing pin from the initiator
from the initiator prior to aircraft flight and pin which is then pulled completely free
replaced in the initiator after aircraft flight. of the initiator. The compressed initiator
spring then drives the firing pin into the
12-3.1.1. WEIGHTS. The initiator M3 weighs cartridge primer which is initiated.
approximately (>.!) pound and the delay initiator
Ml weighs approximately 1.0 pound. b. In the case of the initiator M3, flame
from the primer ignites the black powder
12-3.1.5 MATERIALS. The initiators are igniter and smokeless propellant charge
made of a hard aluminum alloy. which produces a large volume of gas
upon burning. The initiator is gas sealed
12-3.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. These with an O-ring so that gas pressure of
initiators utilize explosive cartridges as fol approximately 5.200 pounds per square
lows: inch is delivered to the pressure outlet
a. Initiator M3. This initiator uses initiator port. The gas under pressure flows
cartridge M38. This cartridge consists of through the flexible or steel tube to the
a percussion-type primer, an igniter con cartridge actuated device connected at the
sisting of approximately 0.035 ounce black other end of the tube and actuates the de
powder, and propellant consisting of ap vice (canopy rtmover or seat catapult).
proximately 0.008 ounce of solvent-type, c. In the case of the delay initiator M4,
smokeless (solid), propellant 312. flame from the primer ignites the delay
b. Delay Initiator M4. This initiator uses element which burns for a calculated de
delay initiator cartridge M-1G. This car lay time of 2 seconds. After the delay ele-
Change 5
76.19
76.20
Change
TM 9-1385-51
INITIATOR M3
Figure 12-14. Dimensional characteristics of initiator and delay initiator Mi

TM 9-1385-51
ment burns through, the flame ignites the inch is delivered to the pressure outlet
black powder igniter and smokeless pro port. The gas under pressure flows
pellant charge which produces a large vol through the flexible or steel tube to the
ume of gas upon burning. Gas pressure piston-type device which automatically
of approximately 4,100 pounds per square releases the lap belt.
INITIATOR PIN
FIRING PIN HOUSING' SAFETY PIN
Fif/ure 12-15. Initiator lift i’i 'hr I'aar>»> 'I Comlitinn—Cutaway View
Change 5
76.21
TM 9-1385-51
12-3.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. b. The chamber has an integral standard

a. The general safety precautions regarding pressure fitting at its base end which
the approach, attack, and disposal of un serves as a pressure outlet port.
exploded ordnance must be observed. c. A flexible or steel tube which is connected
b. Positively identify the initiator present, to the pressure outlet port when the
and determine the condition of the initia initiator is installed in the aircraft, con
tor. nects the initiator to another pressure-
c. These initiators contain an explosive car initiated, cartridge-actuated device or a
tridge which constitutes a hazard. There piston-type device.
fore, they should not be subjected to d. The top of the firing pin housing which
shock, heat or rough handling. protrudes through the cap, serves as the
d. Do not actuate the initiator while it is pressure inlet port and is threaded to re
still installed in the aircraft as this may ceive a standard pressure fitting.
result in a fire caused by the extreme e. A flexible <.r steel tube, which is con
heat of the gas escaping through the open nected to the pressure inlet port in the
pressure outlet port. firing pin housing when the initiator is
e. Disassembly of the initiator is not neces installed in the aircraft, connects the ini
sary and is not recommended for explo tiator to another initiator from which it
sive ordnance disposal purposes. receives the gas pressure necessary for
its actuation.
12—4. Catapult or Canopy Remover f. A shipping cap seals the pressure outlet
Initiator M5 and Delay Initiator M6. port and a shipping plug seals the pres
sure inlet port prior to initiator installa
12-4.1 IDENTIFICATION. tion in the aircraft.
12-4.1.1 TYPE. These initiators are pressure- g. These initiators have no external safety
actuated firing devices designed to function, pins or safety fittings since they have a
by gas pressure, another pressure-actuated de pressure actuated firing mechanism.
vice such as a catapult remover, thruster, or 12-4.1.3.2 FEATURES. These initiators are
initiator to which it is connected by a length pressure-actuated devices which consist of a
of flexible or steel tube. small cylindrical chamber incorporating a
12-1.1.2 PAINTINC AND MARKING. pressure inlet port, firing mechanism, explo
sive cartridge, and a pressure outlet port. The
a. The model designation and various load pressure inlet port is an integral part of the
ing infoimation are stenciled on the initia
tor chamber.
firing pin housing and a flexible or steel tube
connects the initiator at the pressure inlet port
b. The model designation and various load
to the initiator which actuates it. The firing
ing information of the explosive cartridge mechanism consists of a firing pin, which is
assembly which is assembled in the initia
held in position by a copper shear pin and
tor are stenciled on the initiator chamber.
housed in the firing pin housing, A flexible
or steel tube is connected to the pressure outlet
12-4.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES (figure
port, thereby connecting the initiator to anoth
12-16).
er cartridge-actuated or piston-type device
12-4.1.3.1 FITTINGS. which requires gas pressure for actuation.
a. The cap, which is screwed on the chamber
12-4.1.4 WEIGHTS. The initiator M5 weighs
and is secured in place by set screws, has
approximately 0.9 pound and the delay initia
an integral mounting flange with two bolt
tor M6 weighs approximately 1.0 pound.
holes for attaching the initiator to the
deck adjacent to the seat, or to the rear 12-4.1.5 MATERIALS. The initiators are
oi' underside of the seat. made of a hard aluminum alloy.
Change 5
76.22
TM 9—1385 —51
DELAY INITIATOR M6
Change 5
ORD D1977 I
76.23
Figurel2-16. dimensional Characteristics ofInitiator M5 and Delay Initiator M6

TM 9—1385—5’
12-4.2. HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The mately 4,100 pounds per square inch of
initiators utilize explosive cartridges as fol gas pressure is delivered to the pressure
lows: outlet port. The gas under pressure flows
a. Initiator M5. This initiator uses initiator through the flexible or steel tube to the
cartridge M38. Refer to paragraph 12- cartridge-actuated or piston-type device
3.2a for information on this cartridge. which is actuated.
b. Delay Initiator M6. This initiator uses 12-4.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
delay initiator cartridge M46. Refer to a. The general safety precautions regarding
paragraph 12-3.2b for information on the approach, attack, and disposal of un
this cartridge. exploded ordnance must be observed.
12-4.3 FUNCTIONING (figure 12-17). b. Positively identify the initiator present,
and determine the condition of the initia
Note. The delay initiator M6 is basically similar
in construction and functioning to the initiator M5, tor.
except that it contains an explosive cartridge which c. These initiators contain an explosive car
incorporates a 2-second delay element. tridge which constitutes a hazard. There
a. When the emergency escape system is fore, they should not be subjected to shock,
triggered, the initiator which serves as or rough handling.
an actuating pressure source is fired and d. Disassembly of the initiator is not neces
develops gas pressure which is delivered sary and is not recommended for explo
to the pressure inlet port of the initiator. sive ordnance disposal purposes.
When a minimum gas pressure of 500
pounds per square inch is introduced into 12-5. Thrusters Ml, Ml Al, M2, M2A1,
the pressure inlet port, the gas pressure M3, M3A1, M5, and M5A1
exerts a force against the top surface of 12-5.1 IDENTIFICATION.
the firing pin sufficient to cause the
shear pin to fail. The gas pressure then 12-5.1.1 TYPE. These thrusters are pressure-
drives the firing pin into the cartridge actuated, gas-operated piston-type, cartridge-
primer which is initiated. actuated devices designed to transmit thrust
b. In the case of the initiator M5, flame by -piston action to a designated mechanism,
from the primer ignites the black powder thereby performing such preejection functions
igniter and smokeless propellant charge as equipment stowage, seat positioning, and
which produces a large volume gas upon canopy or hatch removal.
burning. The initiator is gas sealed with 12-5.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING.
an O-ring so that approximately 5,200 a. The type designation and various loading
pounds per square inch of gas pressure information are stenciled on the thruster
is delivered to the pressure outlet port. body.
The gas under pressure flows through b. The type designation and various loading
the flexible or steel tube to the cartridge- information of the explosive cartridge as
actuated or piston-type device connected sembly which is assembled in the thruster
at the other end of the tube and actuates are stenciled on the thruster body.
the device.
c. In the case of the delay initiator M6, 12-5.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES (figure
flame from the primer ignites the delay 12-18).
element which burns for a calculated de 12-5.1.3.1 FITTINGS.
lay time of 2 seconds. After the delay ele a. These thrusters have no external safety
ment burns through, the flame ignites pins or safety fittings since they have a
the black powder igniter and smokeless pressure-actuated firing mechanism.
propellant charge which produces a large b. The pressure inlet port is located in the
volume of gas upon burning. Approxi head. A flexible or steel tube which leads
Change 5
76.24
TM 9-1385-51
PRESSURE INLET PORT
SHEAR FIN
FIRING PIN
PRIMER
IGNITER
RETAINER
PROPELLANT CHARGE
OUTLET PORT
ORD D1978|
Fiyure 12-17. Initiator MS in the t'narnied Condition—Cutaway View
from an initiator is connected to the head c. The end sleeve at the base end of the
at the pressure inlet port after the thrust thruster body has a threaded, stud-like
er is installed in the aircraft. A shipping projection between 7/8 to 1 inch in
plug is threaded into the pressure inlet length, with a curved face, so that the
port for thruster shipment and storage mechanism to be actuated may be threaded
purposes. to this stud, or bear against it as the in-
Change 5
76.25
TM 9-1385—51
stallation may require. A cap is threaded 12-5.1.4 WEIGHTS. The weights of the items
over the stud for thread protection during covered herein are insignificant.
thruster storage and shipping.
d. The thrusters M3 and M3A1 have a 12-5.1.5 MATERIALS. The thrusters are
tapped pressure bypass outlet port which made of hard aluminum alloy.
projects from the side of the thruster
near the base. Depending upon installation 12-5.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The
requirements, this pressure outlet port explosive components of these thrusters consist
may be .plugged or connected to another of explosive cartridges, each of which contain
pressure-actuated device by a flexible or a percussion primer, black, powder igniter, and
steel tube. smokeless type, solid propellant. The thrusters
e. The trunnion, which is assembled to the Ml and M1A1 use the cartridge M42. The
thruster body so that it rotates, provides thrusters M2 and M2A1 use the cartridge M43.
means of mounting the thruster to the The thrusters M3 and M3A1 use the cartridge
aircraft structure. M44. The thrusters M5 and M5A use the car
f. The Al modification of each thruster is tridge M38.
basically similar to its respective earlier
model with the exception that the pres 12-5.3 FUNCTIONING (figure 12-19).
sure inlet port is designed to prevent a
bulkhead type fitting from coming in con Note. The description of functioning given herein
applies to all of the thrusters covered in this para
tact with the firing pin component there graph.
by preventing accidental shearing of the
shear pin. In addition, the thrusters M5 a. When the emergency escape system is
incorporates eight steel balls to lock the triggered, the initiator to which the thrus
end sleeve to the body instead of four ter is connected by the flexible or steel
kidney-shaped locking keys like all the tube fires. The resulting gas pressure
other thrusters. flows through the flexible or steel tube
12-5.1.3.2 FEATURES. These thrusters are into the pressure inlet port in the head.
pressure-initiated, gas-operated, cartridge-ac When a minimum gas pressure of approx
tuated devices with piston-type action. They imately 500 pounds per square inch is in
consist principally of a head, body, trunnion, troduced into the pressure inlet port, the
and sleeve, firing mechanism, explosive car gas pressure acts against the face of the
tridge, and a piston. The head is screwed into firing pin, causing the shear pin to fail.
the body and is either staked in place or se The gas pressure then drives the firing
cured by a set screw. The end sleeve is locked pin into the cartridge primer which is
to the body either by three or four kidney fired.
shaped locking keys or by five or eig'ht steel b. Flame from the primer ignites the black
locking balls. The thruster is mounted by powder igniter and propellant charge
means of a free rotatable trunnion. The thread which produces a large volume of gas
ed, stud-like projection of the end sleeve either upon burning. The thruster is provided
is threaded to or bears against the mechanism with O-rings so that it is gas sealed. The
that the thruster is to actuate. A flexible or resulting gas pressure acts against tihe
steel tube which leads from the initiator that face of the piston, causing the piston to
actuates the thruster, is connected to the pres move forward. The forward movement of
sure inlet port in the head. The thrusters M3 the piston compresses the piston locking
and M3AJ also have a pressure by-pass outlet spring until the locking keys (or steel
port which, depending upon nstallation re locking balls) fall into the unlocking
quirements, may be plugged or connected by a groove in the piston. The end sleeve and
flexible or steel Cube to another cartridge-ac piston then thrust forward as a unit ac
tuated device which it actuates. complishing the intended action.
Change 5
76.26
TM 9-1385-51
figure 12-13. Dimensional Characteristics of Thrusters Ml Al, M2A1, MSAl, and M5A1
Change 5
76.27
TM 9-1385-51
c. The thrusters MS and M3A1 have a by 12-6.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
pass pressure outlet port which is plugged seat is unpainted and unmarked.
when piston thrust action is desired. When 12-6.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
a flexible or steel tube is connected to the
by-pass pressure outlet port, these thrust 12-6.1.3.1 FITTINGS.
ers are used as initiators. The gas pres a. A drogue gun is secured near the top of
sure developed by the cartridge is diverted the left vertical side beam by two bolts.
through the by-pass pressure outlet port b. A time release mechanism is secured near
to the cartridge-actuated device connected the top of the right vertical side beam by
at the other end of the flexible or steel three bolts.
tube instead of acting on the piston and c. The maximum stroke length of the ejec
end sleeve. tion gun is 72 inches.
d. The ground safety pins for the ejection
12-5.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. gun firing mechanism and for the drogue
a. The general safety precautions regarding gun are linked together by a red warning
the approach, attack, and disposal of un flag on which these words are printed
exploded ordnance must be observed. "REMOVE BEFORE FLIGHT”.
b. After (1) the seat catapult and (2) the 12-6.1.3.2 FEATURES.
canopy remover have been rendered safe, a. Ejection seat (figure 12-20). The ejection
the thruster should be rendered safe. In seat consists of the following major com
structions on explosive ordnance disposal ponents: the ejection gun, main beam as
procedures -f seat catapults and canopy sembly, seat bucket, drogue gun, drogue
removers are provided in paragraphs 12- container, personnel parachute and
1 and 12-2 respectively. harness assembly, time release mecha
c. Positively identify the thruster present, nism, and automatic emergency oxygen
and determine the condition of the thrust system. The main beam assembly consists
er. of two verticle side beams, bridged by
d. These thrusters contain an explosive car three horizontal cross members, support
tridge which constitutes a hazard. There ing the seat bucket, drogue container,
fore, they should not be subjected to drogue gun, and time release mechanism.
shock, heat, or rough handling. The ejection seat is railmounted on the
ejection gun by three pairs of metal slip
e. Never cause air pressure or tools, such pers, fitted to the inside of the vertical
as screwdrivers, awls, etc., to be intro side beams, which slide within the ejection
duced into the pressure inlet port of the gun guide rails. (Refer to inset of figure
thruster as this could cause the thruster 12-21.) The main beam assembly is locked
to fire, resulting in property damage and/ in position on the ejection gun barrel by
or serious injury to personnel. the latch mechanism. There are four guide
f. Disassembly of the thruster is not recom channels, two each on the outer face of
mended and is not necessary for explosive the vertical side beams, which allow the
ordnance disposal purposes. seat bucket to be adjusted for optimum
height. A drogue container is bolted to the
12-6. Martin-Baker Ejection Seat A5 top of the vertical side beams. Forming
an integral part of the drogue container
are two reinforced peaks by which the
12-6.1.1 TYPE. The ejection seat A5 is a fully aircraft canopy is broken, if needed. A
automatic, cartridge-operated, emergency es firing handle-face blind combination pro
cape device designed for high-performance air jects from the forward face of the drogue
craft. It allows safe ejection at ground level if container. This firing handle is secured
the speed of the aircraft is 100 knots or more. by a tagged safety pin. The seat bucket
Change 5
76.118
TM 9-1385—51
PRESSURF. INLET PORT PLUG
SHEAR PIN
•'0"- RING
FIRING PIN
HEAD
FIRING PIN HOUSING
"O"- RING
PRIMER
TRUNNION IGNITER
PROPELLANT CHARGE
‘O"-RING CARTRIDGE RETAINER
PISTON
BODY
PISTON LOCKING SPRING
LOCKING KEY UNLOCKING GROOVE
LOCKING KEY
"O’-RING
END SLEEVE
END SLEEVE CAP

ORD O1983|
Figure 12-19. Thruster Ml .'ll in the Unarmed Condition—Cutaway View

Change .'5
76.29
TM 9-1385-51
is supported by the main beam assembly (2) The intermediate tube of the ejection
and provides for survival gear stowage gun is open at both ends, and the low
(PK-2 Pararaft). It also houses various er portion forms a piston which con
controls for the proper operation of the tains two groups of piston rings (six
seat. A back rest plate closes the space be rings in each group), that bear
tween the seat bucket and drogue contain against the inside wall of the cylinder
er. The automatic emergency oxygen sys barrel. The intermediate tube is kept
tem is mounted on the right side of the in alignment during the ejection se
seat bucket. The manual oxygen control quence by a guide bushing at the top
knob is mounted on the right corner of and by the piston on the bottom. A
the seat bucket’s face. Other seat controls guide bushing riveted to the inside
which are mounted on the seat bucket are top of the intermediate tube holds
the seat adjustment handle, the manual the inner tube in place. During the
override lever, the secondary firing han ejection sequence this bushing is
dle, and the leg restraint system. The sheared, permitting the inner tube to
personnel parachute with harness is se be ejected with the seat. The inter
cured to the sloping back of the seat. A mediate tube remains with the air
back pad, kidney pad, and seat pad pro craft.
vide the occupant comfort. (3) The inner tube is open at the bottom
and closed at the top by the firing
b. Ejection gun. Figure 12-22 shows a cut mechanism and primary cartridge.
away view of the ejection gun assembly The lower end of the inner tube forms
and latch mechanism. The ejection gun a piston, containing one group of six
consists of three steel tubes: a cylinder piston rings which bear on the inside
barrel (outer tube), an intermediate tube, of the intermediate tube. The inner
and an inner tube. The intennediate and tube carries the seat away from the
inner tubes are telescoped within the cyl aircraft. The alignment of the inner
inder barrel. tube is maintained at the top by the
(1) The cylinder barrel is attached to the inner tube guide bushing. The firing
aircraft at two points; at the bottom mechanism, which is threaded into the
by a bolt which passes through a top of the inner tube, contains a firing
swivel block, and near the top by one body, sear, spring, and a firing pin.
'bolt which passes through an upper A slot in the top of the firing pin re
clamp. A latch mechanism secures the tains the wedge-shaped sear.
seat to the ejection gun. Guide rails at c. Drogue gun. Figure 12-23 shows a cut
tached to each side of the cylinder away view of the drogue gun. The drogue
barrel act as guides for the ejection gun is mounted on the left side beam. The
seat. Two auxiliary cartridge hous propellant cartridge is contained in the
ings are located on the backside of base of the drogue gun barrel, which is
the cylinder barrel. These housings threaded into the firing body. The barrel
cover small openings in the cylinder holds a 15-ounce projectile, called the pis
barrel. There are twelve gas-filled ton, which is attached to the controller
shock absorbing compression rings drogue withdrawal line by means of a bolt
located between the intermediate tube and shackle. The piston is held in the
and cylinder barrel. The compression drogue gun barrel by a 1/8-inch mild
rings are retained by a bushing and steel cotter pin, which is sheared when
a carrier ring; the bushing is thread the gun is fired. The drogue gun sear is
ed into the cylinder barrel and locked attached to a trip rod and the trip rod,
by a special staked screw. in turn, is secured to the bulkhead of the
Change 5
76.30
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 12-.it. Some of the Major ('■aiimments of Ejection Seat AS

Change 5
76.32
TM 9-1385-51
SEAR PIN
TOP LATCH FIRING BODY
PLUNGER
STRIKER
s PRIMER
LATCH
MECHANISM
PRIMARY CARTRIDGE
PROPELLENT CHARGE
'"'COMPRESSION RINGS
GUIDE RAIL CYLINDER BARREL

(OUTER TUBE)
PROPELLENT CHARGE
LOCK WIRE
AUXILIARY CARTRIDGES
INNER TUBE
INNER TUBE (PISTON END)
INTERMEDIATE TUBE
INTERMEDIATE TUBE
(PISTON END)
i)l98f |
Fi'jHre 12-22. Ejection Gm, Axxcmhlu <mil Enlrb M.-ckanimn .Cutaway View.
Change 5
76.33
TM 9-1385-51
aircraft. The drogue gun contains an es tem is actuated. As the inner and inter
capement delay mechanism which provides mediate tubes move upward in the cylin
a 1/2-second delay from the moment the der barrel the ports of the auxiliary car
sear is pulled until the firing pin strikes tridge housings are exposed, permitting
the cartridge. The trip rod sear fits into the hot gases of the primary cartridge to
a slot in the locking plunger. The plunger ignite these auxiliary propellant charges.
retains the firing pin in the cocked posi The resultant gas pressure serves to main
tion. tain the upward thrust on the ejection
12-6.1.4 MATERIALS. The seat is fabricated seat. The intermediate tube is stopped in
from aluminum alloy sheets which are secured its upward travel in the cylinder barrel
by rivets. by the action of the pressure rings being
compressed between the intermediate
12-6.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. tube piston end and the intermediate
a. The ejection gun firing mechanism con guide bushing. The inner tube, however,
tains a percussion primer. continues to rise, and its end piston shears
b. The ejection gun contains three propellant the inner tube guide bushing from the in
charges weighing a total of approximate side of the intermediate, tube, allowing
ly 9 ounces. the inner tube and ejection seat to clear
c. The drogue gun contains one propellant the aircraft.
charge weighing approximately 0.5
ounces. b. The ejection seat clears the aircraft with
the occupant held securely in the seat by
12-6.3 FUNCTIONING. the harness assembly and leg restraint
a. When the aircraft is airborne and an cord. Approximately 1/2-second after the
emergency escape situation occurs requir drogue gun sear is pulled from the drogue
ing ejection, the ejection sequence is ini gun, the drogue gun fires. This propels
tiated by the occupant pulling down on the piston from the drogue gun and ex
the firing handle-face blind combination tracts, by a withdrawal line, the drogue
or the secondary firing handle. This ac controller and stabilizer parachutes from
tion frees the sear from the firing pin of the drogue container. These parachutes
the ejection gun firing mechanism. The are secured to a shackle which is, in turn,
spring-loaded firing pin is driven into and held to the ejection seat by a restraining
fires the primer in the primary cartridge. scissor at the top of the seat.
The hot gases resulting from propellant
combustion build up pressure inside the c. When the ejection seat has been sufficient
inner tube, causing the inner and inter ly stabilized in the proper attitude and
mediate tubes to rise together. This move decelerated by the drogue parachutes, the
ment lifts the ejection seat upward (the personnel parachute is deployed. Before
ejection seat is capable of being ejected the personnel parachute is deployed, how
through the aircraft’s canopy safely if ever, the time release mechanism, which
canopy cannot be opened). As the seat functions approximately 1-1/4-seconds
initially moves upward, the following sep after its sear is pulled free, allows the fol
arate and concurrent actions take place: lowing actions to take place simultaneous
the sears are pulled from the drogue gun ly: the harness and leg restraint system
and time release mechanism by their trip releases the occupant from the seat; the
rods which are attached to the aircraft’s restraining scissor opens to free the
bulkhead: the leg restraint system pulls drogue parachutes from the seat and per
the occupants legs aft and against the mit them to pull the personnel parachute
seat bucket; a rivet of the leg restraint out by a link line; the automatic emer
system shears from the aircraft’s deck; gency oxygen system disconnects from the
and the automatic emergency oxygen sys seat; and the firing handle-face blind
Change 5
76.34
Figure 12-23 Drogue Gun—Cutaway View
Change 5
AGO 6239A 76.35
TM 9-1385-51 12—6.4 to 12-7.7
combination separates from the seat. The (launch) to CS pyrotechnic ignition. This de
occupant’s parachute opens and permits lay fuse is 14,-inch in diameter and 2%. inches
a safe descent. long, with the starter mix (black powder-bo-
12-6.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. ron) and the ignition mix (silicon-red lead
a. The general safety precautions regard titanium) on the opposite ends.
ing the approach, attack, and disposal of 12-7.2.4 CS PYROTECHNIC. The CS pyro
unexploded ordnance must be observed. technic mixture consists of 40 percent by
b. Positively identify the ejection seat, and weight of CS and 60 percent by weight of pyro
determine the condition of the ejection technic, potassium chlorate, sugar, magnesium
gun and drogue gun. carbonate and cellulose nitrate.
c. The ejection and drogue guns contain
propellant charges which constitute a 12-7.3 WEIGHTS. Cartridge E23 weighs 70
hazard. Therefore, they should not be grams and contains 38 grams of CS pyrotech
subjected to shock, heat, or rough han nic mixture. The propellant charge cups are
dling. color coded to indicate the amount of black
d. Do not place any part of the body over powder contained in each cup. The colors and
any portion of the ejection seat during black powuer amounts are as follows:
performance of explosive ordnance dis a. Green—3 grams
posal procedures. b. Blue—7 grams
e. Do not disturb or remove the ejection gun c. Red—10 grams
sear. d. Clear—13 grams
f. Do not place a strain on the drogue gun 12-7.4 MATERIALS. Cartridge E23 canisters
trip rod. are of aluminum.
g. Do not remove or handle the face blind 12-7.5 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. Cart
or the secondary firing handle. ridges which have not functioned contain a
12-7 35MM TACTICAL CS CARTRIDGE E23 black powder propellant charge as well as a
Cartridge E23, which is fired from 16-Tube CS pyrotechnic mixture filler.
Launcher E8, is covered in this paragraph. 12-7.6 FUNCTIONING. Heat from the heat
Each launcher tube contains four cartridges. paper pyrotechnic pad located at the bottom
12-7.1 IDENTIFICATION. of the cartridge burns through the lacquered
12-7.1.1 TYPE. Cartridge E23 (figure 12-24) diaphragm and ignites the black powder. When
contains a propellant charge, a CS pyrotechnic the black powder ignites, the gas produced
mixture and a delay fuse train. expels the cartridge from the launcher. At the
12-7.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. Cart same time, the fuse in the cup is ignited and,
ridge E23 bears no markings. in turn, ignites the 5- to 6-second time delay
12-7.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The in fuse inside the cartridge. At the end of the
ternal and external characteristics of Cart delay time, the delay fuse ignites the igniter
ridge E23 are shown in figure 12-24. coating which, in turn, ignites the CS pyro
12-7.2.1 CARTRIDGE E23 FUSE TRAIN. technic mixture. The mixture burns for 10 to
The cartridge fuse train consists of a pyro 15 seconds, causing CS agent release through
technic disc and an outside zirconium-barium the top of the elastomeric diaphragm.
chromate heat paper fuse strip covered with
leadfoil tape. a. Have a protective field mask available
12-7.2.2 PROPELLANT CHARGE. The pro
and remain upwind when disposing of
pellant charge in Cartridge E23 is black pow
CS Cartridges E23.
der and may be 3, 7, 10, or 13 grams, depend b. Place a heavy wire mesh screen or other
ing on its position in the tube. suitable barrier over the burning pit
12-7.2.3 CARTRIDGE E23 TIME DELAY
when disposing of CS Cartridges E23
FUSE. The time delay provides a 5- to 6-
that have the propellant charge attached.
second delay from propellant ignition
Change 13
AGO 6239A
76.36
TM 9-1385-51
1 Propellant charge
2 Elastomeric diaphragm
3 Aluminum canister
4 Fuze train
a Pyrotechnic disc
b Pyrotechnic fuse strips
c Lead—foil type
Figure 12-24 Cartridge E23-Cutaway View
Change 13
76.37
AGO 6230A
TM 9-1385-51
1 Top cover g Plastic case 10 E23 cartridge

2 Foil vapor barrier 7 Carrying harness 11 Polyurethane foam
3 Paper tube attachments ring 12 Plastic separator cap
4 M2 electrical squib g Baseplate 13 Cardboard separator disc
5 Firing well cover g Epoxy resin 14 Main fuse and igniter cord
Figure 12-25 Launcher Module—Cutaway View
Change 13
76.38 AGO 62S0A
TM 9-1385-51 12-8 to 12-9.2
12-8. LAUNCHER E8. Launcher E8 that contains Cartridges

Launcher E8 is used to dispense 35-mm Tacti E23.
cal CS Cartridge E23. b. Place a heavy wire mesh screen or other
12-8.1 IDENTIFICATION. suitable barrier over the burning pit
12-8.1.1 TYPE. Launcher E8 (figure 12-25) when disposing of Launchers E8 that
is a 16-tube, man-portable, expendable type contain Cartridges E23.
launcher containing sixty-four CS Cartridges 12-9. 40-MM RIOT CONTROL CS CARTRIDGE
E23. XM674 (E24) AND 40-MM RED SMOKE,
12-8.1.1.1 PAINTING AND MARKING. The RS, CARTRIDGE XM675 (E25).
launcher is painted olive drab overall, with 40-mm, CS; Riot Control Cartridge XM674
one red band and one brown band. In addi (E24) and 40-mm, Red Smoke (RS) Cartridge
tion, a 4-inch by 6-inch gray decal is affixed XM675 (E25) are covered in this paragraph.
to the module body. The decal has one red 12-9.1 IDENTIFICATION.
bar and one brown bar. All other data mark 12-9.1.1 TYPE.
ings are in red. a. 40-mm CS Cartridge XM674 is a burn
12-8.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. Figure ing type munition, designed to be fired
12-25 shows the internal and external compo- from Launcher M79, using the special
I nents of Launcher E8 Module. plastic adapter, or it may be hand fired
12-8.3 WEIGHT. The complete launcher with by using the cartridge firing cap assem
sixty-four Cartridges E23 weighs 33.5 pounds. bly.
12-8.4 MATERIALS. Module E8, lid and firing b. 40-mm, RS Cartridge XM675 is a burn
platform are plastic. ing type red smoke munition designed
12-8.5 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The to be fired in the same manner as Cart
sixty-four Cartridges E23 within Launcher ridge XM674.
E8 contain 5.5 pounds of CS pyrotechnic mix 12-9.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. Body
ture and 492 grams of black powder. assemblies of Cartridges XM674 and XM675
[12-8.6 FUNCTIONING. The launcher is em bear no markings.
placed for firing by extending the collapsible a. XM674 CS Cartridge (figure 12-26).
trails and adjusting the positioning panel to The cartridge barrel and firing cap as
obtain the desired quadrant elevation. Launch sembly are painted gray, with one red
er E8 can be fired electrically or manually. band and one brown band around the
a. Electrical. Initiation of the electrical barrel body. All data markings are in
squibs ignites the main fuse train which, red. The body assembly (figure 12-27)
in turn, ignites the sixteen-branch fuse outer covering is black synthetic rubber.
train (one fuse branch to each launcher b. XM675 RS Cartridge (figure 12-28).
tube). The branch fuse ignites the pyro The cartridge barrel and firing cap as
technic disc on each of the uppermost sembly are painted light green with one
cartridges. The flame is transferred to brown band around the barrel body. All
the propellant charge launching the pro data markings are in white. The body
jectile. assembly is identical in outward appear
b. Manual. Release of the striker arm ini ance as the XM674.
tiates the primer which, in turn, ignites
12-9.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
a delay element. After a 5-second delay,
a. XM674 CS Cartridge—XM675 RS Cart
the main fuse train is ignited. The re
ridge. Cartridges XM674 and XM675 are
mainder of the firing cycle is identical
similar in external appearance. The out
to the electrically initiated system.
ward difference in the two cartridges
is in the painting and marking.
a. Remain upwind and have a protective b. XM674 CS Cartridge—XM675 RS Cart-
field mask available when disposing of
Change 13
AGO 6239A 76.39
TM 9-1385-51
MU-D4 2173j
1 Barrel
2 Launcher adapter
3 Red band
4 Brown band
5 Decal
6 Pressure sensitive tape
7 Firing cap assembly
Figure 12-26 Cartridge XM674
MU-D4 2174 |
Figure 12-27 Body Assembly
Figure 12-28 Cartridge XM675
Change 13
AGO 6239A
76.40
TM 9-1385-51 12-9.3 to 12-9.6
1 Rubber body assembly 10 Cartridge barrel

2 Pressure sensitive tape 11 Pressure sensitive tape
3 First fire mixture 12 Closure cap
4 Spacer 13 Pelletized delay mixture
5 Launcher adapter 14 Plastic seal cup
6 Aluminum alloy sleeve 15 CS pyrotechnic mixture
7 Black powder 16 Steel firing pin
8 Primer 17 Firing cap assembly
9 Primer holder
Figure 12-29 Cartridge XM674-Cutaway View
ridge. Cartridges XM674 and XM675 are mately 0.951 gram of red smoke pyrotechnic
similar internally, the difference being mixture.
that the XM674 contains three first-fire 12-9.4 MATERIALS. The firing cap assembly
mixtures, one delay charge and a CS and cartridge barrel are aluminum, the launch
pyrotechnic mixture. Cartridge XM675 er adapter is plastic and the body assembly is
contains two first-fire mixtures, two de synthetic rubber.
lay charges and a red smoke pyrotechnic 12-9.5 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. Cart
mixture. All other internal items are the ridge XM674 contains a CS pyrotechnic mix
same. Figure 12-29 shows the internal ture and constitutes a fire hazard and a CS
components of CS Cartridge XM674. exposure hazard. Cartridge XM675 contains
12-9.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. Cart red smoke (RS) and constitutes a fire hazard.
ridges XM674 and XM675 are approximately 12-9.6 FUNCTIONING.
9 inches long and 1.5 inches in diameter. Each a. General. Cartridges XM674 and XM675
weighs 0.75 pound. The body assembly is ap may be fired by hand or fired from Gre
proximately 7 inches long, 1.5 inches in dia nade Launcher M79. When fired from
meter and weighs 200 grams. The primer con Launcher M79, the firing cap assembly
tains 0.77 grain of lead styphnate. The propel is discarded. When fired by hand, the
lant charge contains 0.50 grain of black pow plastic launcher adapter is discarded.
der. The XM674 contains 45 grams of CS pyro b. CS Cartridge XM674 and RS Cartridge
technic mixture. The XM675 contains approxi XM675. Primer initiation ignites the
Change 13
ACO 6230A 76.41
TM 9-1385-51 12-9.7
black powder propelling charge which, 12-9.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

in turn, ignites the first-fire mixture. a. Remain upwind and have a protective
Gases generated by the burning black field mask available when disposing of
powder and the first-fire mixture force CS-filled munitions.
the body assembly from the cartridge b. Place a heavy wire mesh screen or other
barrel. Progressive burning of the first- suitable barrier over the burning pit
fire mixtures and the remaining elements when disposing of Cartridges XM674 and
of the fuse train ignites the CS or RS XM675.
mixture in the body assembly. The muni
tion burns from 7 to 28 seconds.
Change 13
76.42 AGO 6230A
TM 9-1385-51 12-10 to 12-11.1.3
.5625 IN.-32NS-1
RIGHT HAND THREAD
MU-D4 2354
Figure 12-30 Fuze, Projectile, 20-mm, PD, M75
12-10. FUZE, PROJECTILE, 20-MM, PD, M75. the detonator by the impact, cause the detona
tor to function. In addition, the air cushion in
12-10.1 IDENTIFICATION. front of the detonator, being compressed by
crushing the fuze body, produces heat and pres
12-10.1.1 TYPE. The fuze M75 (figure 12-30) sure, which will function the detonator. Func
is a point-detonating, impact, nondelay, al tioning of the detonator fires the explosive
ways-armed type, and is used with 20-mm HE, train to the main charge of the projectile.
HEI, and HET rounds.
12-10.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. The gen
12-10.1.2 MARKING. The body of the fuze is eral safety precautions regarding unexploded
stamped with identifying marking. ordnance must be observed.
12-10.1.3 WEIGHT. The fuze weighs approxi 12-11 FUZE, PROJECTILE, PD, M505A3 (20-MM).
mately 0.80 ounce.
12-10.1.4 MATERIAL. The body of the fuze is
made of brass. 12-11.1.1 TYPE. The fuze M505A3 (figure
12-31) is a point-detonating, nondelay, centri
12-10.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The fugal-armed fuze. The fuze is used with the
fuze M75 contains a detonator, a relay detona high-explosive incendiary projectile (figure
tor, and a booster charge. 12-32). The projectile also contains a tracer
and self-destruct feature.
12-10.3 FUNCTIONING.
12-11.1.2 MARKING. The fuze is unpainted
12-10.3.1 The fuze M75 is always armed, has and unmarked. The projectile body is yellow
no moving parts, and needs no preparation for with markings in black or metal stamping on
firing. the rotating band.
12-10.3.2 Upon impact, the nose of the fuze is 12-11.1.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.
crushed. Pieces of the fuze body, driven into The fuze with projectile is approximately 3
Change 25
76.43
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 12—31 Point-Detonating Fuze M505A3—

Cutaway View
MU-D4 25281
figure 12-32 HEIT-SD 20-mm Cartridge XM246E3-

Cutaway View
Change 25
76.44
TM 9-1385-51 12-11.1.4 to 12-12.4
inches long and weighs approximately 3.6 ounces. 12.12.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
a. The M594 fuze contains an M1231 detona
12—11.1.4 MATERIAL. The fuze and projectile tor and an HMX booster weighing approxi
body are steel. mately a half gram.
12-11.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. b. The projectile contains a high explosive
The fuze M505A3 contains a detonator incendiary mixture, an igniter charge, and
M57A1 and an HMX booster. a tracer mixture.
b. The projectile contains a high-explosive
incendiary mixture, a relay igniter charge, 12-12.3 FUNCTIONING.
a. Upon leaving the bore, centrifugal forces
and a tracer mixture. cause the following to occur simultaneously:
12-11.3 FUNCTIONING. (1) The rotor detent spring moves outward,
a. Centrifugal forces cause the rotor detent freeing the unbalanced rotor- which
spring to move outward, removing a block turns, alining the detonator with the
from the unbalanced rotor detonator. Con explosive train. i
tinued centrifugal forces cause the detona (2) The arming coil spring loosens, allow
tor rotor to turn to the in-line position, ing the arming coil to unwind and the
alining the detonator, explosive train, and serrated core to expand which moves it
firing pin, arming the fuze. out of the path of the firing pin.
b. Upon impact, the firing pin is driven into (3) The self-destruct mechanisms’s spring
the detonator, initiating the explosive train, loaded locking lever tends to pivot away
detonating the projectile. If the projec from the axis of the fuze in opposition
tile does not impact within 3 to 7 seconds, to the force exerted by the spring of the
it will self-destruct. Self-destruction is ac release lever. This action allows the leaf
complished when the tracer mixture burns safety spring to swing out, unlocking the
for a period of 3 to 7 seconds, at which system.
time the relay cup becomes sufficiently b. If impact occurs prior to spin decay, the
heated to ignite the relay charge, causing striker is forced against the firing pin,
the projectile filler to detonate. causing it to be driven into the detonator,
12-11.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. initiating the explosive train and detona
a. The general safety precautions regarding ting the projectile.
unexploded ordnance must be observed. c. If impact does not occur prior to spin
b. The cartridge case contains an electric decay, the self-destruct mechanism will
primer. function. As the spin decays, the spring
overcomes the centrifugal force on the
12-12. FUZE, PROJECTILE, 20-MM, PDSD, M594.
spring loaded lever which pivots towards
12-12.1 IDENTIFICATION. the axis of the fuze. When the lever moves
12-12.1.1 TYPE. The fuze M594 is a point det- sufficiently to unlock the release lever, the
mating, centrifugally armed and has a self- diminishing centrifugal force and spring
destruct mechanism of the cocked striker type loaded plunger move the release lever out
(figure 12-32.1) The fuze is used with the high ward. This allows the plunger to force the
explosive, incendiary, tracer projectile of cart firing pin into the detonator, initiating the
ridge, 20-MM: M599. explosive train and detonating the projec
12-12.1.2 MARKING. The fuze is unpainted, tile. The self-destruct mechanism functions
and unmarked. The projectile body is painted within 4 to 7 seconds after the projectile
yellow with red stenciled T’s on the bourellet. leaves the bore.
Other markings such as nomenclature are in 12-12.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
black. The cartridge case has identification mark a. Projectiles found lying in the field must be
ings stamped on the base. presumed to be armed.
12-12.1.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. The b. Protect the fuze from impact or shock.
fuze with projectile is approximately 3 1/2 inches c. The self-destruct mechanism contains- a
long and weighs approximately four ounces.
cocked striker.
12-12.1.4 MATERIAL. The projectile and car d. Armed projectile may function if moved
tridge case are made of steel and the fuze is
or jarred.
aluminum and steel.
Change 29
76.45
12-13 to 12-13.3 TM 9-1385-51
12-13. CARTRIDGE, XM688. 12-13.1.5 MATERIALS. The grapnel hook and

12-13.1 IDENTIFICATION. cable assembly are made of steel. The rope is
12-13.1.1 TYPE. The Cartridge, XM688 (figure nylon.
12-33) is an unfuzed round designed to propel a 12-13.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The
grapnel hook using the M79 Launcher. cartridge contains 100 grams of black powder.
12-13.1.2 MARKING. The XM688 Cartridge is 12-13.3 FUNCTIONING. Prior to launching,
unpainted metal. All markings are in black. the grapnel hook assembly (figure 12-33.1) is
12-13.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The muzzle loaded onto the M79 Launcher. When the
cartridge consists of the XM195 Cartridge Case cartridge is loaded, the propellant grain cup fits
which is secured to the forward portion of the into the rocket motor shroad of the grapnel hook
round by a crimp ring. The forward portion of assembly. Upon firing the propellant grain cup
the cartridge is composed of the propellant grain together with the grapnel is expelled from the
cup, propellant and an exhaust nozzle. launcher by the expulsion charge. At the same
12-13.1.4 WEIGHT. The cartridge weighs ap time the expulsion charge ignites the propellant
proximately 0.5 pound. The grapnel hook (ex grain. The burning propellant grain causes the
cluding steel cable assembly) weighs 5 pounds. grapnel assembly to be propelled to the target.
BOOSTER HOLDER
Figure 12-32.1. M594 Point Detonating Self-Destruct Fuze.
Change 29
76.46
TM 9-1385-51 13-1 to 13-1.1.1
SECTION 13
DISPENSED AND CLUSTERED MUNITIONS
13-1 SMOKE BOMB BLU-17/B WITH 13-1.1.1 TYPE. The bomb BLU-17/B
FUZE M206A2E2 (figure 13-1) is a white phosphorus (WP)
Smoke bomb BLU-17/B with fuze M206- filled bursting type grenade designed to be
A2E2 is covered in this paragraph. dispensed from aircraft bomb dispensers S
UU-14/A, SUU-14A/A, SUU-7B/A, and S
UU-7C/A.
Figure 13-1 Bomb BLU-17/B
Change 9
77
13-1.1.2 TM 9-1385-51
13-1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING.
The bomb body is painted light green with
markings in red (figure 13-2).
Change 9
78
13-1.1.3
TM 9-1385-5?
13-1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. b. The fuze assembly M206A2E2 is a modi

fied version of the 4-5 second delay deto
a. The general characteristics of the fuze as
nating fuze assembly M206A2. The fuze
sembly and bomb are shown in figure
assembly lever has been lengthened and
13-3.
Figure 13.3 WP Smoke Bomb BLU-17/B—Cross-

Sectional View
Change 25
78.1
13-1.2 to 13-2.1.3 TM 9-1385-51
has two slots cut into the lower portion. A 13-2.1 IDENTIFICATION.
safety strap, which also has a slot in each
end, fits around the bomb body and under 13-2.1.1 TYPE.
the fuze assembly lever. Two projections
The bombs BLU-26/B, BLU-36/B, and BLU-
on the wind tab fit through the slots of
59/B (figure 13-4) are small, spherical shaped,
the fuze assembly lever and into each of
high-explosive, internally fuzed, fragmenta
the slots of the safety strap. The wind tab
tion-type submunitions that are dispensed from
and safety strap hold the fuze assembly
the bomb dispensers shown in table 13-1.
lever in place when the safety pin is re
moved prior to insertion of the bomb into a. The BLU-26/B is fuzed with the centrifu
the dispenser. gally armed, impact fired fuze M219 or
M219E1.
13-1.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. b. The BLU-36/B is fuzed with the centrifu
Filler _____________ Approx 2 pound white gally armed, random built-in delay fuze
phosphorous M218.
Detonator assembly ... 28 grains RDX and c. The BLU-59/B is fuzed with the centrifu
lead azide gally armed, random built-in delay fuze
Delay charge_______ 20 grains XM224.
Primer M42________ 0.35 grain
13-1.3 FUNCTIONING. The bombs are loaded The bomb bodies are painted olive drab, and
into the dispenser bomb base first. As the are unmarked.
bombs leave the dispenser tube, air flow forces
the wind tab up, disengaging it from the fuze 13-2.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
assembly lever and safety strap. As the wind a. Externally the bombs are identical. Inter-
tab and safety strap are released, spring ten
sion of the fuze assembly striker forces the fuze
assembly lever up and off the fuze assembly.
Removal of the lever allows the striker to
impinge on the percussion primer and the pyro
technic delay is started. After a 4-5 second
delay, the detonator fires and dispenses the WP
filler.
13-1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. General

safety precautions regarding the app-oach,
attack, and disposal of WP filled bursting mu
nitions must be observed.
13-2 HIGH-EXPLOSIVE BOMB BLU-26/B WITH FUZE

M219 OR M219E1, HIGH-EXPLOSIVE BOMB BLU-
36/B WITH FUZE M218, AND HIGH-EXPLOSIVE
MU-L24I6 g
BOMB BLU-59/B WITH FUZE XM224
Bomb BLU-26/B with fuze M219 or M219E1,

bomb Blu-36/B with fuze M218, and bomb BLU-
59/B with fuze XM224 are covered in this para Figure 13—4 Bomb BLU—26/B, BLU-36/B,
graph. or BLU-59/B—External View
Change 25
78.2
TM 9-1385-51
Table 13-1. Dispensing Systems for Bombs BLU-26/B, BLU-36/B,

and BLU-59/B
Payload
Dispenser
System designation Designation Quantity
CBU-24/B SUU-30/B BLU-26/B 670

SUU-30/B (Mod) BLU-26/B 670
CBU-24/B (Mod)
CBU-24A/B SUU-30A/B BLU-26/B 670
CBU-24B/B SUU-30B/B BLU-26/E 670
CBU-24C/B SUU-30C/B BLU-26/B 640
CBU-49/B (Mod) SUU-30/B (Mod) BLU-59/B 670
CBU-49A/B SUU-30A/B BLU-59/3 670
CBU-49B/B SUU-30B/B BLU-59/B 670
CBU-29/B (Mod) SUU-30/B (Mod) BLU-36/B 670
CBU-29A/B SUU-30A/B BLU-36/B 670
CBU-29B/B SUU-30B/B BLU-36/B 670
ADU-272A/B BLU-26/B 177*
BLU-26/B 177*
ADU-272B/B
ADU-285A/B BLU-36/B 177*
ADUr-285B/B ________ BLU-36/B 177*
’ Each bomb duster.
nally they differ in their fuzing. Each

bomb (figures 13-5 and 13-6) is a fluted
sphere, 2% inches at the flute, and 0.92
pound in weight. A clamp ring encircles
the sphere and holds the two hemispheres
together.
b. The bomb fuzes are mounted internally
and arc contained in a stepped cylindrical
case. Externally the fuzes are similar in
appearance. The fuze M219 has a dimple
in the center of the case; the fuze
M219E1 has a pimple in the center of the
case; and the M218 and XM224 fuze cases
are smooth. The configuration and gen
eral arrangement of fuzes M219 and
M219E1 are shown in figures 13-6.1 and
13-6.2. A general arrangement and
cross-section of fuzes M218 and XM224
are shown in figures 13-6.3 and 13-6.4.
MU-12418.A J
c. No external features are provided to indi
cate if the bombs are armed or unarmed
Figure 13-5 Bomb BLU-26/B-Cross Sedion
when found outside of their dispenser.
Change 25
78.3
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 13-6 Bomb BLU-36/B or BLU-59/B—Cross Section
Figure 13-6.1 Fuze M219E1 —Cross Section
Change 25
f8.4
TM 9-1385-51 13-2.1.4 to 13-2.3
Figure 13-6.2 Fuze M219-Exploded View
d. Fuze safety in the bombs BLU-26/B, explosives. Each consists of approximately 81

BLU-36/B, and BLU-59/B is accom grams of cyclotol or composition B (main hemi
plished by an out-of-line detonator rotor spherical charge) and a booster containing ap
which is held by four spring-loaded lock proximately 1.4 grams of RDX or PBX.
weights.
13-2.3 FUNCTIONING.
13-2.1.4 WEIGHTS. The bombs weigh approxi
a. Bomb BLU-26/B.
mately 1 pound.
(1) FuzeM219.
13-2.1.5 MATERIALS. (a) Prior to arming, the detonator rotor
a. The bomb bod.y is made of die-cast alumi is held in the out-of-line position by
num. Steel balls, embedded in the body, four spring-loaded lockweights
provide fragmentation. which fit into slots of the detonator
rotor. Tn addition, the firing pin ex
b. The stepped cylindrical fuze housing is tends into the lock safe hole of the
made of steel and aluminum. detonator rotor and is held in that
position by three hammerweights
13-2.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. which force the firing hammer
The bombs BLU-26/B, BLU-36/B, and BLU- against the leaf spring of the firing
59/B contain approximately 0.186 pound of pin.
Change 25
783
13-2.3 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 13-6.3 General Arrangement of Fuze M218 or XM224
(b) When the bomb is released into the in the detonator rotor. At the same
airstream, the bomb flutes cause the time, the four lockweights are with
bomb to spin at a high rate of drawn from the slots of the detona
speed. When the bomb reaches the tor rotor. The detonator rotor is
required rate of spin, centrifugal now free to move and is rotated to
force causes the hammerweights to the in-line (armed) position by the
move outward and the firing pin is rotor spring. Impact at any angle
withdrawn from the lock safe hole causes the hammerweights to drive
Change 25
78.6
TM 9-1385-51
DELAY SAC ASSEMBLY DELAY ROTOR

DELAY
HOUSING BALL LOCK
ASSEMBLY
DELAY. ROTOR SPRING
FIRING PIN
FLRIhKx-EJN SPRING
DETONATOR
HOUSING -FIRING PIN GUIDE
ASSEMBLY
detonator rotor shaft DETONATOR ROTOR
LEAD CUP DETONATOR SPRING
MU-L2460
Figure 13-6.4 Fuze M218 or XM224-Cross Section
the firing hammer into the firing line position by four spring-loaded
pin, forcing the firing pin into the lockweights. The firing pin is locked in
detonator, initiating the explosive the up position by a firing pin lock
train. ball which is engaged in a groove in
(2) Fuze M219E1. This fuze is a modifica the firing pin shaft.
tion of the fuze M219. (2) When the bomb is released into the
(a) Prior to arming, the detonator rotor airstream and reaches the required
is held in the out-of-line position by rate of spin, centrifugal force causes
four spring-loaded lockweights only. the lockweights to be retracted from
(b) When the bomb reaches the the detonator rotor. Retraction of the
required rate of spin, centrifugal lockweights allows the rotor spring to
force causes the lockweights to be turn the rotor to the in-line (armed)
withdrawn from the detonator position. Arming of the detonator
rotor. The rotor drive spring causes rotor releases the delay rotor lever,
the rotor to turn to the in-line allowing the spring-driven rotor to
(armed) position. Upon impact of turn. Rotation of the delay rotor
the bomb at any angle, inertia causes the rotor blades to wipe acrcss
causes the weight to move, camming the viscous fluid delay sac. In so doing,
the push ball against the firing pin the blades deform the sac and force
assembly. The firing pin is driven the viscous fluid ahead of the delay
into the detonator, initiating the rotor blades. After approximately
firing train. 330° of rotation, a recess in the delay
b. Bomb BLU-36/B With Fuze M218. rotor shaft is alined with the firing
(1) Prior to arming, the detonator rotor pin lock ball, allowing the lock ball to
(figure 13-6.4) is held in the out-of move out, freeing the firing pin. The
Change 27
78.7
13-2.4 to 13-3.1.1 TM 9-1385-51
firing pin spring drives the firing pin 13-3. TACTICAL CS CANISTER E49
into the detonator, initating the explo Tactical CS canister E49 is covered in this par
sive train. The fuze is designed to agraph. Canister E49 is dispensed from Canis
function at a random time after fuze ter Clusters E158R2 and E159.
initiation.
c. Bomb BLU-59/B With Fuze XM224. 13-3.1 IDENTIFICATION.
Arming and firing of fuze XM224 (figure 13-3.1.1 TYPE. Tactical CS canister E49
13-6.4) is similar to that of the M218 fuze. (figure 13-7) is a burning type CS munition
The difference being that the fuze XM224 designed to be delivered by low .performance
is designed to function at a shorter random aircraft and helicopters. There are 33 canisters
time after fuze initiation. in each module of canister clusters E158R2 and
13-2.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. General E159.
safety precautions regarding the approach,
attack, and disposal of high-explosive bombs
must be observed.
Refer to TM 9-1385-50 for further details.
ORD D1879
1 Fuse ignition mix 7 Ignition tube

2 Stiffer ring 8 Capsule
3 Rubber disk assembly 9 OS Pyrotechnic
4 Delay fuse mixture
5 Aluminum canister 10 Plastic sheet
6 Ignition compound 11 Fuse retainer
Figure 13-8 Cross Section of Tactical CS
Figure 13-7 Tactical CS Canister E49 Canister E49
Change 27
78.8
TM 9-1385-51 13-3.1.2 to 13-3.6
13-3.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. One 13-3.5 FUNCTIONING. At the end of a 4- to

red band around the center of each aluminum 6-second fuse burning period, the ignition com
canister indicates it contains a nonpersistent pound is ignited. The burning of the ignition
effect irritant agent. compound is so rapid that the burned fuse is
blown out of the rubber disk assembly, and the
13-3.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The gen canister may be propelled 40 feet as the CS
eral characteristics of canister E49 are shown pyrotechnic mixture is ignited by the ignition
in figure 13-8. The canisters are 2i/> inches compound. As the CS pyrotechnic mixture be
high by 114 inches in diameter. The canister's gins to burn, pressure builds up and the canis
are aluminum cylinders containing a CS pyro ter is propelled along the ground in an erratic
technic mixture. path, with some canisters becoming airborne.
The chemical agent CS is disseminated during
13-3.3 WEIGHTS. As shown in the cross sec a 7- to 19-second pyrotechnic burning time.
tion (figure 13-8), canister E49 consists of an
aluminum cylinder, a delay fuse, an ignition 13-3.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
compound and a CS pyrotechnic mixture. The a. Have a protective field mask available
total weight of canister E49 is 58 grams. The and remain upwind when disposing of
CS pyrotechnic mixture weighs 36 grams. canisters E49.
13-3.4 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The b. Cover the burning pit with a heavy wire
canister contains a CS pyrotechnic mixture, an mesh screen or other suitable barrier
ignition compound and a fuse ignition mix. The when disposing of canisters E49 to pre
CS pyrotechnic mixture constitutes a fire haz vent the canisters from being ejected
ard and a CS exposure hazard. from the pit.
Change 25
78.8A
TM 9-1385-51
Change 25
78.8B
13-4 to 13-4.4
TM 9-1385-51
13-4 BOMB, INCENDIARY, TH3, 4-POUND, inches and the body width is 1.63 inches (hex
M126 Bomb, Incendiary, TH3, 4-pound, M126, agonal, across the flats). The hollow body is
covered in this paragraph, is dispensed from made of magnesium alloy, which constitutes the
Cluster. Incendiary Bomb, TH3, 750-pound main incendiary charge and is filled with 0.63
M36. lb. of TH3. The front end of the bomb is closed
13-4.1 IDENTIFICATION with a solid iron nose, which weights the bomb,
13-4.1.1 TYPE. Bomb, Incendiary, TH3, 4- so that it falls nose downward and penetrates a
pound, M126 (figure 13-9) is a thermateloaded target without crumpling on impact. The M15
incendiary-type bomb, stabilized in flight by re- fin assembly consists of retractable fins (6,
tracticable fins and gravity. Bomb, M126 is figure 13-10) in a hollow sheet-steel fin body.
used in cluster M36. There are 182 bombs M126 The fins retract when the tail plunger is
pressed inward, compressing a spring. The
loaded in cluster M36 in three bundles of 61, 60
M126 bomb weighs approximately 3.6 pounds.
and 61 each (figure 13-9).
M126 bomb contains an incendiary filling of
thermate, TH3, a first fire charge and a primer.
13-4.4 FUNCTIONING
(Key numbers in parentheses refer to figure
ORD D1130| 13-10.)
a. Before release from cluster. Safety
plunger (3) is depressed by contact with
Figure 13-9 Bomb, Incendiary, TH3,
another bomb in the cluster. Depression
4-Pound, M126
of the tail plunger (5) retracts the fins
(6) into the fin body (4) and holds them
13-4.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. M126 retracted as long as the tail plunger (5)
Bombs of earlier manufacture have the tail as
sembly painted gray and the forward end of the is held in a depressed position.
b. After release from cluster. When the
body has a purple color band and marking.
bomb is released from the cluster, the tail
M126 bombs of later marking are painted light fins (6) are extended by the force of the
red and have black marking.
spring of the spring-loaded tail plunger
13-4.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The gen (5) and the safety plunger (3) is forced
eral characteristics of bomb, M126 are shown downward by its spring, thus arming the
in figures 13-9 and 13-10. The length of the bomb. The tail fins assist in keeping the
assembled bomb, with tail fins extended is 19.56
ORD O117S|
Figure 13-10 Bomb, Incendiary, TH3, 4-Pound, M126, Cutaway View
Change 18
78.9
13—4.5 io 13—4A.3 TM 9-1385-51
bomb turned nose downward during its 13-4A.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING.
fall. Bombs of earlier manufacture are painted gray
c. Upon impact. When the bomb strikes the overall with one purple band and markings in
target, inertia causes the firing pin to purple. Bombs of later manufacture are painted
move forward, striking the primer. The light red overall with markings in black.
primer ignites the first-fire mixture which 13-4A.1.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.
ignites the thermate filler. The burning The complete bomb weighs 3.5 pounds. The
thermate then ignites the magnesium sec THS mixture weighs 0.63-pound. The bomb is
tion of the body. The bomb burns for ap 21.3-inches long and 1.63-inches wide measured
proximately five to eight minutes. hexagonally across the flats.
13-4.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. General
safely precautions regarding unexploded ord 13-4A.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
nance and incendiaries must be observed. general characteristics of the bomb, AN-M50
series are shown in figure 13-10.1. The hollow
13-4A BOMB INCENDIARY, 4-POUND, body is made of magnesium which constitutes
AN-M50 SERIES, TH3. the main incendiary charge. A mixture of ther
The bomb incendiary AN-M50 series TH3, cov mate is loaded into the bomb body and acts as a
ered in this paragraph is dispensed from Clus starting agent. A safety plunger extends
ter, Incendiary Bomb M17 series, M22 series through an opening in the forward portion of
and M32. the bomb tail. The front of the bomb is closed
13-4A.1 IDENTIFICATION with a solid iron nose plug. The hollow tail
section acts as a stabilizer when the bomb is in
13-4A.1.1 Type. Bomb, Incendiary, AN-M50
flight.
series is a magnesium, TH3 combination type
with integral, impact fuzing, stabilized in flight 13-4A.3 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. In
by a hollow hexagonal stabilizer. addition to the magnesium and TH3 these
Figure 13-10.1 Bomb, Incendiary, TH3, 4-Pound, AN-M50A3
Change 28
78.10
13-4A.4 to 13-4B.1.2
TM 9-1385-51
bombs contain a first fire mixture and a fuze overcome the creep spring and the brass “T”
primer. cross, driving the firing pin into the primer,
initiating the firing train.
13-4A.4 MATERIEL. The bomb body is mag 13-4A6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. Burning
nesium, the nose plug is iron, and the tail sec bombs will produce heat in excess of 2300° F.
tion is sheet steel.
13-4B BOMB, INCENDIARY, PT1, 10-POUND,
13-4A.5 FUNCTIONING. The firing assembly
which consists of a firing pin. firing pin holder, M74 SERIES.
anti-creep spring,, and a safety plunger is The Bomb, incendiary, PT, 10-Pound, M74 se
ries covered in this paragraph is dispensed
threaded into the rear of the bomb body. Prior from Cluster, Incendiary Bomb, PT, M31 and !
to release from the cluster, the safety plunger is
held in the depressed position by contact with M35.
another bomb in the cluster. With the safety 13-4B.1 IDENTIFICATION
plunger in the depressed position, forward 13-4B.1.1 TYPE. The bomb incendiary M74 se
ries is a cluster dispensed, base ejection, fin
movement of the firing pin holder is prevented.
Upon release from the cluster, the safety stabilized bomb, fuzed with the M197 all-ways
plunger is forced outward by its spring. The acting fuze.
13-4B.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING.
firing pin holder is now held away from the Bombs manufactured prior to 1960 are painted
primer by the anti-creep spring and a brass *T”
gray. The tail fin is unpainted. The color band
cross which functions as a sheer pin. Upon and lettering are purple. Bombs manufactured
impact, inertia causes the firing pin holder to
Figure 13-10.2 Bomb, Incendiary, PT1, 10-Pound, M74AI
Change 28
78.10A
13—4B.1.3 to 13-43.6 TM 9-1385-51
after 1960 are painted light red overall with booster consisting of black powder and ignition
markings in black. powder.
13-4B.1.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. 13-4B.4 MATERIEL. The bomb body, fuze,
The bomb incendiary M74 series is 19.5-inches and tail fin are steel. The WP ignition charge
long with tail fin retracted. The bomb measures container and the expelling charge bags are
2.9-inches in diameter across the flats. The plastic
complete bomb weighs 8.5-pounds. 13-4B.5 FUNCTIONING. As the clustered
13-4B.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The bombs are released from the cluster to drop
genera] arrangement and dimensional charac free, the release clip falls away uncovering the
teristics of the M74 series bomb are shown in arming pin. The arming pin stem is ejected
figure 13-10.2. The bomb is hexagonal in cross from the fuze by the arming pin spring. With
section except at the tail end where it is drawal of the stem allows two steel balls to
cylindrical. The nose end of the bomb is closed move toward the center of the fuze, unlocking
by a nose cup into which the nose fuze is the striker from the sleeve. The striker and the
threaded. A dome located behind the nose cup, sleeve are now free to move in any direction.
separates the fuze from the ignition charge and Upon impact the firing pin is driven into the
forms a container for the expelling charge. The primer which initiates the delay mixture and
plastic container containing the WP ignition booster. The booster ignites the expelling
charge is located behind the dome and forward charge in the dome. This action breaks the WP
of the PT1 filler. container and at the same time, ejects the ig
When the bombs are clustered, the fuze retain niter and the incendiary filler. The WP ignites
ing wire is withdrawn and the arming pin is upon being exposed to the air and in turn ig
held in the fuze by the release clip. The body of nites the incendiary filler.
an adjacent bomb holds the release clip in 13-4B.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
place. a. These bombs contain an all-ways acting
13—4B.3 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The fuze.
expelling charge contains a mixture of magne b. These bombs present a high explosive as
sium and black powder. The ignition charge well as an incendiary hazard.
contains, approximately 6-ounces of WP. The c. Have a field mask available. Heavy con
main filler is 2.75-pounds of TP1. The M197 centrations of fumes from burning bombs
fuze contains a primer, a delay mixture, and a are toxic to the respiratory system.
Change 28
78.1 OB
TM 9-1385-51 13-5 to 13-5.3
13-5 XM144 FRAGMENTATION BOMB. minum body imbedded with steel balls, a fuze
The XM144 fragmentation bomb (figure assembly with end cap, six spring loaded sta
13-11) covered in this paragraph is dispensed bilizing vanes, a safety strap and a spring tab.
from the XM18 Dispenser. 13-5.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The
31-5.1 IDENTIFICATION XM144 bomb contains a main charge of ap
proximately 0.4 pound of RDX or cyclotol, a
13-5.1.1 TYPE. The Ml44 bomb is a high-ex booster and a detonator.
plosive, fragmentation type bomb. It is identi
cal in appearance to the BLU-3/B and differs 13-5.3 FUNCTIONING. Upon release of the
in functioning only in regard to the arming bomb from the dispenser, the spring tab is
delay time. The XM18 Dispenser (modified stripped from the bomb by the airstream. This
SUU-14/A) loaded with 114 XM144 bombs unfastens the safety strap which, in turn, is
comprises the XM25 Dispenser and Bomb Sys ejected by the vanes as they spring open. The
tem. open vanes stabilize the bomb (figure 13-12).
Opening of the vanes allows the spring-loaded
end cap to move and withdraw the firing pin
XM144 bomb body is painted yellow, the vanes
from the arming slide. The drive spring moves
are cadmium plated, and the end cap is anod- the arming slide which alines the detonator be
izd yellow. The markings are black.
tween the firing pin and booster. An escape
13-5.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The ment mechanism regulates the movement of
general characteristics of the XM144 bomb are the arming slide, providing an arming delay of
shown in figures 13 11 and 13-1'2. The bomb is approximately four seconds. On impact, the
4 inches high and 2.7 inches in diameter with end cap drives the firing pin into the detonator,
the vanes closed. The bomb consists of an alu initiating the explosive train.
Figure 13-11 XM144 Bomb with Vanes Closed (Unarmed)
Change 19
78.11
13-5.4 TM 9-1385-51
13-5.4 Safety Precautions.

a. Consider the bomb armed if any of the
vanes are open.
b. Do not drop, jar or strike a released or
damaged bomb. Pressure applied to the
end cap will cause detonation of an
armed bomb.
c. Do not attempt to remove the end cap
from the bomb.
d. Never move the end cap in any direction,
as this may cause detonation of the
bomb.
Figure 13—12. XM144 Bomb with Vanes Open

(Armed).
Change 19
78.12
TM 9-1385-51 13-6 to 13-6.3
13-6 HEAT BOMBS BLU-7/B AND BLU-7A/B, AND

PRACTICE BOMB BDU-37/B
13-6.1.1 TYPE. The bomb BLU-7/B (figures
13-13 and 13-14) and bomb BLU-7A/B (fig
ure 13-15) are impact-fired, parachute-stabil
ized, shaped-charge bombs containing impact
inertia fuzes. The fuzes are unnumbered and
are an integral part of the bombs. The bomb
BDU-37/B is an inert-loaded practice bomb.
These bombs are dispensed from the systems
listed below.
Payload
System Dispenser--------------------------------- ----------- ——
designation designation Designation Quantity
CBU-3/A SUU-10/A BLU-7/B 371

CBU-3A/A SUU-1 OA/A BLU-7A/B 352
CBU-26/A SUU-10A/A BDU-37/B 312

a. The BLU-7/B and BLU-7A/B bomb
bodies are anodized black. The parachute
protector is clear plastic. Markings are in
yellow. The fuzes are unpainted.
b. The BDU-37./B bomb body is anodized
blue. The parachute protector is clear
plastic. Markings arc in black.
MU-L2362I
13-6.1.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. The
weight of each bomb BLU-7/B, BLU-7A/B, Figure 13-13. Unarmed Configuration of Bomb
and BDU-37/B is 1.40 pounds, and the di BLU-7/B
ameter is 2.75-inches. The BLU-7A/B and
BDU-37/B are 8.28 inches long. The BLU- (1) The general characteristics of the
7/B is 7.86 inches long. bomb BLU-7/B are shown in figure
13-16. The bomb consists of a cylin
13-6.1.4 MATERIALS. The BLU-7/B, BLU- drical body with the tail end formed
7A./B, and BDU-37/B bomb bodies are alumi in a truncated cone. The body contains
num; the shaped-charge liner is copper; the
the shaped charge. The tail of the
parachute protector is clear plastic; and the bomb contains the fuze assembly and
wind tab, retaining strap, and fuze are steel. parachute. The parachute which is at
13-6.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. Each tached to the base of the inertia cap,
bomb BLU-7/B and BLU-7A/B contains an consists of three strip panels (figure
M55 detonator, a booster (3.7 grams PBX), and 13-17). A wind tab secures the retain
a main charge (0.6 pound of Comp B). The ing strap which holds the two-piece,
bomb BDU-37/B contains no explosives. clear plastic parachute protector in
place. A safety clip fits through the
13-6.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. firing pin sleeve and a slot in the
a. Bomb BLU-7/B. threaded end of the safety thumb
Change 22
78.13
TM 9-1385-51
MU-L2363 ]
Figure 13-14. Component Parts of Bomb BLU-7/B
Change 22
78.14
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 13-15 Component Parts of Bomb BLU-7A/B

Change 22
78.15
TM 9-1385-51
Figure 13-16 Cutaway View of Bomb BLU—7/B
Change 22
78.16
TM 9-1385-51 13-6.3
Figure 13-17 Dispensed Bomb BLU—7/B
screw. The clip prevents movement of fuze (figure 13-20) is fully enclosed
the thumb screw which, in turn, pre in a plastic protector. The parachute
vents movement of the firing pin. The consists of four triangular panels and
safety clip and safety thumb screw are is attached to the telescope pin by a
removed prior to installing the bomb swivel. A safety wire passes through
in the dispenser. the parachute protector, fuze body,
(2) The fuze mechanism incorporates an and telescope pin. The safety wire pre
out-of-line detonator rotor, lead vents movement of the telescope pin
charge, delay fuze assembly (escape which holds the firing pin against the
ment mechanism), firing pin assembly, compressed anticreep spring and locks
and an inertia cap. The detonator ro the detonator rotor in the out-of-line
tor is held in the out-of-line position position. In addition, a detent wire
by the firing pin. also holds the telescope pin in the
b. BOMB BLU-7A/B. down position. The safety wire is re
(1) The general characteristics of the moved prior to loading the bomb in
bomb BLU-7A/B are shown in figure the dispenser.
13-18. The bomb BBU-7A/B is simi (2) The fuze mechanism (figure 13-21)
lar in construction to the bomb BLU- consists of a delay assembly (escape
7/B (figure 13-19) with the exception ment mechanism), out-of-line deto
of the fuze assembly, parachute de nator rotor, anticreep spring, firing
sign, and parachute attachment. The pin, telescope pin, and detent wire.
Change 22
78.17
TM 9-1385-51
MU-U 1323-BI
Figure 13—18 Characteristics of Bomb BLU—7A/B
Change 22
78.18
TM 9-1385-51
View Showing Differences Between BLU-7/B and BLU-7A/B

Figure 13-19
Change 22
78.19
TM 9-1385-51
P/.RACHUTE LINE
DETENT
WIRE
FUZE BODY
SAFETY
[WIRE
SAFETY LOCKING
WIRE COLLAR
PARACHUTE
FIRING
PROTECTOR
PIN
ESCAPEMENT BOMB
MECHANISM BODY ANTICREEP
THREAD SPRING
PARACHUTE
LEAD
CUP
ROTOR
BOOSTER ESCAPEMENT
MECHANISM
RETAINING
STRAP UNARMED CONDITION
MAIN
CHARGE
SHAPED S
rMA»KFL
CHARGE *
LINER
BODY
SAFETY WIRE
TELESCOPE PIN 'HOLE
WIND
TAB
FIRING PIN
ANTICREEP SPRING DETONATOR
ARMED CONDITION
MU-L2368 I
Figure 13-20 Bomb BLU-7A/B and Fuze Assembly—Cutaway Views
Change 22
78.20
TM 9-1385-51 13-6.4 to 13-6.5
Figure 13-21 Fuze for Bomb BLU-7A/3-Exploded View
13-6.4 FUNCTIONING. Functioning of the moves downward driving the firing pin
bombs BLU-7/B, BLU-7A/B, and BDU-37/B into-the detonator, initiating the explo
is identical. As the bomb is released from the sive train.
dispenser, the wind tab is stripped off by the b. Bomb BLU-7A/B. Parachute drag pulls
airstream and unfastens the retaining strap. the telescope pin free of the detent wire.
The parachute protector falls free allowing The firing pin, no longer restrained by
the parachute to be deployed. the telescope pin, is forced upward by the
anticreep spring. As the firing pin clears
NOTE the rotor, the rotor spring forces the
rotor to turn to the in-line position. Delay
The bomb BDU-37/B and fuze are in arming is provided by the escapement
inert. mechanism slowing down the rotor move
a. Bomb BLU-7/B. Parachute drag causes ment. Upon impact, the firing pin over
the inertia cap to move upward. Upward comes the resistance of the anticreep
movement of the inertia cap causes the spring and strikes the detonator, initiat
actuating pin to move upward and pull ing the explosive train.
the firing pin clear of the detonator rotor
assembly. As the firing pin clears the 13-6.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
rotor, the rotor spring forces the detona a. Make a positive identification of fuze
tor into alignment with the firing pin and prior to attempting procedure.
lead charge. The escapement mechanism
slows down rotor movement providing a b. There is no external means of determin
short delay. Upon impact, the inertia cup ing if a fuze has armed or misfired and
Change 22
78.21
13-7 to 13-7.1.3 TM 9-1385-51
whether the firing pin is embedded in the 40/B. The vanes are anodized gold and
detonator. the cup is anodized blue. All markings are
stenciled in black.
c. Take precautions for shaped charge mu
nitions during all operations.
13-7 HIGH-EXPLOSIVE BOMB BLU-3/B, PRACTICE a. Bomb BLU-3/B (figures 13-22, 13-23,
BOMB BDU-40/B, AND DUMMY BOMB BDU- 13-24, and 13-25). The bomb body has a
28/B pebbled appearance, caused by the steel
13-7.1 IDENTIFICATION. balls embedded in the body. The bomb
fuze is threaded into the base of the body;
13-7.1.1 TYPE. the cup firing-pin assembly to which the
a. The bomb BLU-3/B figures 13-22 and firing pin is mounted, is crimped to the
13-23 is an antimateiiel. vane-drag, im fuze. The bomb stabilizer assembly is at
pact-fired, high-explosive fragmentation tached to the top of the bomb and consists
bomb. of six spring-loaded drag vanes. In the
unarmed condition the drag vane are se
b. The bomb BDU-40/B (figure 13-22) is a cured to the sides of the bomb body by the
vane-drag, impact-fired, practice bomb, safety strap which, in turn, is held in
containing a spotting charge. The BDU- place by the spring tab. The bomb body is
40/B replaces the BDU-27/B. aluminum embedded with steel balls. The
c. The bomb BDU-28/B (figure 13-22) is an vanes are steel. The nester is plastic
inert-loaded dummy bomb. (bakelite). The spring tab and safety
strap are steel. The cup is aluminum
d. The above bombs are dispensed from the alloy. The fuze escapement mechanism is
systems listed in table 13-2. brass, the arming slide is zinc alloy, and
13-7.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. the remaining parts of the fuze are steel.
a. The body of the bomb BLU-3/B is b. Bomb BDU-40/B (figure 13-22). The
painted yellow and the cup is anodized a bomb body is smooth with a smoke emis
gold color. The drag vanes are anodized sion hole. All other features are the same
gold. All markings are in black. as the BLU-3/B. The bomb body is plas
tic; all other materials are the same as
NOTE theBDU-3/B.
Inert loaded bombs BLU-3/B may be c. Bomb BDU 28/B (figure 13-22). The
found. These bombs are painted blue bomb body is completely smooth. The
over the original yellow. The cup is bomb body has a cuo with firing pin, but
blue and stenciled to indicate that the no fuze. The stabilizer assembly is the
bomb is inert loaded with an inert same as the BLU-3/B. The bomb body is
fuze. aluminum, all other materials are the
b. The body of the bomb BDU-40/B (figure same as the BLU-3/B. The BLU-28/B
13-9) practice bomb is painted red with does not incorporate a drive spring, arm
a %-inch strip of brown tape wrapped ing slide, detonator, or escapement mech
around the midsection. The vanes are an anism.
odized gold and the cup (figure 13-10) is d. Weights and Dimensions. The bombs
anodized brown. All other markings are BDU-3/B, BDU-40/B, and BDU-28/B are
in black. 334 inches in length with a maximum di
c. The body of the bomb BDU-28/B is ameter of 2% inches and weigh 1.73
painted the same color red as the BDU- pounds.
Change 25
78.22
TM 9-1385-51 13-7.2 to 13-7.3
Table 13-2. Dispensing Systems for Bombs BLU-3/B, BDU-40/B,

andBDU-28/B
Payload
■System Dispenser
designation designation
Designation Quantity
CBU-2A SUU-7A/A BLU-3/B 360

CBU-2A/A SUU-7A/A BLU-3/B 406
CBU-2B-A SUU-7B/A BLU-3/B 409
CBU-2C/A SUU-7C/A BLU-3/B 409
CBU-8A/A SUU-7C/A BDU-40/B 409
CBU-9/A SUU-7A/A BDU-28/B 406
CBU-9A/A SUU-7B/A BDU-28/B 409
CBU-9B/A SUU-7C/A BDU-28/B 409
CBU-14/A SUU-14/A BLU-3/B 114
CBU-14A/A SUU-14A/A BLU-3/B 114
’ADU-253/B SUU-24/A, BLU-3/B 74**
NC-123X,
B-57 Modular
*ADU-253A/B SUU-24/A, BLU-3/B 74**
NC-123X,
B-57 Modular
*ADU-253B/B SUU-24/A, BLU-3/B 74**
NC-123X,
B-57 Modular
* Seventy-two ADU’s comprise the payload for one SUU-24/A dispenser.
Thirty-six ADU’s comprise the payload for one NC-123X dispenser.
Twenty-two ADU’s comprise the payload for one B-5? modular dispenser.
•• Seventy-four bombs BLU-3/B are contained in each ADU.
13-7.2 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. and the vanes allows the spring-loaded

a. Bomb BLU-3/B contains approximately cup to move forward, withdrawing the
0.4 pound of RDX or cyclotol, a detona firing pin from the cavity in the arming
tor, and a lead cup. slide. In the late model bombs, opening of
b. Bomb BDU-40/B contains a shot gun the vanes allows the spring loaded safety
shell with approximately 5 grains of pin to move outward, releasing the arm
smokeless blank powder and a stab-type ing slide. The drive spring moves the
detonator which contains 102 milligrams arming slide to aline the detonator, lead
of an explosive mixture. charge and firing pin. The bomb is now
c. Bomb BDU-28/B is an inert dummy armed. The escapement mechanism pro
bomb. vides a short delay in alining the arming
13-7.3 FUNCTIONING. slide. Upon impact, the cup drives the
firing pin into the detonator, initiating
a. Bomb BLU-3/B (figure 13-26). Upon re
the explosive train.
lease from the dispenser, the spring tab is
stripped off by the airstream, releasing b. Bomb BDU-40/B. The bomb functions
the safety strap which is ejected by the similar to the BLU-3/B, the exception
drag vanes which are forced open by being that the BDU-40/B does not con
their springs. Release of the safety strap tain a high-explosive charge. Upon
Change 25
78.23
13-7.3 TM 9-1385-51
ARMED
BDU-40/B BDU-28/B
MU-U2374-A J
Figure 13-22 Bombs BLU-3/B, BDU-40/B, and BDU-28/B
impact, the detonator is initiated and c. Bombs BDU-28/B and Inert BLU-3/B.
functions the shotgun shell. The func These bombs are inert. Their only func
tioned shotgun shell forces the spotting tional parts are the stabilizer’ assembly and
charge through the bomb emission hole to the cup.
mark the point of bomb impact.
Change 25
78.24
TM 9-1385-51 13-7.4 to 13-8.4
13-7.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. 13-8.2 PAINTING AND MARKINGS.

The M43A1 grenades are unpainted and un
a. If positive identification of the bomb
cannot be established, consider the bomb marked.
to be a high-explosive type (BLU-3/B). 13-8.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
b. Do not drop, jar, or strike a release or 13-8.3.1 GRENADE CHARACTERISTICS.
damaged bomb. Pressure applied to the
cup will detonate an armed bomb. 13-8.3.2 The grenade M43A1 (figures 13-27
and 13-28) consists essentially of a wedge-
c. Fire resulting from the ignition of the
shaped housing assembly, a spherically-shaped
shotgun cartridge of the BDU-40/B can
body assembly, a primer, a firing pin, a yoke,
cause burns if any part of the body is
adjacent to the emission hole. and two spring-loaded vanes.
13-8.3.3 The wedge-shaped grenades are fitted
13-8 GRENADE, GENERAL-PURPOSE: M43A1 with slotted wind vanes which orient the gre
13-8.1 IDENTIFICATION. nades during descent.
13-8.1.1 TYPE. The grenade M43A1 (figure 13-8.4 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
13-27) is an airburst, antipersonnel, rebound- The main charge contains approximately 21-22
ing-type munition designed to be dispersed grams of RDX. The primer consists of approxi
from artillery projectiles. mately 0.047 gram of primer mixture plus lead
Change 25
78.25
13-8.5 TM 9-1385-51
A. SIDE VIEW, DRAG VANES B. DRAG VANES OPEN C. BOTTOM VIEW (UNARMED)
CLOSED (UNARMED) CUP EXTENDED (ARMED)
MU-L2304-A |
Figure 13-24 Bomb BLU-3/B—Armed and Unarmed
azide. The delay detonator consists of approxi movement of this assembly which locates
mately 0.139 gram of RDX, lead azide, and the detonator in the armed position. A
delay composition. The container assembly delay in arming of the grenade is pro
(jump-up) contains approximately 0.185 gram vided by restricting the air flow caused by
of M5. movement of the slide assembly. This
13-8.5 FUNCTIONING. delay precludes premature grenade func
tioning caused by midair collision imme
a. Upon expulsion from the projectile, the
diately after ejection from the projectile.
vanes open and orient the grenade in a
Arming delay is achieved by allowing air
vertical or near-vertical position. The en
to pass through a porous plug in the hous
ergy of the vane springs and the air
ing located adjacent to the slider recess.
stream lock the two vanes in the open
position and stabilize the grenade. c. When the grenade impacts the targets sur
b. After the vanes are extended, a spring face, the yoke drives the firing pin into
moves the yoke to the extended position. the detonator which initiates the ejection
The firing pin, attached to the yoke, re charge. The ejection charge forces the
tracts from the slide assembly, permitting steel ball with the retaining washer up
Change 25
78.26
TM 9-1385-51 13-8.6 to 13-8.6.2
[inches
EARLY PRODUCTION LATER PRODUCTION

MODEL WITH ORIGINAL MODEL WITH REVISED
SPRING TAB SPRING TAB
MU-L1640-Al
Figure 13-25 Bomb BLU-3/B With Original and Revised

Spring Tab
and away from the housin.tr, ignites the 13-8.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
first-fire mixture in the delay detonator,
and forces the detonator into the in-line 13-8.6.1 General safety precautions regarding
position. The delay detonator functions unexplodcd ordnance must be observed.
the high-explosive RDX causing the gre
nade ball to fragment 4 to 6 feet above 13-8.6.2 Do not jar, strike, or move individual
the impact surface grenades.
Change 25
78.27
TM 9-1385-51
DRAG
VANE
STABILIZER DRAG
ASSEMBLY VANE
SPRING
NESTER
FRAGMENTATION MAIN
BALL CHARGE
BOMB LEAD CUP

BODY
ARMING
SLIDE
DETONATOR
FUZE
BODY
FIRING
PIN
CUP
SPRING-----
ESCAPEMENT
UNARMED CONDITION ARMED CONDITION

(FUZE BODY NOT SHOWN) (FUZE BODY NOT SHOWN)
MU-L2375'A|
Change 25 Figure 13-26 Bomb BLU-3/B—Internal View of

78.28 Armed and Unarmed Condition
TM 9-1385-51
MU-L768-C|
Figure 13-27 Grenade -M43A1
Change 25
78,29
TM 9-1385-51
(Remove
CROSS SECTION
MU-L 769-A |
Figure 13-28 Grenade M43A1-Cross SecHon
Change 25
78.30
TM 9-1385-51
x1/2 IN.
BLU-4/B
BOTTOM VIEW
MULI939-A|
Figure 13-29. Fragmentation Bombs BLU—4/B and BLU—4A/B.
Change 27
78.31
TM 9-1385-51
BOMB SHELL
MU-L1940-A|
Figure 13-30. Major Components of BLU-4/B And BLU-4A/B Bombs—explosive View (Retaining
Band and Wind Tab Not Shown).
Change 27
78.32
TM 9-1385-51 13-9 to 13-9.1.3.4
13-9. BOMBS BLU-4/B AND BLU-4A/B consist of a bomb shell, an ejection cup assem
13-9.1 Identification. bly (with fuze), a fragmentation unit (with
fuze), and a lanyard.
13-9.1.1 Type.
13-9.1.3.2 Bomb Shell. The bomb shell (figure
13-9.1.1.1 The bombs BLU-4/B and BLU-4A/ 13-29) consists of the bcmb shell body and a
B (figure 13-29) are air delivered, drag-vane 16-drag-vane stabilizer. The drag vanes are
stabilized, impact ejected, lanyard fired, high held in the closed position by a %-inch wide
explosive, antipersonnel fragmentation bombs. metal retaining band. The band in turn is
13-9.1.1.2 The bomb BLU-4/B is used with the secured by a metal wind tab. The bottom of
SUU-7/A dispenser. This combination is desig these bombs contain a i/t-inch machine screw
nated CBU-l/A. The bomb BLU-4A 'B is used which is inserted just prior to the time the
with the SUU-7A/A dispenser. This combina bomb is placed in the dispenser.
tion is designated CBU-1A/A. 13-9.1.3.3 Ejection Cup Assembly. This compo
13-9.1.2 Painting and Marking. The bomb shell nent consists of an impact ejection fuze (with a
is brass colored. The drag vanes are painted conical spring), and a sabot, housed within the
olive drab. The sabot (adapter-striker) is metal ejection cup. The ejection cup contains an
colored black, with a steel colored steel firing ejection charge. The ejection cup assembly is
pin. The fragmentation unit is colored silver. located at the base of the bomb shell. A spi'ing-
The markings are either black or yellow. loaded primer cam is held in the out-of-line
position by the firing pin which fits into a hole
13-9.1.3 Fittings and Features. in the cam.
13-9.1.3.1 The external characteristics of the 13-9.1.3.4 The Fragmentation Unit. The frag
bombs BLU-4/B and BLU-4A/B are shown in mentation unit (figure 13-30 and 13-31) is
figure 13-29. The components of these bombs hemispherical in shape and is located in the
are shown in figure 13-30. Each of these bombs upper portion of the bomb shell, above the ejec-
DIMPlE
Figure 13-31 Fragmentation Unit (Armed)
Change 27
78.33
13-9.1.3,5 to 13-9.1.4 TM 9-1385-51
tion cup assembly. A fuzing device, containing body are steel. The sabot is made of phenolic
a spring-loaded detonator slide, is held in the and steel (steel firing pin embedded in plastic).
safe position by a spring-loaded locking pin. The fragmentation unit fuzing assembly is alu
The locking pin is held in the “in” positon by a minum. The lanyard is nylon.
yoke which has one end locked under the hat
13-9.1.3.8 Hazardous Components. The
assembly, the other end is fitted into a groove
BLU-4/B contains approximately 2.82-ounces
on the base of the fuzing device.
(approximately 81 grams) of RDX. The BLU-
13-9.1.3.5 Lanyard. The lanyard (figure 13-30) 4A/B contains approximately 2.82-ounces
which is 10 feet long, has one end attached to a (approximately 81 grams) of RDX or cyclotol.
bail on the hat assembly, (figure 13-32). The 13-9.1.4 Fuctioning. When the bomb is dis
opposite end is secured to the bomb shell under pensed, the air stream strips the wind tab from
the ejection detonator rotor. the drag vane retaining band. The retaining
13-9.1.3.6 Weights. The BLU-4/A and band falls free, allowing the drag vanes to open.
BLU-4A/B bombs weigh 1.18 pounds. Opening of the drag vanes allows the conical
13-9.1.3.7 Materials. The bomb shell body, wind spring (on the impact ejection fuze) to force
tab, retaining band, and framentation unit the sabot and the fragmentation unit slightly
Figure 13-32 Fragmentation Unit (Unarmed)
Change 27
78.34
TM 9-1385-51 13-9.1.5
upward, removing the firing pin from the hole mitting the spring loaded detonator slide to
in the cam which incorporates the primer. This move. The movable detonator slide is forced
action allows the rotor to rotate to the in-line into the fixed firing pin of the explosive fuze
position, arming the ejection cup assembly. assembly, firing the M55 stab detonator which
Upon impact, the firing pin is driven into the initiates the explosive train and detonates the
primer of the delay assembly located above the fragmentation unit.
ejection charge, igniting the ejection charge 13-9.1.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
(figure 13-33). Gas pressure from the ejection a. The fixed firing pin may be resting upon
charge drives the fragmentation unit and the the detonator of the spring loaded detona
sabot into the air. The fragmentation unit is tor slide, or the detonator slide may not
arrested in flight by the lanyard. The tension have completed its movement.
on the lanyard causes the bail on the fragmen b. Do not disturb or jar a bomb which has
tation unit to move down and out, thereby allow been ejected from a dispenser.
ing the yoke to be ejected. Removal of the yoke c. Do not attempt to disassemble these
from beneath the yoke releases spring permits bombs.
the release pin of the fragmentation unit fuze d. Do not attempt to disentangle a tangled
to disengage itself frem the slide, thereby per lanyard.
Figure 13-33 Cutaway of BLU-4/B or BLU—4A/B Bomb
Change 27
78.35
TM 9-1385-51
Change 27
78.36
TM 9-1385-51 14-1 to 14-1.2.1
SECTION 14
DISPENSERS, CLUSTERS AND CLUSTER ADAPTERS
14-1. CANISTER CLUSTERS. 14-1.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.

50-Pound Tactical CS Canister Cluster, E158-
R2, with Mechanical Time Initiator E63R2 is 14-1.2.1 CANISTER CLUSTER E158R2. The
covered in this paragraph. cluster consists of Initiator E63R2 (figure 14-
14-1.1 IDENTIFICATION. 2), eight heat-sealed modules (figure 14-3),
14-1.1.1 TYPE. Canister Cluster E158R2 is a two junction blocks (figure 14-1), a fuze bar
hand-dropped, helicopter-delivered cluster, con assembly (figure 14-1) and a fuze assembly
(figure 14-4). The fuze assembly consists of
sisting of eight modules. Each module con
a red safety cap (1, figure 14-1), a safety cot
tains 33 CS Canisters E49.
ter pin (11), and eyebolt (10), and a spring-
loaded detonator slide (8) held in place by a
canister cluster is clear plastic with a gray
fuze arming wire (6). The fuze arming wire
decal affixed to each of the outer modules. The
decal has one red and one yellow stripe. All has a loop (7) and a rubber sleeve (9).
data markings are in red.
1 Fuze bar assembly 7 Loop

2 Module 8 Spring-loaded detonator slide
3 Junction block 9 Rubber sleeve
4 Fuze assembly 10 Eyebolt
5 Red safety cap U Safety cotter pin
6 Fuze arming wire
Figure 14-1 50-Pound Tactical CS Canister Cluster E158R2
14-1.2.1.1 INITIATOR E63R2 (figures 14-2 ability to Canister Cluster E158R2. The ini
and 14-5). Initiator E63R2 is a mechanical tiator does not contain any explosive items.
time initiator that provides an air burst cap The initiator is a cylindrical aluminum body
Change 13
79
AGO 6239A
14-1.2.1.2 to 14-1.2.1.3 TM 9-1385-51
1 End closure plate 5 Fuze assembly hole

2 Pusher plate 6 Explosive pads
3 Cover plate 7 Black powder charge
4 Canister E49
Figure 14-3 Cross Section of Two Modules
ORD DI877 []
fahnstock clip (9, figure 14-2) and is fed
through the bracket and spring-loaded arming
1 Socket-head screw 6 Arming wire pin (4, figure 14-5) ; the third branch also
key 7 Bag
2 Plastic plug 8 Safety lock wire contains a fahnstock clip (3, figure 14-2) and
3 Fahnstock clip 9 Fahnstock clip is fed through the boss. The other end con
4 Large snap hook 10 Altitude indicator
5 Safety ring and pin 11 Altitude setting scale tains a large snap hook (4) which is attached
assembly 12 Locking wire to the ring and pin assembly (5) prior to air
Figure 14—2 Initiator E63R2 drop. A plastic plug (2) is attached to the
retractor shaft to protect it during shipment
containing a time mechanism and a retractor and handling.
shaft (1, figure 14-5). It also has a boss, a
bracket containing a spring-loaded arming pin 14-1.2.1.2 MODULE. Each module (figure 14-
(4), a safety ring and pin assembly (5, figure 3) is made of molded plastic and contains 33
14-2), a red locking screw (2, figure 14-5) Tactical CS Canisters E49 (4). The fuze re
an altitude indicator (10, figure 14-2), an tainer of Tactical CS Canister E49 fits into the
altitude setting scale (11), and locking wire fuze assembly hole (5) in a plastic pusher
(12). A lead sealed safety lockwire (8) se plate (2) which rests on a plastic bag con
cures the safety ring and pin assembly (5) taining a black powder charge (7). Fuzes lead
to the boss prior to air drop. In addition, the from the black powder charge to the fuze bar
initiator has a three-branch arming wire (6). assembly.
One branch has a formed wire clip (3, figure
14-5) which connects to the fuze arming wire 14-1.2.1.3 FUZE ASSEMBLY. The cluster
on the cluster; the second branch contains a fuze assembly provides a method of initiation,
Change 13
80 AGO G239A
TM 9-1385-51
1 Red safety cap 7 Fuze arming wire

2 Setscrew 8 Eyebolt
3 Safety cotter pin 9 Spring-loaded detonator slide
4 Slide release pin housing 10 Rubber sleeve
5 Fuze housing 11 Slide release pin
6 Loop
Figure 14—4 Fuze Assembly
(10) fastened to the cluster, and the other

delay and explusion of the E158R2 cluster pay end contains a loop (6). The spring-loaded
load. The fuze assembly (figure 14-4) consists detonator is held in the retarded position by
of a slide-release pin housing (4) secured to a the retractor shaft of Initiator E63R2. The
fuze housing (5), a safety cotter pin (3), a internal fuzing, delay and expulsion system
red safety cap (1), and a slide-release pin (11)
are shown in figure 14-6. The two delay fuzes
which contains a setscrew (2) a firing pin, are located on the top-center line of the cluster
two Primers X310A, and a spring-loaded de
and are covered by an aluminum bar. The
tonator slide (9) containing Detonator M55. eight lead-jacketed delay fuzes and the eight
A fuze arming wire (7) is threaded through expelling charges are located internally. There
an eyebolt (8), a hole in the rib on top of the is one black powder expelling charge located
cluster and the spring-loaded detonator slide
on the inner side of each module.
(9). One end is retained by a rubber sleeve
Change 13
80.1
AGO 6239A
14-1.3 to 14-1.7 TM 9-1385-51
14-1.5 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.

a. Black Powder Expelling Charge—
25 grams in each module.
b. CS Mixture—2.6 pounds in each module.
c. M55 Detonator—1.3 grains RDX, lead
azide and NOL 30.
d. Junction Block (each)—2.5 grains of ig
nition mix.
e. X310A Primer (each)—1.5 grains of lead
azide.
14-1.6 FUNCTIONING. Upon release from the
helicopter, one branch of the arming wire is
withdrawn, allowing the clockwork mechanism
of the initiator to start functioning. At the
same time, a second branch of the arming
wire is withdrawn from the boss on the top
of the initiator, clearing an opening through
which the retractor pin may move in an up
ward direction. The arming wire in the spring-
loaded detonator slide, which is connected to
the main arming wire by a loop and hook, is
the last arming wire to be withdrawn. Up
on expiration of the time set on the initiator,
the initiator retractor shaft is withdrawn
which, in turn, withdraws the slide-release pin
(figure 14-6) from the spring-loaded detona
tor slide, allowing the detonator to be driven
into the fixed firing pin. The detonator initi
ates the two primers which, in turn, ignites
the two delay fuzes and functions the follow
ing components in sequence: the ignition com
pound in the junction blocks, eight delay fuzes,
eight ignition cup assemblies and eight black
powder expelling charges. The expelling char
ges are initiated at half-second intervals, start
ing at the two outer modules. As the modules
1 Retractor shaft 4 Spring-loading arming are expelled, the ignition compound in Can
2 Red locking screw pin
3 Formed wire clip 5 Stop pins isters E49 is ignited, functioning the canis
ters.
Figure 14-5 Initiator E63R2
14-1.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. 14-1.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND HA

Length 27.5 inches ZARDS.
Height 10.02 inches a. Remain upwind and have a protective
Width 10.28 inches field mask available when disposing of
Weight 47 pounds Clusters E158R2.
14-1.4 MATERIALS. The initiator, fuze, and b. In the event Canister Cluster E158R2 ac
fuze bat cover are aluminum. The modules cidentally functions, Canisters E49 are
and fuze bar are plastic. ejected at approximately 60 feet per sec
Change 13
80.2 AGO 6239A
TM 9-1385-51 14-2 to 14-2.2
SHOE RELEASE PIN
SPRING-LOADED DETONATOR SLIDE
M55 DETONATOR
■FIRING PIN
-X3I0A PRIMER (2)
LEAD-JACKETED DELAY FUZES (2)
JUNCTION BLOCK (2)
LEAD-JACKETED DELAY FUZES (8)
BLACK POWDER BAGS (8)

IGNITER CUP ASSEMBLIES (8)
ORD DI8801
Figure 14-6 Fuzing System of CS Canister Cluster EI58R2
ond, may travel approximately 500 feet E158R2 assembled to Cluster Adapter XM43.
and start secondary fires. Canister E159 is designed to be released from
c. Place a heavy wire mesh screen or other fixed-wing low-performance aircraft or heli
suitable barrier over the burning pit copter.
when disposing of Canisters Clusters 14-2.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The
E158R2 to prevent the canisters from be clusters are clear plastic with a gray decal af
coming ejected from the pit. fixed to each of the outer modules and a gray
14-2. TACTICAL CS CANISTER CLUSTER 130 decal affixed to the sway brace pad of the
POUND, El 59. cluster adapter. The decals have one red and
The 130 pound Tactical CS Canister Cluster one yellow stripe. All data markings are in
E159 is covered in this paragraph. red.
14-2.1 IDENTIFICATION. 14-2.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES.
14-2.1.1 TYPE. Canister Cluster E159 (figure a. The general characteristics of Canister
14-7) is composed of two Canister Clusters Cluster E159 are shown in figure 14-7.
Change 13
AGO 6239A 80.3
14-2.3 to 14-2.5 TM 9-1385-51
b. The cluster adapter consists of a rec canister clusters are located at the 14
tangular, hinged, spring-loaded center and % positions along the top-center
section and two spring-loaded end clamps. line of the cluster adapter. Two sway
A tie rod with an explosive bolt attached brace pads with lugs attached are bolted
on the aft end runs through a channel to the top-center-line for suspending the
in the top center line of the adapter. The adapter to the aircraft.
tie rod also fits through the slide-release Fuze Assembly. The fuze assembly is se
pin in each of the fuze assemblies. The cured to the bar assembly of Canister
explosive bolt on the aft end of the tie E158R2 with four alien head screws. The
rod may be initiated electrically or man fuze assembly consists of a spring-loaded
ually. An arming wire attached to the detonator slide, a fixed firing pin, two
explosive bolt runs through a tube lo detonators and the detonator slide in the
cated on the aft portion of the adapter. retracted position
Holes to accept the fuze assembly of the
1 Explosive bolt assembly 7 Arming wire

2 Collar 8 Strongback assembly
3 Spring-loaded end clamps 9 Safety cotter pin
4 Arming wire tube 10 Safety cap
5 Tie rod 11 Canister Cluster E158
6 Bracket release 12 Electrical connector
Figure 14-7 130 Pound Tactical CS Canister Cluster El 59
14-2.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. 14-2.5 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.

Length 62.46 inches a. Black Powder Expelling Charge—25
Height (less 10.02 inches grams each module—total 1 pound (ap
suspension lugs) proximately) .
Width 10.28 inches b. CS Mixture—2.6 pounds each module—
Weight 130.00 pounds total 41 pounds (approximately).
14-2.4 MATERIALS. The cluster adapter, ex c. M55 Detonator—1.3 grains RDX, lead
plosive bolt assembly, fuze assembly and the azide and NOL 130—2 each.
fuse bar cover are aluminum. T modules are d. Junction Block—2.5 grains of ignition
clear plastic. mix, 4 each.
Change 13
80.4 AGO 6239A
TM 9-1385-51 14-2.6
c. X310A Primer—1.5 grains lead azide— arate from the cluster adapter, the
4 each. slide release pin is withdrawn from
f. Explosive Bolt—0.38 grain RDX. the fuze assembly. Withdrawal of the
slide release pin frees the spring-
14-2.6 FUNCTIONING. loaded detonator, allowing it to im
pinge on the fixed firing pin, initiat
NOTE
ing the detonator which, in turn, ini
When two Canister Clusters E158R2 tiates the two primers.
are adapted to the cluster adapter to (3) The primers ignite the two delay
comprise Canister Cluster E159, Me fuses and function the following com
chanical Time Fuze Initiator E63R1 ponents in sequence: the ignition
is not installed. compound in the junction blocks, the
a. General. Canister Cluster E159 may be eight delay fuses, the eight igniter
initiated by electrical o;- mechanical cup assemblies, and the eight black
means. When the two Canister Clusters powder expelling charges. Ignition of
E158R2 are assembled to the cluster the black powder charges separates
adapter, the cluster adapter tie rod is the modules and causes CS Canisters
passed through a hole in the shaft of the E49 to be initiated. The black powder
slide release pin of the two fuze assem charges are initiated at half-second
blies. The spring-loaded explosive bolt is intervals, starting at the two outer
attached to the aft end of the tie rod and charges.
a common hex bolt is attached to the c. Mechanical Release. When Canister
forward end. Cluster E159 is released mechanically,
b. Electrical Release. the cluster adapter is released with the
(1) When the explosive bolt is initiated two Canister Clusters E158R2 attached.
by the pilot, the aft end of the tie An arming wire is attached to the shack
rod is sheared off, allowing the spring- le of the bomb rack and to explosive
loaded end caps to move outward. The bolt on the cluster adapter. When the
outward movement of the end caps cluster adapter is released, the arming
frees the hinged, spring-loaded flanges wire remains in the bomb shackle and
of the cluster adapter to move up is withdrawn from the spring-loaded ex
ward, freeing the two Canister Clus plosive bolt. Initiation of the explosive
ters E158R2. The clusters are thrust bolt shears the end of adapter tie rod,
downward by four leaf springs lo allowing Canister Clusters E158R2 to be
cated on the underside of the cluster ejected. The operational sequence is the
adapter. same as that for Canister Cluster E158-
(2) When Canister Clusters E158R2 sep R2.
Change 13
AGO 6239A 80.5
14-3.1 to 14-3.3
TM 9-1385-51
14-3. BOMB CLUSTERS. in cluster adapter M30 in three bundles of

19 bombs each. The total weight of a loaded
Cluster, Incendiary Bomb, PT1, 750-pounds, M35 cluster is approximately 690.0 pounds.
M35 Cluster, Incendiary Bomb, TH3, 750- The M36 and M36E1 cluster contains in
| pound, M36, and M36E1 are covered in this cendiary bombs M126 loaded in cluster
paragraph. adapter M30 in three bundles of 61, 60 and
14-3.1. IDENTIFICATION. 61 each. The total loaded weight of the
14-3.1.1 TYPE. Incendiary bomb clusters M35, M36 and M36E1 cluster is approximately
M36 and M36E1 are hinged aimablc type clusters 900.0 pounds. In either the M35, M36 or the
with aerial burst being accomplished with two M36E1 cluster, the bombs are arranged in
M152A1 mechanical time tail fuzes. Each clustei bundles in such a way that the release bar
contains a number of incendiary bombs. The or safety plunger on each bomb is de
M35 and M36 are designed for internal carriage. pressed by an adjacent bomb.
The M36E1 is designed for external carriage. b. Burster. The burster on either cluster con
sists of 19 feet of detonating cord, threaded
through the hinge tube of the adapter when
the clustei- is manufactured, the continuing
through the clips on the tie-rod, the guide
tubes, and fuze holders of the fin as
sembly.
c. Fin Assembly. The fin assembly M14 con
sists of a sheet-steel fin-blade assembly
and a tubular steel tie-rod assembly which
holds the fin-blade assembly to the cluster
by a threaded locking ring. Two fuze
holders in fairings are welded to the fin-
blade assembly. Fuze adapters are installed
in the fuze holders, and guide tubes lead
from each fuze adapter to the interior
of the fin assembly. A fuze receptacle
Figure 14—8. Cluster Incendiary Bomb, PT1, 750- for an electric fuze is located in the threaded
Pound, M35. end of the tubular tie-rod assembly, and a
plug receptacle, covered by a plastic plug,
14-3.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. M35 and is located at the opposite end.
M36 cluster of earlier manufacturer were painted d. Fuzing. Two of cither the M152 or AN-
gray with a purple band near the middle to M152A1 mechanical time bomb fuzes are
identify them as an incendiary-type. Incendiary used for in-flight opening.
clusters of later manufacture are painted olive 14-3.3 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS.
drab with a two-inch wide red band near the a. Mechanical Time Fuzes, M152, AN-M-
forward end. A 3/4 inch wide yellow band is lo 152A1 (para. 5-3).
cated 1/2 inch to the rear of the red band. All
b. Detonating Cord Burster.
other markings are painted in red lettering to
the rear of the bands. c. Each M74A1 Bomb contains
(1) An incendiary filling of approximately
2.75 pounds of PT1, a mixture of mag
14.3.2.1 The M35 and M36 are similar in out
nesium with gasoline and other petro
ward appearance. The difference is in the pay
leum products thickened with isobutyl
load. The M36E1 differs from the M36 in ap
pearance in that it has a nose fairing and a rein methacrylate.
forced tail fin. Either cluster consists of a cluster (2) An igniting charge of approximately
adapter M30 fitted with a burster, fin assembly 6.0 ounces of white phosphorous.
M14, two tail fuzes and an arming wire M23 (3) An expelling charge composed of two
(figure 14-9). small bags of magnesium-black powder
a. Bombs. The M35 cluster contains 57 in mixture.
cendiary bombs M74A1 (figure 5-2) loaded (4) One M197 fuze containing a primer, a
Change 29
80.7
14—3.4 to 14-3A.2 TM 9-1385-51
14-3A.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKINGS. Clus

ters M31 and M32 manufactured prior to 1960
were painted gray overall with a purple band
and markings in purple. Clusters manufactured
after 1960 are painted olive drab overall with a
two-inch wide red band and a 3/4-inch yellow
band. All markings are in red.
14-3A.1.3 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.
a. Cluster M31. This cluster is 57-inches long
and 15.125-inches in diameter. The cluster-
weighs 562 pounds when assembled.
b. Cluster M32. This cluster is 60-inches long
and 14.9 inches in diameter. When assem
bled, the cluster weighs 617 pounds.
14-3A.2 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
clusters M31 and M32 are similar in physical
Figure 14-9. Cluster, Incendiary Bomb, PT1, characteristics and identical in functioning. Ex
750-Pound, M35, Cutaway View. ternal configuration and dimensions of cluster
M31 are shown in figure 14-9.1.
delay mixture and a booster consisting a. The incendiary cluster consists of a clus
of black powder and ignition powder. ter adapter, adapter casing, nose plate,
d. Each M126 Bomb contains an incendiary framework, fin assembly, cluster burster,
filling of approximately nine ounces of cluster-ejection cartridges, and two tail
thermate, TH3, a first-fire charge and a fuzes.
primer. b. The bomb bundles are supported by a
framework which consists of a buckle bar,
14-3.4 FUNCTIONING. Upon release of the
cluster bar, strapping band, front end plate
cluster, the arming wires are withdrawn from
and a rear end plate.
the two mechanical time fuzes, allowing the
arming pin spring to eject the arming pin. This c. Three cluster-ejection cartridges are in
allows the arming vane to rotate, arming the stalled in the cartridge containers. The
fuze when the primer detonator and the booster cartridges are similar to shot gun shells
lead-in are brought into alignment. The timing and furnish the gases which eject the
disk is released, initiating action that frees the framework from the casing.
spring-loaded firing pin, which is driven into d. The M152 series tail fuzes are mechanical
the primer-detonator. The primer-detonator sets time, delay arming, airburst type fuzes
off the detonating cord, cuasing separation of
the cluster adapter, allowing the bombs to fall
away separately, becoming armed as they separate
from the bundles and from the cluster.
14-3A. INCENDIARY BOMB CLUSTER.
Cluster, Incendiary Bomb PT, 500-pounds. M31
and Cluster Incendiary Bomb, THS, 500-pound,
M32 are covered in this paragraph.
14-3A.1 IDENTIFICATION.
14-3A1.1 TYPE. Incendiary bomb clusters, M31
and M32 are nose ejection, aimable clusters,
dual fuzed with the M152 series, mechanical time
fuzes. Cluster M31 contains two bundles, each
bundle contains 19 bombs of M74. Cluster M32
contains two bundles, each bundle contains 54 Figure 14-9.1. Cluster, Incendiary Bomb: PT1,
bombs AN-M50 series. 500—Pound, M31.
Change 29
80.8
14-3A.3 to 14-3B
TM 9—1385-51
ejection cartridges force the rear end plate of the

containing a cocked firing pin. The fuze framework toward the nose of the cluster, carry
vanes are painted red. ing the bomb bundles with it. As the framework
14-3A.3 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. Each clears the cluster casing, the strapping falls
cluster contains a burster (40-inches of deto away, the assembly breaks apart, freeing the in
nating cord), three ejection charges containing dividual bombs.
black powder, two M152 series tail fuzes. The
14-3A.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
payload of the Cluster M31 consists of 38 bombs
M74, each bomb contains 3.75-pounds of PT1.
a. The fuzes of these clusters contain cocked
The payload of the cluster M32 consists of 108 strikers.
bombs M50 series, each bomb contains .63-pound b. Have a field service mask available when
ofTH3. performing procedures on clusters con
taining irritant agents.
14-3A.4 MATERIELS. The clusters M31 and Clusters containing incendiary agents pre
M32 bodies and inert components are made of c.
steel. sent a fire hazard.
14-3B. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND HAZARDS. I
14-3A.5 FUNCTIONING. Release of the cluster
withdraws the arming wires from the fuzes, a. Thermate fires cannot be extinguished. Wa- '
allowing the arming pin to be ejected, starting ter should never be used. Sand may be
the clock mechanism. At a preset time, the firing used to insulate the fire from other ob
pin is released and is driven into the detonator. jects and material.
The detonator, through a lead-in initiates the b. The M152 series fuzes contain a cocked
booster which in turn detonates the burster. striker.
Concussion from the burster depresses the dia- c. Fumes from burning TH3 are toxic.
phrams of the cartridge ejection assembly, causing d. The firing mechanism of the M126 bomb
the strikers to be driven into the ejection cart contains a free floating striker.
ridge primers. Gas pressure from the functioned
Change 29
8O.8A
TM 9-1385-51
Change 29
80.8B
JtA 9-1385-51 14—4 to 14-4.6
14-4 XM18 DISPENSER. piston and an end plug. The end plugs
14-4.1 IDENTIFICATION. are secured in the aft end of the tubes by
rivets.
14-4.1.1 TYPE. The XM18 dispenser (figure
14-10) is designed to be carried externally on
low-performance aircraft. XM18 is a modifica tubes of this dispenser contain the payload.
tion of the SUU-14/A dispenser. Each of the breech assemblies contains an ejec
tion cartridge.
14-4.4 MATERIALS. The dispensers are made
dispenser is anodyne treated and unpainted.
of aluminum, except for the pistons, suspen
14-10) is designed to be carried externally on
sion lugs and springs, which are made of steel.
low-performance aircraft. XM18 is a modifica
tion of the SUU-14/A dispenser. 14-4.5 FUNCTIONING.
14-4.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKING. The a. Prior to take-otf, the electrical circuit of
dispeser is anodyne treated and unpainted. the dispenser is closed by removing the
Color bands on the nose fairing assembly indi lock pin from the nose fairing.
cate the type of filler loaded in the munition. b. Electric current from the aircraft, through
All data markings are stenciled in yellow on the firing circuit, fires the ejection cart
the skin assembly of the dispenser. ridges. The cartridges then produce gas
pressure within the breechblocks and
tubes. This pressure causes the end plugs
a. 1’he XM 18 dispenser is composed of six to be blown off the tubes and the spring,
exposed tubes stacked together to form a piston and pay load are ejected from the
triangular configuration. A skin assem aft end of each tube.
bly located midway between the ends of
c. A selector switch is located in the air
the dispenser, support the tubes and two
craft. When the selector switch is set for
suspension lugs are attached to the skin single-tube firing, the payload of a single
assembly. The forward end of the dis
tube is dispensed each time the firing
penser is covered with a nose fairing.
switch is depressed. If the selector switch
b. The nose fairing covers the RADHAZ is set for ripple firing, all six tubes fire in
filter, selector switch and an electrical sequence to dispense the payload when
harness. the firing switch is depressed.
c. A jumper plug access cover and part of
the main electrical harness are located on 14^1.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
the nose fairing which is attached to a a. Avoid electrical initiation of the ejection
bulkhead by screws. cartridges in the dispenser. Initiation of
d. A lock pin with a red tag attached is lo cartridges will result in the ejection of
cated on the nose fairing. When the lock munitions from the dispenser tubes.
pin is in place, the electrical circuit of b. Isolate the ejection cartridges from the
the dispenser is open and grounded. A dispenser electrical circuit before remov
left or right adapter is connected to an ing the dispenser from an aircraft or
umbilical cord. when it is suspected that a dropped dis
e. Breech blocks thread into the breech as penser contains a full or partial payload.
semblies which are attached to the bulk c. Do not attempt to pry or force munitions
head. Each breech assembly houses an from the tubes. Movement of one muni
ejector cartridge and electrical contacts. tion against another could cause a deto
f. Each tube contains a payload, a spring, a nation.
Change 19
80.9
8 0 .1 0
C hange 19
1. ACCESS COVER 16. BREECH ASSEMBLY
ACCESS COVER GASKET 17. PISTON AND SPRING ASSEMBLY
3. ELECTRICAL JUMPER PLUG 18. BOMB XM144
LOCK PIN AND STREAMER 19. END PLUG
5. NOSE FAIRING ASSEMBLY 20. TUBE
6. MAIN WIRING HARNESS 21. SUSPENSION LUG
ELECTRICAL HARNESS ASSEMBLY 22. LUG ADAPTER
8. SAFETY SWITCH ASSEMBLY 23. SKIN ASSEMBLY
9. SELECTOR SWITCH ASSEMBLY
10. ROTARY SELECTOR
11. LEADS
12. RADHAZ FILTER ASSEMBLY
13. BREECH BLOCK ASSEMBLY
14. EJECTION CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLY
15. BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY
TM 9-1385-51
22
23
ORD LI304-b|
Figure 14-10. XM18 Aircraft Dispenser

TM 9-1385-51
SECTION 15
TOXIC CHEMICAL AGENT MUNITIONS
(U) NOTICE
The following applies during peacetime opera sible dual standard in disposal operations.
tions only. Technical assistance in handling suspected
a. Public Laws 91-121, 91-441, and 91-190 chemical rounds and agents can be re
place certain restrictions on movement and ceived by contacting the US Army EOD
disposal of lethal chemical and biological Center, Picatinny Arsenal, Dover, New
warfare agents and munitions. However, Jersey (Duty: 201-328-4010/4241, non-duty
none of these restrictions will prevent the 201-328-4021; AUTOVON 880 plus exten
EOD commander from taking immediate sion).
action to provide for necessary transport c. EOD units responding to incidents involv
and chemical neutralization of lethal chemi ing suspected or actual chemical or biolog
cal or biological material when the health ical agents will furnish the information
or safety of any person is endangered. contained in the Explosive Ordnance Inci
b. Normally, however, immediate disposal dent Report, DA Form 3265-R, by priority
should not be necessary. When time per message to:
mits, the EOD unit commander should con DA for LOG-DPD-PB-EOD and for
tact his EOD control detachment so that FOR-CN.
the best possible equipment and expertise CGUSAMC for AMCSA-ND.
available in the Army may be brought to d. Initial report will be protected, as a mini
bear. The Army wishes to avoid any pos mum, as For Official Use Only.
Change 29
81
15-1 to 15-3 TM 9-i385-51
This section contains information on munitions at the time of exposure except to L and
containing the below listed torix chemical agents. CX which causing pain immediately upon
Decontamination of these agents is contained contact.
in FM 9-15. d. Incapacitating Agents (BZ). Incapacitat
ing agents produce physiological or men
a. Choking Agents (CG and DP). These agents tal effects (mental aberrations) that pre
cause injury to the respiratory tract (nose, vent exposed personnel from performing
throat, and lungs). In extreme cases, mem their duties for a significant period of
branes swell, lungs become filled with liq time; there is complete recovery from the
uid, and death results from lack of oxygen. effects.
b. Blood Agents (AC and CK). These agents e. Nerve Agents (GA, GB, GD and VX).
are absorbed into the body primarily by Nerve agents may be absorbed into the
breathing, and affect the body functions body by breathing, ingestion or through
by interfering with the normal transfer the skin. These agents are highly toxic,
ox oxygen from the lungs via the blood lethal agents which act as anticholines
and body tissues. terase, causing incapacitation or death, de
pending upon the degree to which the cho
c. Blister Agents (HD, HT, HN, HI, L, PD, linesterase if affected. These agents affect
ED, MD, and CX). Blister agents are in the nervous systems to disturb breathing,
tended for casualty effect; the use of ground vision, and muscular control. The following
may be restricted, movement slowed, and paragraphs list and contain information on
use of materiel or installations hampered. dispenser for these agents.
These agents affect the eyes and lungs and 15-1—Land Mines
blister the skin. Most blister agents are 15-3—Rockets
insidious in action, there is little or no pain 15-3—Bombs
Figure 15-1. Mine Chemical Agent, VX, M23.
Change 28
82
TM 9-1385-51 15-4 to 15-1.1.1.5
15-4—Clusters (Bombs) configuration and components of the mine are

15-5—Dispensed Munitions shown in figures 15-1 and 15-2. The mine can
15-6—Artillery Projectiles be distinguished from the HE loaded M15 mine
by eight raised projections, at 90-degree inter
15-1 LAND MINES vals, spaced in pairs around the periphery of
Mine, Chemical Agent, VX, M23 and Mine, the mine. The side fuze well contains a tetryl
Land, Chemical, 1-Gallon, arc covered in this burster which is held in place by a retaining
section. ring. The bottom fuze well is part of a cover
15-1.1 MINE CHEMICAL AGENT, VX, M23 adapter plate which holds a composition B
is covered in this paragraph. burster cone in place. The pressure plate assem
15-1.1.1 IDENTIFICATION bly consists of a pressure plate, a belleville
spring, a fuze retaining spring and an arming
15-1.1.1.1 TYPE. The mine M23 is used to dis
plug. Later model mines use a coil spring in
perse a nerve agent. It may be fuzed for
contact or remote static detonation and may be stead of a belleville spring.
used as an antitank mine or antipersonnel 15-1.1.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS.
mine. The total weight of the mine is 26.5 pounds.
15-1.1.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKINGS. The The filler weighs 11.44 pounds, the burster .75
mine is painted gray overall with three green pound, the booster .75 ounce. The mine is 5-
bands and one yellow band around the body. All inches high and 13-inches in diameter.
marking in green. 15-1.1.1.5 MATERIAL. The mine filler is a
15-1.1.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The nerve agent. The initiator is tetryl or Composi-
Figure 15-2 Mine, Chemical Agent, VX, M23—Cross Section.
Change 28
83
15-1.2 TM 9-1385-51
tion B, the burster is Composition B or Compo the detonator. Initiation of the detonator
sition B4, the booster is tetryl. functions the booster which in turn initi
ates the burster and the filler is dispersed.
15-1.2 FUNCTIONING.
a. Fuze M603. The fuze M603 (figure 15-3) b. Firing Devices M1A1, M3 and M5.
is an instantaneous mechanical-pressure
type fuze. When the shutter of the arm WARNING
ing plug is in the armed position, the fuze The firing devices M1A1, M3, and M5
is designed to function when a force of contain cocked strikers.
300 to 400 pounds exerted on the pressure
plate depresses the mine spring. As the (1) Firing Devices M1A1 (figures 15-4
pressure plate is depressed, the shutter and 15-5) is a pressure type device
depresses the pressure plate of the fuze. using a safety fork and a positive
A force of 140 to 240 pounds on the fuze safety pin. With the safeties removed,
pressure plate, depresses the fuze belle- a pressure of 20-pounds on the pres
ville spring, causing it to snap into a re sure cap or the three pronged pres
versed position, driving the firing pin into sure head forces the firing pin release
pin downward. When the release pin
is forced downward, an enlarged key
hole slot in the release pin shaft is
presented to the striker spindle, re
leasing the striker. The striker which
is under spring tension is driven for
ward, driving the firing pin into the
primer, initiating the explosive train.
(2) Firing Device M3. The firing device
M3 (figure 15-6) is a pull-release type
device utilizing two safety pins. The
lower pin is the positive safety pin. In
the pull-release mode, with all safeties
Figure 15—3 Fuse, Mine, AT M603—Bottom, removed, a direct pull of 6-to Im
Top and Cross Section pounds on the trip wire causes the re
Figure 15—4 Firing Device, Demolition: M1A1, Pressure Type Sectioned
Change 28
84
TM 9-1385-51 15-1.3 to 15-1.6
moved from the device. A five-eighths

of movement of the release plate will
allow the firing pin spring to drive the
firing pin into the primer, initiating
the explosive train.
NOTE
A weight of at least five pounds is nec

essary to prevent movement of the
pressure plate.
15-1.3 MINE, LAND, CHEMICAL, 1-gallon is
covered in this paragraph.
15-1.3.1 IDENTIFICATION
15-1.3.1.1 TYPE. The rtiine, land, chemical, 1-
gallon is unfuzed, improvised type mine used to
dispense blister agent.
15-1.3.1.2 PAINTING AND MARKINGS. The
mine is painted gray overall with two green
bands and markings in green.
15-1.3.1.3 FITTINGS AND FEATURES. The
1-gallon chemical mine (figure 15-8) consists
Figure 15-5 Firing Device, Demolition: of a 1-gallon (varnish type) can. Two short
M1A1, Pressure Type copper wires are soldered to one side to secure
the bursting charge (fig. 15-9).
lease pin and the firing pin to be
15-1.3.1.4 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSION. The
pulled rearward. When the jaw ends
mine weighs 11 pounds when filled. The filler
of the firing pin is to the rear of the
weighs 9.9 pounds. The mine is 10%6-inches
constricted opening of the firing
high, 6%6-inches wide and 4%-inches deep.
device body, the jaws spread open.
With the jaws open, the knob of the 15-1.3.1.5 MATERIAL. The mine is made of
release pin is withdrawn from the light gage metal.
firing pin allowing the jaws to close
again to a size smaller than the con 15-1.4 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The
traction of the firing device body. The filler of the mine is a blister agent. The burs
firing pin spring drives the firing pin ter is a 4-foot length of detonating cord. De
into the primer initiating the explo pendent upon the method of initiation, an elec
sive train. tric or nonelectric blasting cap may be used.
(3) Firing Device M5. The firing device 15-1.5 FUNCTIONING. The mine is not filled
M5 (figure 15-7) is a pressure release until it is ready to be implanted. With the deto
(mouse trap) type device utilizing one nating cord attached, the cord may be initiated
safety pin. Provisions are also pro remotely by electric or nonelectric method. The
vided for an interceptor or improvised bursting detonating cord ruptures the mine and
positive safety. With the device in disperses the agent.
stalled and safeties removed, the re
lease plate will allow the firing pin to 15-1.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
be released if sufficient weight is re- a. The metal casing of the mine may deteri-
Chang* 28
85
15-2 to 15-2.3 TM 9-1385-51
Figure 15-6 Firing Device, Demolition: M3, Pull-Release Type
orate if the mine is exposed to the ele contain VX or GB agent. The M61 Rocket War
ments for prolonged periods. head contains simulate agent EG.
b. Do not operate radios in the vicinity of 15-2.3 PAINTING AND MARKING.
laid mines.
a. Rocket, M55. The warhead is unpainted
c. Wear full protective clothing and ap aluminum. A gray decal with three green
proach laid mines from upwind. stripes, one yellow stripe and lettering in
green is affixed to the warhead. The
15-2 ROCKETS. rocket motor case is painted gray. There
15-2.1 IDENTIFICATION. Rocket, chemical may or may not be a brown band around
agent, 115-mm, M55, and Rocket, Practice, M61 the motor case.
are covered in this paragraph.
b. Rocket, M61. The warhead is unpainted
15-2.2 TYPE. These rockets are folding fin sta aluminum. A blue decal with one yellow
bilized, surface to surface type, fuzed with the band and lettering in white is affixed to
M417 PD, fuze. The M55 Rocket Warhead may the warhead. The rocket motor case is
Change 28
86
TM 9-1385-51 15-2.4
15-9 Mine, Land, Chemical, One-Gailon
painted blue overall, there may or may

not be a brown band painted around the
motor ease.
a. The Rockets M55, and M61 are shipped
and stored in a fiberglas container. The
container with rocket is loaded into the
launcher as a unit. The fired configuration
and components of the rocket M55 are
Figure 15—7 Firing Device, Demolition: shown in figures 15-10 and 15—11. The
M5, Pressure Release Type M61 rocket is similar to the M55 rocket
except for the warhead filler. The war
head contains a central burster which is
threaded at one end to receive the fuze
adapter. The rocket motor is threaded at
the forward end to receive the warhead
and at the rear end to receive the nozzle
plate and fin-nozzle assembly. The fin-noz
zle assembly contains a nozzle plate with
four nozzles. Four folding fins are at
tached to the nozzle plate. The igniter
lead wire passes through one of the four
nozzles.
b. Fuze, PD, M417. The visible portion and
internal components of the fuze are
shown in figure 15-12. The detonator
rotor is held in the out-of-line position by
a setback weight. Arming delay is pro
vided by an escapement mechanism that
is geared to the rotor. The body of the
Figure 15-8 Mine, Land, Chemical, One-Gallon
fuze has two visible wrench flats.
Cange 28
87
TM 9-1385-51
Change 28
88
TM 9-1385-51 15-2.5 to 15-2.8
Figure 15-12 Fuze, Rocket: Point Detonating, M417,

Cutaway View Unarmed Condition
15-2.5 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS. The warhead contains 11.4 pounds of GB, or 10.5
rocket motor weighs 35 pounds, the GB filled pounds of VX. The rocket motor contains 33.5
warhead weighs 21.2 pounds, the VX filled war pounds of double-base, solid propellant. The ig-
head weighs 20.2 pounds. The overall length niter contains 48 grams of black powder and
with fins extended is 6 feet 1. inch, the motor is magnesium flakes. The fuze contains an M63
35 inches, the warhead with fuze is 33.4 inches detonator and RDX booster and lead. The burs
long. ter contains 3 pounds of Composition B, the
auxiliary burster contains 1 pound of Composi
15-2.6 MATERIALS. The warhead body and tion B.
fins are aluminum, rocket motor case and fuze
are steel. 15-2.8 FUNCTIONING. When the rocket is
fired, setback causes the setback weight to move
15-2.7 HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS. The rearward, freeing the lockroller, releasing the
Change 28
89
15-2.9 TM 9-1385-51
detonator rotor. As the rotor is unbalanced, booster initiates the burster which ruptures the
continual acceleration causes the rotor to warhead and disperses the filler.
move towards the armed position. Movement of 15-2.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
the rotor is slowed by the escapement mecha Wear full protective clothing when approaching
nism. When the rotor reaches the armed posi a rocket suspected of containing GB or VX
tion (in-line), it is locked in this position by a filler.
spring loaded rotor detent. Until impact, the
Approach a rocket suspected of containing GB
firing pin is restrained by an annular locking
or VX from upwind, and use a chemical agent
ring. Upon impact, the anvil is driven against detector kit to test the area involved.
the firing pin which strips the locking ring,
allowing the firing pin to be driven into the (Paragraphs 15-3 through 15-6 to be pub
detonator functioning the lead and booster. The lished)
Change 2C
90
TM 9-1385-51 A1-1 to A1-3
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES
Al-1 INDEXES.
Refer to the following indexes frequently for latest changes or revisions of references listed in
this appendix and for new publications relating to material covered in this technical manual.
DA Pam 310-1 Index of Administrative Publications
DA Pam 310-2 Index of Blank Forms
DA Pam 310-3 Index of Doctrinal, Training, and Organizational Publications
DA Pam 310-4 Index of Technical Manuals, Technical Bulletins, Supply Manuals (Types
7, 8, & 9), Supply Bulletins, and Lubrication Orders.
Al-2 supply manual.
SC 1385-94-CL-P01 Shop Set, Ammunition and Explosive Ordnance Disposal (FSN 1385-378-
4354) (Line Item T23769)
Al-3 other publications.
AR 75-15 Responsibilities and Procedures for Explosive Ordnance Disposal

AR 385-65 Identification of Inert Ammunition and Ammunition Components
AR 700-1300-8 Malfunctions Involving Ammunition and Explosives
AR 755-20 Defense Disposal Manual
FM 5-25 Explosives and Demolitions
FM 20-32 Land Mine Warfare
FM 21-40 Small Unit Procedures in Chemical, Biological and Radiological (CBR)
Operations.
FM 23-30 Grenades and Pyrotechnics
SR 755-140-1 Ammunition
TB 9-AMM-5 Ammunition: Federal Stock Numbers and Department of Defense Codes
TB MED 242 Health Hazards from Propellant Fuels and Oxidizers
TB 34-9-42 Stove, Cooking, Gasoline, M-1950 One Burner.
TB 9-1375-200-50/1 Disposal by Burning Nitric Acid Propellant
TM 3-215 Military Chemistry and Chemical Agents
TM 3-220 Chemical, Biological, and Radiological Decontamination
TM 3-400 Chemical Bombs and Clusters
TM 9-243 Use and Care of Handtools and Measuring Tools
(S)TM 9-1185-1 Precautions and Procedures for Handling Tritium in Tritium-Bearing
Weapons (U).
TM 9-1300-203 Artillery Ammunition I
TM 9-1300-206 Care, Handling, Preservation, and Destruction of Ammunition |
TM 9-1305-200 Small Arms Ammunition
TM 9-1325-200 Bomb and Bomb Components
TM 9-1345-200 Land Mines
TM 9-1370-200 Military Pyrotechnics
TM 9-1375-200 Demolition Materials
TM 9-1385-9 Explosive Ordnance Reconnaissance
TM 9-1385-51 Identification of Ammunition (Conventional) for Explosive Ordnance Dis
posal.
Change 1
AGO S934A
Al
eo7-i66_0
TM 9-1385-51
APPENDIX A
(Continued)
TM 9-1385-201-10 Stethoscope, Explosive Ordnance Disposal Mk 15 Mod 0, Description and

Operation.
TM 9-1900 Ammunition, General
TM 9-1907 Ballistic Data, Performance of Ammunition
TM 9-1910 Military Explosives
TM 9-1950 Rockets
TM 9-1955 Rocket Motors, General
TM 38-750 Army Equipment Record Procedures
A2
Change 1 AGO S»8iA
TM 9-1385-51
APPENDIX B
CARTR1OGE/PWJEC T I LE-FUZE COMBINATIONS FOR GUNS
FUZE
WEAPON
CARTRIDGE / PROJECTIL.
-‘•0 MILLIMETER
HE- T , HL I -T ," MK 2'7 PT" MKT17
I '5 millimeter HE-T, MK2, SD, M3_______________

HE,. M53U (DEEP CAVITY)_______
I 76 Ml LL I MF Tpo
HE, ME-T, M352 SERIES________
HEAT- T MA 96_______________________
WP, M3bl SERIES___________________
[_ 90 MILLIMETER
___ APC-T, M8 2__________________________
APERS, XM580E1
HE, M7 1 (MORMAL CAV ITY)
HE, M71 (DEEP CAVITY )_________
HE-T, M7 1A1______________________ ~
HE-T, T9 1
HEAT, .M39 8 SER I ES
HEAT-T, M9 3L_______________________
___ HCP-T, T192 SERIES______________
SMQKE, WP, M3 13 SERIES________
1-05 MILLIMETER
APERS-T, XM999E3_______________
HEAT-T, M.956 SERIES_____________
HEP-r, M393 SERIES______________
SMOKE, WP-7, M916 ~
±20 MILLIMETER
HE-T, M356
HEAT-T, M969 —————
SMQKE, WP, M3 57
±52 MILLIMETER
HE-t, XM657E2_____________________
_ HEAT-T-MP, XM909 SERIES
TP-T, XM911E3
p5S MILLIMETER*
G3, M122
HE, Ml Cl (NORMAL CAVITY)
HE, M1Q1 (DEEP CAVITY)
SMQKE, WP OR GAS, HD, Ml 09
165 MILLIMETER
HEP, M123A1
J? 5 MILLIMETER
HE, .MR 3 7 SERIES
KEY ■I - AS ISSUED OR COMPATIBLE

P - REQUIRES REMOVAL OF SUPPLEMENTARY CHARGE, IF PRESENT
Pl - POINT INITIATING T - TIME
MT - MECHANICAL TIME TSQ - TIME AND SUPCRQwilCK
MTSQ - MECHANICAL TIMEANO SUPERQUICK BO - BASE DETONATING
PROX - PROXIMITY
TM 9-1385—51
Change 21
B-2
TM 9-1385-51
appendix c
1LE-FUZE COMBINATIONS FOR HOWITZERS
KEY 91 - AS ISSUED OR COMPATIBLE

- POINT INITIATING
MT - MECHANICAL TIME
MTSQ - MECHANICAL TIME AND SUPERQUICK
- TIME
TSQ - TIME AND SUPERQUICK
BD - BASE DETONATING
PROX - PROXIMITY
Cha
TM 9-1385-51
Change 21
C-2
7M 9-1385-51
APPENDIX D
CARTRIDGE-FUZE COMBINATIONS FOR MORTARS
I FUZE
1 1 1 | I | X
1 I 1 1 1 I O
1 ° It 1 t 1 1 a
| 1 | | I I 1 Kn </> m i/i | | | | Ivi || vi

■ III |uj ujltulujl II || l1^ || Im
1 & &II 1 1°^ 1 1
I || | | || UJ UJ|UJ UJ| || || |l*J || tLI
WEAPON 1 tnlu1 l/>rnl 1 1 1 1 r1 II 1/1
CARTRIDGE i 1 1 h3,H^l 1 1 1 r° ®ifAl 1 11^
11 1 1 |1oo|^->|-^|
|<1< c<Ml-3"| t/'h°lr^| u> |r>,r M
^|cm|cm|cn4|cM|F<\|iri|>-r-»
00 '3"l 1 in
J" r-O|u^ur ** rA rx hc*\
I Ico O' Lt Ua «r\ in kn m kn|u>kn X X XKO |mfcn u-» Lnkopo m in in in
| £ z x z z r x s x r x z x x x|x|r|x r z xxx
60 MILLIMETER
HE, MQ9 SERIES_____________________________ III | | 1 | M j
j Li ! I CD
ILLUM, M83 SERIES__________________ | | | j| || | (J / , | 1 l_
SMOKE, WP, M302 SERIES_______________ | [ ( | | jjj M |
tp, M50A2E1 t H n ~r j
81 MILLIMETER HE, ML 3 SERIES | | | Mil M | J____ |
HE OR TP, M362 SERIES BM | fcg j MH

HE, M379 SERIES Bi M i IS 1 J ’ ”'fj
ILLUM, M301 SERIES 1111 fl 1 “IT ' 1
SMOKE, HP OR FS, M57 SERIES F f gf > i 1 1 H' "1
SMOKE, WP, M3 70_________________ ~| MIW ~~M~" ' ~l ~
SMKE, HP, M575 SERIES | | M M ■ Tf' ’ ’ " ”■
6.2 1NCH T 7 A,
CS,
Mb 3 SERIES
XM630
II
|
fil ' 1| 1|
Illi 1 M
1
■
1" ------
GAS OR WP^ M2 SERIES

HE, M3 (NORMAL CAVITY
HE,
HE,
M3A1
M529
(PEEP CAVITY
SERIES
_________ | WM | if M M ■ |P _
ILLUM, M335A1
ILLUM, M335A2
SMOKE, WP, M328 SERIES
KEY: [3 - AS ISSUED OR COMPATIBLE

PI - POINT INITIATING
T - TIME
PROX - PROXIMITY
Change 21
D-l
TM 9-1385-51
Change 21
D-2
TM 9-1385-51
APPENDIX E
CARTRIDGE-FUZE COMBINATIONS FOR RECOILLESS RIFLES
FUZE
PROX.
MTSQ
TSQ
o >-
BD
CL X
1
W/BOOSTER
M530 SERIES (B O )
a
M78 SERIES (C P )
CO
XM5-92 SERIES
Ml
XM595 SERIES
M513 SERIES
MS20 SERIES
M5O3 SERIES
<z UJ
M62 SERIES
M91 SERIES
u —
a OC
CARTRIDGE § as UJ
WEAPON LL
M67A3
M55A3
<< <<
M56R
M557
M535
OO 00 —' —■ a o
MS 9
H 3/
j j- m lt in
x£ x£ x X X
1
57 MILLIMETER HE, M506
HE, M306A1
HEAT, M307 SERIES '
SMOKE, WP, H308
SMOKE, WP, M308A1
TP, M306A1
75 MILLIMETER HE, M309 SERIES *K
HEAT, M310 |
HEAT-T, M310A1
HEP-T, M349 1 1 1
SMOKE,
SMOKE,
WP,
WP,
M311
M311A1
M'
® ■
TP, M309A1 1
--
90 MILLIMETER HE. XM591 ZB
HEAT, M371 SERIES
PRACTICE, M371
105 MILLIMETER HE, M323 (DEEP CAVITY) BjM I p
HEAT, M329 1 1 1
HEAT-T, M32R
HEAT, M3M
HEP, M326 |
HEP-T, M326 1
SMOKE, WP, M325 ■■ fl
106 MILLIMETER APERS-T, XM581

HEAT, M39M SERIES
HEP-T, M3A6 SERIES
KEY ■ - AS ISSUED OR COMPATIBLE

p - REQUIRES REMOVAL OF SUPPLEMENTARY CHARGE, IF PRESENT
PI - POINT INITIATING
T - TIME
PROX - PROXIMITY
Change 21
B-l
TM 9—1385—51
Change 21
E-2
TM 9-1385-51
HEADQUARTERS,
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, D. C. 2 February 1967
BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
OFFICIAL: HAROLD K. JOHNSON

KENNETH G. WICKHAM General, U. S. Army
Major General, U. S. Army Chief of Staff
The Adjutant General
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-32, Section I requirements for Explosive

Ordnance Disposal publications.
TM 9-1385-51
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
•> I’. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OPPICE I l«70 O - 3B2-0S8

TM 9-1385-51, Ammunition (Conventional) For Explosive Ordnance Disposal

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TM 9-1385-51, Ammunition (Conventional) For Explosive Ordnance Disposal

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TM 9-1385-51, Ammunition (Conventional) For Explosive Ordnance Disposal

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TM 9-1385-51

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL MANUAL

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

This publication supersedes TM 9-1385-51, February 1966; and applicable

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

3 GENERAL IDENTIFICATION MEASURES

7 GRENADES AND GRENADE-TYPE ITEMS

14 DISPENSERS, CLUSTERS AND CLUSTER ADAPTERS

4-1 Dimensional Characteristics of the M46 and M47 Fuzes------------------------------------------------------- 10

4-24 Fuze, M56, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition___________________________________ 26

4-58.4 General Appearance and DimensionalCharacteristics of Fuze M532 ................................... 54.7

5-27 Dimensional Characteristics of Fuzes M190 and M191................................. -................ . 56.35

11-22 Cutaway View of XM429 Fuse------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 74.36

18-10.1 Bomb, Incendiary, THS, 4-Pound, AN-M50A3--------------------------------------------------------------- 78.10

I Painting and Marking of Ammunition Colors___________________________________________ 8

1-1 PURPOSE. scribed for use throughout the Department of

This Page Intentionally Left Blank.

2-1 EXPLOSIVES IN AMMUNITION. c. Booster.

High explosives are grouped according to their

GENERAL IDENTIFICATION MEASURES

3-1 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE. operations as worldwide stock status reporting

This Page Intentionally left Blank;

4—1.2.1.5 M44: M52 Series, M82 Series, M519,

4-1.2.1.6 Lead azide relay Mil and a stab de­

4-1.2.2.1 Tetryl: M2, M3, M8, M9, M51 Series,

4-1.2.2.2 RDX: M505 and M505A1.

Figure 4—1.1. External Characteristics of

Figure 4—1. Dimensional Characteristics of the 2 67 IN.

M48 and M47 Fuzes.

Figure 4-2. External Characteristics

FUZES M48, M51, M81 SERIES. FUZES M57 MODIFIED,

1 Series, M557 Series, M572 and XM720 Series

Figure 4-4 External Characteristics of Fuze Mk 100 Series, M535(T77E3) or

Figure 4-6 External Characteristics of

Figure 4-5 Characteristics of Fuze M51 Figure 4-7 External Characteristics of

1.50 IN. 12NF-1

1.125 IN. 20NS-I

1 80 IN. DIA. 1.30 IN. DIA.

FUZE M85 FUZE M56

Figure 4-8 External Characteristics of Fuzes M56 and M85

1.92 IN. DIA. FUZE M52A2

FUZE M71 FUZE M74

Figure 4-10 External Characteristics of Fuzes M71 and M74

M A X -------------------- 4-«------------------------------ 3.80 MAX

Figure 4-/2. External Characteristics of Fuze

This Page Intentionally Left Blank.

DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE

------- "..45 IN. D.

Figure 4-16 External Characteristics of Fuze M526 Series

Figure 4—17.1 Fuze M47, Cutaway View

force decreases, centrifugal force increases and

Figure 4-19 Fuze M78A1, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition

Figure i-20.2. Fuzes M57 Modified and MtOR <?«•• , „

Figure 4-23 Fuze M85, Cutaway View Show­

Figure 4-24 Fuze M56, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition

BODY SLIDER PLUG

SAFETY PIN FIRING PIN SPRING

SETBACK PIN SAFETY PIN

Figure 4-25. Fuze id52A2, Cutaway View Showing Unarmed Condition

4-1.2.1.6 Lead azide relay Mil and a stab de

Figure 4-23 Fuze M85, Cutaway View Show

h. Booster cup (M532) — alumi (2) The four (M517) or three

cause a change in the oscillator out 4-7.1.1.2 TYPE.

I XM411E5 Canister projectile XM626 (Anti